Document:

Exhibit 10.33

THIRD AMENDMENT

          THIS THIRD AMENDMENT (the
“Amendment”) is made and entered into as of the 3rd day of February, 2006, by
and between RP/SARACEN PROPERTIES, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
(“Landlord”), and RNK, INC. d/b/a RNK Telecom, a Massachusetts corporation
(“Tenant”). 

RECITALS

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 A.

 	
 Landlord (as successor in
interest to Wells Avenue Senior Holdings, LLC) and Tenant are parties to that
certain lease dated May 8, 2000, which Lease has previously been amended by a
First Amendment dated November 11, 2004, and a Second
Amendment dated November 18, 2005 (collectively, the “Lease”). Pursuant to
the Lease, Landlord has leased to Tenant space currently containing 14,925
rentable square feet (the “Original Premises”) on the 2nd and 3rd floors
of the building commonly known as 333 Elm Street located at 333 Elm Street,
Norfolk Place, Dedham, Massachusetts (the “Building”).  

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 B.

 	
 The parties desire to revise the
 Base Rent for the Expansion Space (as defined in the Second Amendment) and to
 add additional Landlord Work. 

 

          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of
the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained and other good and
valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby
acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant agree as follows: 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 I.

 	
 Revised Base Rent. The Base Rent schedule
 for the Expansion Space, as set forth in Section II of the Second Amendment
 is hereby deleted and the following Base Rent schedule for the Expansion
 Space is substituted in its place: 

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Period

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Annual Rate

 Per Square Foot

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Annual

 Base Rent

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Monthly

 Base Rent

 	
  

 
	
 

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 

 	
  

 
	
 January 1, 2006 -
December 31, 2009:

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $  23.97

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $  88,689.00

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 $  7,390.75

 	
  

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 All such Base Rent shall be
 payable by Tenant in accordance with the terms of the Lease. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Improvements to Expansion Space.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 A.

 	
 Condition
 of Expansion Space. In addition to the
 Landlord Work, as set forth in Exhibit B to the Second Amendment and as shown
 on Exhibit B-1 to the Second Amendment, Landlord shall perform additional
 improvements to the Expansion Space in accordance with the work letter
 attached hereto as Exhibit A, Third Amendment
 (“Additional Landlord Work”). Any reference in the Lease or hereafter in this
 Third Amendment to the Landlord Work shall also refer to the Additional
 Landlord Work. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 B.

 	
 Responsibility
 for Improvements to Expansion Space. Except for the Landlord
 Work, any construction, alterations or improvements to the Expansion Space
 shall be performed by Tenant at its sole cost and expense using contractors
 selected by Tenant and approved by Landlord, which approval shall not be
 unreasonably 

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 withheld, and
 shall be governed in all respects by the terms of the Lease. Any delay
 in the completion of Landlord’s Work in the Expansion Space shall not subject
 Landlord to any liability for any loss or damage resulting therefrom.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Miscellaneous. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 A.

 	
 This Amendment sets forth the
 entire agreement between the parties with respect to the matters set forth herein.
 There have been no additional oral or written representations or agreements.
 Under no circumstances shall Tenant be entitled to any Rent abatement,
 improvement allowance, leasehold improvements, or other work to the Premises,
 or any similar economic incentives that may have been provided Tenant in
 connection with entering into the Lease, unless specifically set forth in
 this Amendment. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 B.

 	
 Except as herein modified or
 amended, the provisions, conditions and terms of the Lease shall remain
 unchanged and in full force and effect. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 C.

 	
 In the case of any inconsistency
 between the provisions of the Lease and this Amendment, the provisions of
 this Amendment shall govern and control. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 D.

 	
 Submission of this Amendment by
 Landlord is not an offer to enter into this Amendment but rather is a
 solicitation for such an offer by Tenant. Landlord shall not be bound by this
 Amendment until Landlord has executed and delivered the same to Tenant. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 E.

 	
 The capitalized terms used in
 this Amendment shall have the same definitions as set forth in the Lease to
 the extent that such capitalized terms are defined therein and not redefined
 in this Amendment. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 F.

 	
 Tenant hereby represents to
 Landlord that Tenant has dealt with no broker in connection with this
 Amendment. Tenant agrees to indemnify and hold Landlord, its trustees,
 members, principals, beneficiaries, partners, officers, directors, employees,
 mortgagee(s) and agents, and the respective principals and members of any
 such agents (collectively, the “Landlord Related Parties”) harmless from all
 claims of any brokers claiming to have represented Tenant in connection with
 this Amendment. Landlord hereby represents to Tenant that Landlord has dealt
 with no broker in connection with this Amendment. Landlord agrees to
 indemnify and hold Tenant, its trustees, members, principals, beneficiaries,
 partners, officers, directors, employees, and agents, and the respective
 principals and members of any such agents (collectively, the “Tenant Related
 Parties”) harmless from all claims of any brokers claiming to have
 represented Landlord in connection with this Amendment. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 G.

 	
 Each signatory of this Amendment
 represents hereby that he or she has the authority to execute and deliver the
 same on behalf of the party hereto for which such signatory is acting. 

 

          IN WITNESS
WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have duly executed this Amendment
as of the day and year first above written. 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 WITNESS/ATTEST:

 	
 LANDLORD:

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 RP/SARACEN
 PROPERTIES, LLC, a Delaware
 limited liability company

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 By:  /s/ [Illegible]

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Name:

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Title:

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 By: /s/ Cary Tarpinien

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Name (print):  Cary
 Tarpinien

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Name (print):  Mike
 Vallace

 	
  

 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 WITNESS/ATTEST:

 	
 TENANT:

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 RNK, inc., a
 Massachusetts corporation

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 By: /s/ Sharon R. Schawbel

 	
 By: /s/ Richard N. Koch

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Name (print): Sharon R. Schawbel

 	
 Name: Richard N. Koch

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 By: /s/ Matthew T. Kinney

 	
 Title: President

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Name (print): Matthew T. Kinney

 	
  

 

EXHIBIT A, THIRD AMENDMENT

WORKLETTER

          This Exhibit
is attached to and made a part of the Amendment by and between RP/SARACEN PROPERTIES, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
(“Landlord”), and RNK, INC. d/b/a RNK Telecom, a
Massachusetts corporation (“Tenant”) for space in the Building located at 333 Elm Street, Norfolk Place, Dedham, Massachusetts.

          As used in
this Workletter, the “Premises” shall be deemed to mean the Expansion Space, as
defined in the Second Amendment.

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.

 	
 Landlord
shall perform improvements to the Premises substantially in accordance with
the plans prepared by Cubellis Associates,
Inc., dated January 4, 2006 (the “Plans”), as shown
on Exhibit B, Third Amendment, Sheet 1
(E101) and Sheet 2 (A102) (both Sheets 1 and
2 are attached hereto) and plans identified as: T001, E001, E002 and E003.
The improvements, to
be performed by Landlord in accordance with the Plans are hereinafter referred to as the “Additional Landlord Work.” It is agreed that construction of the Additional Landlord Work is intended to be “turn-key”
and will be completed at Landlord’s sole
cost and expense (subject to the Maximum Amount and further subject to the
terms of Paragraph 4 below) using Building
Standard methods, materials and finishes. Landlord and Tenant agree that Landlord’s obligation to pay for
the cost of the Additional Landlord
Work shall be limited to $28,000.00 (the “Maximum Amount”) and that Tenant shall be responsible for the cost of the Additional
Landlord Work, plus any applicable state
sales or use tax, if any, to the extent that it exceeds the Maximum Amount. Landlord shall enter into a direct contract for the
Additional Landlord Work with a general contractor
selected by Landlord. In addition, Landlord shall have the right to select
and/or approve of any subcontractors used in
connection with the Landlord Work. Tenant and Landlord
agree that Tenant shall be responsible for the configuration of the premises
and the placement of Tenant’s furniture,
appliances and equipment. Tenant shall be responsible
for the costs of the preparation of the Plans for the Additional Landlord Work, and Tenant shall pay such costs directly to the
architect upon receipt of billing from
the architect therefor. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.

 	
 If the
actual cost of the Additional Landlord Work shall exceed the Maximum Amount, Landlord shall submit to Tenant a written estimate
setting forth the anticipated cost of the
Additional Landlord Work, including but not limited to labor and materials, contractor’s fees and permit fees. Within 3 Business
Days thereafter, Tenant shall either
notify Landlord in writing of its approval of the cost estimate, or specify
its objections thereto and any desired
changes to the proposed Additional Landlord Work. If Tenant notifies Landlord of such objections and
desired changes, Tenant and Landlord
shall work together to reach a mutually acceptable alternative cost estimate.  

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.

 	
 If the
actual cost of construction shall exceed the Maximum Amount (such amounts exceeding the Maximum Amount being herein referred to as
the “Excess Costs”), and Tenant
has notified Landlord in writing of its approval of the cost estimate in the
time period set forth in Paragraph 2 above, Tenant shall pay to Landlord such
Excess Costs, plus any applicable state sales
or use tax thereon only as agreed upon by Tenant and Landlord pursuant to Paragraph 2 above, upon demand.
The amounts due and payable by
Tenant hereunder constitute Rent payable pursuant to the Lease, and the
failure to  

 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 timely pay
 same constitutes an event of default under the Lease.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 4.

 	
 If Tenant
shall request any revisions to the Plans, Landlord shall have such revisions prepared at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and Tenant
shall reimburse Landlord for the cost
of preparing any such revisions to the Plans, plus any applicable state sales
or use tax thereon, upon demand. Promptly
upon completion of the revisions, Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing of the increased cost in the
Additional Landlord Work, if any, resulting
from such revisions to the Plans. Tenant, within 4 Business Days, shall
notify Landlord in writing whether it desires
to proceed with such revisions. In the absence of such written authorization, Landlord shall have the
option to continue work on the Premises
disregarding the requested revision. Tenant shall be responsible for any
Tenant Delay in completion of the Premises
resulting from any revision to the Plans. If such revisions result in an increase in the cost of the
Additional Landlord Work, such increased costs,
plus any applicable state sales or use tax thereon, shall be payable by
Tenant upon demand. Notwithstanding
anything herein to the contrary, all revisions to the Plans shall be subject to the approval of Landlord.  

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.

 	
 Tenant
acknowledges that the Additional Landlord Work may be performed by Landlord in the Premises during Normal Business Hours. Landlord
and Tenant agree to cooperate with each other in
order to enable the Additional Landlord Work to be performed in a timely manner and with as little
inconvenience to the operation of Tenant’s
business as is reasonably possible.  

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.

 	
 This
Exhibit shall not be deemed applicable to any additional space added to the
Premises at any time or from time to time, whether by any options under the
Lease or otherwise, or to any portion of the original
Premises or any additions to the Premises in the event of a renewal or
extension of the original Term of the Lease, whether by any options under the
Lease or otherwise, unless expressly
so provided in the Lease or any amendment or supplement
to the Lease.Exhibit 10.34

AT&T WHOLESALE AGREEMENT

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Customer Name: MCImetro
 Access Transmission Services, L.L.C.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 MCImetro TRRO Compliant
 Agreement - FL

 	
  

 	
 2

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Table of Contents

 	
  

 	
 3

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 General Terms and
 Conditions

 	
  

 	
 5

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Signature Page

 	
  

 	
 23

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Att 1 - Resale

 	
  

 	
 24

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Att 1 - Resale Discounts
 & Rates

 	
  

 	
 43

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Att 2 - Network Services
 & Other Elements

 	
  

 	
 44

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Att 2 - Network Element
 Rates - Exhibit A

 	
  

 	
 90

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Att 2 - Network Element
 Rates - Exhibit B

 	
  

 	
 104

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Att 3 - Network
 Interconnection

 	
  

 	
 106

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Att 3 - Network
 Interconnection Rates

 	
  

 	
 138

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Att 4 - Collocation

 	
  

 	
 140

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Att 4 - Collocation Rates
 - Exhibit B

 	
  

 	
 192

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Att 5 - Access to Numbers
 & Number Portability

 	
  

 	
 198

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Att 6 - Pre-Ordering,
 Ordering, Provisioning, Maintenance and Repair

 	
  

 	
 203

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Att 7- Billing

 	
  

 	
 223

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Att 7 - Late Payment
 Charge Reference Matrix - Exhibit A

 	
  

 	
 237

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Att 7 - Credit Profile -
 Exhibit B

 	
  

 	
 238

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Att 8 - Rights of Way

 	
  

 	
 240

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Att 9 - Performance
 Measurements

 	
  

 	
 270

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Att 10 - Disaster Recovery
 Plan

 	
  

 	
 484

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Att 11 - BFR & NBR
 Process

 	
  

 	
 493

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Retro Amendment FL
 2008, MCImetro Access Transmission Services, L.L.C.

 	
  

 	
 497

 	
  

 

Note: This page is not part of the actual signed contract/amendment, but is present for record keeping purposes

Interconnection Agreement

Between

BellSouth Telecommunications, Inc.

and

MCImetro Access Transmission Services, L.L.C.

CCCS 2 of 501

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 General Terms and Conditions

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Definitions

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 1.

 	
  

 	
 CLEC Certification

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 2.

 	
  

 	
 Term of the Agreement

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 3.

 	
  

 	
 Nondiscriminatory Access

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 4.

 	
  

 	
 Court Ordered Requests for Call Detail Records and Other Subscriber
 Information

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 5.

 	
  

 	
 Liability and Indemnification

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 6.

 	
  

 	
 Intellectual Property Rights and Indemnification

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 7.

 	
  

 	
 Proprietary and Confidential Information

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 8.

 	
  

 	
 Resolution of Disputes

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 9.

 	
  

 	
 Taxes

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 10.

 	
  

 	
 Force Majeure

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 11.

 	
  

 	
 Adoption of Agreements

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 12.

 	
  

 	
 Modification of Agreement

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 13.

 	
  

 	
 Legal Rights

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 14.

 	
  

 	
 Indivisibility

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 15.

 	
  

 	
 Severability

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 16.

 	
  

 	
 Non-Waivers

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 17.

 	
  

 	
 Governing Law

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 18.

 	
  

 	
 Assignments and Transfers

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 19.

 	
  

 	
 Notices

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 20.

 	
  

 	
 Rule of Construction

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 21.

 	
  

 	
 Headings of No Force or Effect

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 22.

 	
  

 	
 Multiple Counterparts

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 23.

 	
  

 	
 Filing of Agreement

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 24.

 	
  

 	
 Compliance with Law

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 25.

 	
  

 	
 Necessary Approvals

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 26.

 	
  

 	
 Good Faith Performance

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 27.

 	
  

 	
 Rates

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 28.

 	
  

 	
 Rate True-Up

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 29.

 	
  

 	
 Survival

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 30.

 	
  

 	
 Entire Agreement

 

CCCS 3 of 501

TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont’d)

	
  

 
	
 Attachment 1 - Resale

 
	
  

 
	
 Attachment 2 - Network Elements and Other Services

 
	
  

 
	
 Attachment 3 - Network Interconnection

 
	
  

 
	
 Attachment 4 - Collocation

 
	
  

 
	
 Attachment 5 - Access to Numbers and Number Portability

 
	
  

 
	
 Attachment 6 – Pre-Ordering, Ordering, Provisioning and Maintenance
 and Repair

 
	
  

 
	
 Attachment 7 - Billing

 
	
  

 
	
 Attachment 8 - Rights-of-Way, Conduits and Pole Attachments

 
	
  

 
	
 Attachment 9 - Performance Measurements

 
	
  

 
	
 Attachment 10- BellSouth Disaster Recovery Plan

 
	
  

 
	
 Attachment 11–Bona Fide Request and New Business Request Process

 

CCCS 4 of 501

General Terms and Conditions

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS

CCCS 5 of 501

General Terms and Conditions

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
                       TABLE OF
 CONTENTS

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1

 	
  

 	
 CERTIFICATION

 	
  

 	
 4

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2

 	
  

 	
 TERM OF
 THE AGREEMENT

 	
  

 	
 5

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3

 	
  

 	
 NONDISCRIMATORY
 ACCESS

 	
  

 	
 5

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 4

 	
  

 	
 COURT
 ORDERED REQUESTS FOR CALL DETAIL RECORDS AND OTHER SUBSCRIBER INFORMATION

 	
  

 	
 6

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.

 	
  

 	
 LIABILITY
 AND INDEMNIFICATION

 	
  

 	
 6

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.

 	
  

 	
 INTELLECTUAL
 PROPERTY RIGHTS AND INDEMNIFICATION

 	
  

 	
 8

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.

 	
  

 	
 PROPRIETARY
 AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

 	
  

 	
 9

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 8.

 	
  

 	
 RESOLUTION
 OF DISPUTES

 	
  

 	
 10

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 9

 	
  

 	
 TAXES

 	
  

 	
 10

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 10.

 	
  

 	
 FORCE MAJEURE

 	
  

 	
 12

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 11.

 	
  

 	
 ADOPTION
 OF AGREEMENTS

 	
  

 	
 13

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 12.

 	
  

 	
 MODIFICATION
 OF AGREEMENT

 	
  

 	
 13

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 13.

 	
  

 	
 NON-WAIVER
 OF LEGAL RIGHTS

 	
  

 	
 13

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 14.

 	
  

 	
 SEVERABILITY 

 	
  

 	
 13

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 15.

 	
  

 	
 WAIVERS

 	
  

 	
 14

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 16.

 	
  

 	
 GOVERNING LAW

 	
  

 	
 14

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 17.

 	
  

 	
 ASSIGNMENTS

 	
  

 	
 14

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 18.

 	
  

 	
 NOTICES

 	
  

 	
 14

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 19.

 	
  

 	
 RULE OF
 CONSTRUCTION

 	
  

 	
 15

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 20.

 	
  

 	
 HEADINGS
 OF NO FORCE OR EFFECT

 	
  

 	
 15

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 21.

 	
  

 	
 MULTIPLE
 COUNTERPARTS

 	
  

 	
 15

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 22.

 	
  

 	
 FILING OF
 AGREEMENT

 	
  

 	
 16

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 23.

 	
  

 	
 COMPLIANCE
 WITH APPLICABLE LAW

 	
  

 	
 16

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 24.

 	
  

 	
 NECESSARY
 APPROVALS

 	
  

 	
 16

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 25.

 	
  

 	
 GOOD
 FAITH PERFORMANCE

 	
  

 	
 16

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 26.

 	
  

 	
 NONEXCLUSIVE
 DEALINGS

 	
  

 	
 16

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 27.

 	
  

 	
 RATE TRUE - UP 

 	
  

 	
 16

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 28.

 	
  

 	
 SURVIVAL

 	
  

 	
 17

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 29.

 	
  

 	
 ENTIRE
 AGREEMENT

 	
  

 	
 17

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 30.

 	
  

 	
 MISCELLANEOUS

 	
  

 	
 17

 

CCCS 6 of 501

General
Terms and Conditions

Page 3

          THIS
AGREEMENT is made by
and between BellSouth Telecommunications, Inc., (BellSouth), a Georgia
corporation, and MCImetro Access Transmission Services, L.L.C. (MCI), a
Delaware limited liability company, and shall be effective on the Effective
Date, as defined herein. This Agreement may refer to either BellSouth or MCI or
both as a “Party” or “Parties.” 

WITNESSETH

          WHEREAS, BellSouth is a local exchange
telecommunications company authorized to provide telecommunications services in
the states of Alabama, Florida, Georgia, Kentucky, Louisiana, Mississippi,
North Carolina, South Carolina and Tennessee; and 

          WHEREAS, MCI is or seeks to become a
Telecommunications Carrier authorized to provide Telecommunications Services in
the states of Alabama, Florida, Georgia, Kentucky, Louisiana, Mississippi,
North Carolina, South Carolina, and Tennessee; and 

          WHEREAS, MCI wishes to resell BellSouth’s
telecommunications services and purchase network elements and other services,
and, solely in connection therewith, may wish to utilize collocation space as
set forth in Attachment 4 of this Agreement; and 

          WHEREAS, the Parties wish to interconnect their
facilities and exchange traffic pursuant to Sections 251 and 252 of the Act. 

          NOW
THEREFORE, in
consideration of the mutual agreements contained herein, BellSouth and MCI
agree as follows: 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Definitions
 Terms used in this
 Agreement shall have the meanings specified below, or as defined in the Act,
 or if neither of the foregoing apply, then they shall have their ordinary
 meanings. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Affiliate is defined as a person that (directly or
 indirectly) owns or controls, is owned or controlled by, or is under common
 ownership or control with, another person. For purposes of this paragraph,
 the term “own” means to own an equity interest (or equivalent thereof) of
 more than ten (10) percent. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Commission
 is defined as the
 appropriate regulatory agency in each state of BellSouth’s nine-state region
 (Alabama, Florida, Georgia, Kentucky, Louisiana, Mississippi, North Carolina,
 South Carolina, and Tennessee). 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Competitive
 Local Exchange Carrier (CLEC) means a telephone company certificated by the Commission to provide
 local exchange service within BellSouth’s franchised area. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Customer means the purchaser of a Telecommunication
 Service. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Customer
 of Record means the
 entity responsible for placing application for Service; requesting additions,
 rearrangements, maintenance or discontinuance of Service; payment in full of
 charges incurred for Services such as nonrecurring (NRC) or monthly recurring
 (MRC). 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Day is defined to mean calendar day, unless
 otherwise expressly noted. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Deposit means assurance provided by a customer in
 the form of cash, surety bond or bank letter of credit to be held by
 BellSouth. 

 

CCCS 7 of 501

General
Terms and Conditions

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Effective
 Date is defined as
 the date that the Agreement is effective for purposes of rates, terms and
 conditions and shall be thirty (30) calendar days after the date of the last
 signature executing the Agreement. Future amendments for rate changes will
 also be effective thirty (30) calendar days after the date of the last
 signature executing the amendment. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 End User
 Customer Location
 means the physical location of the premises where an End User makes use of
 the telecommunications services.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 FCC means the Federal Communications
 Commission.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 General
 Terms and Conditions means
 this document including all of the terms, provisions and conditions set forth
 herein. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 National
 Holiday means New
 Year’s Day, Martin Luther King Jr. Day, President’s Day/Washington’s
 Birthday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Columbus Day, Veterans’
 Day, Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day. In the calculation of intervals of less
 than ten (10) calendar days national holidays will be excluded. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 New
 Services means
 functions, features or capabilities that are not currently offered by
 BellSouth. This includes packaging of existing services or combining a new
 function, feature or capability with an existing service. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Resale means an activity wherein a certificated
 CLEC, such as MCI, subscribes to the telecommunications services of BellSouth
 and then offers those telecommunications services to the public. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Services means all services provided under this
 Agreement (individually referred to as the “Service” or collectively as the
 “Services.”) 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Telecommunications
 means the
 transmission, between or among points specified by the user, of information
 of the user’s choosing, without change in the form or content of the
 information as sent and received. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Telecommunications
 Service means the
 offering of telecommunications for a fee directly to the public, or to such
 classes of users as to be effectively available directly to the public,
 regardless of the facilities used. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Telecommunications
 Act of 1996 (Act)
 means Public Law 104-104 of the United States Congress effective February 8,
 1996. The Act amended the Communications Act of 1934 (47 U.S.C. Section 1 et.
 seq.). 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 “Except as expressly
 provided for in this Agreement, the use of the terms “end user” and
 “customer” shall not be construed or interpreted to limit those types of
 customers to which MCI may sell services in accordance with Applicable Law.
 In no event may MCI or its customers use UNEs for the exclusive provision of
 mobile wireless services or interexchange services.” 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1

 	
 Certification
 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Each Party has a
 continuing obligation to comply with state and federal certification
 requirements and will provide documentation of such compliance upon request. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 To the extent MCI is not
 certified as a Telecommunications Carrier in each state covered by this
 Agreement as of the execution hereof, MCI will notify and provide BellSouth
 in writing MCI’s Telecommunications Carrier certification when MCI becomes
 certified to operate in any other 

 

CCCS 8 of 501

General
Terms and Conditions

Page 5

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 state covered by this
 Agreement. Upon such notification, BellSouth will file this Agreement with
 the appropriate Commission for approval. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2

 	
 Term of
 the Agreement 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1

 	
 The term of this Agreement
 shall be three (3) years, beginning on the Effective Date and shall apply to
 the BellSouth territory in the state(s) of Alabama, Florida, Georgia,
 Kentucky, Louisiana, Mississippi, North Carolina, South Carolina, and
 Tennessee. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.2

 	
 The Parties agree that by
 no later than two hundred seventy (270) calendar days prior to the expiration
 of this Agreement, they shall commence negotiations for a new agreement to be
 effective beginning on the expiration date of this Agreement (Subsequent
 Agreement). 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.3

 	
 If, within one hundred and
 thirty-five (135) calendar days of commencing the negotiation referred to in
 Section 2.2 above, the Parties are unable to negotiate new terms, conditions
 and prices for a Subsequent Agreement, either Party may petition the
 Commission to establish appropriate terms, conditions and prices for the
 Subsequent Agreement pursuant to 47 U.S.C. 252. The Parties agree that, in
 such event, they shall encourage the Commission to issue its order regarding
 the Subsequent Agreement no later than the expiration date of this Agreement.
 The Parties further agree that in the event the Commission does not issue its
 Arbitration order prior to the expiration date of this Agreement, or if the
 Parties continue beyond the expiration date of this Agreement to negotiate
 the Subsequent Agreement, the Subsequent Agreement ultimately ordered by the
 Commission, or negotiated by the Parties, will be effective upon the
 effective date set forth in the Subsequent Agreement. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.4

 	
 Notwithstanding the
 foregoing and except as set forth in Section 2.4.1 below, if, as of the date
 of the expiration of this Agreement and extension of this Agreement pending
 replacement with a subsequent agreement, the Parties are not actively
 negotiating pursuant to Sections 251 and 252 of the Act for a Subsequent
 Agreement and no arbitration proceeding has been filed in accordance with
 Section 252 of the Act, then either Party may terminate this Agreement upon
 sixty (60) calendar days notice to the other Party. In the event that
 BellSouth terminates this Agreement as provided above, BellSouth shall
 continue to offer services to, and accept orders from, MCI pursuant to BellSouth’s
 then current standard interconnection agreement or MCI may exercise its
 rights under Section 252(i) of the Act. In the event that BellSouth’s
 standard interconnection agreement becomes effective as between the Parties
 or MCI adopts another agreement pursuant to Section 252(i) of the Act, the
 Parties may continue to negotiate a Subsequent Agreement, and the terms of
 such Subsequent Agreement shall be effective as of the effective date stated
 in such Subsequent Agreement.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.4.1

 	
 If a Subsequent Agreement
 is being negotiated in accordance with Sections 251 and 252 of the Act, but
 negotiations are not completed, or if an arbitration proceeding has been
 filed in accordance with Section 252 of the Act, and if the Commission does
 not issue its order prior to the expiration of this Agreement, this Agreement
 shall be deemed extended and amendments can be negotiated to it until the
 Subsequent Agreement becomes effective. The terms of such Subsequent
 Agreement shall be effective as of the effective date stated in such
 Subsequent Agreement and shall not be applied retroactively to the expiration
 date of this Agreement unless the Parties agree otherwise. Unless provided
 otherwise in this Agreement, neither Party shall refuse to provide services
 to the other Party or to accept orders from the other Party during the good
 faith negotiation of the Subsequent Agreement or during the transition from
 this Agreement to the Subsequent Agreement or BellSouth’s standard
 interconnection agreement.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3

 	
 Nondiscriminatory
 Access 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.1

 	
 When MCI purchases
 Telecommunications Services from BellSouth pursuant to Attachment 1 of this
 Agreement for the purposes of resale to customers, such services shall be
 equal in quality, 

 

CCCS 9 of 501

General
Terms and Conditions 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 subject to the same
 conditions, and provided within the same provisioning time intervals that
 BellSouth provides to its Affiliates, subsidiaries and customers. To the
 extent technically feasible, the quality of a Network Element, as well as the
 quality of the access to such Network Element provided by BellSouth to MCI
 shall be at least equal in quality to that which BellSouth provides to
 itself, its Affiliates or any other Telecommunications carrier. The quality
 of the interconnection between the network of BellSouth and the network of
 MCI shall be at a level that is equal to that which BellSouth provides
 itself, a subsidiary, an Affiliate, or any other party. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 4

 	
 Court
 Ordered Requests for Call Detail Records and Other Subscriber Information 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 4.1

 	
 Subpoenas Directed to BellSouth. Where BellSouth provides resold services
 or local switching for MCI, BellSouth shall respond to subpoenas and court
 ordered requests delivered directly to BellSouth for the purpose of providing
 call detail records when the targeted telephone numbers belong to MCI
 customers. Billing for such requests will be generated by BellSouth and
 directed to the law enforcement agency initiating the request. BellSouth
 shall maintain such information for MCI customers for the same length of time
 it maintains such information for its own customers. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 4.2

 	
 Subpoenas Directed to MCI. Where BellSouth is providing to MCI
 Telecommunications Services for resale or providing to MCI the local
 switching function, then MCI agrees that in those cases where MCI receives subpoenas
 or court ordered requests regarding targeted telephone numbers belonging to
 MCI customers, and where MCI does not have the requested information, MCI
 will advise the law enforcement agency initiating the request to redirect the
 subpoena or court ordered request to BellSouth for handling in accordance
 with 6.1 above.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 4.3

 	
 In all other instances,
 where either Party receives a request for information involving the other
 Party’s customers, the Party receiving the request will advise the law
 enforcement agency initiating the request to redirect such request to the
 other Party. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5

 	
 Liability
 and Indemnification 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.1

 	
 Liability for Acts or
 Omissions of Third Parties. Neither Party shall be liable to the other Party for any act or
 omission of another Telecommunications company providing services to the
 other Party. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.2

 	
 Except for any
 indemnification obligations of the Parties hereunder, and except in cases of
 the provisioning Party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, each Party’s
 liability to the other for any loss, cost, claim, injury, liability or
 expense, including reasonable attorneys’ fees relating to or arising out of
 any negligent act or omission in its performance of this Agreement, whether
 in contract or in tort, shall be limited to a credit for the actual cost of
 the services or functions not performed or improperly performed. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.3

 	
 Limitations in Tariffs. A
 Party may, in its sole discretion, provide in its tariffs and contracts with
 its customers and third parties that relate to any service, product or
 function provided or contemplated under this Agreement, that to the maximum
 extent permitted by Applicable Law, such Party shall not be liable to the
 customer or third party for (i) any loss relating to or arising out of this Agreement,
 whether in contract, tort or otherwise, that exceeds the amount such Party
 would have charged that applicable person for the service, product or
 function that gave rise to such loss and (ii) consequential damages. To the
 extent that a Party elects not to place in its tariffs or contracts such
 limitations of liability, and the other Party incurs a loss as a result
 thereof, such Party shall indemnify and reimburse the other Party for that
 portion of the loss that would have been limited had the first Party included
 in its tariffs and contracts the limitations of liability that such other
 Party included in its own tariffs at the time of such loss. 

 

CCCS 10 of 501

General
Terms and Conditions 

Page 7

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.4

 	
 Neither BellSouth nor MCI
 shall be liable for damages to the other Party’s terminal location, equipment
 or customers premises resulting from the furnishing of a service, including,
 but not limited to, the installation and removal of equipment or associated
 wiring, except to the extent caused by a Party’s negligence or willful
 misconduct or by a Party’s failure to ground properly a local loop after
 disconnection. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.5

 	
 Under no circumstance
 shall a Party be responsible or liable for indirect, incidental, or
 consequential damages, including, but not limited to, economic loss or lost
 business or profits, damages arising from the use or performance of equipment
 or software, or the loss of use of software or equipment, or accessories
 attached thereto, delay, error, or loss of data. In connection with this
 limitation of liability, each Party recognizes that the other Party may, from
 time to time, provide advice, make recommendations, or supply other analyses
 related to the services or facilities described in this Agreement, and, while
 each Party shall use diligent efforts in this regard, the Parties acknowledge
 and agree that this limitation of liability shall apply to provision of such
 advice, recommendations, and analyses. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.6

 	
 To the extent any specific
 provision of this Agreement purports to impose liability, or limitation of
 liability, on either Party different from or in conflict with the liability
 or limitation of liability set forth in this Section, then with respect to
 any facts or circumstances covered by such specific provisions, the liability
 or limitation of liability contained in such specific provision shall apply. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.7

 	
 Indemnification for
 Certain Claims. The
 Party providing services hereunder, its Affiliates and its parent company,
 shall be indemnified, defended and held harmless by the Party receiving
 services hereunder against any claim, loss or damage arising from the
 receiving Party’s use of the services provided under this Agreement
 pertaining to (1) claims for libel, slander or invasion of privacy arising
 from the content of the receiving Party’s own communications, or (2) any
 claim, loss or damage claimed by the customers of the Party receiving
 services arising from such company’s use or reliance on the providing Party’s
 services, actions, duties, or obligations arising out of this Agreement. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.8

 	
 Promptly after receipt of
 notice of any claim or the commencement of any action for which a Party may
 seek indemnification pursuant to this Agreement, such Party (the “Indemnified
 Party”) shall provide written notice within a commercially reasonable
 timeframe to the other Party (the “Indemnifying Party”) of such claim or
 action, but the failure to so notify the Indemnifying Party shall not relieve
 the Indemnifying Party of any liability it may have to the Indemnified Party
 except to the extent the Indemnifying Party has actually been prejudiced
 thereby. The Indemnifying Party shall be obligated to assume the defense of
 such claim, at its own expense. The Indemnified Party shall cooperate with
 the Indemnifying Party’s reasonable requests for assistance or information
 relating to such claim, at the Indemnifying Party’s expense. The Indemnified
 Party shall have the right to participate in the investigation and defense of
 such claim or action, with separate counsel chosen and paid for by the
 Indemnified Party. Unless the Indemnified Party chooses to waive its rights
 to be indemnified further in any claim or action, the Indemnified Party’s
 counsel shall not interfere with the defense strategy chosen by the
 Indemnifying Party and its counsel, and the Indemnified Party’s counsel shall
 not raise any claims, defenses, or objections or otherwise take a course of
 action in representation of the Indemnified Party when such course of action
 might be in conflict with a course of action or inaction chosen by the Indemnifying
 Party. The Indemnifying Party
 is not liable under this Agreement for settlements or compromises by the
 Indemnified Party of any claim, demand, or lawsuit unless the Indemnifying
 Party has approved the settlement or compromise in advance or unless the
 Indemnified Party has tendered the defense of the claim, demand, or lawsuit
 to the Indemnifying Party in writing and the Indemnifying Party has failed to
 promptly undertake the defense. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.9

 	
 Disclaimer. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED TO THE
 CONTRARY IN THIS AGREEMENT, NEITHER PARTY MAKES ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR
 WARRANTIES 

 

CCCS 11 of 501

General
Terms and Conditions 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 TO THE OTHER PARTY
 CONCERNING THE SPECIFIC QUALITY OF ANY SERVICES, OR FACILITIES PROVIDED UNDER
 THIS AGREEMENT. THE PARTIES DISCLAIM, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTY OR
 GUARANTEE OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ARISING
 FROM COURSE OF PERFORMANCE, COURSE OF DEALING, OR FROM USAGES OF TRADE. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.10

 	
 All rights of termination,
 cancellation or other remedies prescribed in this Agreement, or otherwise
 available, are cumulative and are not intended to be exclusive of other
 remedies to which the injured Party may be entitled at law or equity in case
 of any breach or threatened breach by the other Party of any provision of
 this Agreement. Use of one or more remedies shall not bar use of any other
 remedy for the purpose of enforcing the provisions of this Agreement. Nothing
 contained in this section 5.10 will allow either Party to circumvent the
 Dispute Resolution provisions set forth in Section 8 below. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6

 	
 Intellectual
 Property Rights and Indemnification 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.1

 	
 No License. Except for
 limited licenses, to the extent necessary for the Parties to use the
 facilities or equipment (including software) or to receive any services
 solely as provided under this Agreement, no patent, copyright, trademark or
 other proprietary right is licensed, granted or otherwise transferred by this
 Agreement. The Parties are strictly prohibited from any use, including but
 not limited to, in the selling, marketing, promoting or advertising of
 telecommunications services, of any name, service mark, logo or trademark
 (collectively, the “Marks”) of the Other Party. The Marks include those Marks
 owned directly by a Party or its Affiliate(s). The Parties acknowledge that
 they are separate and distinct and that each provides a separate and distinct
 service and agree that neither Party may, expressly or impliedly, state,
 advertise or market that it is or offers the same service as the Other Party
 or engage in any other activity that may result in a likelihood of confusion
 between its own service and the service of the Other Party. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.2

 	
 Ownership of Intellectual
 Property. Any
 intellectual property that originates from or is developed by a Party shall
 remain the exclusive property of that Party. Except for a limited,
 non-assignable, non-exclusive, non-transferable license to use patents or
 copyrights to the extent necessary for the Parties to use any facilities or
 equipment (including software) or to receive any service solely as provided
 under this Agreement, no license in patent, copyright, trademark or trade
 secret, or other proprietary or intellectual property right, now or hereafter
 owned, controlled or licensable by a Party, is granted to the other Party. Neither
 shall it be implied nor arise by estoppel. Any trademark, copyright or other
 proprietary notices appearing in association with the use of any facilities
 or equipment (including software) shall remain on the documentation,
 material, product, service, equipment or software. It is the responsibility
 of each Party to ensure at no additional cost to the other Party that it has
 obtained any necessary licenses in relation to intellectual property of third
 Parties used in its network that may be required to enable the other Party to
 use any facilities or equipment (including software), to receive any service,
 or to perform its respective obligations under this Agreement. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.3

 	
 Intellectual Property
 Remedies 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.3.1

 	
 Indemnification. The Party providing a service pursuant to
 this Agreement will defend the Party receiving such service or data provided
 as a result of such service against claims of infringement arising solely
 from the use by the receiving Party of such service in the manner
 contemplated under this Agreement and will indemnify the receiving Party for
 any damages awarded based solely on such claims in accordance with Section 5
 preceding. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.3.2

 	
 Claim of Infringement. In the event that use of any facilities
 or equipment (including software), becomes, or in the reasonable judgment of
 the Party who owns the affected network is likely to become, the subject of a
 claim, action, suit, or proceeding based on intellectual property 

 

CCCS 12 of 501

General
Terms and Conditions 

Page 9 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 infringement, then said
 Party shall promptly and at its sole expense and sole option, but subject to
 the limitations of liability set forth below: 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.3.2.1

 	
 modify or replace the
 applicable facilities or equipment (including software) while maintaining
 form and function, or 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.3.2.2

 	
 obtain a license
 sufficient to allow such use to continue. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.3.2.3

 	
 In the event Section
 6.3.2.1 or 6.3.2.2 are commercially unreasonable, then said Party may
 terminate, upon reasonable notice, this contract with respect to use of, or
 services provided through use of, the affected facilities or equipment
 (including software), but solely to the extent required to avoid the
 infringement claim. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.3.3

 	
 Exception to Obligations. Neither Party’s obligations under this
 Section shall apply to the extent the infringement is caused by: (i)
 modification of the facilities or equipment (including software) by the
 indemnitee; (ii) use by the indemnitee of the facilities or equipment
 (including software) in combination with equipment or facilities (including software)
 not provided or authorized by the indemnitor, provided the facilities or
 equipment (including software) would not be infringing if used alone; (iii)
 conformance to specifications of the indemnitee which would necessarily
 result in infringement; or (iv) continued use by the indemnitee of the
 affected facilities or equipment (including software) after being placed on
 notice to discontinue use as set forth herein. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.3.4

 	
 Exclusive Remedy. The
foregoing shall constitute the Parties’ sole and exclusive remedies and
obligations with respect to a third party claim of intellectual property
infringement arising out of the conduct of business under this Agreement.  

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7

 	
 Proprietary
 and Confidential Information 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.1

 	
 Proprietary and
 Confidential Information. It may be necessary for BellSouth and MCI, each as the “Discloser,”
 to provide to the other Party, as “Recipient,” certain proprietary and
 confidential information including but not limited to technical, financial,
 marketing, staffing and business plans and information, strategic
 information, proposals, request for proposals, specifications, drawings,
 maps, prices, costs, costing methodologies, procedures, processes, business
 systems, software programs, techniques, customer account data, call detail
 records and like information (collectively the “Information”). All such
 Information conveyed in writing or other tangible form shall be clearly
 marked with a confidential or proprietary legend. Information conveyed orally
 by the Discloser to Recipient shall be designated as proprietary and
 confidential at the time of such oral conveyance, shall be reduced to writing
 by the Discloser within forty-five (45) calendar days thereafter, and shall
 be clearly marked with a confidential or proprietary legend. All usage
 records, customer-specific information (including, but not limited to local
 service requests, requests for customer service records, and maintenance and
 repair requests), and Customer Proprietary Network Information (“CPNI”), as
 that term is defined by the Act and the FCC, also shall be Information
 without being marked or separately identified as confidential. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 The Information described
 in the previous sentence shall be referred to herein as “Customer
 Information”. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.2

 	
 Use and Protection of Information. Recipient agrees to protect such
 Information of the Discloser provided to Recipient from whatever source from
 distribution, disclosure or dissemination to anyone except employees of
 Recipient with a need to know such Information solely in conjunction with
 Recipient’s analysis of the Information and for no other purpose except as
 authorized herein or as otherwise authorized in writing by the Discloser.
 Recipient will not make any more copies of the Information inspected by it
 than are reasonably necessary for Recipient’s authorized use. 

 

CCCS 13 of 501

General Terms and
Conditions 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.3

 	
 Exceptions. Recipient will not have an obligation to
 protect any portion of the Information which: 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.3.1

 	
 (a) is made publicly
 available by the Discloser or lawfully by a nonparty to this Agreement; (b)
 is lawfully obtained by Recipient from any source other than Discloser; (c)
 is previously known to Recipient without an obligation to keep it
 confidential; or (d) is released from the terms of this Agreement by
 Discloser upon written notice to Recipient. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.4

 	
 Recipient agrees to use
 the Information solely for the purposes of negotiations pursuant to 47 U.S.C.
 251 or in performing its obligations under this Agreement and for no other
 entity or purpose, except as may be otherwise agreed to in writing by the
 Parties. Nothing herein shall prohibit Recipient from providing information
 requested by the FCC or a state regulatory agency with jurisdiction over this
 matter, or to support a request for arbitration or an allegation of failure
 to negotiate in good faith, or if required by a law, a court, or government
 agency; provided that Discloser has been notified of the requirement promptly
 after Recipient becomes aware of the requirement, and provided that Recipient
 undertakes all lawful measures to avoid disclosing such information until
 Discloser has had reasonable time to obtain a protective order. Recipient
 shall comply with any protective order that covers the Information. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.4.1

 	
 BellSouth shall use MCI’s
 Customer Information only for the purpose of providing service to MCI and
 shall not provide such Information to BellSouth’s retail sales and marketing
 personnel. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.5

 	
 Recipient agrees not to
 publish or use the Information for any advertising, sales or marketing
 promotions, press releases, or publicity matters that refer either directly
 or indirectly to the Information or to the Discloser or any of its affiliated
 companies. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.6

 	
 The disclosure of
 Information neither grants nor implies any license to the Recipient under any
 trademark, patent, copyright, application or other intellectual property
 right that is now or may hereafter be owned by the Discloser. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.7

 	
 Survival of
 Confidentiality Obligations. The Parties’ rights and obligations under this Section 7 shall survive
 and continue in effect after the expiration or termination date of this
 Agreement with regard to all Information exchanged during the term of this
 Agreement. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 8

 	
 Resolution
 of Disputes 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 8.1

 	
 Except as otherwise stated
 in this Agreement, the Parties agree that any dispute that arises as to the
 interpretation of any provision of this Agreement or as to the proper
 implementation of this Agreement, may be taken to the Commission for
 resolution. However, each Party reserves the rights it may have to seek
 judicial review of any ruling made by the Commission concerning this
 Agreement. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 9

 	
 Taxes 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 9.1

 	
 Definition. For purposes
of this Section, the terms “taxes” and “fees” shall include but not be
limited to federal, state or local sales, use, excise, gross receipts or
other taxes or tax-like fees of whatever nature and however designated
(including tariff surcharges and any fees, charges or other payments,
contractual or otherwise, for the use of public streets or rights of way,
whether designated as franchise fees or otherwise) imposed, or sought to be
imposed, on or with respect to the services furnished hereunder or measured
by the charges or payments therefore, excluding any taxes levied on income.  

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 9.2

 	
 Taxes and Fees Imposed
Directly On Either Providing Party or Purchasing Party.  

 

CCCS 14 of 501

General Terms and
Conditions 

Page 11 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 9.2.1

 	
 Taxes and fees imposed on
 the providing Party, which are not permitted or required to be passed on by
 the providing Party to its customer, shall be borne and paid by the providing
 Party. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 9.2.2

 	
 Taxes and fees imposed on
 the purchasing Party, which are not required to be collected and/or remitted
 by the providing Party, shall be borne and paid by the purchasing Party. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 9.3

 	
 Taxes and Fees Imposed on
 Purchasing Party But Collected And Remitted By Providing Party. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 9.3.1

 	
 Taxes and fees imposed on
 the purchasing Party shall be borne by the purchasing Party, even if the
 obligation to collect and/or remit such taxes or fees is placed on the
 providing Party. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 9.3.2

 	
 To the extent permitted by
 applicable law, any such taxes and/or fees shall be shown as separate items
 on applicable billing documents between the Parties. Notwithstanding the
 foregoing, the purchasing Party shall remain liable for any such taxes and
 fees regardless of whether they are actually billed by the providing Party at
 the time that the respective service is billed. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 9.3.3

 	
 If the purchasing Party
 determines that in its opinion any such taxes or fees are not payable, the
 providing Party shall not bill such taxes or fees to the purchasing Party if
 the purchasing Party provides written certification, reasonably satisfactory
 to the providing Party, stating that it is exempt or otherwise not subject to
 the tax or fee, setting forth the basis therefor, and satisfying any other
 requirements under applicable law. If any authority seeks to collect any such
 tax or fee that the purchasing Party has determined and certified not to be
 payable, or any such tax or fee that was not billed by the providing Party,
 the purchasing Party may contest the same in good faith, at its own expense.
 In any such contest, the purchasing Party shall promptly furnish the
 providing Party with copies of all filings in any proceeding, protest, or
 legal challenge, all rulings issued in connection therewith, and all
 correspondence between the purchasing Party and the taxing authority. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 9.3.4

 	
 In the event that all or
 any portion of an amount sought to be collected must be paid in order to
 contest the imposition of any such tax or fee, or to avoid the existence of a
 lien on the assets of the providing Party during the pendency of such
 contest, the purchasing Party shall be responsible for such payment and shall
 be entitled to the benefit of any refund or recovery. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 9.3.5

 	
 If it is ultimately
 determined that any additional amount of such a tax or fee is due to the
 imposing authority, the purchasing Party shall pay such additional amount,
 including any interest and penalties thereon. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 9.3.6

 	
 Notwithstanding any
 provision to the contrary, the purchasing Party shall protect, indemnify and
 hold harmless (and defend at the purchasing Party’s expense) the providing
 Party from and against any such tax or fee, interest or penalties thereon, or
 other charges or payable expenses (including reasonable attorney fees) with
 respect thereto, which are incurred by the providing Party in connection with
 any claim for or contest of any such tax or fee. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 9.3.7

 	
 Each Party shall notify
 the other Party in writing of any assessment, proposed assessment or other
 claim for any additional amount of such a tax or fee by a taxing authority;
 such notice to be provided, if possible, at least ten (10) calendar days
 prior to the date by which a response, protest or other appeal must be filed,
 but in no event later than thirty (30) calendar days after receipt of such
 assessment, proposed assessment or claim. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 9.4

 	
 Taxes and Fees Imposed on
 Providing Party But Passed On To Purchasing Party. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 9.4.1

 	
 Taxes and fees imposed on
 the providing Party, which are permitted or required to be passed on by the
 providing Party to its customer, shall be borne by the purchasing Party. 

 

CCCS 15 of 501

General
Terms and Conditions 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 9.4.2

 	
 To the extent permitted by
 applicable law, any such taxes and/or fees shall be shown as separate items
 on applicable billing documents between the Parties. Notwithstanding the
 foregoing, the purchasing Party shall remain liable for any such taxes and
 fees regardless of whether they are actually billed by the providing Party at
 the time that the respective service is billed. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 9.4.3

 	
 If the purchasing Party
 disagrees with the providing Party’s determination as to the application or
 basis for any such tax or fee, the Parties shall consult with respect to the
 imposition and billing of such tax or fee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
 providing Party shall retain ultimate responsibility for determining whether
 and to what extent any such taxes or fees are applicable, and the purchasing
 Party shall abide by such determination and pay such taxes or fees to the
 providing Party. The providing Party shall further retain ultimate
 responsibility for determining whether and how to contest the imposition of
 such taxes and fees; provided, however, that any such contest undertaken at
 the request of the purchasing Party shall be at the purchasing Party’s
 expense. If a purchasing Party disagrees with a providing Party’s
 determination with respect to taxes, the purchasing party may pursue the
 dispute resolution provisions of this Agreement. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 9.4.4

 	
 In the event that all or
 any portion of an amount sought to be collected must be paid in order to
 contest the imposition of any such tax or fee, or to avoid the existence of a
 lien on the assets of the providing Party during the pendency of such
 contest, the purchasing Party shall be responsible for such payment and shall
 be entitled to the benefit of any refund or recovery. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 9.4.5

 	
 If it is ultimately
 determined that any additional amount of such a tax or fee is due to the
 imposing authority, the purchasing Party shall pay such additional amount,
 including any interest and penalties thereon. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 9.4.6

 	
 Notwithstanding any
 provision to the contrary, the purchasing Party shall protect, indemnify and
 hold harmless (and defend at the purchasing Party’s expense) the providing
 Party from and against any such tax or fee, interest or penalties thereon, or
 other reasonable charges or payable expenses (including reasonable attorneys’
 fees) with respect thereto, which are incurred by the providing Party in
 connection with any claim for or contest of any such tax or fee. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 9.4.7

 	
 Each Party shall notify
 the other Party in writing of any assessment, proposed assessment or other
 claim for any additional amount of such a tax or fee by a taxing authority;
 such notice to be provided, if possible, at least ten (10) calendar days
 prior to the date by which a response, protest or other appeal must be filed,
 but in no event later than thirty (30) calendar days after receipt of such
 assessment, proposed assessment or claim.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 9.4.8

 	
 Each Party will be solely
 responsible for the computation, tracking, reporting and payment of all taxes
 and like fees associated with the services it provides to its own customers.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 9.5

 	
 Mutual Cooperation. In any contest of a tax or fee by one
 Party, the other Party shall cooperate fully by providing records, testimony
 and such additional information or assistance as may reasonably be necessary
 to pursue the contest. Further, the other Party shall be reimbursed for any
 reasonable and necessary out-of-pocket copying and travel expenses incurred
 in assisting in such contest. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 10

 	
 Force
 Majeure 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 10.1

 	
 In the event performance
 of this Agreement, or any obligation hereunder, is either directly or
 indirectly prevented, restricted, or interfered with by reason of fire,
 flood, earthquake or like acts of God, wars, revolution, civil commotion,
 explosion, acts of public enemy, embargo, acts of the government in its
 sovereign capacity, labor difficulties, including without limitation,
 strikes, slowdowns, picketing, or boycotts, unavailability of equipment from
 vendor, changes requested by MCI, or any other circumstances beyond the
 reasonable control and without the fault or negligence of the Party affected
 (“Force Majeure Condition”), the Party affected, upon giving prompt notice to
 the other Party, shall be excused from such performance on a day-to-day basis
 to 

 

CCCS 16 of 501

General
Terms and Conditions 

Page 13

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 the extent of such
 prevention, restriction, or interference (and the other Party shall likewise
 be excused from performance of its obligations on a day-to-day basis until
 the delay, restriction or interference has ceased); provided, however, that
 the Party so affected shall use diligent efforts to avoid or remove such
 causes of non-performance and both Parties shall proceed whenever such causes
 are removed or cease. In the event of such Force Majeure Condition, the Party
 so affected shall perform its obligations at a performance level no less than
 that which it performs for itself during Force Majeure Conditions and shall
 proceed in its performance in a nondiscriminatory manner. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 11

 	
 Adoption
 of Agreements 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 11.1

 	
 Pursuant to 47 USC 252 (i)
 and 47 CFR 51.809, BellSouth shall make available to MCI any entire
 Interconnection Agreement filed and approved pursuant to 47 USC 252. The
 adopted agreement shall apply to the same states as the agreement that was
 adopted, and the term of the adopted agreement shall expire on the same date
 as set forth in the agreement that was adopted. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 12

 	
 Modification
 of Agreement 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 12.1

 	
 If either Party changes
 its name or makes changes to its company structure or identity due to a
 merger, acquisition, transfer or any other reason, it is the responsibility
 of such Party to notify the other Party of said change and request that an
 amendment to this Agreement, if necessary, be executed to reflect said
 change. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 12.2

 	
 No modification,
 amendment, supplement to, or waiver of the Agreement or any of its provisions
 shall be effective and binding upon the Parties unless it is made in writing and
 duly signed by the Parties. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 12.3

 	
 In the event that any
 effective legislative, regulatory, judicial or other legal action materially
 affects any material terms of this Agreement, or the ability of MCI or
 BellSouth to perform any material terms of this Agreement, MCI or BellSouth
 may, on thirty (30) calendar days’ written notice, require that such terms be
 renegotiated, and the Parties shall renegotiate in good faith such mutually
 acceptable new terms as may be required. In the event that such new terms are
 not renegotiated within ninety (90) calendar days after such notice, the
 Dispute shall be referred to the Dispute Resolution procedure set forth in
 this Agreement. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 12.4

 	
 The Parties intend that
 any additional Services negotiated pursuant to 47 USC 251 and 252 and agreed
 to by the Parties will be incorporated into this Agreement by amendment. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 13

 	
 Non-waiver
 of Legal Rights 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 13.1

 	
 Execution of this
 Agreement by either Party does not confirm or imply that the executing Party
 agrees with any decision(s) issued pursuant to the Telecommunications Act of
 1996 and the consequences of those decisions on specific language in this
 Agreement. Neither Party waives its rights to appeal or otherwise challenge
 any such decision(s) and each Party reserves all of its rights to pursue any
 and all legal and/or equitable remedies, including appeals of any such
 decision(s). 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 14

 	
 Severability
 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 14.1

 	
 If any part of this
 Agreement is held to be invalid for any reason, such invalidity will affect
 only the portion of this Agreement which is invalid. In all other respects
 this Agreement will stand as if such invalid provision had not been a part
 thereof, and the remainder of the Agreement shall remain in full force and
 effect; provided, however, that in the event such invalid provision or
 provisions are essential elements of this Agreement and substantially impair
 the rights or 

 

CCCS 17 of 501

General Terms and
Conditions 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 obligations of either
 Party, the Parties shall promptly negotiate replacement provision(s) to
 restore as much as possible the original intent of the Parties. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 15

 	
 Waivers 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 15.1

 	
 A failure or delay of
 either Party to enforce any of the provisions hereof, to exercise any option
 which is herein provided, or to require performance of any of the provisions
 hereof, or a course of dealing between the Parties, shall in no way
 be construed to be a waiver of such provisions or options with regard to
 future performance, and each Party, notwithstanding such failure, shall have
 the right thereafter to insist upon the performance of any and all of the
 provisions of this Agreement. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 16

 	
 Governing
 Law 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 16.1

 	
 Where applicable, this
 Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with federal and
 state substantive telecommunications law, including rules and regulations of
 the FCC and appropriate Commission. In all other respects, this Agreement
 shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws
 of the State of Georgia without regard to its conflict of laws principles. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 17

 	
 Assignments
 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 17.1

 	
 Any assignment by either
 Party to any non-affiliated entity of any right, obligation or duty, or of
 any other interest hereunder, in whole or in part, without the prior written
 consent of the other Party shall be void. A Party may assign this Agreement
 in its entirety to an Affiliate of the Party without the consent of the other
 Party; provided, however, that the assigning Party shall notify the other
 Party in writing of such assignment thirty (30) calendar days prior to the
 Effective Date thereof and, provided further, if the assignee is an assignee
 of MCI, the assignee must provide evidence of Commission certification. The
 Parties shall amend this Agreement to reflect such assignments and shall work
 cooperatively to implement any changes required due to such assignment. All
 obligations and duties of any Party under this Agreement shall be binding on
 all successors in interest and assigns of such Party. No assignment or
 delegation hereof shall relieve the assignor of its obligations under this
 Agreement in the event that the assignee fails to perform such obligations.
 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section, the assigning Party
 shall not assign this Agreement to any Affiliate or non-affiliated entity
 unless either (1) the assigning Party pays all undisputed bills, past due and
 current, owed to the other Party under this Agreement and remains liable for
 any disputed bills resolved in BellSouth’s favor and any billing that occurs
 after the assignment date, for charges incurred prior to the assignment date
 (subject to the Billing Dispute provisions herein) or (2) the assigning
 Party’s assignee expressly assumes liability for payment of such bills.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 18

 	
 Notices 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 18.1

 	
 Every notice, consent,
 approval, or other communications required or contemplated by this Agreement
 (except for invoices and payment of invoices) shall be in writing and shall
 be delivered by hand, by overnight courier or by US mail postage prepaid,
 addressed to: 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 BellSouth
 Telecommunications, Inc.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 BellSouth Local Contract
 Manager

 600 North 19th Street, 8th floor

 Birmingham, AL 35203 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
    and 

 

CCCS 18 of 501

General
Terms and Conditions 

Page
15 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 ICS Attorney

 Suite 4300

 675 West Peachtree Street

 Atlanta, GA 30375 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 MCI, Inc.
 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 To:

 	
  

 	
 Chief Network Counsel

 Attn: Robert A. Peterson

 1133 19th Street NW
Washington, DC 20036

 Fax: (202) 736-6903 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Director National Carrier
 Contracts and Initiatives

 Attn: Peter H. Reynolds

 22001 Loudoun County Parkway

 Suite G2-3-614

 Ashburn, VA 20147

 Fax: (703) 886-0118 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Copy to:

 Senior Manager, Carrier Agreements

 205 N. Michigan Avenue, 11th Floor

 Chicago, IL 60601

 Fax: (312) 470-5575

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 or at such other address
 as the intended recipient previously shall have designated by written notice
 to the other Party. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 18.2

 	
 Unless otherwise provided
 in this Agreement, notice by mail shall be effective on the date it is
 officially recorded as delivered by return receipt or equivalent, and in the
 absence of such record of delivery, it shall be rebuttably presumed to have
 been delivered the fifth (5th) calendar day, or next business day
 after the fifth (5th) calendar day, after it was deposited in the
 mails.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 18.3

 	
 BellSouth will post
 changes to business processes and policies, not requiring an amendment to
 this Agreement, notices required to be posted to BellSouth’s website, and any
 other information of general applicability to CLECs, and should follow
 intervals according to the change control process in place. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 19

 	
 Rule of
 Construction 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 19.1

 	
 No rule of construction
 requiring interpretation against the drafting Party hereof shall apply in the
 interpretation of this Agreement. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 20

 	
 Headings
 of No Force or Effect 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 20.1

 	
 The headings of Articles
 and Sections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, and
 shall in no way define, modify or restrict the meaning or interpretation of
 the terms or provisions of this Agreement. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 21

 	
 Multiple
 Counterparts 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 21.1

 	
 This
 Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be
 deemed an original, but all of which shall together constitute but one and
 the same document.

 

CCCS 19 of 501

General Terms and Conditions 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 22

 	
 Filing of
 Agreement 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 22.1

 	
 Upon execution of this
 Agreement, BellSouth shall file it with the appropriate state regulatory
 agency pursuant to the requirements of Section 252 of the Act, and the
 Parties shall share equally any filing fees therefore. If the regulatory
 agency imposes any filing or public interest notice fees regarding the filing
 or approval of the Agreement, BellSouth shall be responsible for publishing
 the required notice and the publication and/or notice costs shall be borne by
 BellSouth. Notwithstanding the foregoing unless MCI has previously provided
 BellSouth with its certification for a state covered by this Agreement, this
 Agreement shall not be submitted for approval by the appropriate state regulatory
 agency unless and until such time as MCI is duly certified as a
 Telecommunications Carrier in such state, except as otherwise required by a
 Commission.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 23

 	
 Compliance
 with Applicable Law

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 23.1

 	
 Each Party shall comply at
 its own expense with all applicable federal, state and local statutes, laws,
 regulations, codes, effective orders, injunctions, judgments and binding
 decisions, awards and decrees that relate to its obligations expressly
 provided under this Agreement (“Applicable Law”). This Agreement is intended
 to memorialize the Parties’ mutual agreement with respect to their
 obligations under Applicable Law. Any reference to the Parties’ complying
 with Applicable Law, or applicable FCC and Commission rules and orders may
 explain, but is not intended to expand, the obligations of the Parties as set
 forth herein. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 24

 	
 Necessary
 Approvals 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 24.1

 	
 Each Party shall be
 responsible for obtaining and keeping in effect all approvals from, and
 rights granted by, governmental authorities, building and property owners,
 other carriers, and any other persons that may be required in connection with
 the performance of its obligations under this Agreement. Each Party shall
 reasonably cooperate with the other Party in obtaining and maintaining any
 required approvals and rights for which such Party is responsible. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 25

 	
 Good
 Faith Performance 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 25.1

 	
 Each Party shall act in
 good faith in its performance under this Agreement and, in each case in which
 a Party’s consent or agreement is required or requested hereunder, such Party
 shall not unreasonably withhold or delay such consent or agreement. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 26

 	
 Nonexclusive
 Dealings 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 26.1

 	
 This Agreement does not
 prevent either Party from providing or purchasing services to or from any
 other person nor, except as provided in Section 252(i) of the Act, does it
 obligate either Party to provide or purchase any services (except insofar as
 the Parties are obligated to provide access to Interconnection, services and
 Network Elements to MCI as a requesting carrier under the Act). 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 27

 	
 Rate
 True-Up 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 27.1

 	
 This section applies to
 Network Interconnection and/or Unbundled Network Elements and Other Services
 rates that are expressly subject to true-up under this Agreement. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 27.2

 	
 The designated true-up
 rates shall be trued-up, either up or down, based on final prices determined
 either by further agreement between the Parties, or by a final order
 (including any appeals) of the Commission. The Parties shall implement the
 true-up by comparing the actual volumes and demand for each item, together
 with the designated true-up rates for each item, with the final prices
 determined for each item. Each Party shall keep its own records upon which
 the true-up can be based, and any final payment from one Party to the other
 shall be in an amount 

 

CCCS 20 of 501

General Terms and Conditions 

Page 17 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 agreed upon by the Parties
 based on such records. In the event of any disagreement as between the
 records or the Parties regarding the amount of such true-up, the Parties
 shall submit the matter to the Dispute Resolution process in accordance with
 the provisions of this Agreement.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 27.3

 	
 An effective order of the
 Commission that forms the basis of a true-up shall be based upon cost studies
 submitted by either or both Parties to the Commission and shall be binding
 upon BellSouth and MCI specifically or upon all carriers generally, such as a
 generic cost proceeding. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 28

 	
 Survival 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 28.1

 	
 The Parties’ obligations
 under this Agreement which by their nature are intended to continue beyond
 the termination or expiration of this Agreement shall survive the termination
 or expiration of this Agreement. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 29

 	
 Entire
 Agreement 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 29.1

 	
 This Agreement means the
 General Terms and Conditions, the Attachments identified in Section 29.3
 below, and all documents identified therein, as such may be amended from time
 to time and which are incorporated herein by reference, all of which, when
 taken together, are intended to constitute one indivisible agreement. This
 Agreement sets forth the entire understanding and supersedes prior agreements
 between the Parties relating to the subject matter contained in this
 Agreement and merges all prior discussions between them. Notwithstanding any
 prior agreement of the Parties, the rates, terms and conditions of this
 Agreement shall not be applied retroactively prior to the Effective Date
 unless ordered otherwise by the Commission, FCC or other entity with
 jurisdictional authority. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 29.2

 	
 Any orders placed under
 prior agreements between the Parties shall be governed by the terms of this
 Agreement and MCI acknowledges and agrees that any and all amounts and
 obligations owed for services provisioned or orders placed under prior
 agreements between the Parties, related to the subject matter hereof, shall
 be due and owing under this Agreement and be governed by the terms and
 conditions of this Agreement as if such services or orders were provisioned
 or placed under this Agreement. Neither Party shall be bound by any
 definition, condition, provision, representation, warranty, covenant or
 promise other than as expressly stated in this Agreement or as is
 contemporaneously or subsequently set forth in writing and executed by a duly
 authorized officer or representative of the Party to be bound thereby. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 29.3

 	
 This Agreement includes
 Attachments with provisions for the following:

Resale

Network Elements and
 Other Services

Network Interconnection

Collocation

Access to Numbers and
 Number Portability

Pre-Ordering, Ordering, Provisioning, Maintenance and
 Repair

Billing

Rights-of-Way, Conduits and Pole Attachments

Performance
 Measurements

BellSouth Disaster Recovery Plan

Bona Fide Request/New Business
 Request Process 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 30

 	
 Miscellaneous
 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 30.1

 	
 In the case of a conflict
 between a provision of this Agreement and a tariff filed by either Party, if
 such tariff is referenced for the purposes of a service that is provisioned
 pursuant to such tariff, and there is a conflict between such referenced
 tariff provisions and this Agreement, the terms of 

 

CCCS 21 of 501

General Terms and Conditions 

Page 18 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 the tariff shall control.
 If the service is provisioned pursuant to this Agreement but the tariff is
 referenced for a rate, an interval or another purpose, to the extent that
 there is a conflict between such referenced tariff provision and this
 Agreement, and except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, the conflict
 shall be resolved in favor of this Agreement.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 30.2.

 	
 If any Party’s obligation
 under this Agreement is performed by a subcontractor or Affiliate of the
 obligated Party, the obligated Party nevertheless shall remain fully
 responsible for the performance of this Agreement in accordance with its
 terms, and shall be solely responsible for payments due its subcontractors or
 Affiliates. No subcontractor or Affiliate shall be deemed a third party beneficiary
 for any purposes under this Agreement. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 30.3.

 	
 Each Party is an
 independent contractor, and has and hereby retains the right to exercise full
 control of and supervision over its own performance of its obligations under
 this Agreement and retains full control over the employment, direction,
 compensation and discharge of all employees assisting in the performance of
 such obligations. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be deemed to
 constitute the Parties as partners, joint venturers, or associates. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 30.4.

 	
 The Services provided
 under this Agreement are unique. As such, either Party may seek specific
 performance as a remedy. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 30.5.

 	
 BellSouth shall post on
 its web site any BellSouth interconnection agreement between BellSouth and
 any third party no later than ten (10) calendar days after such agreement
 becomes effective. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 30.6.

 	
 BellSouth shall make
 available to MCI fraud prevention or revenue protection features, including
 prevention, detection, or control functionality embedded within any of the
 Network Elements. To the extent separate charges apply for such features, the
 charges will be as set forth in this Agreement or will be negotiated between
 the Parties and added to this Agreement via an Amendment at such time as MCI
 requests the features. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 30.7.

 	
 Both Parties shall work
 cooperatively to comply with all legal or regulatory requirements related to
 number recording devices, including, for example, orders related to trap and
 trace and wire taps. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 30.8.

 	
 Unless otherwise indicated,
 all time periods described in days in this Agreement shall refer to calendar
 days. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 30.9.

 	
 Unless the context clearly
 indicates otherwise, words described in this Agreement should be construed to
 have the meanings given here. The word “shall” is used in this Agreement to
 mean, “has a duty to.” The word “may” is used in this Agreement to mean, “is
 permitted to.” The word “will” is used in this Agreement to denote a future
 event. The word “must” is used in this Agreement to denote a required
 characteristic of an inanimate or intangible object.

 

CCCS 22 of 501

General Terms and Conditions 

Signature Page

IN WITNESS
WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Florida Agreement the day and year
written below.

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 BellSouth Telecommunications, Inc.

 	
 MCImetro Access Transmission Services, L.L.C.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 By:

 	
 /s/ Kristen
 E. Shore

 	
  

 	
 By:

 	
 /s/ Peter H.
 Reynolds

 	
  

 
	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 
	
 Name:
Kristen E. Shore 

 	
  

 	
 Name: Peter
H. Reynolds 

 	
  

 
	
  

 
	
 Title:
Director 

 	
  

 	
 Title:
Director 

 	
  

 
	
  

 
	
 Date:
10/6/2006 

 	
  

 	
 Date: Sept. 21,
2006 

 

CCCS 23 of 501

Attachment 1

Resale

ATTACHMENT 1

RESALE

Attachment 1

Resale

Page 3

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.

 	
 Discount
 Rates

 	
  

 	
 3

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.

 	
 General
 Provisions

 	
  

 	
 3

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.

 	
 BellSouth’s
 Provision of Services to MCI

 	
  

 	
 6

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 4.

 	
 Maintenance
 of Services

 	
  

 	
 7

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.

 	
 Establishment
 of Service

 	
  

 	
 7

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.

 	
 Discontinuance
 of Service

 	
  

 	
 7

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.

 	
 Operator
 Services (Operator Call Processing and Directory Assistance)

 	
  

 	
 8

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 8.

 	
 Line
 Information Database (LIDB)

 	
  

 	
 10

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 9.

 	
 RAO
 Hosting

 	
  

 	
 10

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 10.

 	
 Optional
 Daily Usage File (ODUF)

 	
  

 	
 10

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 11.

 	
 Enhanced
 Optional Daily Usage File (EODUF)

 	
  

 	
 10

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Resale
 Restrictions

 	
  

 	
 Exhibit A

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Line
 Information Database (LIDB) Storage Agreement

 	
  

 	
 Exhibit B

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Optional
 Daily Usage File (ODUF)

 	
  

 	
 Exhibit C

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Enhanced
 Option Daily Usage File (EODUF)

 	
  

 	
 Exhibit D

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Resale
 Discounts and Rates

 	
  

 	
 Exhibit E

 

CCCS 25 of 501

Attachment 1

Resale

Page 3 

RESALE

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.

 	
 DISCOUNT
 RATES

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.1

 	
 The discount rates applied
 to MCI purchases of BellSouth Telecommunications Services for the purpose of
 resale shall be as set forth in Exhibit E. Such discounts have been
 determined by the applicable Commission to reflect the costs avoided by
 BellSouth when selling a service for wholesale purposes. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.2

 	
 The telecommunications
 services available for purchase by MCI for the purposes of resale to MCI’s
 customers shall be available at BellSouth’s tariffed rates less the discount
 set forth in Exhibit E to this Agreement and subject to the exclusions and
 limitations set forth in Exhibit A to this Agreement. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.

 	
 GENERAL
 PROVISIONS 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1

 	
 Resale shall include all
 Telecommunications Services offered by BellSouth to parties other than
 telecommunications carriers, on a retail basis consistent with Section 251
 (c)(4)(A) of the Act and 47 CFR 51.607(b), regardless of the particular
 tariff or other method by which such Telecommunications Services are offered.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1.1

 	
 When MCI provides Resale
 service in a cross boundary area (areas that are part of the local serving
 area of another state’s exchange) the rates, regulations and discounts for
 the tariffing state will apply. Billing will be from the serving state. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.2

 	
 MCI may purchase resale
 services from BellSouth for its own use in operating its business. The resale
 discount will apply to those services under the following conditions: 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.2.1

 	
 MCI must resell services
 to other customers. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.2.2

 	
 MCI cannot be a
 competitive local exchange telecommunications company for the single purpose
 of selling to itself. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.3

 	
 MCI will be the customer
 of record for all services purchased from BellSouth. Except as specified
 herein, BellSouth will take orders from, bill and receive payment from MCI
 for said services. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.4

 	
 MCI will be BellSouth’s
 single point of contact for all services purchased pursuant to this
 Agreement. BellSouth shall have no contact with the customers except to the
 extent provided for herein. Each Party shall provide to the other a nation
 wide (50 states) toll-free contact number for purposes of repair and
 maintenance. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.5

 	
 BellSouth will continue to
 bill the customers for any services that the customers specifies it wishes to
 receive directly from BellSouth. BellSouth will continue to market directly
 its own telecommunications products and services and in doing so may
 establish independent relationships with customers of MCI. Neither Party
 shall interfere with the right of any person or entity to obtain service
 directly from the other Party. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.5.1

 	
 When a customers of MCI or
 BellSouth elects to change his/her carrier to the other Party, both Parties
 agree to release the customer’s service to the other Party concurrent with
 the due date of

 

CCCS 26 of 501

Attachment 1

Resale

Page 4 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 the service order, which
shall be established based on the standard interval for the customer’s
requested service as set forth in the most recent version of the BellSouth
Local Ordering Handbook (LOH) found on BellSouth’s interconnection website
http://interconnection.bellsouth.com. If the customer has a local service
freeze (LSF), BellSouth will
not migrate the customer back or to another carrier until the customer has
authorized the lifting of the LSF. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.5.2

 	
 BellSouth and MCI will
 refrain from contacting a customer who has placed or whose selected carrier
 has placed on the customer’s behalf an order to change the customer’s service
 provider from BellSouth or MCI to the other Party until such time that the
 order for service has been completed. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.6

 	
 Current telephone numbers
 may normally be retained by the customers and are assigned to the service
 furnished. However, neither Party nor the customers has a property right to
 the telephone number or any other call number designation associated with
 services furnished by BellSouth, and no right to the continuance of service
 through any particular central office. BellSouth reserves the right to change
 such numbers, or the central office designation associated with such numbers,
 or both, whenever BellSouth deems it necessary to do so in the conduct of its
 business and in accordance with BellSouth practices and procedures on a
 nondiscriminatory basis. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.7

 	
 Where BellSouth provides
 resold services to MCI, BellSouth will provide MCI with on-line access to
 intermediate telephone numbers as defined by applicable FCC rules and
 regulations on a first come first served basis. MCI acknowledges that its use
 of such numbers shall be in accordance with the appropriate FCC rules and
 regulations. MCI acknowledges that there may be instances where there is a
 shortage of telephone numbers in a particular Common Language Location
 Identifier Code (CLLIC); and in such instances, MCI shall return unused
 intermediate telephone numbers to BellSouth upon BellSouth’s request.
 BellSouth shall make all such requests on a nondiscriminatory basis. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.8

 	
 BellSouth will allow MCI
 to designate up to 100 intermediate telephone numbers per CLLIC, for MCI’s
 sole use. Assignment, reservation and use of telephone numbers shall be
 governed by applicable FCC rules and regulations. MCI acknowledges that there
 may be instances where there is a shortage of telephone numbers in a
 particular CLLIC and BellSouth has the right to limit access to blocks of
 intermediate telephone numbers. These instances include: 1) where jeopardy
 status has been declared by the North American Numbering Plan (NANP) for a
 particular Numbering Plan Area (NPA); or 2) where a rate center has less than
 six months supply of numbering resources. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.9

 	
 Service is furnished
 subject to the condition that it will not be used for any unlawful purpose. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.10

 	
 Service will be
 discontinued, in accordance with BellSouth tariffs applicable to the service,
 if any law enforcement agency advises that the service being used is in
 violation of the law. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.11

 	
 BellSouth can refuse
 service, in accordance with BellSouth tariffs applicable to the service, when
 it has grounds to believe that service will be used in violation of the law. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.12

 	
 BellSouth will cooperate
 with law enforcement agencies with subpoenas and court orders relating to
 MCI’s customers, pursuant to Section 6 of the General Terms and Conditions.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.13

 	
 If appropriate MCI
 personnel have actual knowledge that one of its customers is utilizing a
 BellSouth resold Telecommunication Service in a manner that is not consistent
 with the terms and conditions of the tariff applicable to such service, MCIm
 will take corrective action within

 

CCCS 27 of 501

Attachment 1

Resale

Page 5 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 thirty (30) calendar days.
 Facilities and/or equipment utilized by BellSouth to provide service to MCI
 remain the property of BellSouth.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.14

 	
 White page directory
 listings for MCI customers will be provided in accordance with Section 7 of
 Attachment 6 of the General Terms and Conditions. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.15

 	
 Service Ordering and
 Operational Support Systems (OSS) 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.15.1

 	
 MCI must order services
 through resale interfaces, i.e., the Local Carrier Service Center (LCSC)
 and/or appropriate Complex Resale Support Group (CRSG) pursuant to this
 Agreement. BellSouth has developed and made available the interactive
 interfaces by which MCI may submit a Local Service Request (LSR)
 electronically as set forth in Attachment 2 of this Agreement. Service orders
 will be in a standard format designated by BellSouth. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.15.2

 	
 LSRs submitted by means of
 one of these interactive interfaces will incur an OSS electronic charge as
 set forth in Exhibit E to this Agreement. An individual LSR will be
 identified for billing purposes by its Purchase Order Number (PON). LSRs
 submitted by means other than one of these interactive interfaces (Mail, fax,
 courier, etc.) will incur a manual order charge as set forth in Exhibit E to
 this Agreement. Supplements or clarifications to a previously billed LSR will
 not incur another OSS charge. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.15.3

 	
 Denial/Restoral OSS
Charge. In the event MCI provides a list of customers to be denied and
restored, rather than an LSR, each location on the list will require a
separate PON and therefore will be billed as one LSR per location.  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.15.4

 	
 Cancellation OSS Charge. MCI will incur an OSS charge for an accepted LSR that is later canceled.  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.16

 	
 Where available to
 BellSouth’s customers, BellSouth shall provide the following
 telecommunications services at a discount to allow for voice mail services: 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Message Waiting Indicator
 (“MWI”), stutter dial tone and message waiting light feature capabilities

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 •

 	
 Call Forward Busy Line
 (“CF/B”) 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 •

 	
 Call Forward Don’t Answer
 (“CF/DA”) 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Further, BellSouth
 messaging services set forth in BellSouth’s Messaging Service Information
 Package shall be made available for resale without the wholesale discount.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.17

 	
 BellSouth shall provide
 branding for, or shall unbrand, voice mail services for MCI per the Bona Fide
 Request/New Business Request process as set forth in Attachment 6 of this
 Agreement. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.18

 	
 BellSouth’s Inside Wire
 Maintenance Service Plan is available for resale at rates, terms and
 conditions as set forth by BellSouth and without the wholesale discount. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.19

 	
 In the event MCI acquires
 a customer whose service is provided pursuant to a BellSouth Special
 Assembly, BellSouth shall make available to MCI that Special Assembly at the
 wholesale discount at MCI’s option. MCI shall be responsible for all terms
 and conditions of such Special Assembly including but not limited to
 termination liability if applicable.

 

CCCS 28 of 501

Attachment 1

Resale

Page 6  

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.20

 	
 BellSouth shall provide
 911/E911 for MCI customers in the same manner that it is provided to
 BellSouth customers. BellSouth shall provide and validate MCI customer
 information to the PSAP. BellSouth shall use its service order process to
 update and maintain, on the same schedule that it uses for its customers, the
 MCI customer service information in the ALI/DMS (Automatic Location
 Identification/Location Information) databases used to support 911/E911
 services.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.21

 	
 BellSouth shall bill, and
 MCI shall pay, the customer’s line charge associated with implementing Number
 Portability as set forth in BellSouth’s FCC No. 1 tariff. This charge is not
 subject to the wholesale discount. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.22

 	
 Pursuant to 47 CFR Section
 51.617, BellSouth shall bill to MCI, and MCI shall pay, the customers common
 line charges identical to the customers common line charges BellSouth bills
 its customers. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.

 	
 BELLSOUTH’S
 PROVISION OF SERVICES TO MCI 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.1

 	
 Resale of BellSouth
 services shall be as follows: 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.1.1

 	
 The resale of
 telecommunications services shall be limited to users and uses conforming to
 the class of service restrictions. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.1.2

 	
 The resale of
 Telecommunication Services shall be limited to customers and uses conforming
 to the class of service restrictions. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.1.3

 	
 BellSouth reserves the
 right to periodically audit, through a third party independent auditor,
 services purchased by MCI to establish authenticity of use. Such audit shall
 not occur more than once in a calendar year. MCI shall make any and all
 records and data, pertaining to a customer’s class of service, available to
 BellSouth’s auditors on a reasonable basis. BellSouth shall bear the cost of
 said audit. Any information provided by MCI for purposes of such audit shall
 be deemed Confidential Information pursuant to the General Terms and
 Conditions of this Agreement. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.2

 	
 Subject to Exhibit A
 hereto, resold services can only be used in the same manner as specified in
 BellSouth’s Tariffs. Resold services are subject to the same terms and
 conditions as are specified for such services when furnished to an individual
 customer of BellSouth in the appropriate section of BellSouth’s Tariffs.
 Specific tariff features (e.g. a usage allowance per month) shall not be
 aggregated across multiple resold services. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.3

 	
 MCI may resell services
 only within the specific service area as defined in its certificate of
 operation approved by the Commission. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.4

 	
 If MCI cancels an order
 for resold services, any costs incurred by BellSouth in conjunction with
 provisioning of such order will be recovered in accordance with BellSouth’s tariffs.
 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.5

 	
 Service Jointly
 Provisioned with an Independent Company or Competitive Local Exchange Company
 Areas 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.5.1

 	
 BellSouth will in some
 instances provision resold services jointly with an Independent Company or
 other Competitive Local Exchange Carrier. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.5.2

 	
 When MCI assumes
 responsibility for such service; all terms and conditions defined in an
 applicable tariff will apply for services provided within the BellSouth
 service area only.

 

CCCS 29 of 501

Attachment 1

Resale

Page 7 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.5.3

 	
 Service terminating in an
 Independent Company or other Competitive Local Exchange Carrier area will be
 provisioned and billed by the Independent Company or other Competitive Local
 Exchange Carrier directly to MCI. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.5.4

 	
 MCI must establish a
 billing arrangement with the Independent Company or other Competitive Local
 Exchange Carrier prior to assuming a customer’s account where such
 circumstances apply. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 4.

 	
 MAINTENANCE
 OF SERVICES

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 4.1

 	
 Services resold pursuant
 to this Attachment and BellSouth’s tariffs and facilities and equipment
 provided by BellSouth shall be maintained by BellSouth. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 4.2

 	
 MCI or its customers may
 not rearrange, move, disconnect, remove or attempt to repair any facilities
 owned by BellSouth except with the written consent of BellSouth. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 4.3

 	
 MCI accepts responsibility
 to notify BellSouth of situations that arise that may result in a service
 problem. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 4.4

 	
 MCI will contact the
 appropriate repair centers in accordance with procedures established by
 BellSouth. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 4.5

 	
 BellSouth will bill MCI
 for handling troubles that are found not to be in BellSouth’s network
 pursuant to its standard time and material charges. The standard time and
 material charges will be no more than what BellSouth charges to its retail
 customers for the same services. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 4.6

 	
 BellSouth may need to
 contact MCI’s customers, if deemed necessary, for trouble and repair. If such
 contact occurs it must comply with Applicable Law. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.

 	
 ESTABLISHMENT
 OF SERVICE

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.1

 	
 Establishment of an
 account for Resale will be done according to the terms of Section 1.2 of
 Attachment 7 of this Agreement. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.2

 	
 MCI shall provide to
 BellSouth a blanket letter of authorization (LOA) certifying that MCI will
 have customer authorization prior to viewing the customer’s customer service
 record or switching the customer’s service. BellSouth will not require
 customer confirmation prior to establishing service for MCI’s customers. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.3

 	
 BellSouth will accept a
 request directly from the customers for conversion of the customer’s service
 from MCI to BellSouth or will accept a request from another CLEC for
 conversion of the customer’s service from MCI to such other CLEC. Upon
 completion of the conversion BellSouth will notify MCI that such conversion
 has been completed. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.

 	
 DISCONTINUANCE
 OF SERVICE

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.1

 	
 The procedures for
 discontinuing service to a customer are as follows: 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.1.1

 	
 BellSouth
 will deny service to MCI’s customers on behalf of, and at the request of,
 MCI. Upon restoration of the customer’s service, restoral charges will apply
 and will be the responsibility of MCI.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.1.2

 	
 At the
 request of MCI, BellSouth will disconnect a MCI customer.

 

CCCS 30 of 501

Attachment 1

Resale

Page 8 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.1.3

 	
 All requests by MCI for
 denial or disconnection of a customer for nonpayment must be in writing. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.1.4

 	
 MCI will be made solely
 responsible for notifying the customers of the proposed disconnection of the
 service. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.1.5

 	
 BellSouth will continue to process calls made to the Annoyance Call
 Center and will advise MCI when it is determined that annoyance calls are
 originated from one of its customer’s locations. BellSouth shall be
 indemnified, defended and held harmless by MCI and/or the customers against
 any claim, loss or damage arising from providing this information to MCI. It
 is the responsibility of MCI to take the corrective action necessary with its
 customers who make annoying calls. BellSouth shall provide the same level of
 Annoyance Call Center service to MCI as BellSouth provides to its own
 customers. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.

 	
 OPERATOR
 SERVICES (OPERATOR CALL PROCESSING AND DIRECTORY ASSISTANCE) 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Operator Call Processing
 provides: (1) operator handling for call completion (for example, collect,
 third number billing, and manual calling-card calls), (2) operator or
 automated assistance for billing after the customer has dialed the called
 number (for example, calling card calls); and (3) special services including
 but not limited to Busy Line Verification and Emergency Line Interrupt (ELI),
 Emergency Agency Call and Operator-assisted Directory Assistance.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.1

 	
 Upon request for BellSouth
 Operator Call Processing, BellSouth shall:

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.1.1

 	
 Process 0+ and 0- dialed
 local calls

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.1.2

 	
 Process 0+ and 0-
 intraLATA toll calls. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.1.3

 	
 Process calls that are
 billed to MCI customer’s calling card that can be validated by BellSouth.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.1.4

 	
 Process person-to-person
 calls.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.1.5

 	
 Process collect calls.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.1.6

 	
 Provide the capability for
 callers to bill a third party and shall also process such calls.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.1.7

 	
 Process station-to-station
 calls.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.1.8

 	
 Process Busy Line Verify
 and Emergency Line Interrupt requests.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.1.9

 	
 Process emergency call
 trace originated by Public Safety Answering Points.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.1.10

 	
 Process operator-assisted
 directory assistance calls. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.1.11

 	
 Adhere to equal access requirements, providing MCI local customers
 the same IXC access that BellSouth provides its own operator service. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.1.12

 	
 Exercise at least the same level of fraud control in providing
 Operator Service to MCI that BellSouth provides for its own operator service.

 

CCCS 31 of 501

Attachment 1

Resale

Page 9 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.1.13

 	
 Perform Billed Number
 Screening when handling Collect, Person-to-Person, and Billed-To-Third-Party calls. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.1.14

 	
 Direct customer account
 and other similar inquiries to the customer service center designated by MCI.
 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.1.15

 	
 Provide call records to
 MCI in accordance with ODUF standards. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.1.16

 	
 The interface requirements shall conform to the interface
 specifications for the platform used to provide Operator Services as long as
 the interface conforms to industry standards. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.2

 	
 Directory Assistance
 Service 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.2.1

 	
 Directory Assistance Service provides local and non-local customers
 telephone number listings with the option to complete the call at the
 caller’s direction separate and distinct from local switching. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.2.2

 	
 Directory Assistance Service shall provide up to two listing requests
 per call, if available and if requested by MCI’s customers. BellSouth shall
 provide caller-optional directory assistance call completion service at rates
 set forth in BellSouth’s General Subscriber Services Tariff to one of the
 provided listings. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.3

 	
 Directory Assistance Service
 Updates 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.3.1

 	
 BellSouth shall update
 customers listings changes daily. These changes include: 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.3.2

 	
 New customers connections

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.3.3

 	
 Customers disconnections

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.3.4

 	
 Customers address changes 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.3.5

 	
 These updates shall also
 be provided for non-listed and non-published numbers for use in emergencies. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.4.

 	
 Selective Call Routing
 using Line Class Codes (SCR-LCC)

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.4.1

 	
 Where MCI resells BellSouth’s services and utilizes an operator
 services provider other than BellSouth, BellSouth will route MCI’s customer’s
 calls to that provider through Selective Call Routing. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.4.2

 	
 Selective Call Routing using Line Class Codes (SCR-LCC) provides the
 capability for MCI to have its Operator Call Processing and Directory
 Assistance (OCP/DA) calls routed to BellSouth’s OCP/DA platform for BellSouth
 provided Custom Branded or Unbranded OCP/DA or to its own or an alternate
 OCP/DA platform for Self-Branded OCP/DA. SCR-LCC is only available if line
 class code capacity is available in the requested BellSouth end office
 switches. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.4.3

 	
 Custom Branding for DA is not available for certain classes of
 service, including but not limited to Hotel/Motel services, WATS service and
 certain PBX services. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.4.4

 	
 Where available, MCI specific and unique LLCs are programmed in each
 BellSouth end office switch where MCI intends to service customers with
 customized OCP/DA branding. The LCCs

 

CCCS 32 of 501

Attachment 1

Resale

Page 10 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 specifically
 identify MCI’s customers so OCP/DA calls can be routed over the appropriate
 trunk group to the requested OCP/DA platform. Additional line class codes are
 required in each end office if the end office serves multiple NPAs (i.e., a
 unique LCC is required per NPA), and/or if the end office switch serves
 multiple rate areas and MCI intends to provide MCI-branded OCP/DA to its
 customers in these multiple rate areas.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.4.5

 	
 SCR-LCC supporting Custom Branding and Self Branding require MCI to
 order dedicated transport and trunking from each BellSouth end office
 identified by MCI, either to the BellSouth Traffic Operator Position System
 (TOPS) for Custom Branding or to the MCI Operator Service Provider for Self
 Branding. Separate trunk groups are required for OCP/DA. Rates for transport
 and trunks are set forth in applicable BellSouth Tariffs. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.4.6

 	
 The rates for SCR-LCC are as set forth in Exhibit E of this
 Attachment. There is a nonrecurring charge for the establishment of each LCC
 in each BellSouth central office. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.4.7

 	
 Unbranded DA and/or OCP calls ride common trunk groups provisioned by
 BellSouth from those end offices identified by MCI to the BellSouth Tops. The
 calls are routed to “No Announcement.” 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 8.

 	
 LINE INFORMATION DATABASE (LIDB) 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 8.1

 	
 BellSouth will store in its Line Information Database (LIDB) records
 relating to service only in the BellSouth region. The LIDB Storage Agreement
 is included in this Attachment as Exhibit B.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 8.2

 	
 BellSouth will provide
 LIDB Storage upon written request to MCI’s Account Manager stating a requested
 activation date.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 9.

 	
 RAO HOSTING 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 9.1

 	
 RAO Hosting is not
 required for resale in the BellSouth region. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 10.

 	
 OPTIONAL DAILY USAGE FILE (ODUF) 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 10.1

 	
 The Optional Daily Usage File (ODUF) Agreement with terms and conditions
 is included in this Attachment as Exhibit C. Rates for ODUF are as set forth
 in Exhibit E of this Attachment. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 10.2.

 	
 BellSouth will provide
 ODUF service upon written request to its Account Manager stating a requested
 activation date. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 11.

 	
 ENHANCED OPTIONAL DAILY USAGE FILE (EODUF) 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 11.1

 	
 The Enhanced Optional Daily Usage File (EODUF) service Agreement with
 terms and conditions is included in this Attachment as Exhibit D. Rates for
 EODUF are as set forth in Exhibit E of this Attachment. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 11.2

 	
 BellSouth will provide EODUF service upon written request to its
 Account Manager stating a requested activation date. 

 

CCCS 33 of 501

Attachment 1

Page 11         

Exhibit A      

EXCLUSIONS AND LIMITATIONS ON SERVICES AVAILABLE FOR
RESALE (Note 3)

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Type of Service

 	
  

 	
 AL

 	
  

 	
 FL

 	
  

 	
 GA

 	
  

 	
 KY

 	
  

 	
 LA

 	
  

 	
 MS

 	
  

 	
 NC

 	
  

 	
 SC

 	
  

 	
 TN

 
	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 
	
 Resale

 	
  

 	
 Discount

 	
  

 	
 Resale

 	
  

 	
 Discount

 	
  

 	
 Resale

 	
  

 	
 Discount

 	
  

 	
 Resale

 	
  

 	
 Discount

 	
  

 	
 Resale

 	
  

 	
 Discount

 	
  

 	
 Resale

 	
  

 	
 Discount

 	
  

 	
 Resale

 	
  

 	
 Discount

 	
  

 	
 Resale

 	
  

 	
 Discount

 	
  

 	
 Resale

 	
  

 	
 Discount

 
	
  

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1

 	
 Grandfathered Services
 (Note 1)

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 
	
 2

 	
 Promotions - > 90 Days
 (Note 2)

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 
	
 3

 	
 Promotions - < 90 Days
 (Note 2)

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 No

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 No

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 No

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 No

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 No

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 No

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 No

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 No

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 No

 
	
 4

 	
 Lifeline/Link Up Services

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 No

 	
  

 	
 No

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 
	
 5

 	
 911/E911 Services

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 No

 	
  

 	
 No

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 
	
 6

 	
 N11 Services

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 No

 	
  

 	
 No

 	
  

 	
 No

 	
  

 	
 No

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 No

 	
  

 	
 No

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 
	
 7

 	
 MemoryCall®Service

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 No

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 No

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 No

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 No

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 No

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 No

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 No

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 No

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 No

 
	
 8

 	
 Mobile Services

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 No

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 No

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 No

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 No

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 No

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 No

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 No

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 No

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 No

 
	
 9

 	
 Federal Subscriber Line
 Charges

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 No

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 No

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 No

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 No

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 No

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 No

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 No

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 No

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 No

 
	
 10

 	
 Nonrecuring Charges

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 No

 
	
 11

 	
 Customer Line Chg- Number
 Portability

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 No

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 No

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 No

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 No

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 No

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 No

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 No

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 No

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 No

 
	
 12

 	
 Public Telephone Access Svc
 (PTAS)

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 No

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 
	
 13

 	
 Inside Wire Maint Service
 Plan

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 No

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 No

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 No

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 No

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 No

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 No

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 No

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 No

 	
  

 	
 Yes

 	
  

 	
 No

 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Applicable
 Notes:

 
	
  

 
	
 1.

 	
 Grandfathered services can
 be resold only to existing subscribers of the grandfathered service.

 
	
  

 
	
 2.

 	
 Where available for
 resale, promotions will be made available only to customers who would have
 qualified for the promotion had it been provided by BellSouth directly.

 
	
  

 
	
 3.

 	
 Some of BellSouth’s local
 exchange and toll telecommunications services are not available in certain
 central offices and areas.

 

CCCS 34 of 501

Attachment 1

Page 12 

LINE INFORMATION DATA BASE (LIDB)

RESALE STORAGE AGREEMENT

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 I.

 	
 DEFINITIONS
 (FROM ADDENDUM) 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 A.

 	
 Billing number - a number
 used by BellSouth for the purpose of identifying an account liable for
 charges. This number may be a line or a special billing number.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 B.

 	
 Line number - a ten-digit
 number assigned by BellSouth that identifies a telephone line associated with
 a resold local exchange service. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 C.

 	
 Special billing number - a
 ten-digit number that identifies a billing account established by BellSouth
 in connection with a resold local exchange service. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 D.

 	
 Calling Card number - a
 billing number plus PIN number assigned by BellSouth. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 E.

 	
 PIN number - a four-digit
 security code assigned by BellSouth that is added to a billing number to
 compose a fourteen-digit calling card number. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 F.

 	
 Toll billing exception
 indicator - associated with a billing number to indicate that it is
 considered invalid for billing of collect calls or third number calls or
 both, by MCI. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 G.

 	
 Billed Number Screening -
 refers to the query service used to determine whether a toll billing
 exception indicator is present for a particular billing number. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 H.

 	
 Calling Card Validation -
 refers to the query service used to determine whether a particular calling
 card number exists as stated or otherwise provided by a caller.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 I.

 	
 Billing number information
 - information about billing number or Calling Card number as assigned by
 BellSouth and toll billing exception indicator provided to BellSouth by MCI. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 J.

 	
 Get-Data - refers to the
 query service used to determine, at a minimum, the Account Owner and/or
 Regional Accounting Office for a line number. This query service may be
 modified to provide additional information in the future. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 K.

 	
 Originating Line Number
 Screening (“OLNS”) - refers to the query service used to determine the
 billing, screening and call handling indicators, station type and Account
 Owner provided to BellSouth by MCI for originating line numbers. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 L.

 	
 Account Owner - name of
 the local exchange telecommunications company that is providing dial tone on
 a subscriber line. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 II.

 	
 GENERAL 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 A.

 	
 This Agreement sets forth the terms and conditions pursuant to which
 BellSouth agrees to store in its LIDB certain information at the request of
 MCI and pursuant to which BellSouth, its LIDB customers and MCI shall have
 access to such information. In addition, this Agreement sets forth the terms
 and conditions for MCI’s provision of billing number information to BellSouth
 for inclusion in 

 

CCCS 35 of 501

Attachment 1

Page 14

Exhibit B

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 BellSouth’s
 LIDB. MCI understands that BellSouth provides access to information in its
 LIDB to various telecommunications service providers pursuant to applicable
 tariffs and agrees that information stored at the request of MCI, pursuant to
 this Agreement, shall be available to those telecommunications service
 providers. The terms and conditions contained herein shall hereby be made a
 part of this Resale Agreement upon notice to MCI’s account team and/or Local
 Contract Manager activate this LIDB Storage Agreement. The General Terms and
 Conditions of the Resale Agreement shall govern this LIDB Storage Agreement.
 The terms and conditions contained in the attached Addendum are hereby made a
 part of this LIDB Storage Agreement as if fully incorporated herein.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 B.

 	
 BellSouth will provide responses to on-line, call-by-call queries to
 billing number information for the following purposes: 

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 1.

 	
 Billed Number Screening 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 BellSouth is authorized to
 use the billing number information to determine whether MCI has identified
 the billing number as one that should not be billed for collect or third
 number calls.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 2.

 	
 Calling Card Validation 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 BellSouth is authorized to
 validate a 14-digit Calling Card number where the first 10 digits are a line
 number or special billing number assigned by BellSouth, and where the last
 four digits (PIN) are a security code assigned by BellSouth.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 3.

 	
 OLNS

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 BellSouth is authorized to
 provide originating line screening information for billing services
 restrictions, station type, call handling indicators, presubscribed interLATA
 and local carrier and account owner on the lines of MCI from which a call
 originates.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 4.

 	
 GetData 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 BellSouth is authorized to
 provide, at a minimum, the account owner and/or Regional Accounting Office
 information on the lines of MCI indicating the local service provider and
 where billing records are to be sent for settlement purposes. This query
 service may be modified to provide additional information in the future.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 5.

 	
 Fraud Control 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 BellSouth will provide
 seven days per week, 24-hours per day, fraud monitoring on Calling Cards,
 bill-to-third and collect calls made to numbers in BellSouth’s LIDB, provided
 that such information is included in the LIDB query. BellSouth will establish
 fraud alert thresholds and will notify MCI of fraud alerts so that MCI may
 take action it deems appropriate.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 III.

 	
 RESPONSIBILITIES
 OF THE PARTIES

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 A.

 	
 BellSouth will administer all data stored in the LIDB, including the
 data provided by MCI pursuant to this Agreement, in the same manner as
 BellSouth’s data for BellSouth’s customers. BellSouth shall not be
 responsible to MCI for any lost revenue that may result from BellSouth’s
 administration of the LIDB pursuant to its established practices and
 procedures as they exist and as they may be changed by BellSouth in its sole
 discretion from time to time.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 B.

 	
 Billing and Collection
 Customers

 

CCCS 36 of 501

Attachment 1

Page 14

Exhibit B

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 BellSouth currently has in effect numerous billing and collection
 agreements with various interexchange carriers and billing clearing houses
 and as such these billing and collection customers (“B&C Customers”)
 query BellSouth’s LIDB to determine whether to accept various billing options
 from customers. Until such time as BellSouth implements in its LIDB and its
 supporting systems the means to differentiate MCI’s data from BellSouth’s
 data, the following shall apply:

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 (1)

 	
 BellSouth will identify MCI customers originated long distance
 charges and will return those charges to the interexchange carrier as not
 covered by the existing B&C agreement. MCI is responsible for entering
 into the appropriate agreement with interexchange carriers for handling of
 long distance charges by their customers.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 (2)

 	
 BellSouth shall have no obligation to become involved in any disputes
 between MCI and B&C Customers. BellSouth will not issue adjustments for
 charges billed on behalf of any B&C Customer to MCI. It shall be the
 responsibility of MCI and the B&C Customers to negotiate and arrange for
 any appropriate adjustments.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 IV.

 	
 FEES FOR
 SERVICE AND TAXES

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 A.

 	
 MCI will not be charged a fee for storage
 services provided by BellSouth to MCI, as described in this LIDB Resale
 Storage Agreement.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 B.

 	
 Sales, use and all other taxes (excluding
 taxes on BellSouth’s income) determined by BellSouth or any taxing authority
 to be due to any federal, state or local taxing jurisdiction with respect to
 the provision of the service set forth herein will be paid by MCI in
 accordance with the tax provisions set forth in the General Terms and
 Conditions of this Agreement.

 

CCCS 37 of 501

Attachment 1

Page 19 

Exhibit D

OPTIONAL DAILY USAGE FILE

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.

 	
 Upon written
 request from MCI, BellSouth will provide the Optional Daily Usage File (ODUF)
 service to MCI pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in this
 section. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.

 	
 MCI shall
 furnish all relevant information required by BellSouth for the provision of
 the ODUF. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.

 	
 The ODUF
 feed will contain billable messages that were carried over the BellSouth
 Network and processed in the BellSouth Billing System, but billed to a MCI
 customer. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 4.

 	
 Charges for
 ODUF will appear on MCI’s monthly bills. The charges are as set forth in
 Exhibit E to this Attachment. ODUF charges are billed once a month for the
 previous month’s usage. MCI will be billed at the ODUF rates that are in
 effect at the end of the previous month. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.

 	
 The ODUF
 feed will contain both rated and unrated messages. All messages will be in
 the standard Alliance for Telecommunications Industry Solutions (ATIS) EMI
 record format. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.1

 	
 Messages
 that error in MCI’s billing system will be the responsibility of MCI. If,
 however, MCI should encounter significant volumes of errored messages that
 prevent processing by MCI within its systems, BellSouth will work with MCI to
 determine the source of the errors and the appropriate resolution. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.

 	
 The
 following specifications shall apply to the ODUF feed. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.1

 	
 ODUF Message
 to be Transmitted 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.1.1

 	
 The
 following messages recorded by BellSouth will be transmitted to MCI: 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 -     Message
 recording for per use/per activation type services (examples: Three Way
 Calling, Verify, Interrupt, Call Return, etc.) 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 -     Measured
 billable Local 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 -     Directory
 Assistance messages 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 -     IntraLATA
 Toll 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 -     WATS and
 800 Service 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 -     N11 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 -     Information
 Service Provider Messages 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 -     Operator
 Services Messages 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 -     Credit/Cancel
 Records 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 -     Usage for
 Voice Mail Message Service 

 

CCCS 38 of 501

Attachment 1

Page 19

Exhibit D 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.1.2

 	
 Rated
 Incollects (originated in BellSouth and from other companies) can also be on
 ODUF. Rated Incollects will be intermingled with BellSouth recorded rated and
 unrated usage. Rated Incollects will not be packed separately. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.1.3

 	
 BellSouth
 will perform duplicate record checks on records processed to ODUF. Any
 duplicate messages detected will be deleted and not sent to MCI. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.1.4

 	
 In the event
 that MCI detects a duplicate on ODUF they receive from BellSouth, MCI will
 drop the duplicate message and will not return the duplicate to BellSouth). 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.2

 	
 ODUF
 Physical File Characteristics

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.2.1

 	
 The ODUF
 will be distributed to MCI via CONNECT: Direct or Secure File Transfer
 Protocol (FTP) or another mutually agreed medium. The ODUF feed will be a
 variable block format. The data on the ODUF feed will be in a non-compacted
 EMI format (175 byte format plus modules). It will be created on a daily
 basis Monday through Friday except holidays. Details such as dataset name and
 delivery schedule will be addressed during negotiations of the distribution
 medium. There will be a maximum of one dataset per workday per OCN. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.2.2

 	
 Data
 circuits (private line or dial-up) will be required between BellSouth and MCI
 for the purpose of data transmission when utilizing CONNECT: Direct. Where a
 dedicated line is required, MCI will be responsible for ordering the circuit,
 overseeing its installation and coordinating the installation with BellSouth.
 MCI will also be responsible for any charges associated with this line.
 Equipment required on the BellSouth end to attach the line to the mainframe
 computer and to transmit data will be negotiated on an individual case basis.
 Where a dial-up facility is required, dial circuits will be installed in the
 BellSouth data center by BellSouth and the associated charges assessed to
 MCI. Additionally, all message toll charges associated with the use of the
 dial circuit by MCI will be the responsibility of MCI. Associated equipment
 on the BellSouth end, including a modem, will be negotiated on an individual
 case basis between the Parties. All equipment, including modems and software,
 that is required on MCI end for the purpose of data transmission will be the
 responsibility of MCI. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.2.3

 	
 If MCI
 utilizes Secure File Transfer Protocol (FTP) for data file transmission;
 purchase of the Secure File Transfer Protocol (FTP) software will be the responsibility
 of MCI. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.3

 	
 ODUF Packing
 Specifications 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.3.1

 	
 A pack will
 contain a minimum of one message record or a maximum of 99,999 message
 records plus a pack header record and a pack trailer record. One transmission
 can contain a maximum of 99 packs and a minimum of one pack. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.3.2

 	
 The OCN,
 From RAO, and Invoice Number will control the invoice sequencing. The From
 RAO will be used to identify to MCI which BellSouth RAO is sending the
 message. BellSouth and MCI will use the invoice sequencing to control data
 exchange. BellSouth will be notified of sequence failures identified by MCI
 and resend the data as appropriate. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 The data
 will be packed using ATIS EMI records.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.4

 	
 ODUF Pack
 Rejection 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.4.1

 	
 MCI will
 notify BellSouth within one business day of rejected packs (via the mutually
 agreed medium). Packs could be rejected because of pack sequencing
 discrepancies or a critical edit failure on the Pack Header or Pack Trailer
 records (i.e. out-of-balance condition on grand totals, invalid data 

 

CCCS 39 of 501

Attachment 1

Page 19

Exhibit D

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 populated).
 Standard ATIS EMI Error Codes will be used. MCI will not be required to
 return the actual rejected data to BellSouth. Rejected packs will be
 corrected and retransmitted to MCI by BellSouth.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.5

 	
 ODUF Control
 Data 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 MCI will
 send one confirmation record per pack that is received from BellSouth. This
 confirmation record will indicate MCI received the pack and the acceptance or
 rejection of the pack. Pack Status Code(s) will be populated using standard
 ATIS EMI error codes for packs that were rejected by MCI for reasons stated
 in the above section.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.6

 	
 ODUF Testing
 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.6.1

 	
 Upon request
 from MCI, BellSouth shall send test files to MCI for the ODUF. The Parties
 agree to review and discuss the file’s content and/or format. For testing of
 usage results, BellSouth shall request that MCI set up a production (live)
 file. The live test may consist of MCI’s employees making test calls for the
 types of services MCI requests on the ODUF. These test calls are logged by
 MCI, and the logs are provided to BellSouth. These logs will be used to
 verify the files. Testing will be completed within 30 calendar days from the
 date on which the initial test file was sent.

 

CCCS 40 of 501

Attachment 1

Page 19 

Exhibit D 

ENHANCED OPTIONAL DAILY USAGE FILE

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.

 	
 Upon written
 request from MCI, BellSouth will provide the Enhanced Optional Daily Usage
 File (EODUF) service to MCI pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in
 this section. EODUF will only be sent to existing ODUF subscribers who
 request the EODUF option. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.

 	
 MCI shall
 furnish all relevant information required by BellSouth for the provision of
 the EODUF. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.

 	
 The EODUF
 will provide usage data for local calls originating from resold Flat Rate
 Business and Residential Lines. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 4.

 	
 Charges for
 delivery of the EODUF will appear on MCI’s monthly bills. EODUF charges are
 billed at the EODUF rates that are in effect at the end of the previous
 month. The charges are as set forth in Exhibit E to this Attachment. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.

 	
 All messages
 will be in the standard Alliance for Telecommunications Industry Solutions
 (ATIS) EMI record format. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.

 	
 Messages
 that error in the billing system of MCI will be the responsibility of MCI.
 If, however, MCI should encounter significant volumes of errored messages
 that prevent processing by MCI within its systems, BellSouth will work with
 MCI to determine the source of the errors and the appropriate resolution. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.

 	
 The
 following specifications shall apply to the EODUF feed. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.1

 	
 Usage To Be
 Transmitted 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.1.1

 	
 The
 following messages recorded by BellSouth will be transmitted to MCI: 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.1.1.1

 	
 Customer
 usage data for flat rated local call originating from MCI’s customers lines
 (1FB or 1FR). The EODUF record for flat rate messages will include: 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Date of Call
 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 From Number 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 To Number 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Connect Time
 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Conversation
 Time 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Method of
 Recording 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 From RAO 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Rate Class 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Message Type
 

 

CCCS 41 of 501

Attachment 1

Page 19

Exhibit D

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Billing
 Indicators

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Bill to
 Number

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.1.2

 	
 BellSouth
 will perform duplicate record checks on EODUF records processed to ODUF. Any
 duplicate messages detected will be deleted and not sent to MCI. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.1.3

 	
 In the event
 that MCI detects a duplicate on EODUF they receive from BellSouth, MCI will
 drop the duplicate message (MCI will not return the duplicate to BellSouth). 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.2

 	
 Physical File Characteristics 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.2.1

 	
 The EODUF
 feed will be distributed to MCI via Connect: Direct, Secure File Transfer
 Protocol (FTP) or another mutually agreed medium. The EODUF messages will be
 intermingled among MCI’s Optional Daily Usage File (ODUF) messages. The EODUF
 will be a variable block format. The data on the EODUF will be in a
 non-compacted EMI format (175 byte format plus modules). It will be created
 on a daily basis Monday through Friday except holiday. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.2.2

 	
 Data
 circuits (private line or dial-up) may be required between BellSouth and MCI
 for the purpose of data transmission as set forth in Section 6.2.2 above. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.2.3

 	
 If MCI
 utilizes Secure File Transfer Protocol (FTP) for data file transmission,
 purchase of the Secure File Transfer Protocol (FTP) software will be the
 responsibility of MCI. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.3

 	
 Packing Specifications  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.3.1

 	
 A pack will
 contain a minimum of one message record or a maximum of 99,999 message
 records plus a pack header record and a pack trailer record. One transmission
 can contain a maximum of 99 packs and a minimum of one pack. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.3.2

 	
 The OCN,
 From (RAO), and Invoice Number will control the invoice sequencing. The From
 RAO will be used to identify to MCI which BellSouth RAO is sending the
 message. BellSouth and MCI will use the invoice sequencing to control data
 exchange. BellSouth will be notified of sequence failures identified by MCI
 and resend the data as appropriate. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.3.3

 	
 The data
 will be packed using ATIS EMI Records. 

 

CCCS 42 of 501

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 RESALE DISCOUNTS
 AND RATES - Florida

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Attachment: 1

 	
  

 	
 Exhibit: E

 
	

  

 	

  

 	

  

 	

  

 	

  

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 
	
 CATEGORY

 	
  

 	
 RATE ELEMENTS

 	
  

 	
 Interim

 	
  

 	
 Zone

 	
  

 	
 BCS

 	
  

 	
 USOC

 	
  

 	
 RATES ($)

 	
  

 	
 Svc Order

 Submitted

 Elec

 per LSR

 	
  

 	
 Svc Order

 Submitted

 Manually

 per LSR

 	
  

 	
 Incremental

 Charge- 

 Manual Svc

 Order vs.

 Electronic-

 1st

 	
  

 	
 Incremental
 Charge-
Manual Svc
Order vs.
Electronic-
Add’l

 	
  

 	
 Incremental

 Charge-

 Manual Svc

 Order vs.

Electronic-

 Disc 1st

 	
  

 	
 Incremental

 Charge-

 Manual Svc

 Order vs.

 Electronic-

 Disc Add’l

 
	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	

 

 	

 

 	

 

 	

 

 	

 

 	

 

 	

 

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Rec

 	
  

 	
 Nonrecurring

 	
  

 	
 Nonrecurring Disconnect

 	
  

 	
 OSS Rates ($)

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 First

 	
  

 	
 Add’l

 	
  

 	
 First

 	
  

 	
 Add’l

 	
  

 	
 SOMEC

 	
  

 	
 SOMAN

 	
  

 	
 SOMAN

 	
  

 	
 SOMAN

 	
  

 	
 SOMAN

 	
  

 	
 SOMAN

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 
	
 APPLICABLE
 DISCOUNTS

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Residence%

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 21.83

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Business%

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 16.81

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CSAs%

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 16.81

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 OPERATIONAL
 SUPPORT SYSTEMS
(OSS) - “STATE SPECIFIC RATES”

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 NOTE: (1) CLEC
 should contact its contract negotiator if it prefers the “regional” OSS
 charges as offered by BellSouth. The OSS charges currently contained in this
 rate exhibit are the PSC state ordered “state specific” service ordering
 charges. CLEC may elect either the state specific Commission ordered rates for
 the service ordering charges, or CLEC may elect the regional service ordering
 charge, however, CLEC can not obtain a mixture of the two regardless if CLEC
 has a interconnection contract established in each of the 9 states.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 OSS - Electronic Service Order
 Charge, Per Local Service Request (LSR) - Resale Only

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 SOMEC

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 1.52

 	
  

 	
 0.00

 	
  

 	
 0.20

 	
  

 	
 0.00

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 OSS - Manual Service Order
 Charge, Per Local Service Request (LSR) - Resale Only

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 SOMAN

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 11.90

 	
  

 	
 0.00

 	
  

 	
 1.83

 	
  

 	
 0.00

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 ODUF/EODUF
 SERVICES

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 OPTIONAL DAILY
 USAGE FILE (ODUF)

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 ODUF: Recording, per message

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 0.0000071

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 ODUF: Message Processing, per
 message

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 0.002146

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 ODUF: Message Processing, per
 Magnetic Tape provisioned

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 35.91

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 ODUF: Data Transmission
 (CONNECT:DIRECT), per message

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 0.00010375

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 ENHANCED
 OPTIONAL DAILY USAGE FILE (EODUF)

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 EODUF: Message Processing, per
 message

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 0.080698

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 

CCCS 43 of 501

Attachment 2 

Network Elements & Other Services 

Attachment 2

Network Elements & Other Services

CCCS 44 of 501

Attachment 2

Network Elements & Other Services

Page 4

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1
 INTRODUCTION

 	
  

 	
 3

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2 LOOPS

 	
  

 	
 10

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3 LINE
 SHARING

 	
  

 	
 31

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 4 UNBUNDLED
 NETWORK ELEMENT COMBINATIONS

 	
  

 	
 33

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5
 ENHANCED EXTENDED LINKS (EELS)

 	
  

 	
 35

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6
 DEDICATED TRANSPORT AND DARK FIBER TRANSPORT

 	
  

 	
 36

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7
 AUTOMATIC LOCATION IDENTIFICATION/DATA MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (ALI/DMS)

 	
  

 	
 42

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Rates

 	
 Exhibit A

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Rates

 	
 Exhibit B

 

CCCS 45 of 501

Attachment 2

Network Elements & Other Services

Page 4

ACCESS TO NETWORK ELEMENTS AND OTHER SERVICES

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1

 	
 Introduction
 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.1

 	
 “Network Element”
 is defined to mean a facility or equipment MCI uses in the provision of a
 Telecommunications Service, as defined by Applicable Law. This Attachment
 sets forth rates, terms and conditions for unbundled Network Elements and
 combinations of unbundled Network Elements (“Combinations”) that BellSouth
 agrees to offer to MCI in accordance with its obligations under Section 251(c)(3)
 of the Act.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.2

 	
 Additionally, this
 Attachment sets forth the rates, terms and conditions for other facilities
 and services BellSouth makes available to MCI (Other Services). The rates for
 each unbundled Network Element and Combination are set forth in Exhibits A
 and B of this Attachment. If no rate is identified in this Agreement and
 applicable terms and conditions are set forth in the Agreement, the rate will
 be as negotiated by the Parties upon request by either Party, and amended
 into this Agreement. Until the negotiated rate is amended into this Agreement
 by the Parties, BellSouth shall provide the unbundled Network Element or
 Combination at BellSouth’s proposed rate on an interim basis not subject to
 true-up. MCI will use its best efforts to execute the amendment adding this
 missing rate element within thirty (30) days of the date of receipt of the
 amendment and the amendment must be executed no later than sixty (60) days
 from the date of receipt of the proposed amendment. If MCI does not execute
 the amendment within sixty (60) days of receipt of the proposed amendment,
 the interim rate shall expire, and MCI will no longer be able to order the
 service until the amendment is executed. Any future changes to the specific
 rate being amended by Commission order will be via an amendment on a
 prospective basis only. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.2.1

 	
 BellSouth shall not charge
 MCI different rates for unbundled Network Elements provided pursuant to this
 Agreement based on the class of customers served by, MCI or on the type of services
 provided by MCI using those unbundled Network Elements, unless otherwise
 ordered by the Commission. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.3

 	
 BellSouth shall, upon
 request of MCI, and to the extent technically feasible, provide to MCI access
 to its Network Elements for the provision of MCI’s Telecommunications
 Services. BellSouth shall provide Network Elements and Other Services in
 accordance with Applicable Law, including but not limited to: 47CFR 51.307,
 51.309, 51.311, 51.313, 51.315, 51.316, 51.318, and 51.319. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.3.1

 	
 In accordance with 47
 C.F.R. 51.321, if BellSouth denies MCI access to any Network Element based on
 a claim that it is not technically feasible, BellSouth shall have the burden
 of proving that the provision of such Network Element is not technically
 feasible. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.3.2

 	
 BellSouth shall permit MCI
 to connect MCI’s facilities or facilities provided to MCI by third parties
 with each of BellSouth’s unbundled Network Elements at any technically
 feasible point, and BellSouth shall provide MCI access to the MCI side of
 such demarcation points. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.3.3

 	
 Subject to Section 1.3,
 MCI may use one or more unbundled Network Elements to provide any
 telecommunications service utilizing any feature, function, capability, or
 service option that such Network Element(s), or combination of Network
 Elements, are capable of providing or any feature, function, capability, or
 service option that is described in the technical references identified
 herein. 

 

CCCS 46 of 501

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Attachment 2 

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Network Elements & Other Services 

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Page 4 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.3.4

 	
 MCI may, at its option,
 combine, at demarcation points, a Network Element with any other Network
 Element to the extent technically feasible. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.4

 	
 BellSouth shall provide,
 and MCI may purchase and use, Network Elements and Other Services in
 accordance with 47 C.F.R 51.309. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.5

 	
 BellSouth shall comply
 with the requirements as set forth in the technical references within this
 Attachment 2. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.6

 	
 Conversion
 of Wholesale Services to Network Elements or Network Elements to Wholesale
 Services 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.6.1

 	
 Upon request, BellSouth
 shall convert a wholesale service, or group of wholesale services, to the
 equivalent Network Element, or Combination that is available to MCI under
 this Agreement or convert a Network Elements or Combination that is available
 to MCI under this Agreement to an equivalent wholesale services or group of
 wholesale services offered by BellSouth (collectively “Conversion(s)”). NRC
 switch-as-is rates, as contained in Exhibit A, of this Attachment, shall
 apply to a conversion of wholesale services to Network Elements. Any price
 change resulting from the Conversion(s) will be effective as of the next
 billing cycle following BellSouth’s receipt of a complete and accurate
 Conversion request from MCI. Conversion of a wholesale service or group of wholesale
 services shall be considered termination for purposes of any volume and/or
 term commitments, termination liability provisions in the applicable special
 access tariffs, and/or grandfathered status between MCI and BellSouth. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.6.2

 	
 Any change from a
 wholesale service (e.g. Special Access DS0 from a customer location to a
 BellSouth CO via the customer’s BellSouth CO) to a Network Element (e.g.
 UNE-L) that requires a physical rearrangement of the Network Element will not
 be considered a conversion for purposes of this Agreement and the NRC of the
 Network Element being changed to will apply. BellSouth will not require
 physical rearrangements if the conversion can be completed through record
 changes only and a switch-as-is charge will apply rather than a NRC. If MCI
 requests a Conversion, MCI must submit a spreadsheet for Conversions that
 would qualify as a project or a single Local Service Request (LSR) for
 Conversions that are not a project (and a commingling ordering document that
 indicates which part is to be filled as a UNE, if applicable). 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.7

 	
 Except to the extent
 expressly provided otherwise in this Attachment, MCI may not maintain
 unbundled network elements or combinations of unbundled network elements,
 that are no longer offered pursuant to this Agreement, such as enterprise
 switching (collectively “Arrangements”). If BellSouth determines that MCI has
 in place any Arrangements after the Effective Date of this Agreement,
 BellSouth shall provide MCI with thirty (30) days written notice to disconnect
 or convert such Arrangements. If MCI fails to submit orders to disconnect or
 convert such Arrangements within such thirty (30) day period, BellSouth will
 transition such circuits to the equivalent tariffed BellSouth service(s). 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.7.1

 	
 For FLORIDA, GEORGIA,
 NORTH CAROLINA and TENNESSEE, those circuits identified and transitioned by
 BellSouth pursuant to this Section 1.7 shall be subject to any applicable
 disconnect charges as ordered by the Commission in [Docket No. 041269-TP
 (Florida)/Docket No. 19341-U (Georgia)/Docket No. P-55, Sub 1549 (North
 Carolina)/Docket No. 04-00381 (Tennessee)]. Installation of equivalent
 tariffed BellSouth service shall be ordered, provisioned, and billed pursuant
 to the rates, terms, and conditions of the applicable tariffs. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.7.2

 	
 For ALABAMA, KENTUCKY,
 LOUISIANA, MISSISSIPPI AND SOUTH CAROLINA, those circuits identified and
 transitioned by BellSouth pursuant to this Section 1.7 shall be subject to
 all applicable disconnect charges as set forth in this Agreement. Installation
 of equivalent tariffed 

 

CCCS 47 of 501

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Attachment 2 

 Network Elements & Other Services 

 Page 5

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 BellSouth service shall be
 ordered, provisioned, and billed pursuant to the rates, terms, and conditions
 of the applicable tariffs.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.8

 	
 Prior to submitting an
 order pursuant to this Agreement for high capacity (DS1 or above) Dedicated
 Transport or high capacity Loops, MCI shall undertake a reasonably diligent
 inquiry to determine whether MCI is entitled to unbundled access to such
 Network Elements in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. In
 performing its reasonably diligent inquiry, MCI shall consider the Initial
 Wire Center List and the Subsequent Wire Center List compiled by BellSouth in
 addition to any other sources MCI deems appropriate. By submitting any such
 order, MCI self-certifies that to the best of MCI’s knowledge, the high
 capacity Dedicated Transport or high capacity Loop requested is available as
 a Network Element pursuant to this Agreement. Upon receiving such order,
 BellSouth shall process the request in reliance upon MCI’s
 self-certification. To the extent BellSouth believes that such request does
 not comply with the terms of this Agreement, BellSouth shall seek dispute
 resolution in accordance with this Section. Nothing in this section 1.8 shall
 have the effect of shifting the burden to MCI of proving that a wire center
 does not meet the criteria for nonimpairment in the event of a dispute
 regarding the wire centers. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary provided
 in this Agreement, any dispute between the Parties related to MCI’s self
 certification and whether high capacity Dedicated Transport or Loops are
 available as Network Elements in a particular wire center shall be brought to
 the Commission for resolution. In the event such dispute is resolved in
 BellSouth’s favor, BellSouth shall bill MCI the difference between the rates
 for such circuits pursuant to this Agreement and the applicable nonrecurring
 and recurring charges for the equivalent tariffed service from the date of
 installation to the date the circuit is transitioned to the equivalent
 tariffed service. Within thirty (30) days following a decision finding in
 BellSouth’s favor, MCI shall submit a spreadsheet identifying those
 non-compliant circuits to be transitioned to tariffed services or
 disconnected. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.9

 	
 BellSouth will perform
 Routine Network Modifications (RNM) in accordance with FCC 47 C.F.R. § 51.319
 (a)(7) and (e)(4) for Loops and Dedicated Transport provided under this
 Attachment. If a Network Element is not readily available but can be made
 available through routine network modifications (RNMs), as defined by the
 FCC, BellSouth shall advise MCI and MCI may request BellSouth to perform such
 RNMs. Each request will be handled as a project on an individual case basis.
 BellSouth will provide a price quote for the request, and upon receipt of
 payment by MCI, BellSouth shall perform the RNMs. BellSouth is under no
 obligation to, and therefore will not, place fiber as a part of this process.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.10

 	
 Commingling
 of Services 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.10.1

 	
 Commingling means the
 connecting, attaching, or otherwise linking of a Network Element, or a
 Combination, to one or more Telecommunications Services or facilities that
 MCI has obtained at wholesale from BellSouth, or the combining of a Network
 Element or Combination with one or more such wholesale Telecommunications
 Services or facilities. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.10.2

 	
 Subject to the limitations
 set forth elsewhere in this Attachment, BellSouth shall not deny access to a
 Network Element or a Combination on the grounds that one or more of the
 elements: 1) is connected to, attached to, linked to, or combined with such a
 facility or service obtained from BellSouth; or 2) shares part of BellSouth’s
 network with access services or inputs for mobile wireless services and/or
 interexchange services. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.10.3

 	
 BellSouth will not
 “ratchet” a commingled circuit. Unless otherwise agreed to by the Parties,
 the Network Element portion of such circuit will be billed at the rates set
 forth in this Agreement and the remainder of the circuit or service will be
 billed in accordance with the documents (e.g., agreement or tariff)
 controlling the pricing of such remainder of the circuit or service. 

 

CCCS 48 of 501

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Attachment 2 

 Network Elements & Other Services 

 Page 6

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.10.4

 	
 When multiplexing
 equipment is attached to a commingled circuit, the multiplexing equipment
 will be billed from the same jurisdictional authorization as the higher
 bandwidth and Central Office Channel Interfaces will be billed from the same
 jurisdictional authorization (e.g., agreement or tariff) as the lower
 bandwidth. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.10.5

 	
 Notwithstanding any other
 provision of this Agreement, BellSouth is not required to commingle or
 combine Network Elements or Combinations with any service, network element or
 other offering that BellSouth makes available solely pursuant to Section 271
 of the Act. However, nothing herein shall prohibit BellSouth from commingling
 Network Elements with tariff offerings pursuant to a separate agreement,
 regardless of whether such tariff offerings also constitute BellSouth 271
 compliant offerings. Notwithstanding the foregoing, MCI may physically
 perform the work required to combine Network Elements with any
 Telecommunications service. All products and services purchased pursuant to a
 separate agreement or tariff with which Network Elements are commingled or
 combined will be subject to the rates, terms and conditions of the Applicable
 tariff or separate agreement within which the specific products and services
 are offered. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.11

 	
 Rates 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.11.1

 	
 Unless otherwise
 specifically provided for in this Agreement and subject to Section 1.3 of
 this Attachment, for individually ordered Network Elements provided under
 this Attachment, which are ordered independently and not pursuant to a Combination
 or Commingling request, the charges as set forth in Exhibit A and/or B to
 this Attachment for the Network Element, the applicable OSS charge for the
 order, and the charge for the Cross-connect(s), if required are inclusive and
 no other charges apply other than special application charges (e.g, special
 construction (SC) or customer initiated service change request). Unless
 otherwise specifically provided for in this Agreement and subject to Section
 1.3 of this Attachment, for Combinations of Network Elements provided under
 this Attachment, the charges as set forth in Exhibit A and/or B to this
 Attachment for the Network Element, the applicable OSS charge for the order,
 and the charge for the Cross-connect(s), if required are inclusive and no
 other charges apply other than special application charges (e.g, SC or
 customer initiated service change request,). Where a Currently Combined
 Combination is not specifically set forth in Exhibit A, the rate for such
 Currently Combined Combination shall be the sum of the recurring rates for
 those individual Network Elements as set forth in Exhibit A and/or Exhibit B
 in addition to the applicable nonrecurring switch-as-is charge set forth in
 Exhibit A. Where an Ordinarily Combined Combination is not specifically set forth
 in Exhibit A, the rate for such Ordinarily Combined Combination shall be the
 sum of the recurring rates for those individual Network Elements as set forth
 in Exhibit A and/or Exhibit B and nonrecurring rates for those individual
 Network Elements as set forth in Exhibit A. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in
 the event MCI Commingles Network Elements or Combinations purchased under
 this Agreement with other wholesale Telecommunications Services or
 facilities, additional charges may apply to the services not purchased under
 this Agreement. BellSouth and MCI agree to attempt in good faith to resolve
 any alleged errors or omissions in Exhibit A and/or B of this Attachment. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.11.2

 	
 BellSouth shall provide
 Not Typically Combined Combinations to MCI at the rates developed pursuant to
 the BFR process. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.12

 	
 Cancellation Charges. If MCI cancels a request for Network
 Elements or resold services, any costs incurred by BellSouth in conjunction
 with the provisioning of that request will be recovered in accordance with
 the cancellation charges set forth in the following matrices. The Parties
 acknowledge that these charts are for the existing billing systems that
 BellSouth uses. Should these billing systems be modified/eliminated at some
 future date the Parties agree to negotiate the new terms and conditions for
 the Cancellation Charge.

 

CCCS 49 of 501

Attachment 2 

Network Elements & Other Services 

Page 9 

CABS CANCELLATION CHARGE MATRIX 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 FCC 1

 Service

 Type:

 (BCS)

 	
  

 	
 If your Critical Dates are:

 
	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	

 

 	

 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 On/

 After:

 	
  

 	
 APP

 	
  

 	
 DLRD

 	
  

 	
 RID

 	
  

 	
 DVA

 	
  

 	
 WOT

 	
  

 	
 FCD

 	
  

 	
 PTD

 	
  

 	
 DD

 
	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Before:

 	
  

 	
 DLRD

 	
  

 	
 RID

 	
  

 	
 DVA

 	
  

 	
 WOT

 	
  

 	
 FCD

 	
  

 	
 PTD

 	
  

 	
 DD

 	
  

 	
  

 
	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 
	
 Voice
 Grade

 Copper Loop

 2/4 wire Loop

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 No Cancellation Charges
 Apply -

 Bill SOMAN or SOMEC

 ONLY

 	
  

 	
 13.20%

 	
  

 	
 18.70%

 	
  

 	
 33.20%

 	
  

 	
 44.60%

 	
  

 	
 56.60%

 	
  

 	
 83.60%

 	
  

 	
 100.00%

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 High Cap

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Apply -

 Bill SOMAN or SOMEC

 ONLY

 	
  

 	
 37.50%

 	
  

 	
 42.90%

 	
  

 	
 55.70%

 	
  

 	
 66.20%

 	
  

 	
 69.90%

 	
  

 	
 86.20%

 	
  

 	
 100.00%

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 DS1

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 DS3

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 STS-1

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Digital
 Data

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 No Cancellation Charges
 Apply -
Bill SOMAN or SOMEC ONLY

 	
  

 	
 13.50%

 	
  

 	
 18.60%

 	
  

 	
 28.50%

 	
  

 	
 35.40%

 	
  

 	
 46.20%

 	
  

 	
 78.20%

 	
  

 	
 100.00%

 
	
  

 
	
 ADSL

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 
	
 HDSL

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Digital Loop

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Universal

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 
	
 Digital

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Channel

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 
	
 ISDN

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 

          Acronyms:

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 APP = Application Date - IDENTIFIES THE DATE
 THAT THE CLEC GIVES THE ICSC AN ORDER WITH SUFFICIENT INFORMATION TO ALLOW A
 SERVICE ORDER TO BE ISSUED AND FOR WHICH ALL NEGOTIATIONS HAVE BEEN
 COMPLETED, INCLUDING AGREEMENT ON CRITICAL DATE. 

 

CCCS 50 of 501

Attachment 2 

Network Elements & Other Services 

Page 9

CDLRD =
Confirming Design Layout Report Date - IDENTIFIES THE DATE THAT THE CDLR IS TO
BE RECEIVED AT THE BELLSOUTH DESIGN CONTROL OFFICE. 

DLRD
= Designed Layout Report Date - DESIGN LAYOUT REPORT DATE IDENTIFIES THE DATE
THAT THE DLR IS TO BE FORWARDED TO THE CLEC. 

DVA
= Designed, Verified, & Assigned Date - DATE ON WHICH IMPLEMENTATION GROUPS
ARE TO REPORT THAT ALL DOCUMENTS AND MATERIAL HAVE BEEN RECEIVED. 

DD =
Service Date (a.k.a. - Due Date) - IDENTIFIES THE DATE THAT THE ORDER GENERATED
FROM THIS SERVICE REQUEST IS DUE TO BE COMPLETED. 

EIRD
= Engineering Information Report Date - DATE ON WHICH THE CONTROL GROUP IS
SCHEDULED TO RECEIVE AN EIR FROM LOCAL DESIGN GROUPS. 

FCD
= Frame Continuity Date - DATE ON WHICH FRAME THROUGH FRAME CONTINUITY IS
ASSURED. 

LAM
= Loop Assignment & Make-up Date – DATE ON WHICH LOOP IS ASSIGNED AND LOOP
MAKE UP IS PROVIDED. 

PTD
= Plant Test Date - DATE ON WHICH OVERALL TESTING IS TO BE STARTED. 

RID =
Record Issue Date – DATE THAT ALL ENGINEERING RECORDS/SERVICE ORDERS FOR
INSTALLATION GROUP(S) ARE TO BE ISSUED.) 

SID
= Scheduled Issue Date - SCHEDULED ISSUE DATE IDENTIFIES THE DATE THE ICSC WILL
ISSUE THE FIRM ORDER FOR THE SERVICE. 

WOT = Wired &
Office Tested Date – DATE THAT THE CIRCUIT IS WIRED ON THE FRAMES AND HAS BEEN
TESTED THROUGH THE CENTRAL OFFICE(S). 

CCCS 51 of 501

Attachment 2 

Network Elements & Other Services 

Page 9 

CRIS/TAPESTRY/IBS CANCELLATION CHARGE MATRIX 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Unbundled Product 

 

 Category

 	
  

 	
 Basic

 Class of

 Service

 	
  

 	
 Percentage billed if

 the status of the

 order is:

 	
  

 	
 Percentage billed if

 the order is

 cancelled before the

 	
  

 	
 Percentage billed on or
 after the Due Date

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Due Date and the

 	
  

 	
 and:

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 status of the order

 is:

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
 

 	

 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 PF or AO

 	
  

 	
 PD

 	
  

 	
 The status of the

 order is MA or PD

 	
  

 	
 The status of the

 order is CP or PC, or

 the CD field has been

 populated with a date

 
	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 
	
 Unbundled Voice

 Loop - SL1

 	
  

 	
 UEANL

 	
  

 	
 0%

 	
  

 	
 25%

 	
  

 	
 100%

 	
  

 	
 The
 order cannot be cancelled; it has been completed. If the CLEC doesn’t want
 the service, they must send an LSR to disconnect the Circuit ID.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Unbundled Copper 

 Sub Loop

 	
  

 	
 UEF

 	
  

 	
 0%

 	
  

 	
 25%

 	
  

 	
 100%

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Unbundled Copper 

 Loop - Non-Design

 	
  

 	
 UEQ

 	
  

 	
 0%

 	
  

 	
 25%

 	
  

 	
 100%

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Unbundled Network 

 Terminating Wire

 	
  

 	
 UENTW

 	
  

 	
 0%

 	
  

 	
 25%

 	
  

 	
 100%

 	
  

 

Acronyms:

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 PF = Pending Facilities

 	
 PD = Pending Order MA =
 Missed Appointment

 
	
 AO = Assignable Order

 	
 PC = Post Completion CD =
 Completion Date

 
	
  

 	
 CP = Completed Order

 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.12.1

 	
 Notwithstanding the
 foregoing, if MCI places an LSR based upon BellSouth’s Loop makeup
 information, and such information is inaccurate resulting in the inability of
 BellSouth to provision the network elements requested and another spare
 compatible facility cannot be found with the transmission characteristics of
 the network elements originally requested, cancellation charges described in
 this Section shall not apply. Where MCI places a single LSR for multiple
 network elements or services based upon Loop makeup information, and
 information as to some, but not all, of the network elements or services is
 inaccurate, if BellSouth cannot provision the network elements or services
 that were the subject of the inaccurate Loop makeup information, MCI may
 cancel its request for those network elements or services without incurring
 cancellation charges as described in this Section. In such instance, should
 MCI elect to cancel the entire LSR, cancellation charges as described in this
 Section shall apply to those elements and services that were not the subject
 of inaccurate Loop makeup. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.13

 	
 Service Date Advancement
 Charges (a.k.a. Expedite Charges). For Service Date Advancement requests by MCI, Service Date
 Advancement charges will apply for intervals less than the standard interval,
 provided that the interval is as requested or agreed to by MCI. If BellSouth
 provides an interval less than the standard interval, but greater than the
 interval requested and the expedited interval is agreed to by MCI, Service
 Date Advancement charges will apply. If the expedited interval is not agreed
 to by MCI, Service Date Advancement charges will not apply. Service Date
 Advancement charges are set forth in Exhibit A to this Attachment. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.13.1

 	
 If MCI modifies an order
 (Order Modification Charge (OMC)) after being sent a Firm Order Confirmation
 (FOC) from BellSouth, the OMC or Order Modification Charge Additional 

 

CCCS 52 of 501

Attachment 2 

Network Elements & Other Services 

Page 10 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Dispatch (OMCAD) will be
 paid by MCI in accordance with the OMC or OMCAD charges set forth in Exhibit
 A to this Attachment.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.13.2

 	
 A one-month minimum
 billing period shall apply to all Network Elements and Other Services. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.13.3

 	
 Except as otherwise
 provided in this Agreement, BellSouth will not require MCI to own or control
 any local exchange facilities as a condition of offering to MCI any Network
 Element or Combinations. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.13.4

 	
 BellSouth will identify to
 MCI the location(s) of possible demarcation points available to MCI to access
 unbundled Network Elements and MCI will designate from these options the
 point(s) of demarcation between MCI’s network and BellSouth’s network.
 BellSouth shall not require that a demarcation point exist between
 combinations of Network Elements. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.13.5

 	
 Unless otherwise requested
 by MCI, each unbundled Network Element shall be provided in accordance with
 47CFR 51.311 and 51.319. BellSouth shall provide to MCI, upon request,
 engineering, design, performance and other network data sufficient for MCI to
 determine that the requirements of this subsection are being met. In the
 event that such data indicates that the requirements of this subsection are
 not being met, BellSouth shall, within ten (10) calendar days, use
 commercially reasonable efforts to cure any design, performance or other
 deficiency, or, if the failure is not susceptible to cure within ten (10)
 calendar days, shall commence and continue commercially reasonable efforts to
 correct such failure as soon as possible, and provide new data sufficient for
 MCI to determine that such deficiencies have been cured. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2

 	
 Loops 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1

 	
 The local Loop Network
 Element is defined as a transmission facility between a distribution frame
 (or its equivalent) in BellSouth’s central office and the Loop demarcation
 point at a customer’s premises (Loop), including inside wire owned by
 BellSouth. Facilities that do not terminate at a demarcation point at a
 customer premises, including, by way of example, but not limited to,
 facilities that terminate to another carrier’s switch or premises, a cell
 site, Mobile Switching Center or base station, do not constitute Loops. The
 Loop Network Element includes all features, functions, and capabilities of
 the transmission facilities, including the network interface device (NID),
 and attached electronics (except those used for the provision of advanced
 services, such as Digital Subscriber Line Access Multiplexers), optronics and
 intermediate devices (including repeaters and load coils) used to establish
 the transmission path to the customer premises. Except as otherwise provided
 in this Agreement, MCI shall be entitled to use the entire bandwidth of a
 Loop purchased by MCI, and, except as required herein or as otherwise agreed
 to by the Parties, BellSouth shall not subdivide the frequency of the Loop.
 The Loop and subloops shall be provided, maintained and repaired to MCI in
 accordance with applicable industry standards. For those Loops (or associated
 Loop attributes) and subloops for which there is no applicable industry
 standard, BellSouth will use BellSouth’s Technical Reference 73600 (TR73600)
 – “Unbundled Local Loop – Technical Specifications”. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1.1

 	
 For ease of reference, the
 Parties agree to use certain non-industry standard terms for various Loop
 types that have been offered by BellSouth (e.g. SL1, SL2, etc.). By agreeing
 to use these terms, MCI does not concede that these Loops provided by
 BellSouth are not, or are not required to be, Loops conforming to standard
 industry requirements. MCI does not agree that BellSouth may apply TR73600
 technical requirements to these Loops simply by virtue of BellSouth’s use of
 non-industry standard terms to describe these Loop types. Except as otherwise
 expressly provided in this Agreement, it is the intention of the Parties that
 all Loop types required to be provided under Applicable Law are included in
 this Agreement. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1.2

 	
 The Loop does not include
 any packet switched features, functions or capabilities. 

 

CCCS 53 of 501

Attachment 2 

Network Elements & Other Services 

Page 11 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1.3

 	
 Fiber to the Home (FTTH)
 Loops are local Loops consisting entirely of fiber optic cable, whether dark
 or lit, serving a customer premises or, in the case of predominantly
 residential multiple dwelling units (MDUs), a fiber optic cable, whether dark
 or lit, that extends to the MDU minimum point of entry (MPOE). Fiber to the
 Curb (FTTC) Loops are local Loops consisting of fiber optic cable connecting
 to a copper distribution plant that is not more than 500 feet from the
 customer’s premises or, in the case of predominantly residential MDUs, not
 more than 500 feet from the MDU’s MPOE. The fiber optic cable in a FTTC Loop
 must connect to a copper distribution plant at a serving area interface from
 which every other copper distribution subloop also is not more than 500 feet
 from the respective customer’s premises. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1.3.1

 	
 In new build (Greenfield)
 areas, where BellSouth has only deployed FTTH/FTTC facilities, BellSouth is
 under no obligation to provide such FTTH and FTTC Loops. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1.3.2

 	
 In FTTH/FTTC overbuild
 situations where BellSouth also has copper Loops, BellSouth will make those
 copper Loops available to MCI on an unbundled basis, until such time as
 BellSouth chooses to retire those copper Loops using the FCC’s network
 disclosure requirements. In these cases, BellSouth will offer a 64kbps second
 voice grade channel over its FTTH/FTTC facilities. BellSouth’s retirement of
 copper Loops must comply with Applicable Law. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1.4

 	
 Retirement of Copper
 Loops. Prior to
 retiring any copper Loop (that has been replaced with a FTTH/FTTC) used by
 MCI, BellSouth shall comply with the requirements for retirement of copper
 set forth in Applicable Law, including 47 CFR 51.325. Furthermore, in
 FTTH/FTTC overbuild areas, BellSouth is not obligated to ensure that copper
 Loops in that area are capable of transmitting signals prior to receiving a
 request for access to such Loops by MCI. If a request is received by
 BellSouth for a copper Loop, and the copper facilities have not yet been
 retired, BellSouth will restore the copper Loop to serviceable condition if
 technically feasible. In these instances of Loop orders in an FTTH/FTTC
 overbuild area, BellSouth’s standard Loop provisioning interval will not
 apply, and the order will be handled on a project basis by which the Parties
 will negotiate the applicable provisioning interval. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1.5

 	
 A hybrid Loop is a local
 Loop, composed of both fiber optic cable, usually in the feeder plant, and
 copper twisted wire or cable, usually in the distribution plant. BellSouth
 shall provide MCI with nondiscriminatory access to the time division
 multiplexing features, functions and capabilities of such hybrid Loop on an
 unbundled basis to establish a complete transmission path between BellSouth’s
 central office and a customer premises. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1.6

 	
 The provisioning of a Loop
 to MCI’s collocation space will require MCI to provide cross office cabling
 from the collocation arrangement to the MDF or LGX or DSX panel using a
 BellSouth Certified Supplier and BellSouth to provide cross-connections on
 the MDF or LGX or DSX panel within the central office to connect the Loop to
 a local switch or to other transmission equipment. The cross-connects
 provided by BellSouth are separate components that are not considered a part
 of the Loop, and thus, have a separate MRC, but not NRC, as set forth in
 Exhibit A and/or B of this Attachment. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1.7

 	
 Transition
 for Non-impaired DS1 and DS3 Loops 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1.7.1

 	
 For purposes of this
 Section 2, the Transition Period for the Embedded Base of DS1 and DS3 Loops
 and for the Excess DS1 and DS3 Loops (defined in Section 2.1.7.3) is the
 twelve (12) month period beginning March 11, 2005 and ending March 10, 2006. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1.7.2

 	
 For purposes of this
 Section 2, Embedded Base means DS1 and DS3 Loops that were in service for MCI
 as of March 10, 2005 in those wire centers that, as of such date, met the
 criteria set forth in Sections 2.1.7.5.1 or 2.1.7.5.2. Subsequent disconnects
 or loss of customers shall be removed from the Embedded Base. 

 

CCCS 54 of 501

Attachment 2 

Network Elements & Other Services 

Page 12 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1.7.3

 	
 Excess DS1 and DS3 Loops
 are those MCI DS1 and DS3 Loops in service as of March 10, 2005, in excess of
 the caps set forth in Sections 2.3.6.2 and 2.3.10, respectively. Subsequent
 disconnects or loss of customers shall be removed from Excess DS1 and DS3
 Loops. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1.7.4

 	
 For purposes of this
 Section 2, a Business Line is defined in 47 C.F.R. § 51.5. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1.7.5

 	
 Notwithstanding anything
 to the contrary in this Agreement, and except as set forth in Section
 2.1.7.12, BellSouth shall make available DS1 and DS3 Loops as described in
 this Section 2.1.7 only for MCI’s Embedded Base during the Transition Period:
 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1.7.5.1

 	
 DS1 Loops at any location
 within the service area of a wire center containing 60,000 or more Business
 Lines and four (4) or more fiber-based collocators. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1.7.5.2

 	
 DS3 Loops at any location
 within the service area of a wire center containing 38,000 or more Business
 Lines and four (4) or more fiber-based collocators. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1.7.6

 	
 A list of wire centers
 meeting the criteria set forth in Sections 2.1.7.5.1 and 2.1.7.5.2 above as
 of March 10, 2005 (Initial Wire Center List), is available on BellSouth’s
 Interconnection Services Web site at www.interconnection.bellsouth.com. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1.7.7

 	
 Notwithstanding the
 Effective Date of this Agreement, during the Transition Period, the rates for
 MCI’s Embedded Base of DS1 and DS3 Loops and MCI’s Excess DS1 and DS3 Loops
 described in this Section 2.1.7 shall be as set forth in Exhibit B. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1.7.8

 	
 The Transition Period
 shall apply only to (1) MCI’s Embedded Base and (2) MCI’s Excess DS1 and DS3
 Loops,. MCI shall not add new DS1 or DS3 loops as described in this Section
 2.1.7 pursuant to this Agreement, except pursuant to the self-certification
 process as set forth in Section 1.8 of this Attachment and as set forth in
 Section 2.1.7.12 below. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1.7.9

 	
 Once a wire center exceeds
 both of the thresholds set forth in Sections 2.1.7.5.1 and 2.1.7.5.2, no
 future DS1 Loop unbundling will be required in that wire center. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1.7.10

 	
 Once a wire center exceeds
 both of the thresholds set forth in Sections 2.1.7.5.1 and 2.1.7.5.2, no
 future DS3 Loop unbundling will be required in that wire center. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1.7.11

 	
 For FLORIDA, GEORGIA,
 NORTH CAROLINA and TENNESSEE, MCI shall submit spreadsheet(s) as ordered by
 the Commission in [Docket No. 041269-TP (Florida)/Docket No. 19341-U
 (Georgia)/Docket No. P-55, Sub 1549 (North Carolina)/Docket No. 04-00381
 (Tennessee)] identifying all of the Embedded Base of circuits to be either
 disconnected or Converted to other BellSouth services as Conversions pursuant
 to Section 1.6, including circuits for those wire centers that MCI disputes
 as having met the thresholds set forth in Sections 2.1.7.5.1 and 2.1.7.5.2.
 The Parties shall negotiate a project schedule for the Conversion of the
 Embedded Base, including any circuits added following the submission of MCI’s
 initial spreadsheet. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 For ALABAMA, KENTUCKY,
 LOUISIANA, MISSISSIPPI and SOUTH CAROLINA, no later than December 9, 2005,
 MCI shall submit spreadsheet(s) identifying all of the Embedded Base of
 circuits to be either disconnected or Converted to other BellSouth services
 as Conversions pursuant to Section 1.6, including circuits for those wire
 centers that MCI disputes as having met the thresholds set forth in Sections
 2.1.7.5.1 and 2.1.7.5.2. The Parties shall negotiate a project schedule for
 the Conversion of the Embedded Base, including any circuits added following
 the submission of MCI’s initial spreadsheet. 

 

CCCS 55 of 501

Attachment 2 

Network Elements & Other Services 

Page 13 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1.7.11.1

 	
 For FLORIDA, GEORGIA,
 NORTH CAROLINA and TENNESSEE, if MCI fails to submit the spreadsheet(s)
 specified in Section 2.1.7.11 above for all of its Embedded Base as ordered
 by the Commission in [Docket No. 041269-TP (Florida)/Docket No. 19341-U
 (Georgia)/Docket No. P-55, Sub 1549 (North Carolina)/Docket No. 04-00381
 (Tennessee)], BellSouth
 will identify MCI’s remaining Embedded Base, if any, and will transition such
 circuits to the equivalent tariffed BellSouth service(s). Those circuits
 identified and transitioned by BellSouth pursuant to this Section 2.1.7.11.1
 shall be subject to all applicable disconnect charges as set forth in this
 Agreement and the full non-recurring charges for installation of the
 equivalent tariffed BellSouth service as set forth in BellSouth’s tariffs,
 unless otherwise ordered by the Commission in the above referenced Dockets. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 For ALABAMA, KENTUCKY,
 LOUISIANA, MISSISSIPPI and SOUTH CAROLINA, if MCI fails to submit the
 spreadsheet(s) specified in Section 2.1.7.11 above for all of its Embedded
 Base prior to December 9, 2005, BellSouth
 will identify MCI’s remaining Embedded Base, if any, and will transition such
 circuits to the equivalent tariffed BellSouth service(s). Those circuits
 identified and transitioned by BellSouth pursuant to this Section 2.1.7.11.1
 shall be subject to all applicable disconnect charges as set forth in this
 Agreement and the full non-recurring charges for installation of the
 equivalent tariffed BellSouth service as set forth in BellSouth’s tariffs. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1.7.11.2

 	
 For Embedded Base circuits
 Converted pursuant to Section 2.1.7.11 or transitioned pursuant to
 2.1.7.11.1, a recurring tariff charge shall apply to each circuit as of the
 earlier of the date each circuit is Converted or transitioned, as applicable,
 or March 11, 2006. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1.7.12

 	
 Modifications and Updates
 to the Wire Center List and Subsequent Transition Periods 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1.7.12.1

 	
 In the event BellSouth
 identifies additional wire centers that meet the criteria set forth in
 Section 2.1.7.5, but that were not included in the Initial Wire Center List,
 BellSouth shall include such additional wire centers in a carrier
 notification letter (“CNL”). Each such list of additional wire centers shall
 be considered a “Subsequent Wire Center List”. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1.7.12.2

 	
 Effective ten (10)
 business days after the date of a BellSouth CNL providing a Subsequent Wire
 Center List that includes one (1) or more additional wire centers, BellSouth
 shall not be required to unbundle DS1 and/or DS3 Loops, as applicable, in
 such additional wire center(s), except pursuant to the self-certification
 process as set forth in Section 1.8 of this Attachment. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1.7.12.3

 	
 For purposes of Section
 2.1.7.12, BellSouth shall make available DS1 and DS3 Loops that were in
 service for MCI as of the tenth (10th) business day after the date
 of BellSouth’s CNL identifying the Subsequent Wire Center List (“Subsequent
 Embedded Base”) until ninety (90) days after the tenth (10th)
 business day from the date of BellSouth’s CNL identifying the Subsequent Wire
 Center List (“Subsequent Transition Period”). 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1.7.12.4

 	
 Subsequent disconnects or
 loss of customers shall be removed from the Subsequent Embedded Base. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1.7.12.5

 	
 The rates set forth in
 Exhibit B shall apply to the Subsequent Embedded Base during the Subsequent
 Transition Period. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1.7.12.6

 	
 No later
 than forty (40) days from BellSouth’s CNL identifying the Subsequent Wire
 Center List MCI shall submit a spreadsheet(s) identifying the Subsequent
 Embedded Base of circuits to be disconnected or Converted to other BellSouth
 services, including circuits for those wire centers that MCI disputes as
 having met the thresholds set forth in Sections 2.1.7.5.1 and 2.1.7.5.2. The
 Parties shall negotiate a project schedule for the Conversion of the
 Subsequent Embedded Base, including any circuits added following the
 submission of MCI’s initial spreadsheet. 

 

CCCS 56 of 501

Attachment 2 

Network Elements & Other Services 

Page 14 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1.7.12.6.1

 	
 If MCI fails to submit the
 spreadsheet(s) specified in Section 2.1.7.12.6 above for all of its
 Subsequent Embedded Base, within forty (40) days after the date of
 BellSouth’s CNL identifying the Subsequent Wire Center List, BellSouth will
 identify MCI’s remaining Subsequent Embedded Base, if any, and will
 transition such circuits to the equivalent tariffed BellSouth service(s).
 Those circuits identified and transitioned by BellSouth shall be subject to
 the applicable disconnect charges as set forth in this Agreement and the full
 non-recurring charges for installation of the equivalent tariffed BellSouth
 service as set forth in BellSouth’s tariffs. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1.7.12.6.2

 	
 For Subsequent Embedded
 Base circuits Converted pursuant to Section 2.1.7.12.6 or transitioned
 pursuant to Section 2.1.7.12.6.1, the recurring tariff charges shall apply as
 of the earlier of the date each circuit is Converted or transitioned or the
 first day after the end of the Subsequent Transition Period. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1.8

 	
 Where facilities are
 available, BellSouth will install Loops at intervals in compliance with
 Attachment 6. For orders of fifteen (15) or more Loops on a single order, the
 installation and any applicable Order Coordination as described below will be
 handled on a project basis, and the intervals will be set by the BellSouth
 project manager for that order. When Loops require a Service Inquiry (SI)
 prior to issuing the order to determine if facilities are available, the
 interval for the SI process is separate from the installation interval. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1.8.1

 	
 BellSouth will only
 provision, maintain and repair the Loops to the standards that are consistent
 with the type of Loop ordered. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1.8.2

 	
 When a BellSouth technician
 is required to be dispatched to provision the Loop, BellSouth will tag the
 Loop with the Circuit ID number and the name of the ordering CLEC. When a
 dispatch is not required to provision the Loop, BellSouth will tag the Loop
 on the next required visit to the customer’s location. If MCI wants to ensure
 the Loop is tagged during the provisioning process for Loops that may not
 require a dispatch (e.g. UVL-SL1, UVL-SL2, and UCL-ND), MCI may order Loop
 Tagging. Rates for Loop Tagging are as set forth in Exhibit A of this
 Attachment. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1.9

 	
 Loop Testing/Trouble
 Reporting. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1.9.1

 	
 MCI shall use commercially
 reasonable efforts to test and isolate the trouble to the BellSouth Loop
 before reporting a trouble to the UNE Customer Wholesale Interconnection Network
 Services (CWINS) Center. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1.9.2

 	
 Once MCI has issued a
 trouble report to BellSouth on the Loop, BellSouth will take the actions
 necessary to repair the Loop if a trouble actually exists. BellSouth will
 repair these Loops in the same time frames that BellSouth repairs similarly
 situated Loops to its customers. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1.9.3

 	
 If MCI reports a trouble on
 a Network Element or Other Service and no trouble actually exists on the
 BellSouth portion, BellSouth will charge MCI, at the rates set forth in Exhibit
 A of this Attachment, for any dispatching and testing (both inside and
 outside the central office (CO)) required by BellSouth in order to confirm
 the working status. MCI agrees to waive its right to a billing dispute for
 each No Trouble Found/Maintenance of Service charge for which no
 documentation is provided by MCI upon request from BellSouth. The
 documentation provided may consist of the notes or statements by MCI’s
 technicians and other personnel regarding the testing work performed. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1.9.4

 	
 In the event BellSouth must
 dispatch to the customer’s location more than once due to incorrect or
 incomplete information provided by MCI (e.g., incomplete address, incorrect
 contact name/number, etc.), BellSouth will bill MCI for each additional
 dispatch required to provision or 

 

CCCS 57 of 501

Attachment 2 

Network Elements & Other Services 

Page 15 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 repair the circuit due to
 the incorrect/incomplete information provided, in accordance with Maintenance of Service rates set forth
 in Exhibit A to this Attachment. BellSouth will provide proof that the
 requirement for multiple dispatches was based on MCI errors in the trouble
 ticket. This information will be provided upon request by MCI. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1.9.5

 	
 For voice grade Loop orders
 (or Loops intended to provide voice grade services), for which MCI orders a
 migration of existing service, MCI shall have its dial-tone available
 forty-eight (48) hours prior to the Loop order completion due date. For voice
 grade Loop orders for which MCI does not order a migration of existing service,
 MCI’s failure to have such dial-tone available shall not affect BellSouth’s
 processing of the order, but BellSouth shall not be responsible for its
 inability to test such Loop if no dial-tone is present. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1.10

 	
 Order Coordination and
 Order Coordination-Time Specific. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1.10.1

 	
 “Order Coordination” (OC)
 allows BellSouth and MCI to coordinate the installation of the SL2 Loops,
 Unbundled Digital Loops (UDL) and other Loops where OC may be purchased as an
 option, to MCI’s facilities to limit customer service outage. OC is available
 when the Loop is provisioned over an existing circuit that is currently
 providing service to the customer OC for physical conversions will be
 scheduled at BellSouth’s discretion during normal working hours on the committed
 due date. OC shall be provided in accordance with the chart set forth below. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1.10.2

 	
 “Order Coordination – Time
 Specific” (OC-TS) allows MCI to order a specific time for OC to take place.
 MCI may request a date and time for OC-TS. BellSouth will make commercially
 reasonable efforts to accommodate MCI’s specific conversion time request.
 However, BellSouth reserves the right to negotiate with MCI a conversion time
 based on load and appointment control when necessary. This OC-TS is a
 chargeable option for all Loops except Unbundled Copper Loops (UCL) and is
 billed in addition to the OC charge. If MCI specifies a time outside of 9:00
 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. (location time) Monday through Friday (excluding holidays),
 or selects a time or quantity of Loops that requires BellSouth technicians to
 work outside normal work hours, overtime charges will apply in addition to
 the OC and OC-TS charges. Overtime charges will be applied based on the
 amount of overtime worked. The OC-TS charges for an order due on the same day
 at the same location will be applied on a per Local Service Request (LSR)
 basis. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1.11

 	
 CLEC to CLEC (C2C)
 Conversions for Unbundled Loops. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1.11.1

 	
 The (C2C) conversion
 process for Loops may be used by MCI when converting an existing Loop from
 another CLEC for the same customer. The Loop type being converted must be
 included in MCI’s Interconnection Agreement before requesting a conversion. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1.11.2

 	
 To utilize the (C2C)
 conversion process, the Loop being converted must be the same Loop type with
 no requested changes to the Loop, must serve the same customer location from
 the same serving wire center, and must not require an outside dispatch to
 provision. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1.11.3

 	
 The Loops converted to MCI
 pursuant to the (C2C) conversion process shall be provisioned in the same
 manner and with the same functionality and options as described in this
 Attachment for the specific Loop type. 

 

CCCS 58 of 501

Attachment 2 

Network Elements & Other Services 

Page 16 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Order

 Coordination

 (OC)

 	
  

 	
 Order Coordination

 – Time Specific

 (OC-TS)

 	
  

 	
 Test Points

 	
  

 	
 DLR

 	
  

 	
 Charge for Dispatch

 and Testing if No

 Trouble Found

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 
	
  

 	
 SL-1

 

 (Non-

 Designed)

 	
  

 	
 Chargeable

 Option

 	
  

 	
 Chargeable Option

 	
  

 	
 Not

 available

 	
  

 	
 Chargeable Option – ordered
 as Engineering Information Document

 	
  

 	
 Charged for Dispatch inside
 and outside Central Office

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 UCL-ND

 

 (Non-

 Designed)

 	
  

 	
 Chargeable

 Option

 	
  

 	
 Not Available

 	
  

 	
 Not

 Available

 	
  

 	
 Chargeable Option – ordered
 as Engineering Information Document

 	
  

 	
 Charged for Dispatch inside
 and outside Central Office

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Unbundled

 Voice Loops

 – SL-2

 (including 2-

 and 4-wire

 UVL)

 (Designed)

 	
  

 	
 Included

 	
  

 	
 Chargeable Option

 	
  

 	
 Included

 	
  

 	
 Included

 	
  

 	
 Charged for Dispatch
 outside Central Office

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Unbundled

 Digital Loop

 (Designed)

 	
  

 	
 Included

 	
  

 	
 Chargeable Option

 	
  

 	
 Included

 (where

 appropriate)

 	
  

 	
 Included

 	
  

 	
 Charged for Dispatch
 outside Central Office

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 

 	
 Unbundled

 Copper Loop

 (Designed)

 	
  

 	
 Chargeable in

 	
  

 	
 Not available

 	
  

 	
 Included

 	
  

 	
 Included

 	
  

 	
 Charged for Dispatch
 outside Central Office

 
	
 accordance

 with Section 2

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 For UVL-SL1 and UCLs, MCI
 must order and will be billed for both OC and OC-TS if requesting OC-TS.

 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1.12

 	
 Bulk Migration.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1.12.1

 	
 BellSouth will make
 available to MCI a Bulk Migration process pursuant to which MCI may request
 to migrate port/loop combinations, provisioned pursuant to either a
 pre-existing Interconnection Agreement, a separate agreement between the
 Parties or otherwise, to Loops (UNE-L). The Bulk Migration process may be
 used if such port/loop combinations are (1) associated with two (2) or more
 Existing Account Telephone Numbers (EATNs); and (2) located in the same
 Central Office on the same due date. The terms and conditions for use of the
 Bulk Migration process are described in the BellSouth UNE-P to UNE-L Bulk
 Migration CLEC Information Package, incorporated herein by reference as it
 may be amended from time to time. The CLEC Information package is located at 

 
	
  

 	
 www.interconnection.bellsouth.com/guides/html/unes.html. The rates for the Bulk Migration process
 shall be the nonrecurring rates associated with the Loop type being requested
 on the Bulk Migration, as set forth in Exhibit A of this Attachment. The DS0
 and voice grade Local Loop types are Unbundled Voice Loop - Service Level 1 (UVL-SL1);
 Unbundled Voice Loop - Service Level 2 (UVL-SL2); and the Unbundled Copper
 Loop - Non Designed (UCL-ND). The rates for Bulk Migration will be as set
 forth in Exhibit A. Additionally, OSS charges will also apply. Loops
 connected to Integrated Digital Loop Carrier (IDLC) systems will be migrated
 pursuant to Section 2.6 below. MCI may use the bulk migration process to
 migrate its existing loop/port 

 

CCCS 59 of 501

Attachment 2 

Network Elements & Other Services 

Page 17 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 combinations, including
 those existing loop/port combinations provided under a separate agreement
 between BellSouth and MCI for loop/port combinations purchased by MCI from
 BellSouth, to itself or a 3rd party switching vendor/CLEC. Nothing in this
 Agreement, however, shall be interpreted or construed to modify restrictions
 on migrations contained in such separate agreement. MCI will follow the
 Blanket LOA process defined in the Third Party Collocation CLEC Information
 Package found on BellSouth’s Interconnection Services website, http://interconnection.bellsouth.com/guides/html/unes.html,
 for migrations to a 3rd party switching vendor/CLEC. This Agreement does not
 supercede or otherwise nullify or modify other restrictions, obligations or
 requirements set forth in any separate agreement(s) governing MCI’s
 relationship with BellSouth for use of BellSouth’s loop/port combinations
 purchased pursuant to such separate agreements(s). 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1.12.1.1

 	
 Should MCI request
 migration for two (2) or more EATNs containing fifteen (15) or more circuits
 in the same central office and on the same due date, MCI must use the Bulk
 Migration process referenced in Section 2.1.12.1 above. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1.12.2

 	
 Nothing herein shall
 prevent MCI from seeking improvements in the Bulk Migration process before
 any Commission or in any other appropriate forum. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1.13

 	
 Ordering Guidelines and
 Processes. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1.13.1

 	
 Information regarding
 Ordering Guidelines and Processes for various UNEs is contained in the
 “Guides” section of the BellSouth Interconnection website, which is incorporated
 herein by reference, as amended from time to time. BellSouth will notify MCI
 of changes to ordering, preordering, provisioning, maintenance and repair,
 and billing interfaces (via the CCP) and to business rules via the
 appropriate BellSouth web site (via Carrier Notification) thirty (30) days
 prior to such changes. The website address is: http://www.interconnection.bellsouth.com/.
 In addition, BellSouth will use its best efforts, upon MCI’s request to
 BellSouth’s Interconnection Services (ICS) website group at wmag@bellsouth.com,
 to provide via e-mail to the address specified by MCI a list of the Carrier
 Notifications generated the previous business day. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.2

 	
 Unbundled
 Voice Loops (UVLs)

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.2.1

 	
 BellSouth shall make
 available the following UVLs: 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.2.1.1

 	
 2-wire Analog Voice Grade
 Loop – SL1 (Non-Designed) 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.2.1.2

 	
 2-wire Analog Voice Grade
 Loop – SL2 (Designed) 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.2.1.3

 	
 4-wire Analog Voice Grade
 Loop (Designed) 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.2.2

 	
 Unbundled Voice Loops (UVL)
 may be provisioned using any type of facility that will support voice grade
 services. This may include loaded copper, non-loaded copper, digital Loop
 carrier systems, fiber/copper combination (hybrid Loop) or a combination of
 any of these facilities. BellSouth in the normal course of maintaining,
 repairing, and configuring its network, may also change the facilities that
 are used to provide any given voice grade circuit. This change may occur at
 any time. In these situations, BellSouth will only ensure that the newly
 provided facility will support voice grade services. BellSouth will not
 guarantee that MCI will be able to continue to provide any advanced services
 over the new facility. BellSouth will offer UVL in two different service
 levels - Service Level One (SL1) and Service Level Two (SL2). 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.2.3

 	
 Unbundled Voice Loop - SL1
 (UVL-SL1) Loops are 2-wire circuits, will be non-designed, and will not have
 remote access test points. UVL-SL1 Loops will be provisioned capable of using
 

 

CCCS 60 of 501

Attachment 2 

Network Elements & Other Services 

Page 18 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Loop start signaling,
 however, MCI is not required to use the Loop start capabilities of the
 UVL-SL1 to provide Telecommunications Services. OC will be offered as a
 chargeable option on SL1 Loops when reuse of existing facilities has been
 requested by MCI. MCI may also order OC-TS when a specified conversion time
 is requested. OC-TS is a chargeable option for any coordinated order and is
 billed in addition to the OC charge. An Engineering Information (EI) document
 can be ordered as a chargeable option. The EI document provides Loop Make-Up
 (LMU) information that is similar to the information normally provided in a
 Design Layout Record (DLR). Upon issuance of a non-coordinated order in the
 service order system, SL1 Loops will be activated on the due date in the same
 manner and time frames that BellSouth normally activates POTS-type Loops for
 its customers. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.2.4

 	
 For an additional charge
 BellSouth will make available Loop Testing so that MCI may request further
 testing on new UVL-SL1 Loops. Rates for Loop Testing are as set forth in
 Exhibit A of this Attachment. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.2.5

 	
 Unbundled Voice Loop – SL2
 (UVL-SL2) Loops may be 2-wire or 4-wire circuits, shall have remote access
 test points, and will be designed with a DLR provided to MCI. BellSouth shall
 provide SL2 Loops that are provisioned capable of using Loop start, ground
 start or reverse battery signaling, however, MCI is not required to use any
 particular signaling option in the Telecommunication Services it provisions
 on ULV-SL2 Loops. OC is provided as a standard feature on SL2 Loops. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.3

 	
 Unbundled
 Digital Loops

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.3.1

 	
 BellSouth will offer
 Unbundled Digital Loops (UDL). UDLs are service specific, will be designed,
 will be provisioned with test points (where technically feasible), and will
 come standard with OC and a DLR. The various UDLs are intended to support a
 specific digital transmission scheme or service. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.3.2

 	
 BellSouth shall make
 available the following UDLs, subject to restrictions set forth herein: 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.3.2.1

 	
 2-wire Unbundled ISDN
 Digital Loop 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.3.2.2

 	
 2-wire Unbundled ADSL
 Compatible Loop 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.3.2.3

 	
 2-wire Unbundled HDSL
 Compatible Loop 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.3.2.4

 	
 4-wire Unbundled HDSL
 Compatible Loop 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.3.2.5

 	
 4-wire Unbundled DS1
 Digital Loop 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.3.2.6

 	
 4-wire Unbundled Digital
 Loop/DS0 – 64 kbps, 56 kbps and below 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.3.2.7

 	
 DS3 Loop 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.3.2.8

 	
 STS-1 Loop 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.3.3

 	
 2-Wire
 Unbundled ISDN Digital Loops will be provisioned according to industry
 standards for 2- Wire Basic Rate ISDN services and will come standard with a test
 point, OC, and a DLR. MCI will be responsible for providing BellSouth with a
 Service Profile Identifier (SPID) associated with a particular ISDN-capable
 Loop and customer. With the SPID, BellSouth will be able to adequately test
 the circuit and ensure that it properly supports ISDN service. 

 

CCCS 61 of 501

Attachment 2

Network Elements & Other Services

Page 19

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.3.3.1

 	
 Upon the Effective Date of
 this Agreement, Universal Digital Channel (UDC) elements will no longer be
 offered by BellSouth and no new orders for UDC will be accepted. Any existing
 UDCs that were provisioned prior to the Effective Date of this Agreement will
 be grandfathered at the rates set forth in the Parties’ interconnection
 agreement that was in effect immediately prior to the Effective Date of this
 Agreement. Existing UDCs that were provisioned prior to the Effective Date of
 this Agreement may remain connected, maintained and repaired until such time
 as they are disconnected by MCI or BellSouth provides ninety (90) calendar
 days notice that such UDC must be terminated. If BellSouth provides such
 notice and requires the UDC circuits to be disconnected or converted to ISDN
 circuits, any applicable disconnect or conversion charges would be waived. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.3.4

 	
 2-Wire ADSL-Compatible
 Loop. This is a
 designed Loop that is provisioned according to Revised Resistance Design
 (RRD) criteria and may be up to 18,000 feet long and may have up to 6,000
 feet of bridged tap (inclusive of Loop length). The Loop is a 2-wire circuit
 and will come standard with a test point, OC, and a DLR. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.3.5

 	
 2-Wire or 4-Wire
 HDSL-Compatible Loop.
 This is a designed Loop that meets Carrier Serving Area (CSA) specifications,
 may be up to 12,000 feet long and may have up to 2,500 feet of bridged tap
 (inclusive of Loop length). It will come standard with a test point, OC, and
 a DLR. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.3.6

 	
 4-Wire Unbundled DS1
 Digital Loop.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.3.6.1

 	
 This is a designed 4-wire
 Loop that is provisioned according to industry standards for DS1 or Primary
 Rate ISDN services and will come standard with a test point, OC, and a DLR. A
 DS1 Loop may be provisioned over a variety of Loop transmission technologies
 including copper, HDSL-based technology or fiber optic transport systems. It
 will include a 4-Wire DS1 Network Interface at the customer’s location. For
 purposes of this Agreement, including the transition of DS1 and DS3 Loops
 described in Section 2.1.7 above, DS1 Loops include 2-wire and 4-wire copper
 Loops capable of providing high-bit rate digital subscriber line services,
 such as 2-wire and 4-wire HDSL Compatible Loops. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.3.6.2

 	
 Except in offices as
 outlined in Section 2.1.7 above, BellSouth shall provide, upon MCI’s request,
 up to ten (10) unbundled DS1 Loops to MCI at any single building in which DS1
 Loops are available as unbundled Loops. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.3.7

 	
 4-Wire Unbundled
 Digital/DS0 Loop.
 These are designed 4-wire Loops that may be configured as 64kbps, 56kbps,
 19kbps, and other sub-rate speeds associated with digital data services and
 will come standard with a test point, OC, and a DLR. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.3.8

 	
 DS3 Loop. DS3 Loop is a two-point digital
 transmission path which provides for simultaneous two-way transmission of
 serial, bipolar, return-to-zero isochronous digital electrical signals at a
 transmission rate of 44.736 megabits per second (Mbps) that is dedicated to
 the use of the ordering CLEC in its provisioning of local exchange and
 exchange access services. It may provide transport for twenty-eight (28) DS1
 channels, each of which provides the digital equivalent of twenty-four (24)
 analog voice grade channels. The interface to unbundled dedicated DS3
 transport is a metallic-based electrical interface. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.3.9

 	
 DS3 services come with a
 test point and a DLR. Mileage is airline miles, rounded up and a minimum of
 one (1) mile applies. BellSouth’s TR73501 LightGateService Interface and
 Performance Specifications, Issue D, June 1995 applies to DS3 services. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.3.10

 	
 Except for Loops in
 certain offices as specified in Section 2.1.7 above, MCI may obtain a maximum
 of a single Unbundled DS3 Loop to any single building in which DS3 Loops are
 available as Unbundled Loops. 

 

CCCS 62 of 501

Attachment 2

Network Elements & Other Services

Page 20

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.3.11

 	
 STS-1 Loop. STS-1 Loop is a high-capacity digital
 transmission path with SONET VT1.5 mapping that is dedicated for the use of
 the ordering customer for the purpose of provisioning local exchange and
 exchange access services. It is a two-point digital transmission path which
 provides for simultaneous two-way transmission of serial bipolar
 return-to-zero synchronous digital electrical signals at a transmission rate
 of 51.84 megabits per second (Mbps). It may provide transport for
 twenty-eight (28) DS1 channels, each of which provides the digital equivalent
 of twenty-four (24) analog voice grade channels. The interface to unbundled
 dedicated STS-1 transport is a metallic-based electrical interface. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.4

 	
 Unbundled
 Copper Loops (UCL)

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.4.1

 	
 BellSouth shall make
 available Unbundled Copper Loops (UCLs). The UCL is a copper twisted pair
 Loop that is unencumbered by any intervening equipment (e.g., filters, load
 coils, range extenders, digital Loop carrier, or repeaters) and is not
 intended to support any particular telecommunications service. The UCL will
 be offered in two types – Designed and Non-Designed. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.4.2

 	
 Unbundled Copper Loop –
 Designed (UCL-D). 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.4.2.1

 	
 The UCL-D will be
 provisioned as a dry copper twisted pair (2- or 4-wire) Loop that is
 unencumbered by any intervening equipment (e.g., filters, load coils, range
 extenders, digital Loop carrier, or repeaters). 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.4.2.2

 	
 A UCL-D will be 18,000 feet
 or less in length and is provisioned according to Resistance Design
 parameters, may have up to 6,000 feet of bridged tap and will have up to 1300
 Ohms of resistance. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.4.2.3

 	
 The UCL-D is a designed
 circuit, is provisioned with a test point, and comes standard with a DLR. OC
 comes standard as a chargeable item for UCL-D and is required where a reuse
 of existing facilities has been requested by MCI. OC will not be billed in
 those instances where the reuse of existing facilities has not been requested
 by MCI. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.4.2.4

 	
 These Loops are not
 intended to support any particular services and may be utilized by MCI to
 provide a wide-range of telecommunications services as long as those services
 do not adversely affect BellSouth’s network. This facility will include a NID
 at the customer’s location for the purpose of connecting the Loop to the
 customer’s inside wire. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.4.2.5

 	
 Upon the Effective Date of
 this Agreement, Unbundled Copper Loop – Long (UCL-L) elements will no longer
 be offered by BellSouth and no new orders for UCL-L will be accepted. Any
 existing UCL-Ls that were provisioned prior to the Effective Date of this
 Agreement will be grandfathered at the rates set forth in the Parties’
 interconnection agreement that was in effect immediately prior to the
 Effective Date of this Agreement. Existing UCL-Ls that were provisioned prior
 to the Effective Date of this Agreement may remain connected, maintained and
 repaired according to BellSouth’s TR73600 and may remain connected until such
 time as they are disconnected by MCI or BellSouth provides ninety (90)
 calendar days notice that such UCL-L must be terminated. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.4.3

 	
 Unbundled Copper Loop –
 Non-Designed (UCL-ND).

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.4.3.1

 	
 The UCL–ND is provisioned
 as a dedicated 2-wire metallic transmission facility from BellSouth’s Main
 Distribution Frame (MDF) to a customer’s premises (including the NID). The 

 

CCCS 63 of 501

Attachment 2

Network Elements & Other Services

Page 21

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 UCL-ND will be a “dry
 copper” facility in that it will not have any intervening equipment such as
 load coils, repeaters, or digital access main lines (DAMLs), and may have up
 to 6,000 feet of bridged tap between the customer’s premises and the serving
 wire center. The UCL-ND typically will be 1300 Ohms resistance and in most
 cases will not exceed 18,000 feet in length, although the UCL-ND will not
 have a specific length limitation. For Loops less than 18,000 feet and with
 less than 1300 Ohms resistance, the Loop will provide a voice grade
 transmission channel suitable for Loop start signaling and the transport of
 analog voice grade signals. The UCL-ND will not be designed and will not be
 provisioned with either a DLR or a test point. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.4.3.2

 	
 The UCL-ND facilities may
 be mechanically assigned using BellSouth’s assignment systems. Therefore, the
 LMU process is not required to order and provision the UCL-ND. However, MCI
 can request LMU for which additional charges would apply. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.4.3.3

 	
 For an additional charge,
 BellSouth also will make available Loop Testing so that MCI may request
 further testing on the UCL-ND. Rates for Loop Testing are as set forth in
 Exhibit A of this Attachment. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.4.3.4

 	
 UCL-ND Loops are not
 intended to support any particular service and may be utilized by MCI to
 provide a wide-range of telecommunications services as long as those services
 do not adversely affect BellSouth’s network. The UCL-ND will include a NID
 for the purpose of connecting the Loop to the inside wire. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.4.3.5

 	
 OC comes standard as a
 chargeable item for UCL-ND and is required where a reuse of existing
 facilities has been requested by MCI. OC will not be billed in those
 instances where the reuse of existing facilities has not been requested by
 MCI. OC-TS does not apply to this product. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.4.3.6

 	
 MCI may use BellSouth’s
 Unbundled Loop Modification (ULM) offering to remove excessive bridged taps
 and/or load coils from any copper Loop within the BellSouth network.
 Therefore, some Loops that would not qualify as UCL-ND could be transformed
 into Loops that do qualify, using the ULM process. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.5

 	
 Unbundled
 Loop Modifications (Line Conditioning) 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.5.1

 	
 Line Conditioning is
 defined as a routine network modification that BellSouth regularly undertakes
 to provide xDSL services to its own customers. This may include the removal
 of any device, from a copper Loop or copper subloop that may diminish the
 capability of the Loop or subloop to deliver high-speed switched wireline
 telecommunications capability, including xDSL service. Such devices include,
 but are not limited to, load coils, excessive bridged taps, low pass filters,
 and range extenders. Excessive bridged taps are bridged taps that serve no
 network design purpose and that are beyond the limits set according to
 industry standards. In the absence of an industry standard for a BellSouth
 Loop type, the Loop will be provided on a nondiscriminatory basis.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.5.2

 	
 BellSouth will remove load
 coils only on copper Loops and subloops as requested by MCI that are less
 than 18,000 feet in length at the rate set forth in Exhibit A. BellSouth will
 remove load coils on copper Loops and subloops that are greater than 18,000
 feet in length on a special construction basis.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.5.3

 	
 Any copper Loop being
 ordered by MCI which has over 6,000 feet of combined bridged tap will be
 modified, upon request from MCI, so that the Loop will have a maximum of
 6,000 feet of bridged tap. This modification will be performed at no
 additional charge to MCI. Loop conditioning orders that require the removal
 of bridged tap on a copper Loop that will result in a 

 

CCCS 64 of 501

Attachment 2

Network Elements & Other Services

Page 22

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 combined total of bridged
 tap between 2,500 and 6,000 feet will be performed at the rates set forth in
 Exhibit A of this Attachment. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.5.4

 	
 MCI may request removal of
 any unnecessary and non-excessive bridged tap (bridged tap between 0 and
 2,500 feet which serves no network design purpose), at rates pursuant to
 BellSouth’s Special Construction Process as mutually agreed to by the
 Parties. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.5.5

 	
 Rates for ULM are as set
 forth in Exhibit A of this Attachment. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.5.6

 	
 BellSouth will not modify
 a Loop in such a way that it no longer meets the technical parameters of the
 original Loop type (e.g., voice grade, ADSL, etc.) being ordered. However,
 should BellSouth refuse MCI’s request to condition a Loop, BellSouth will
 comply with the appropriate requirements of 47 CFR 51.319 (a)(1)(iii). 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.5.7

 	
 If MCI requests ULM on a
 reserved facility for a new Loop order, BellSouth may perform a pair change
 and provision a different Loop facility in lieu of the reserved facility with
 ULM if feasible. The Loop provisioned will meet or exceed specifications of
 the requested Loop facility as modified. MCI will not be charged for ULM if a
 different Loop is provisioned. For Loops that require a DLR or its
 equivalent, BellSouth will provide LMU detail of the Loop provisioned. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.5.8

 	
 MCI shall request Loop
 make up information pursuant to this Attachment prior to submitting a service
 inquiry and/or a LSR for the Loop type that MCI desires BellSouth to
 condition. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.5.9

 	
 When requesting ULM for a
 Loop that BellSouth has previously provisioned for MCI, MCI will submit a
 service inquiry to BellSouth. If a spare Loop facility that meets the Loop
 modification specifications requested by MCI is available at the location for
 which the ULM was requested, MCI will have the option to change the Loop
 facility to the qualifying spare facility rather than to provide ULM. In the
 event that BellSouth changes the Loop facility in lieu of providing ULM, MCI
 will not be charged for ULM but will only be charged the service order
 charges for submitting an order. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.6

 	
 Loop
 Provisioning Involving Integrated Digital Loop Carriers

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Where MCI has requested an
 Unbundled Loop and BellSouth uses IDLC systems to provide the local service
 to the customer and BellSouth has a suitable alternate facility available,
 BellSouth will make such alternative facilities available to MCI. If a
 suitable alternative facility is not available, then to the extent it is
 technically feasible, BellSouth will implement one of the following
 alternative arrangements for MCI (e.g. hairpinning):

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1

 	
 Roll the circuit(s) from
 the IDLC to any spare copper that exists to the customer premises. 

 
	
  

 
	
 2

 	
 Roll the circuit(s) from
 the IDLC to an existing DLC that is not integrated. 

 
	
  

 
	
 3

 	
 Remove the Loop
 distribution pair from the IDLC and re-terminate the pair to a spare copper
 Loop feeder pair or spare UDC equipment in the Loop feeder route or Carrier
 Serving Area (CSA). 

 
	
  

 
	
 4

 	
 If capacity exists,
 provide “Digital Access Cross-connect System (DACS)-door” porting (if the
 IDLC routes through a DACS prior to integration into the switch). 

 
	
  

 
	
 5

 	
 If capacity exists,
 provide “side-door” porting through the switch. 

 
	
  

 
	
 6

 	
 If IDLC system is not
 served by a switch capable of side-door functionality, BellSouth will move
 the IDLC system to switch equipment that is side-door capable. 

 
	
  

 
	
 7

 	
 Install and activate new
 DLC facilities and then move the IDLC to the new facilities. 

 
	
  

 
	
 8

 	
 Convert IDLC to UDC. 

 

CCCS 65 of 501

Attachment 2

Network Elements & Other Services

Page 23

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.6.1

 	
 Arrangements 4, 5 and 6
 above require the use of a designed circuit. Therefore, these arrangements
 are not available for non-designed Loops such as the SL1 voice grade and
 UCL-ND. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.6.2

 	
 If, however, BellSouth
 concludes that only Alternatives 7 or 8 can give the CLEC a Loop meeting the
 specifications it ordered and because the application of these Alternatives
 may require the requesting CLEC to pay special construction charges,
 BellSouth would proceed with implementation only if the CLEC agrees. MCI will
 then have the option of paying the one-time SC rates to place the Loop.
 BellSouth shall not impose SC charges on MCI in circumstances where BellSouth
 would not impose such charges on its own retail customer to provide the Loop
 necessary to offer the services requested by the retail customer. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.7

 	
 Network
 Interface Device

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.7.1

 	
 The NID is defined as any
 means of interconnection of the customer’s premises wiring to BellSouth’s
 distribution plant, such as a cross-connect device used for that purpose. The
 NID is a single-line termination device or that portion of a multiple line
 termination device required to terminate a single line or circuit at the
 premises. The NID features two (2) independent chambers or divisions that
 separate the service provider’s network from the customer’s premises wiring.
 Each chamber or division contains the appropriate connection points or posts
 to which the service provider and the customer each make their connections.
 The NID provides a protective ground connection and is capable of terminating
 cables such as twisted pair cable. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.7.2

 	
 BellSouth shall permit MCI
 to connect MCI’s Loop facilities to the inside wiring through the BellSouth
 NID or at any other technically feasible point. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.7.3

 	
 Access to NID. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.7.3.1

 	
 MCI may access the
 premises wiring (wiring that is beyond the BellSouth point of demarcation and
 is not owned or controlled by BellSouth) by any of the following means and
 MCI shall not disturb the existing form of electrical protection and shall
 maintain the physical integrity of the NID: 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.7.3.1.1

 	
 BellSouth shall allow MCI
 to connect its Loops directly to BellSouth’s multi-line NID enclosures that
 have additional space and are not used by BellSouth or any other
 telecommunications carriers to provide service to the premises. If sufficient
 NID terminations are not available, BellSouth shall install a NID at MCI’s
 request. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.7.3.1.2

 	
 Where an adequate length
 of the premises wiring is present and environmental conditions permit, either
 Party may remove the premises wiring from the other Party’s NID and connect
 such wiring to that Party’s own NID, provided that the Party moving the
 premise wiring has been authorized by the ordering party to provide service
 using such wiring; 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.7.3.1.3

 	
 Either Party may enter the
 subscriber access chamber or dual chamber NID enclosures for the purpose of
 extending a cross-connect or spliced jumper wire from the premises wiring
 through a suitable “punch-out” hole of such NID enclosures; or 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.7.3.1.4

 	
 MCI may request BellSouth
 to make other rearrangements to the premises wiring terminations or terminal
 enclosure on a time and materials cost basis; or 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.7.3.1.5

 	
 Because BellSouth has no
 proprietary interest in the premises wiring, MCI may access the premises
 wiring in any other manner acceptable to the ordering party, so long as such
 access is made completely on the ordering party’s interface side of the NID
 and beyond BellSouth’s point of demarcation. 

 

CCCS 66 of 501

Attachment 2

Network Elements & Other Services

Page 24

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.7.3.2

 	
 In no case shall either
 Party remove or disconnect the other Party’s Loop facilities from either
 Party’s NIDs, enclosures, or protectors unless the applicable Commission has
 expressly permitted the same and the disconnecting Party provides prior
 notice to the other Party. In such cases, it shall be the responsibility of
 the Party disconnecting Loop facilities to leave undisturbed the existing
 form of electrical protection and to maintain the physical integrity of the
 NID. It will be the removing Party’s responsibility to ensure there is no
 safety hazard, and the removing Party shall hold the other Party harmless for
 any liability associated with the removal of the other Party’s Loop from the
 NID. Furthermore, it shall be the responsibility of the removing Party, once
 the other Party’s Loop has been disconnected from the NID, to reconnect the
 disconnected Loop to a nationally recognized testing laboratory listed
 station protector, which has been grounded as per Article 800 of the National
 Electrical Code. If no spare station protector exists in the NID, the
 disconnected Loop must be appropriately cleared, capped and stored. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.7.3.3

 	
 MCI shall not remove or
 disconnect ground wires from BellSouth’s NIDs, enclosures, or protectors. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.7.3.4

 	
 MCI shall not remove or
 disconnect NID modules, protectors, or terminals from BellSouth’s NID
 enclosures. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.7.3.5

 	
 Due to the wide variety of
 NID enclosures and outside plant environments, BellSouth will work with MCI
 to develop specific procedures to establish the most effective means of
 implementing this Section if the procedures set forth herein do not apply to
 the NID in question. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.7.4

 	
 Technical Requirements. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.7.4.1

 	
 The NID shall provide an
 accessible point of interconnection and shall maintain a connection to
 ground. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.7.4.2

 	
 If an existing NID is
 accessed, it shall be capable of transferring electrical analog or digital
 signals between the customer’s premises and the distribution media and/or
 cross-connect to MCI’s NID. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.7.4.3

 	
 Existing BellSouth NIDs
 will be provided in working condition. Where such NID is not functioning
 properly, and to the extent that it is technically feasible, BellSouth shall
 repair or replace the NID at BellSouth’s expense. When MCI deploys its own local
 Loops in a multiple-line termination device, MCI shall specify the quantity
 of NID connections that it requires within such device. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.8

 	
 Subloop
 Elements

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.8.1

 	
 Where facilities permit,
 BellSouth shall offer access to its Unbundled Sublooop (USL) elements as
 specified herein. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.8.2

 	
 Unbundled Subloop
 Distribution. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.8.2.1

 	
 The Unbundled Subloop
 Distribution facility is a dedicated transmission facility that BellSouth
 provides from a customer’s point of demarcation to a BellSouth cross-connect
 device. The BellSouth cross-connect device may be located within a remote
 terminal (RT) or a stand-alone cross-box in the field or in the equipment
 room of a building. The unbundled subloop distribution media is a copper
 twisted pair that can be provisioned as a 2-Wire or 4-Wire facility.
 BellSouth will make available the following subloop distribution offerings
 where facilities exist: 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
                     • Unbundled Subloop Distribution – Voice
 Grade 

 

CCCS 67 of 501

Attachment 2

Network Elements & Other Services

Page 25

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
                     • Unbundled
 Copper Subloop 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
                     • Unbundled
 Subloop Distribution – Intrabuilding Network Cable (aka riser cable) 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.8.2.2

 	
 Unbundled Subloop
 Distribution – Voice Grade (USLD-VG) is a copper subloop facility from the
 cross-box in the field up to and including the point of demarcation at the
 customer’s premises and may have load coils. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.8.2.3

 	
 Unbundled Copper Subloop
 (UCSL) is a copper facility of any length provided from the cross-box in the field up to and including the
 customer’s point of demarcation. If available, this facility will not have
 any intervening equipment such as load coils between the customer and the
 cross-box. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.8.2.3.1

 	
 If MCI requests a UCSL and
 it is not available, MCI may request the copper Subloop facility be modified
 pursuant to the ULM process to remove load coils and/or excessive bridged
 taps. If load coils and/or excessive bridged taps are removed, the facility
 will be classified as a UCSL. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.8.2.4

 	
 Unbundled Subloop
 Distribution – Intrabuilding Network Cable (USLD-INC) is the distribution
 facility owned or controlled by BellSouth inside a building or between
 buildings on the same property that is not separated by a public street or
 road. USLD-INC includes the facility from the cross-connect device in the
 building equipment room up to and including the point of demarcation at the
 customer’s premises. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.8.2.4.1

 	
 Upon request for USLD-INC
 from MCI, BellSouth will install a cross-connect panel in the building equipment
 room for the purpose of accessing USLD-INC pairs from a building equipment
 room. The cross-connect panel will function as a single point of
 interconnection (SPOI) for USLD-INC and will be accessible by multiple
 carriers as space permits. BellSouth will place cross-connect blocks in
 25-pair increments for MCI’s use on this cross-connect panel. MCI will be
 responsible for connecting its facilities to the 25-pair cross-connect
 block(s). 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.8.2.5

 	
 For access to Voice Grade
 USLD and UCSL, MCI shall install a cable to the BellSouth cross-box pursuant
 to the terms and conditions for physical collocation for remote sites set
 forth in this Agreement. This cable would be connected by a BellSouth
 technician within the BellSouth cross-box during the set-up process. MCI’s
 cable pairs can then be connected to BellSouth’s USL within the BellSouth
 cross-box by the BellSouth technician. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.8.2.6

 	
 Through the SI process,
 BellSouth will determine whether access to Unbundled Subloops at the location
 requested by MCI is technically feasible and whether sufficient capacity
 exists in the cross-box. If existing capacity is sufficient to meet MCI’s
 request, then BellSouth will perform the site set-up as described in the
 Unbundled Subloop (USL) (Distribution Facility) CLEC information package,
 located at the website address: http://interconnection.bellsouth.com/guides/unedocs/unb_sl_usl_dist.pdf.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.8.2.7

 	
 The site set-up must be
 completed before MCI can order subloop pairs. For the site set-up in a
 BellSouth cross-connect box in the field, BellSouth will perform the
 necessary work to splice MCI’s cable into the cross-connect box. For the site
 set-up inside a building equipment room, BellSouth will perform the necessary
 work to install the cross-connect panel and the connecting block(s) that will
 be used to provide access to the requested USLs. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.8.2.8

 	
 Once the site set-up is
 complete, MCI will request subloop pairs through submission of a LSR form to
 the Local Carrier Service Center (LCSC). OC is required with USL pair
 provisioning when MCI requests reuse of an existing facility, and the OC
 charge shall be billed in addition to 

 

CCCS 68 of 501

Attachment 2

Network Elements & Other Services

Page 26

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 the USL pair rate. For
 expedite requests by MCI for subloop pairs, expedite charges will apply for
 intervals less than five (5) calendar days. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.8.3

 	
 Unbundled Network
 Terminating Wire (UNTW). 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.8.3.1

 	
 UNTW is unshielded twisted
 copper wiring that is used to extend circuits from an intra-building network
 cable terminal or from a building entrance terminal to an individual
 customer’s point of demarcation. It is the final portion of the Loop that in
 multi-subscriber configurations represents the point at which the network
 branches out to serve individual subscribers. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.8.3.2

 	
 This element will be
 provided in Multi-Dwelling Units (MDUs) and/or Multi-Tenants Units (MTUs)
 where BellSouth owns, controls or leases, but only to the extent BellSouth
 has control by virtue of such lease, wiring all the way to the customer’s
 premises. BellSouth shall not provide this element in locations where the
 property owner provides its own wiring to the customer’s premises or where a
 third party owns the wiring to the customer’s premises. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.8.3.3

 	
 Requirements 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.8.3.3.1

 	
 On a multi-unit premises,
 upon request of the other Party (Requesting Party), the Party owning the
 network terminating wire (Provisioning Party) will provide access to NTW
 pairs on an Access Terminal that is suitable for use by multiple carriers at
 each Garden Terminal or Wiring Closet. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.8.3.3.2

 	
 The Provisioning Party
 shall not be required to install new or additional NTW beyond existing NTW to
 provision the services of the Requesting Party. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.8.3.3.3

 	
 In existing MDUs and/or
 MTUs in which MCI does own or control wiring (NTW) to the customer’s
 premises, MCI will install NTW Access Terminals for BellSouth at no
 additional charge. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.8.3.3.3.1

 	
 In situations in which
 BellSouth activates a NTW pair, BellSouth will compensate MCI for each pair
 activated commensurate to the price specified in this Agreement. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.8.3.3.4

 	
 Upon receipt of the NTW SI
 requesting access to the Provisioning Party’s NTW pairs at a multi-unit premises, representatives of both
 Parties will participate in a meeting at the site of the requested access.
 The purpose of the site visit will include discussion of the procedures for
 installation and location of the Access Terminals. By request of the
 Requesting Party, an Access Terminal will be installed either adjacent to
 each of the Provisioning Party’s Garden Terminal or inside each Wiring
 Closet. The Requesting Party will deliver and connect its facilities to the
 NTW pairs within the Access Terminal. The Requesting Party may access any
 available pair on an Access Terminal. A pair is available when a pair is not
 being utilized to provide service or where the customer has requested a
 change in its local service provider to the Requesting Party. Prior to
 connecting the Requesting Party’s service on a pair previously used by the
 Provisioning Party, the Requesting Party is responsible for ensuring the
 customer is no longer using the Provisioning Party’s service or another
 CLEC’s service before accessing NTW pairs.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.8.3.3.5

 	
 Access Terminal
 installation intervals will be established on an individual case basis. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.8.3.3.6

 	
 The Requesting Party is
 responsible for obtaining the property owner’s permission for the
 Provisioning Party to install an Access Terminal(s) on behalf of the
 Requesting Party. The submission of the SI by the Requesting Party will serve
 as certification by the Requesting Party that such permission has been
 obtained. If the property owner objects to Access Terminal installations that
 are in progress or subsequent to completion and demands removal of Access 

 

CCCS 69 of 501

Attachment 2

Network Elements & Other Services

Page 27

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Terminals, the Requesting
 Party will be responsible for costs associated with removing Access Terminals
 and restoring the property to its original state prior to Access Terminals
 being installed. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.8.3.3.7

 	
 The Requesting Party shall
 indemnify and hold harmless the Provisioning Party against any claims of any
 kind that may arise out of the Requesting Party’s failure to obtain the
 property owner’s permission. The Requesting Party will be billed for NRCs and
 MRCs for accessing NTW pairs at the time the Requesting Party activates the
 pair(s). The Requesting Party will notify the Provisioning Party within five
 (5) business days of activating NTW pairs using the LSR form. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.8.3.3.8

 	
 If a trouble exists on a
 NTW pair, the Requesting Party may use an alternate spare pair that serves
 that customer if a spare pair is available. In such cases, the Requesting
 Party will re-terminate its existing jumper from the defective pair to the
 spare pair. Alternatively, the Requesting Party will isolate and report
 troubles in the manner specified by the Provisioning Party. The Requesting
 Party must tag the NTW pair that requires repair. If the Provisioning Party
 dispatches a technician on a reported trouble call and no NTW trouble is found,
 the Provisioning Party will charge the Requesting Party for time spent on the
 dispatch and testing the NTW pair(s). 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.8.3.3.9

 	
 If the Requesting Party
 initiates the Access Terminal installation and the Requesting Party has not
 activated at least ten (10) percent of the capacity of the Access Terminal
 installed pursuant to the Requesting Party’s request for an Access Terminal
 within six (6) months of installation of the Access Terminal, the
 Provisioning Party will bill the Requesting Party a NRC equal to the actual
 cost of the installation of the Access Terminal, not including the physical
 equipment. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.8.3.3.10

 	
 If the Provisioning Party
 determines that the Requesting Party is using the NTW pairs without reporting
 the activation of the pairs, the Requesting Party will be billed for the use
 of that pair back to the date the customer began receiving service from the
 Requesting Party at that location. Upon request, the Requesting Party will
 provide copies of its billing record to substantiate such date. If the
 Requesting Party fails to provide such records, then the Provisioning Party
 will bill the Requesting Party back to the date of the Access Terminal
 installation. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.8.4

 	
 Unbundled Loop
 Concentration. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.8.4.1

 	
 Upon the Effective Date of
 this Agreement, the Unbundled Loop Concentration (ULC) element will no longer
 be offered by BellSouth and no new orders for ULC will be accepted. Any
 existing ULCs that were provisioned prior to the Effective Date of this
 Agreement will be grandfathered at the rates set forth in the Parties’
 interconnection agreement that was in effect immediately prior to this
 Agreement and may remain until such time as they are disconnected by MCI, or
 BellSouth provides ninety (90) calendar days notice that such ULC must be terminated.
 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.8.5

 	
 Dark Fiber Loop. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.8.5.1

 	
 Dark Fiber Loop is an
 unused optical transmission facility, without attached signal regeneration,
 multiplexing, aggregation or other electronics, from the demarcation point at
 a customer’s premises to the customer’s serving wire center. Dark Fiber Loops
 may be strands of optical fiber existing in aerial or underground structure.
 BellSouth will not provide line terminating elements, regeneration or other
 electronics necessary for MCI to utilize Dark Fiber Loops. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.8.5.2

 	
 Transition for Dark Fiber
 Loop 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.8.5.2.1

 	
 For purposes of this
 Section 2.8.5, the Transition Period for Dark Fiber Loops is the eighteen
 (18) month period beginning March 11, 2005 and ending September 10, 2006 

 

CCCS 70 of 501

Attachment 2

Network Elements & Other Services

Page 28

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.8.5.2.2

 	
 For purposes of this
 Section 2.8.5, Embedded Base means Dark Fiber Loops that were in service for
 MCI as of March 10, 2005. Subsequent disconnects or loss of customer shall be
 removed from the Embedded Base. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.8.5.3

 	
 During the Transition
 Period only, BellSouth shall make available for the Embedded Base Dark Fiber
 Loops for MCI at the terms and conditions set forth in this Attachment. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.8.5.4

 	
 Notwithstanding the
 Effective Date of this Agreement, the rates for MCI’s Embedded Base of Dark
 Fiber Loops during the Transition Period shall be as set forth in Exhibit A. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.8.5.5

 	
 The Transition Period
 shall apply only to MCI’s Embedded Base and MCI shall not add new Dark Fiber
 Loops pursuant to this Agreement. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.8.5.6

 	
 Effective September 11,
 2006, Dark Fiber Loops will no longer be made available pursuant to this
 Agreement. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.8.5.7

 	
 No later than June 10,
 2006 MCI shall submit spreadsheet(s) identifying all of the Embedded Base of
 circuits to be either disconnected or converted to other BellSouth services
 as Conversions pursuant to Section 1.6. The Parties shall negotiate a project
 schedule for the Conversion of the Embedded Base. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.8.5.7.1

 	
 If MCI fails to submit the
 spreadsheet(s) specified in Section 2.8.5.7 above for all of its Embedded
 Base prior to June 10, 2006, BellSouth will identify MCI’s remaining Embedded
 Base, if any, and will transition such circuits to the equivalent tariffed
 BellSouth service(s). Those circuits identified and transitioned by BellSouth
 pursuant to this Section 2.8.5.7.1 shall be subject to all applicable
 disconnect charges as set forth in this Agreement and the full nonrecurring
 charges for installation of the equivalent tariffed BellSouth service as set
 forth in BellSouth’s tariffs. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.8.5.8

 	
 For Embedded Base circuits
 converted pursuant to Section 2.8.5.7 or transitioned pursuant to 2.8.5.7.1,
 the applicable recurring tariff charge shall apply to each circuit as of the
 earlier of the date each circuit is converted or transitioned, as applicable,
 or September 11, 2006.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.9

 	
 Loop
 Makeup 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.9.1

 	
 Description of
 Service-LMU. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.9.1.1

 	
 BellSouth shall make
 available to MCI LMU information so that MCI can make an independent judgment
 about whether the Loop is capable of supporting the advanced services
 equipment MCI intends to install and the services MCI wishes to provide. This
 Section addresses LMU as a preordering transaction, distinct from MCI
 ordering any other service(s). Loop Makeup Service Inquiries (LMUSI) and
 mechanized LMU queries for preordering LMU are likewise unique from other
 preordering functions with associated SIs as described in this Agreement. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.9.1.2

 	
 BellSouth will provide MCI
 LMU information consisting of the composition of the Loop material
 (copper/fiber); the existence, location and type of equipment on the Loop,
 including but not limited to digital Loop carrier or other remote
 concentration devices, feeder/distribution interfaces, bridged taps, load
 coils, pair-gain devices; the Loop length; the wire gauge and electrical
 parameters. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.9.1.3

 	
 BellSouth’s LMU
 information is provided to MCI as it exists either in BellSouth’s databases
 or in its hard copy facility records. BellSouth does not guarantee accuracy
 or reliability of the LMU information provided, but BellSouth shall provide
 the same information to MCI that is provides to itself. 

 

CCCS 71 of 501

Attachment 2

Network Elements & Other Services

Page 29

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.9.1.4

 	
 BellSouth’s provisioning
 of LMU information to the requesting CLEC for facilities is contingent upon
 either BellSouth or the requesting CLEC controlling the Loop(s) that serve
 the service location for which LMU information has been requested by the
 CLEC. The requesting CLEC is not authorized to receive LMU information on a
 facility used or controlled by another CLEC unless BellSouth receives a
 Letter of Authorization (LOA) from the voice CLEC (owner) or its authorized
 agent on the LMUSI submitted by the requesting CLEC. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.9.1.5

 	
 MCI may choose to use
 equipment that it deems will enable it to provide a certain type and level of
 service over a particular BellSouth Loop as long as that equipment does not
 disrupt other services on the BellSouth network. The determination shall be
 made solely by MCI and BellSouth shall not be liable in any way for the
 performance of the advanced data services provisioned over said Loop. For
 facilities reserved using a mechanized LMU or LMUSI, the specific Loop type
 (ADSL, HDSL, or otherwise) ordered on the LSR must match the LMU of the Loop
 reserved taking into consideration any requisite line conditioning. The LMU
 data is provided for informational purposes only and does not guarantee MCI’s
 ability to provide advanced data services over the ordered Loop type.
 Further, if MCI orders Loops that do not require a specific facility medium
 (i.e. copper only) or Loops that are not intended to support advanced
 services (such as UV-SL1, UV-SL2, or ISDN compatible Loops) and that are not
 inventoried as copper-only Loops, the LMU information for such Loops, other
 than copper only Loops (e.g., ADSL, UCL-ND, etc.) that support advanced
 services, is subject to change at any time due to modifications and/or
 upgrades to BellSouth’s network. MCI is fully responsible for any of its
 service configurations that may differ from BellSouth’s technical standard
 for the Loop type ordered. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.9.1.6

 	
 If BellSouth retires its
 copper facilities using 47 C.F.R § 52.325(a) requirements; or is required by
 a governmental agency or regulatory body to move or replace copper facilities
 as a maintenance procedure, BellSouth will notify MCI, according to the
 applicable network disclosure requirements. It will be MCI’s responsibility
 to move any service it may provide over such facilities to alternative
 facilities. If MCI fails to move the service to alternative facilities by the
 date in the network disclosure notice, BellSouth may terminate the service to
 complete the network change. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.9.2

 	
 Submitting Mechanized
 LMUs. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.9.2.1

 	
 MCI may obtain LMU
 information by submitting a mechanized LMU. Mechanized LMU should be
 submitted through BellSouth’s OSS interfaces. After obtaining the Loop
 information from the mechanized LMU process, if MCI needs further Loop
 information in order to determine Loop service capability, MCI may initiate a
 separate Manual LMUSI for a separate NRC as set forth in Exhibit A of this
 Attachment. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.9.2.2

 	
 Manual LMUSIs shall be
 submitted either by electronic mail to BellSouth’s Complex Resale Support
 Group (CRSG)/Account Team utilizing the Preordering Loop Makeup Service
 Inquiry form or via the Interconnection CLEC Enabler (ICE) web interface
 according to the guidelines in the LMU CLEC Information Package, incorporated
 herein by reference, as it may be amended from time to time, which can be
 found at the following BellSouth website: http://interconnection.bellsouth.com/guides/html/unes.html.
 The service interval for the return of a Manual LMUSI is three (3) business
 days. Manual LMUSIs are not subject to expedite requests. This service
 interval is distinct from the interval applied to the subsequent service
 order. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.9.3

 	
 Loop Reservations. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.9.3.1

 	
 For a Mechanized LMUSI,
 MCI may reserve up to ten (10) Loop facilities. For a Manual LMUSI, MCI may
 reserve up to three (3) Loop facilities. 

 

CCCS 72 of 501

Attachment 2

Network Elements & Other Services

Page 30

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.9.3.2

 	
 MCI may reserve facilities
 for up to four (4) business days for each facility requested through a
 mechanized LMU or LMUSI from the time the LMU information is returned to MCI.
 During and prior to MCI placing an LSR, the reserved facilities are rendered
 unavailable to other customers, including BellSouth. If MCI does not submit
 an LSR for a UNE service on a reserved facility within the four (4)-day
 reservation timeframe, the reservation of that spare facility will become
 invalid and the facility will be released. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.9.3.3

 	
 Charges for preordering
 Manual LMUSI or Mechanized LMU are separate from any charges associated with
 ordering other services from BellSouth. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.9.3.4

 	
 All LSRs issued for
 reserved facilities shall reference the facility reservation number as
 provided by BellSouth. MCI will not be billed any additional LMU charges for
 the Loop ordered on such LSR. If, however, MCI does not reserve facilities
 upon an initial LMUSI, MCI’s placement of an order for an advanced data
 service type facility will incur the appropriate billing charges to include
 SI and reservation per Exhibit A of this Attachment. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.9.3.5

 	
 Where MCI has reserved
 multiple Loop facilities on a single reservation, MCI may not specify which
 facility shall be provisioned when submitting the LSR. For those occasions,
 BellSouth will assign to MCI, subject to availability, a facility that meets
 the BellSouth technical standards of the BellSouth type Loop as ordered by
 MCI. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.10

 	
 Binder
 group management 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.10.1

 	
 Binder or Binder Group is
 defined as Copper pairs bundled together, generally in groups of twenty-five
 (25), fifty (50) or one hundred (100). 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.10.2

 	
 With the exception of
 Loops on which a known disturber is deployed, BellSouth shall not designate,
 segregate or reserve particular Loops or binder groups for use solely by any
 particular advanced services Loop technology. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.10.3

 	
 To the extent either Party
 seeks designation of a technology as a known disturber, that Party should
 file a petition for declaratory ruling with the FCC seeking such designation.
 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.11

 	
 Network
 Interference

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.11.1

 	
 BellSouth and MCI shall
 not knowingly deploy or maintain any circuits, facilities or equipment that: 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.11.1.1

 	
 Interferes with or impairs
 service over any facilities of the other Party or a third party, in excess of
 interference or impairment explicitly permitted by Applicable Law or national
 standards; 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.11.1.2

 	
 Causes damage to the other
 Party’s plant; 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.11.1.3

 	
 Creates unreasonable
 hazards to the other Party; 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.11.1.4

 	
 Compromises the privacy of
 any communications, unless otherwise authorized by tariffs or Applicable Law.
 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.11.2

 	
 BellSouth and MCI shall
 not rearrange, move, disconnect, remove or attempt to repair any facilities
 owned by the other Party, other than by connection or disconnection to any
 interface means used, except with the consent of that Party. Provided,
 however, that either Party, upon discovering an immediate threat of serious
 physical damage to property or injury to person, may take whatever measures
 that Party deems reasonably necessary to remove the threat. 

 

CCCS 73 of 501

Attachment 2

Network Elements & Other Services

Page 31

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.11.3

 	
 Each Party shall notify
 the other of situations that arise that may result in a service problem for
 the other Party. If either Party reasonably determines that any equipment or
 facilities of the other Party violates the provisions of Section 2.11.1, the
 determining Party shall give written notice to the other Party, which notice
 shall direct the other Party to cure the violation within forty-eight (48)
 hours. After receipt of the notice, the Parties agree to consult immediately
 and, if necessary, to inspect the arrangement. If the Parties determine that
 the violation cannot be cured within forty-eight (48) hours, at a minimum the
 curing Party shall commence curative measures within twenty-four (24) hours
 and exercise reasonable diligence to complete such measures as soon as
 possible thereafter. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3

 	
 Line
 Sharing 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.1

 	
 General 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.1.1

 	
 Line Sharing is defined as
 the process by which MCI provides digital subscriber line “xDSL” service over
 the same copper loop that BellSouth uses to provide Retail voice service,
 with BellSouth using the low frequency portion of the loop and MCI using the
 high frequency spectrum (as defined below) of the loop. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.1.2

 	
 Line Sharing arrangements
 in service as of October 1, 2003, under a prior Interconnection Agreement
 between BellSouth and MCI, will be grandfathered until the earlier of the
 date the customer discontinues or moves XDSL service with MCI. Grandfathered
 arrangements pursuant to this Section will be billed at the rates set forth
 in Exhibit A. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.1.3

 	
 No new line sharing
 arrangements may be ordered. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.1.4

 	
 Any Line Sharing
 arrangements placed in service between October 2, 2003 and October 1, 2004,
 and not otherwise terminated, shall terminate on October 2, 2006. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.1.5

 	
 The High Frequency
 Spectrum is defined as the frequency range above the voiceband on a copper loop
 facility carrying analog circuit-switched voiceband transmissions. Access to
 the High Frequency Spectrum is intended to allow MCI the ability to provide
 xDSL data services to the customer for which BellSouth provides voice
 services. The High Frequency Spectrum shall be available for any version of
 xDSL complying with Spectrum Management Class 5 of ANSI T1.417, American
 National Standard for Telecommunications, Spectrum Management for loop
 Transmission Systems. BellSouth will continue to have access to the low
 frequency portion of the loop spectrum (from 300 Hertz to at least 3000
 Hertz, and potentially up to 3400 Hertz, depending on equipment and
 facilities) for the purposes of providing voice service. MCI shall only use
 xDSL technology that is within the PSD mask for Spectrum Management Class 5
 as found in the above-mentioned document. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.1.6

 	
 Access to the High
 Frequency Spectrum requires an unloaded, 2-wire copper loop. An unloaded loop
 is a copper loop with no load coils, low-pass filters, range extenders,
 DAMLs, or similar devices and minimal bridged taps consistent with ANSI
 T1.413 and T1.601. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.1.7

 	
 BellSouth will provide
 Loop Modification to MCI on an existing loop for Line Sharing in accordance
 with procedures as specified in Section 2 of this Attachment. BellSouth is
 not required to modify a loop for access to the High Frequency spectrum if
 modification of that loop significantly degrades BellSouth’s voice service.
 If MCI requests that BellSouth modify a loop and such modification significantly
 degrades the voice services on the loop, MCI shall pay for the loop to be
 restored to its original state. 

 

CCCS 74 of 501

Attachment 2

Network Elements & Other Services

Page 32

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.1.8

 	
 Line Sharing shall only be
 available on loops on which BellSouth is also providing, and continues to
 provide, analog voice service directly to the customer. In the event the
 customer terminates its BellSouth provided voice service for any reason, or
 in the event BellSouth disconnects the customer’s voice service pursuant to
 its tariffs or applicable law, and MCI desires to continue providing xDSL
 service on such loop, MCI or the new voice provider, shall be required to
 purchase a full stand-alone loop UNE. To the extent commercially reasonable,
 BellSouth shall give MCI notice in a reasonable time prior to disconnect. In
 those cases in which BellSouth no longer provides voice service to the
 customer and MCI purchases the full stand-alone loop, MCI may elect the type
 of loop it will purchase. MCI will pay the appropriate MRC and NRC rates for
 such loop as set forth in Exhibit A to this Attachment. In the event MCI
 purchases a voice grade loop, MCI acknowledges that such loop may not remain
 xDSL compatible. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.1.9

 	
 In the event the customer
 terminates its BellSouth provided voice service, and MCI requests BellSouth
 to convert the Line Sharing arrangement to a Line Splitting arrangement (see
 below), BellSouth will discontinue billing MCI for the High Frequency
 Spectrum and begin billing the voice CLEC. BellSouth will continue to bill the
 Data LEC for all associated splitter charges if the Data LEC continues to use
 a BellSouth splitter. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.1.10

 	
 Only one CLEC shall be
 permitted access to the High Frequency Spectrum of any particular loop. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.1.11

 	
 After the transition
 period, any new customer must be served through a line splitting arrangement,
 through use of stand-alone copper loop, or through an arrangement that a
 competitive LEC has negotiated with the incumbent LEC to replace line
 sharing. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.1.12

 	
 Once BellSouth has placed
 cross-connects on behalf of MCI and MCI chooses to rearrange its splitter or
 CLEC pairs, MCI may order Subsequent Activity. BellSouth will bill and MCI
 shall pay the Subsequent Activity charges as set forth in Exhibit A of this
 Attachment. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.1.13

 	
 BellSouth will provide MCI
 the LSR format to be used when ordering the High Frequency Spectrum. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.2

 	
 Maintenance
 and Repair – Line Sharing

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.2.1

 	
 MCI shall have access for
 test purposes to any Loop for which it has access to the High Frequency
 Spectrum. MCI may test from the collocation space, the Termination Point or
 the NID. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.2.2

 	
 BellSouth will be
 responsible for repairing voice services and the physical line between the
 NID and the Termination Point. MCI will be responsible for repairing its data
 services. Each Party will be responsible for maintaining its own equipment. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.2.3

 	
 MCI shall inform its
 customers to direct data problems to MCI, unless both voice and data services
 are impaired, in which event MCI should direct the customers to contact
 BellSouth. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.2.4

 	
 Once a Party has isolated
 a trouble to the other Party’s portion of the Loop, the Party isolating the
 trouble shall notify the customer that the trouble is on the other Party’s
 portion of the Loop. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.2.5

 	
 Notwithstanding anything
 else to the contrary in this Agreement, when BellSouth receives a voice
 trouble and isolates the trouble to the physical collocation arrangement
 belonging to MCI, BellSouth will notify MCI, and bill MCI accordingly. If
 BellSouth reports a trouble to MCI for the High Frequency Spectrum on the
 Loop, and no trouble actually exists within MCI’s portion of the network, MCI
 may charge BellSouth, and BellSouth shall pay, for any dispatching and 

 

CCCS 75 of 501

Attachment 2

Network Elements & Other Services

Page 33

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 testing (both inside and
 outside the central office) required by MCI in order to confirm the trouble
 is not within MCI’s portion of the network. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.3

 	
 Line
 Splitting 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.1

 	
 Line Splitting shall mean
 that a provider of data services (a Data LEC) and a provider of voice
 services (a Voice CLEC) deliver voice and data service to customers over the
 same Loop. The Voice CLEC and Data LEC may be the same or different carriers.
 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.2

 	
 In the event MCI provides
 its own switching or obtains switching from a third party, MCI may engage in
 line splitting arrangements with another CLEC using a splitter, provided by
 MCI or a third party, in a Collocation Arrangement at the central office,
 where the Loop terminates into a distribution frame or its equivalent. The
 Collocation arrangement may include direct cabling via a co-carrier
 cross-connect installed between MCI’s and the other CLEC’s or DLEC’s
 collocation space and/or cross-connects using the CLEC’s and/or DLEC’s
 existing CFAs assigned to the collocation space. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.3

 	
 MCI shall provide
 BellSouth with a signed LOA between it and the Data LEC or Voice CLEC with
 which it desires to provision Line Splitting services, if MCI will not
 provide voice and data services. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.4

 	
 Provisioning
 Line Splitting and Splitter Space. The Data LEC, Voice CLEC or BellSouth may provide the splitter.
 When MCI or its authorized agent owns the splitter, Line Splitting requires
 the following: a non-designed analog Loop from the serving wire center to the
 NID at the customer’s location; a collocation cross-connection connecting the
 Loop to the collocation space; a second collocation cross-connection from the
 collocation space connected to a voice port; the high frequency spectrum line
 activation, and a splitter. When BellSouth owns the splitter, Line Splitting
 requires the following: a non designed analog Loop from the serving wire
 center to the NID at the customer’s location with CFA and splitter port
 assignments, and a collocation cross-connection from the collocation space
 connected to a voice port. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.4.1

 	
 An unloaded 2-wire copper
 Loop must serve the customer. The meet point for the Voice CLEC and the Data
 LEC is the point of termination on the MDF for the Data LEC’s cable and
 pairs. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.4.2

 	
 The foregoing procedures
 are applicable to migration from a UNE-P arrangement to Line Splitting
 Service. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.5

 	
 Ordering
 – Line Splitting.
 MCI shall use BellSouth’s LSOD to order splitters from BellSouth and to
 activate and deactivate DS0 Collocation CFA for use with Line Splitting. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.5.1

 	
 BellSouth’s Local Ordering
 Handbook (LOH) shall provide MCI the LSR format to be used when ordering Line
 Splitting service. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.5.2

 	
 BellSouth will provision
Line Splitting service in compliance with BellSouth’s Products and Services
Interval Guide available at the website at
http://www.interconnection.bellsouth.com  

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.5.3

 	
 BellSouth will provide MCI
 access to Preordering LMU in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
 BellSouth shall bill and MCI shall pay the rates for such services as
 described in Exhibit A. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.5.4

 	
 BellSouth will provide
 Loop modification to MCI on an existing Loop in accordance with procedures
 developed in the Line Sharing Collaborative. High Frequency Spectrum (CO
 Based) Unbundled Loop Modification is a separate distinct service from
 Unbundled Loop Modification 

 

CCCS 76 of 501

Attachment 2

Network Elements & Other Services

Page 34

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 set forth in Section 2.5
 of this Attachment. Procedures for High Frequency Spectrum (CO Based)
 Unbundled Loop Modification may be found on the web at: http://www.interconnection.bellsouth.com/html/unes.html.
 Nonrecurring rates for this offering are as set forth in Exhibit A of this
 Attachment. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.6

 	
 CLEC Provided Splitter –
 Line Splitting 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.6.1

 	
 To order High Frequency
 Spectrum on a particular Loop, MCI must have a DSLAM collocated in the
 central office that serves the customer of such Loop. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.6.2

 	
 MCI must provide its own
 splitters in a central office and have installed its DSLAM in that central
 office. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.6.3

 	
 MCI may purchase, install
 and maintain central office POTS splitters in its collocation arrangements.
 MCI may use such splitters for access to its customers and to provide digital
 subscriber line services to its customers using the High Frequency Spectrum.
 Existing Collocation rules and procedures and the terms and conditions
 relating to Collocation set forth in Attachment 4-Central Office shall apply.
 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.6.4

 	
 Any splitters installed by
 MCI in its collocation arrangement shall comply with ANSI T1.413, Annex E, or
 any future ANSI splitter Standards. MCI may install any splitters that
 BellSouth deploys or permits to be deployed for itself or any BellSouth
 affiliate. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.7

 	
 Maintenance
 - Line Splitting. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.7.1

 	
 BellSouth will be
 responsible for repairing voice troubles and the troubles with the physical
 Loop between the NID at the customer’s premises and the termination point. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.7.2

 	
 MCI shall indemnify,
 defend and hold harmless BellSouth from and against any claims, losses,
 actions, causes of action, suits, demands, damages, injury, and costs
 including reasonable attorney fees, which arise out of actions related to the
 other service provider, except to the extent caused by BellSouth’s gross
 negligence or willful misconduct. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.7.3

 	
 MCI may designate a third
 Party to issue MCI’s orders if MCI has a LOA on file with BellSouth
 authorizing the third Party to issue orders on its behalf. The orders will be
 provisioned in the same manner as if MCI issued the orders. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 4

 	
 Unbundled
 Network Element Combinations 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 4.1

 	
 For purposes of this
 Section, references to “Currently Combined” Network Elements shall mean that
 the particular Network Elements requested by MCI are in fact already combined
 by BellSouth in the BellSouth network. References to “Ordinarily Combined”
 Network Elements shall mean that the particular Network Elements requested by
 MCI are not already combined by BellSouth in the location requested by MCI
 but are elements that are typically combined in BellSouth’s network.
 References to “Not Typically Combined” Network Elements shall mean that the
 particular Network Elements requested by MCI are not elements that BellSouth
 combines for its use in its network. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 4.1.1

 	
 Except as otherwise set
 forth in this Agreement, upon request, BellSouth shall perform the functions
 necessary to combine Network Elements in any manner, even if those elements
 are not ordinarily combined in BellSouth’s network, provided that such
 Combination is technically 

 

CCCS 77 of 501

Attachment 2

Network Elements & Other Services

Page 35

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 feasible and will not
 undermine the ability of other carriers to obtain access to Network Elements
 or to interconnect with BellSouth’s network. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 4.1.2

 	
 To the extent MCI requests
 a Combination for which BellSouth does not have methods and procedures in
 place to provide such Combination, rates and/or methods or procedures for
 such Combination will be developed pursuant to the BFR process. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5

 	
 Enhanced
 Extended Links (EELs) 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.1.1

 	
 EELs are combinations of
 Loops and Dedicated Transport as defined in this Attachment, together with
 any facilities, equipment, or functions necessary to combine those Network
 Elements, BellSouth shall provide MCI with EELs where the underlying Network
 Elements are available and are required to be provided pursuant to this
 Agreement and in all instances where the requesting carrier meets the
 eligibility requirements, if applicable.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.1.2

 	
 High-capacity EELs are (1)
 combinations of Loop and Dedicated Transport, (2) Dedicated Transport
 commingled with a wholesale loop, or (3) a loop commingled with wholesale
 transport at the DS1 and/or DS3 level as described in 47 C.F.R. § 51.318(b).

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.1.3

 	
 By placing an order for a
 high-capacity EEL, MCI thereby certifies that the service eligibility
 criteria set forth herein are met for access to a converted high-capacity
 EEL, a new high-capacity EEL, or part of a high-capacity commingled EEL as a
 UNE. BellSouth shall have the right to audit MCI’s high-capacity EELs as
 specified below. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.1.4

 	
 Service Eligibility
 Criteria. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.1.4.1

 	
 High capacity EELs must comply
 with the following service eligibility requirements. MCI must certify for
 each high-capacity EEL that all of the following service eligibility criteria
 are met: 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.1.4.2

 	
 MCI has received state
 certification to provide local voice service in the area being served or, in
 the absence of a state certification requirement, has complied with
 registration, tariffing, filing fee, or other regulatory requirements
 applicable to the provision of local voice service in that area. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.1.4.3

 	
 For each combined circuit,
 including each DS1 circuit, each DS1 EEL, and each DS1-equivalent circuit on
 a DS3 EEL: 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.1.4.3.1

 	
 Each circuit to be
 provided to each customer will be assigned a local number prior to the
 provision of service over that circuit; 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.1.4.3.2

 	
 Each DS1-equivalent
 circuit on a DS3 EEL must have its own local number assignment, so that each
 DS3 must have at least twenty-eight (28) local voice numbers assigned to it; 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.1.4.3.3

 	
 Each circuit to be
 provided to each customer will have 911 or E911 capability prior to the
 provision of service over that circuit; 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.1.4.3.4

 	
 Each circuit to be
 provided to each customer will terminate in a collocation arrangement that
 meets the requirements of Section 5.1.5.1; 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.1.4.3.5

 	
 Each circuit to be provided
 to each customer will be served by an interconnection trunk over which MCI
 will transmit the calling party’s number in connection with calls exchanged
 over the trunk; 

 

CCCS 78 of 501

Attachment 2

Network Elements & Other Services

Page 36

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.1.4.3.6

 	
 For each twenty-four (24)
 DS1 EELs or other facilities having equivalent capacity, MCI will have at
 least one (1) active DS1 local service interconnection trunk over which MCI
 will transmit the calling party’s number in connection with calls exchanged
 over the trunk; and 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.1.4.3.7

 	
 Each circuit to be
 provided to each customer will be served by a switch capable of switching
 local voice traffic. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.1.5

 	
 A collocation arrangement
 meets the requirements of Section 5.1.4.3.4 if it is: 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.1.5.1

 	
 Established pursuant to 47
 USC 251(c)(6) and located at a BellSouth premises within the same LATA as the
 customer premises, when BellSouth is not the collocator; and 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.1.5.2

 	
 Located at a third party’s
 premises within he same LATA as the customer premises, when BellSouth is the
 collocator. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.1.6

 	
 By placing an order for an
 EEL, MCI shall be deemed to have made the certification requirement of
 Section 5.1.4. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.1.7

 	
 BellSouth may, on an
 annual basis, audit MCI’s records in order to verify compliance with the
 qualifying service eligibility criteria. The audit shall be conducted by a
 third party independent auditor, and the audit must be performed in
 accordance with the standards established by the American Institute for
 Certified Public Accountants (AICPA). To the extent the independent auditor’s
 report concludes that MCI failed to comply with the service eligibility
 criteria, MCI must true-up any difference in payments, convert all
 noncompliant circuits to the appropriate service, and make the correct
 payments on a going-forward basis. In the event the auditor’s report
 concludes that MCI did not comply in any material respect with the service
 eligibility criteria, MCI shall reimburse BellSouth for the cost of the
 independent auditor. To the extent the auditor’s report concludes that MCI
 did comply in all material respects with the service eligibility criteria,
 BellSouth will reimburse MCI for its reasonable and demonstrable costs
 associated with the audit. MCI will maintain appropriate documentation to
 support its certifications. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.1.8

 	
 Nothing in this Agreement
 shall be construed to be a waiver by BellSouth of any termination liabilities
 in its special access tariffs. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6

 	
 Dedicated
 Transport and Dark Fiber Transport 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.1

 	
 Dedicated Transport. Dedicated Transport is defined as
 BellSouth’s transmission facilities between wire centers or switches owned by
 BellSouth, or between wire centers or switches owned by BellSouth and
 switches owned by MCI, including but not limited to DS1, DS3 and OCn level
 services, as well as dark fiber, dedicated to MCI. BellSouth shall not be
 required to provide access to OCn level Dedicated Transport under any
 circumstances pursuant to this Agreement.

In addition, except as set forth in
 Section 6.2 below, BellSouth shall not be required to provide to MCI
 unbundled access to interoffice transmission facilities that do not connect a
 pair of wire centers or switches owned by BellSouth (“Entrance Facilities”). 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.2

 	
 Transition for DS1 and DS3
 Dedicated Transport Including DS1and DS3 Entrance Facilities 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.2.1

 	
 For purposes of this
 Section 6.2, the Transition Period for the Embedded Base of DS1 and DS3
 Dedicated Transport Embedded Base of Entrance Facilities and for Excess DS1
 and DS3 Dedicated Transport is the twelve (12) month period beginning March
 11, 2005 and ending March 10, 2006. 

 

CCCS 79 of 501

Attachment 2

Network Elements & Other Services

Page 37

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.2.2

 	
 For purposes of this
 Section 6.2, Embedded Base means DS1 and DS3 Dedicated Transport that were in
 service for MCI as of March 10, 2005, in those wire centers that, as of such
 date, met the criteria set forth in 6.2.4.1 or 6.2.4.2. Subsequent
 disconnects or loss of customers shall be removed from the Embedded Base. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.2.2.1

 	
 For purposes of this
 Section 6.2, Embedded Base Entrance Facilities means Entrance Facilities that
 were in service for MCI as of March 10, 2005. Subsequent disconnects or loss
 of customers shall be removed from the Embedded Base. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.2.2.2

 	
 For purposes of this
 Section 6.2, Excess DS1 and DS3 Dedicated Transport means those MCI DS1 and
 DS3 Dedicated Transport facilities in service as of March 10, 2005, in excess
 of the caps set forth in Section 6.2.4. Subsequent disconnects and loss of
 customers shall be removed from Excess DS1 and DS3 Loops. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.2.3

 	
 For purposes of this
 Section 6.2, a Business Line is as defined in 47 C.F.R. § 51.5. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.2.4

 	
 Notwithstanding anything
 to the contrary in this Agreement, and except as set forth in Section 6.2.12,
 for MCI’s Embedded Base only, BellSouth shall make available Dedicated Transport
 as described in this Section 6.2 during the Transition Period: 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.2.4.1

 	
 DS1 Dedicated Transport
 where both wire centers at the end points of the route contain 38,000 or more
 Business Lines or four (4) or more fiber-based collocators. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.2.4.2

 	
 DS3 Dedicated Transport
 where both wire centers at the end points of the route contain 24,000 or more
 Business Lines or three (3) or more fiber-based collocators. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.2.5

 	
 Intentionally Omitted

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.2.6

 	
 Notwithstanding anything
 to the contrary in this Agreement, BellSouth shall make available Entrance
 Facilities only for MCI’s Embedded Base Entrance Facilities and only during
 the Transition Period 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.2.7

 	
 Notwithstanding the
 Effective Date of this Agreement, during the Transition Period, the rates for
 MCI’s Embedded Base of DS1 and DS3 Dedicated Transport and for MCI’s Excess
 DS1 and DS3 Dedicated Transport as described in this Section 6.2 shall be as
 set forth in Exhibit B and the rates for MCI’s Embedded Base Entrance
 Facilities as described in this Section 6.2 shall be as set forth in Exhibit
 A. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.2.8

 	
 The Transition Period
 shall apply only to (1) MCI’s Embedded Base and Embedded Base Entrance
 Facilities; and (2) MCI’s Excess DS1 and DS3 Dedicated Transport. Further,
 MCI shall not add new DS1 or DS3 Dedicated Transport as described in this
 Section 6.2 pursuant to this Agreement, except pursuant to the
 self-certification process as set forth in Section 1.8 of this Attachment and
 as set forth in Section 6.2.12. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.2.9

 	
 Once a wire center exceeds
 either of the thresholds set forth in this Section 6.2.4.1 or 6.2.4.2, no
 future DS1 Dedicated Transport unbundling will be required in that wire
 center. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.2.10

 	
 Once a wire center exceeds
 either of the thresholds set forth in Section 6.2.4.2, no future DS3
 Dedicated Transport will be required in that wire center. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.2.11

 	
 No later than December 9,
 2005, MCI shall submit spreadsheet(s) identifying all of the Embedded Base of
 circuits, Embedded Base Entrance Facilities and Excess DS1 and DS3 Dedicated
 Transport to be either disconnected or converted to other BellSouth services
 pursuant 

 

CCCS 80 of 501

Attachment 2

Network Elements & Other Services

Page 38

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 to Section 1.6. The
 Parties shall negotiate a project schedule for the Conversion of the Embedded
 Base, Embedded Base Entrance Facilities and Excess DS1 and DS3 Dedicated
 Transport. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.2.11.1

 	
 If MCI fails to submit the
 spreadsheet(s) specified in Section 6.2.11 above for all of its Embedded Base
 and Embedded Base Entrance Facilities and Excess DS1 and DS3 Dedicated
 Transport prior to December 9, 2005, BellSouth
 will identify MCI’s remaining Embedded Base and Embedded Base Entrance
 Facilities and Excess DS1 and DS3 Dedicated Transport, if any, and will
 transition such circuits to the equivalent tariffed BellSouth service(s).
 Those circuits identified and transitioned by BellSouth pursuant to this
 Section 6.2.11.1 shall be subject to all applicable disconnect charges as set
 forth in this Agreement and the full non-recurring charges for installation
 of the equivalent tariffed BellSouth service as set forth in BellSouth’s
 tariffs. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.2.11.2

 	
 For Embedded Base
 circuits, Embedded Base Entrance Facilities and Excess DS1 and DS3 Dedicated
 Transport converted pursuant to Section 6.2.11 or transitioned pursuant to
 6.2.11.1, the applicable recurring tariff charge shall apply to each circuit
 as of the earlier of the date each circuit is converted or transitioned, as
 applicable, or March 11, 2006. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.2.12

 	
 Modifications and Updates
 to the Wire Center List and Subsequent Transition Periods 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.2.12.1

 	
 In the event BellSouth
 identifies additional wire centers that meet the criteria set forth in
 Section 6.2.4, but that were not included in the Initial Wire Center List,
 BellSouth shall include such additional wire centers in a carrier
 notification letter (“CNL”). Each such list of additional wire centers shall
 be considered a “Subsequent Wire Center List”. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.2.12.2

 	
 For FLORIDA, GEORGIA,
 NORTH CAROLINA and TENNESSEE, effective ten (10) business days after the date
 of a BellSouth CNL providing a Subsequent Wire Center List that includes one
 (1) or more additional wire centers, BellSouth shall not be required to
 unbundle DS1 and/or DS3 Dedicated Transport, as applicable, in such
 additional wire center(s), except pursuant to the self-certification process
 as set forth in Section 1.8 of this Attachment. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 For ALABAMA, KENTUCKY,
 LOUISIANA, MISSISSIPPI and SOUTH CAROLINA, effective ten (10) business days
 after the date of a BellSouth CNL providing a Subsequent Wire Center List
 that includes one (1) or more additional wire centers, BellSouth shall not be
 required to unbundle DS1 and/or DS3 Dedicated Transport, as applicable, in
 such additional wire center(s), except pursuant to the self-certification
 process as set forth in Section 1.8 of this Attachment. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.2.12.3

 	
 For purposes of Section
 6.2.12, BellSouth shall make available DS1 and DS3 Dedicated Transport that
 was in service for MCI in a wire center on the Subsequent Wire Center List as
 of the tenth (10th) business day after the date of BellSouth’s CNL
 identifying the Subsequent Wire Center List (Subsequent Embedded Base) until
 ninety (90) days after the tenth (10th) business day from the date
 of BellSouth’s CNL identifying the Subsequent Wire Center List (Subsequent
 Transition Period). 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.2.12.4

 	
 Subsequent disconnects or
 loss of customers shall be removed from the Subsequent Embedded Base. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.2.12.5

 	
 The rates set forth in
 Exhibit B shall apply to the Subsequent Embedded Base during the Subsequent
 Transition Period. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.2.12.6

 	
 No later than forty (40)
 days from BellSouth’s CNL identifying the Subsequent Wire Center List MCI
 shall submit a spreadsheet(s) identifying the Subsequent Embedded Base of
 circuits to be 

 

CCCS 81 of 501

Attachment 2

Network Elements & Other Services

Page 39

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 disconnected or converted
 to other BellSouth services. The Parties shall negotiate a project schedule
 for the Conversion of the Subsequent Embedded Base. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.2.12.6.1

 	
 If MCI fails to submit the
 spreadsheet(s) specified in Section 6.2.12.6 above for all of its Subsequent
 Embedded Base, within forty (40) days after the date of BellSouth’s CNL
 identifying the Subsequent Wire Center List, BellSouth will identify MCI’s
 remaining Subsequent Embedded Base, if any, and will transition such circuits
 to the equivalent tariffed BellSouth service(s). Those circuits identified
 and transitioned by BellSouth shall be subject to the applicable disconnect
 charges as set forth in this Agreement and the full non-recurring charges for
 installation of the equivalent tariffed BellSouth service as set forth in
 BellSouth’s tariffs. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.2.12.6.2

 	
 For Subsequent Embedded
 Base circuits converted pursuant to Section 6.2.12.6 or transitioned pursuant
 to Section 6.2.12.6.1, the applicable recurring tariff charges shall apply as
 of the earlier of the date each circuit is converted or transitioned, as
 applicable, or the first day after the end of the Subsequent Transition
 Period 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.3

 	
 BellSouth shall: 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.3.1

 	
 Provide MCI exclusive use
 of Dedicated Transport to a particular customer or carrier, 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.3.2

 	
 Provide all technically
 feasible features, functions, and capabilities of Dedicated Transport as
 outlined within the technical requirements within this Section; 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.3.3

 	
 Permit, to the extent
 technically feasible, MCI to connect such interoffice facilities to equipment
 designated by MCI, including but not limited to, MCI’s collocated facilities;
 and 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.3.4

 	
 Permit, to the extent
 technically feasible, MCI to obtain the functionality provided by BellSouth’s
 digital cross-connect systems. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.4

 	
 BellSouth shall offer
 Dedicated Transport: 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.4.1

 	
 As capacity on a shared
 facility; and 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.4.2

 	
 As a circuit (i.e., DS0,
 DS1, DS3, STS-1) dedicated to MCI. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.5

 	
 Dedicated Transport may be
 provided over facilities such as optical fiber, copper twisted pair, and
 coaxial cable, and shall include transmission equipment such as line
 terminating equipment, amplifiers, and regenerators. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.6

 	
 MCI may obtain a maximum
 of ten (10) unbundled DS1 Dedicated Transport circuits or twelve (12)
 unbundled DS3 Dedicated Transport circuits, or their equivalent, on each
 route where the respective Dedicated Transport is available as a Network
 Element. A route is defined as a transmission path between one of BellSouth’s
 wire centers or switches and another of BellSouth’s wire centers or switches.
 A route between two (2) points may pass through one or more intermediate wire
 centers or switches. Transmission paths between identical end points are the
 same “route”, irrespective of whether they pass through the same intermediate
 wire centers or switches, if any. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.7

 	
 Technical Requirements. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.7.1

 	
 BellSouth shall offer DS0
 equivalent interface transmission rates for DS0 or voice grade Dedicated
 Transport. For DS1 or DS3 circuits, Dedicated Transport shall at a minimum
 meet the performance, availability, jitter, and delay requirements specified
 for Customer Interface to Central Office (CI to CO) connections in the
 applicable industry standards. 

 

CCCS 82 of 501

Attachment 2

Network Elements & Other Services

Page 40

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.7.2

 	
 BellSouth shall offer the
 following interface transmission rates for Dedicated Transport. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.7.2.1

 	
 DS0 Equivalent; 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.7.2.2

 	
 DS1; 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.7.2.3

 	
 DS3; and 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.7.2.4

 	
 SDH (Synchronous Digital
 Hierarchy) Standard interface rates are in accordance with International
 Telecommunications Union (ITU) Recommendation G.707 and Plesiochronous
 Digital Hierarchy (PDH) rates per ITU Recommendation G.704. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.7.3

 	
 BellSouth shall design
 Dedicated Transport according to its network infrastructure. MCI shall
 specify the termination points for Dedicated Transport. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.7.4

 	
 At a minimum, Dedicated
 Transport shall meet each of the requirements set forth in the applicable
 industry technical references. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.8

 	
 BellSouth Technical References:
 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.8.1

 	
 TR-TSY-000191 Alarm
 Indication Signals Requirements and Objectives, Issue 1, May 1986. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.8.2

 	
 TR 73501 LightGateService
 Interface and Performance Specifications, Issue D, June 1995. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.8.3

 	
 TR 73525 MegaLinkService,
 MegaLink Channel Service and MegaLink Plus Service Interface and Performance
 Specifications, Issue C, May 1996. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.9

 	
 Unbundled Channelization
 (Multiplexing).

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.9.1

 	
 To the extent that MCI is
 purchasing DS1 or DS3 or STS-1 Dedicated Transport pursuant to this Agreement,
 Unbundled Channelization (UC) provides the optional multiplexing capability
 that will allow a DS1 (1.544 Mbps) or DS3 (44.736 Mbps) or STS-1 (51.84 Mbps)
 Network Elements to be multiplexed or channelized at a BellSouth central
 office. Channelization can be accomplished through the use of a multiplexer
 or a digital cross-connect system at the discretion of BellSouth. Once UC has
 been installed, MCI may request channel activation on a channelized facility
 and BellSouth shall connect the requested facilities via COCIs. The COCI must
 be compatible with the lower capacity facility and ordered with the lower
 capacity facility. The BellSouth offices in which UC is available are listed
 in NECA 4. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.9.2

 	
 BellSouth shall make
 available the following channelization systems and interfaces:

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.9.2.1

 	
 DS1 Channelization System:
 channelizes a DS1 signal into a maximum of twenty-four (24) DS0s. The
 following COCI are available: Voice Grade, Digital Data and ISDN.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.9.2.2

 	
 DS3 Channelization System:
 channelizes a DS3 signal into a maximum of twenty-eight (28) DS1s. A DS1 COCI
 is available with this system. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.9.2.3

 	
 STS-1 Channelization
 System: channelizes a STS-1 signal into a maximum of twenty-eight (28) DS1s.
 A DS1 COCI is available with this system. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.10

 	
 Technical Requirements. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.10.1

 	
 In order to assure proper
 operation with BellSouth provided central office multiplexing functionality,
 MCI’s channelization equipment must adhere strictly to form and protocol 

 

CCCS 83 of 501

Attachment 2

Network Elements & Other Services

Page 41

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 standards. MCI must also
 adhere to such applicable industry standards for the multiplex channel bank,
 for voice frequency encoding, for various signaling schemes, and for sub rate
 digital access. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.11

 	
 Dark Fiber Transport. Dark Fiber Transport is defined as
 Dedicated Transport that consists of unactivated optical interoffice
 transmission facilities without attached signal regeneration, multiplexing,
 aggregation or other electronics. Except as set forth in Section 6.11.1 below,
 BellSouth shall not be required to provide access to Dark Fiber Transport
 Entrance Facilities pursuant to this Agreement. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.11.1

 	
 Transition for Dark Fiber
 Transport and Dark Fiber Transport Entrance Facilities 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.11.1.1

 	
 For purposes of this Section
 6.11, the Transition Period for the Embedded Base of Dark Fiber Transport is
 the eighteen (18) month period beginning March 11, 2005 and ending September
 10, 2006. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.11.1.2

 	
 For purposes of this
 Section 6.11, Embedded Base means Dark Fiber Transport that was in service
 for MCI as of March 10, 2005 in those wire centers that, as of such date, met
 the criteria set forth in 6.9.1.4.1. Subsequent disconnects or loss of
 customers shall be removed from the Embedded Base.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.11.1.3

 	
 For purposes of this
 Section 6.11, a Business Line is as defined in 47 C.F.R. § 51.5. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.11.1.4

 	
 Notwithstanding anything
 to the contrary in this Agreement, BellSouth shall make available Dark Fiber
 Transport as described in this Section 6.11 only for MCI’s Embedded Base
 during the Transition Period: 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.11.1.4.1

 	
 Dark Fiber Transport where
 both wire centers at the end points of the route contain 24,000 or more
 Business Lines or three (3) or more fiber-based collocators. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.11.1.5

 	
 Notwithstanding the
 Effective Date of this Agreement, during the Transition Period, the rates for
 MCI’s Embedded Base of Dark Fiber Transport as described in Section 6.11.1.1
 shall be as set forth in Exhibit B and the rates for MCI’s Embedded Base of
 Dark Fiber Transport Entrance Facilities as described in Section 6.11.1 shall
 be as set forth in Exhibit A. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.11.1.6

 	
 The Transition Period
 shall apply only to MCI’s Embedded Base of Dark Fiber Transport and Dark
 Fiber Entrance Facilities. MCI shall not add new Dark Fiber Transport as
 described in this Section 6.11 except pursuant to the self-certification
 process as set forth in Section 1.8 of this Attachment and as set forth in
 Section 6.11.1.10 below. Further, MCI shall not add new Dark Fiber Entrance
 Facilities pursuant to this Agreement. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.11.1.7

 	
 Once a wire center exceeds
 either of the thresholds set forth in Section 6.11.1.4.1, no future Dark
 Fiber Transport unbundling will be required in that wire center. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.11.1.8

 	
 No later than June 10,
 2006 MCI shall submit spreadsheet(s) identifying all of the Embedded Base of
 Dark Fiber Transport and Dark Fiber Entrance Facilities to be either
 disconnected or converted to other BellSouth services as Conversions pursuant
 to Section 1.6. The Parties shall negotiate a project schedule for the Conversion
 of the Embedded Base. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.11.1.8.1

 	
 If MCI fails to submit the
 spreadsheet(s) specified in Section 6.11.1.8 above for all of its Embedded
 Base prior to June 10, 2006, BellSouth will identify MCI’s remaining Embedded
 Base, if any, and will transition such circuits to the equivalent tariffed
 BellSouth service(s). Those circuits identified and transitioned by BellSouth
 pursuant to this Section 6.11.1.8.1 shall be subject to all applicable
 disconnect charges as set forth in this Agreement and the full 

 

CCCS 84 of 501

Attachment 2

Network Elements & Other Services

Page 42

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 nonrecurring charges for
 installation of the equivalent tariffed BellSouth service as set forth in
 BellSouth’s tariffs. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.11.1.8

 	
 For Embedded Base circuits
 converted pursuant to Section 6.11.1.8 or transitioned pursuant to
 6.11.1.8.1, the applicable recurring tariff charge shall apply to each
 circuit as of the earlier of the date each circuit is converted or
 transitioned, as applicable, or September 11, 2006.. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.11.1.9

 	
 Modifications and Updates
 to the Wire Center List and Subsequent Transition Periods 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.11.1.9.1

 	
 In the event BellSouth
 identifies additional wire centers that meet the criteria set forth in
 Section 6.11.1.4.1, but that were not included in the Initial Wire Center List,
 BellSouth shall include such additional wire centers in a CNL. Each such list
 of additional wire centers shall be considered a “Subsequent Wire Center
 List”. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.11.1.9.2

 	
 Effective ten (10)
 business days after the date of a BellSouth CNL providing a Subsequent Wire
 Center List, BellSouth shall not be required to provide unbundled access to
 Dark Fiber Transport, as applicable, in such additional wire center(s),
 except pursuant to the self-certification process as set forth in Section 1.8
 of this Attachment. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.11.1.9.3

 	
 For purposes of Section
 6.11.1.10, BellSouth shall make available DS1 and DS3 Loops that were in
 service for MCI in a wire center on the Subsequent Wire Center List as of the
 tenth (10th) business day after the date of BellSouth’s CNL
 identifying the Subsequent Wire Center List (Subsequent Embedded Base) until
 ninety (90) days after the tenth (10th) business day from the date of
 BellSouth’s CNL identifying the Subsequent Wire Center List (Subsequent
 Transition Period). 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.11.1.9.4

 	
 Subsequent disconnects or
 loss of customers shall be removed from the Subsequent Embedded Base. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.11.1.9.5

 	
 The rates set forth in
 Exhibit B shall apply to the Subsequent Embedded Base during the Subsequent
 Transition Period. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.11.1.9.6

 	
 No later than forty (40)
 days from BellSouth’s CNL identifying the Subsequent Wire Center List CNL
 shall submit a spreadsheet(s) identifying the Subsequent Embedded Base of
 circuits to be disconnected or converted to other BellSouth services. The
 Parties shall negotiate a project schedule for the Conversion of the
 Subsequent Embedded Base. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.11.1.9.6.1

 	
 If MCI fails to submit the
 spreadsheet(s) specified in Section 6.11.1.10.6 above for all of its
 Subsequent Embedded Base within forty (40) days after the date of BellSouth’s
 CNL identifying the Subsequent Wire Center List, BellSouth will identify
 MCI’s remaining Subsequent Embedded Base, if any, and will transition such
 circuits to the equivalent tariffed BellSouth service(s). Those circuits
 identified and transitioned by BellSouth shall be subject to the applicable
 disconnect charges as set forth in this Agreement and the full nonrecurring
 charges for installation of the equivalent tariffed BellSouth service as set
 forth in BellSouth’s tariffs. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.11.1.9.6.2

 	
 For Subsequent Embedded
 Base circuits converted pursuant to Section 6.11.1.10.6 or transitioned
 pursuant to Section 6.11.1.10.6.1, the applicable recurring tariff charges
 shall apply as of the earlier of the date each circuit is converted or
 transitioned, as applicable, or the first day after the end of the Subsequent
 Transition Period. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.12

 	
 Rearrangements

 

CCCS 85 of 501

Attachment 2

Network Elements & Other Services

Page 43

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.12.1

 	
 A request to move a
 working MCI CFA to another MCI CFA, where both CFAs terminate in the same
 BellSouth Central Office (“Change in CFA”), shall not constitute the
 establishment of new service. The applicable rates set forth in Exhibit A. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.12.2

 	
 Requests to re-terminate
 one end of a facility that is not a Change in CFA constitute the
 establishment of new service and require disconnection of existing service
 and the applicable rates set forth in Exhibit A shall apply. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.12.3

 	
 Upon request of MCI,
 BellSouth shall project manage the Change in CFA or re-termination of a
 facility as described in Sections 6.12.1 and 6.12.2 above and MCI may request
 OC-TS for such orders. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.12.4

 	
 BellSouth shall accept a
 Letter of Authorization (LOA) between MCI and another carrier that will allow
 MCI to connect a facility, or Combination that includes Dedicated Transport
 to the other carrier’s collocation space or to another carrier’s CFA
 associated with higher bandwidth transport. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7

 	
 Automatic
 Location Identification/Data Management System (ALI/DMS) 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.1

 	
 911 and E911 Databases. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.1.1

 	
 BellSouth shall provide
 MCI with nondiscriminatory access to 911 and E911 databases on an unbundled
 basis, in accordance with 47 CFR § 51.319 (f). 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.1.2

 	
 The ALI/DMS database
 contains customer information (including name, address, telephone information,
 and sometimes special information from the local service provider or End
 User) used to determine to which PSAP to route the call. The ALI/DMS database
 is used to provide enhanced routing flexibility for E911. MCI will be
 required to provide the BellSouth 911 database vendor daily service order
 updates to E911 database in accordance with Section 7.2.1. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.2

 	
 Technical Requirements 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.2.1

 	
 BellSouth’s 911 database
 vendor shall provide MCI the capability of providing updates to the ALI/DMS
 database through a specified electronic interface. MCI shall contact
 BellSouth’s 911 database vendor directly to request interface. MCI shall
 provide updates directly to BellSouth’s 911 database vendor on a daily basis.
 Updates shall be the responsibility of MCI and BellSouth shall not be liable
 for the transactions between MCI and BellSouth’s 911 database vendor. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.2.2

 	
 It is MCI’s responsibility
 to retrieve and confirm statistical data and to correct errors obtained from
 BellSouth’s 911 database vendor on a daily basis. All errors will be assigned
 a unique error code and the description of the error and the corrective
 action is described in the CLEC Users Guide for Facility Based Providers that
 is found on the BellSouth Interconnection Web site. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.2.3

 	
 MCI shall conform to the
 BellSouth standards as described in the CLEC Users Guide to E911 for
 Facilities Based Providers that is located on the BellSouth Interconnection
 Web site at http://www.interconnection.bellsouth.com/guides. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.2.4

 	
 Stranded Unlocks are
 defined as customer records in BellSouth’s ALI/DMS database that have not
 been migrated for over ninety (90) days to MCI, as a new provider of local
 service to the customer. Stranded Unlocks are those customer records that
 have been “unlocked” by the previous local exchange carrier that provided
 service to the customer and are open for MCI to assume responsibility for
 such records. 

 

CCCS 86 of 501

Attachment 2

Network Elements & Other Services

Page 44

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.2.5

 	
 Based upon customer record
 ownership information available in the NPAC database, BellSouth shall provide
 a Stranded Unlock annual report to MCI that reflects all Stranded Unlocks
 that remain in the ALI/DMS database for over ninety (90) days. MCI shall
 review the Stranded Unlock report, identify its customer records and request
 to either delete such records or migrate the records to MCI within two (2)
 months following the date of the Stranded Unlock report provided by
 BellSouth. MCI shall reimburse BellSouth for any charges BellSouth’s database
 vendor imposes on BellSouth for the deletion of MCI’s records. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.3

 	
 911 PBX Locate Service. 911 PBX Locate Service is comprised of a
 database capability and a separate transport component. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.3.1

 	
 Description of Product. The transport component provides a
 dedicated trunk path from a Private Branch Exchange (PBX) switch to the
 appropriate BellSouth 911 tandem. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.3.1.1

 	
 The database capability
 allows MCI to offer an E911 service to its PBX customers that identifies to
 the Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP) the physical location of the MCI PBX
 911 customer station telephone number for the 911 call that is placed by the
 customer. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.3.2

 	
 MCI may order either the
 database capability or the transport component as desired or MCI may order
 both components of the service. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.4

 	
 911 PBX Locate Database
 Capability. MCI’s
 customer or MCI’s customer’s database management agent (DMA) must provide the
 customer PBX station telephone numbers and corresponding address and location
 data to BellSouth’s 911 database vendor. The data will be loaded and
 maintained in BellSouth’s ALI database. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.4.1

 	
 Ordering, provisioning,
 testing and maintenance shall be provided by MCI pursuant to the 911 PBX
 Locate Marketing Service Description (MSD) that is located on the BellSouth
 Interconnection Web site. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.4.2

 	
 MCI’s customer, or MCI’s
 customer database management agent must provide ongoing updates to
 BellSouth’s 911 database vendor within a commercially reasonable timeframe of
 all PBX station telephone number adds, moves and deletions. It will be the
 responsibility of MCI to ensure that the customer or DMA maintain the data
 pertaining to each customer’s extension managed by the 911 PBX Locate Service
 product. MCI should not submit telephone number updates for specific PBX
 station telephone numbers that are submitted by MCI’s customer, or MCI’s
 customer DMA under the terms of 911 PBX Locate product. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.4.2.1

 	
 MCI must provision all PBX
 station numbers in the same LATA as the E911 tandem. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.4.2.2

 	
 In Florida, Georgia,
 Louisiana, and North Carolina, the Parties agree that the following statutes
 apply to the provision of BellSouth’s PBX Locate Service:

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
           Florida
 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
           Georgia
 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
           Louisiana
 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
           North
 Carolina 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Each Party’s belief that
 the statutes cited above apply to BellSouth’s PBX Locate Service does not
 constitute a warranty, a representation, or legal advice provided by such
 Party to the other Party. 

 

CCCS 87 of 501

Attachment 2

Network Elements & Other Services

Page 45

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 If it is determined by the
 Commission or a court that one or more of these statutes does not apply to
 Bellsouth’s PBX Locate Service, each Party shall bear whatever risks may
 accrue to such Party in relying on its belief regarding the application of
 statutes, and neither Party shall be liable to the other Party for a mistaken
 belief regarding the application of the statutes.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.4.2.3

 	
 For the states of Alabama,
 Kentucky, Mississippi, South Carolina and Tennessee, MCI agrees to release,
 indemnify, defend and hold harmless BellSouth from any and all loss, claims,
 demands, suits, or other action, or any liability whatsoever, whether
 suffered, made, instituted or asserted by MCI’s customer or by any other
 party or person, for any personal injury to or death of any person or persons,
 or for any loss, damage or destruction of any property, whether owned by MCI
 or others, or for any infringement or invasion of the right of privacy of any
 person or persons, caused or claimed to have been caused, directly or
 indirectly, by the installation, operation, failure to operate, maintenance,
 removal, presence, condition, location or use of PBX Locate Service features
 or by any services which are or may be furnished by BellSouth in connection
 therewith, including but not limited to the identification of the telephone
 number, address or name associated with the telephone used by the party or
 parties accessing 911 services using 911 PBX Locate Service hereunder, except
 to the extent caused by BellSouth’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct. MCI
 is responsible for assuring that its authorized customers comply with the
 provisions of these terms and that unauthorized persons do not gain access to
 or use the 911 PBX Locate Service through user names, passwords, or other
 identifiers assigned to MCI’s customer or DMA pursuant to these terms.
 Specifically, MCI’s customer or DMA must keep and protect from use by any
 unauthorized individual identifiers, passwords, and any other security
 token(s) and devices that are provided for access to this product. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.4.3

 	
 MCI may only use BellSouth
 PBX Locate Service solely for the purpose of validating and correcting 911
 related data for MCI’s customer’s telephone numbers for which it has direct
 management authority. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.5

 	
 911 PBX Locate Transport
 Component. The 911
 PBX Locate Service transport component requires MCI to order a CAMA type
 dedicated trunk from MCI’s customer premise to the appropriate BellSouth 911
 tandem pursuant to the following provisions. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.5.1

 	
 Except as otherwise set
 forth below, a minimum of two (2) customer specific, dedicated 911 trunks are
 required between the MCI’s customer premise and the BellSouth 911 tandem as
 described in BellSouth’s Technical Reference (TR) 73576 and in accordance
 with the 911 PBX Locate Marketing Service Description located on the
 BellSouth Interconnection Web site. MCI is responsible for connectivity
 between the customer’s PBX and MCI’s switch or POP location. MCI will then
 order 911 trunks from their switch or POP location to the BellSouth 911
 tandem. The dedicated trunks shall be, at a minimum, DS0 level trunks
 configured as part of a digital interface (delivered over a MCI purchased DS1
 facility that hands off at a DS1 or higher level digital or optical
 interface). MCI is responsible for ensuring that the PBX switch is capable of
 sending the calling station’s Direct Inward Dial (DID) telephone number to
 the BellSouth 911 tandem in a specified Multi-frequency (MF) Address
 Signaling Protocol. If the PBX switch supports Primary Rate ISDN (PRI) and
 the calling stations are DID numbers, then the 911call can be transmitted
 using PRI, and there will be no requirement for the PBX Locate Transport
 component. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.6

 	
 Ordering and Provisioning. MCI will submit an Access Service Request
 (ASR) to BellSouth to order a minimum of two (2) customer specific 911 trunks
 from its switch or POP location to the BellSouth 911 tandem. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.6.1

 	
 Testing and maintenance
 shall be provided by MCI pursuant to the 911 PBX Locate Marketing Service
 description that is located on the BellSouth Interconnection Web site. 

 

CCCS 88 of 501

Attachment 2

Network Elements & Other Services

Page 46 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.7

 	
 Rates.
 Rates for the 911 PBX Locate Service database component are set forth in
 Exhibit A of Attachment 2. Trunks and facilities for 911 PBX Locate transport
 component may be ordered by MCI pursuant to the terms and conditions set
 forth in Attachment 3. 

 

CCCS 89 of 501

UNBUNDLED NETWORK ELEMENTS - Florida

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Attachment: 2

	
 

	
Exhibit: A

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
CATEGORY

	
 

	
RATE ELEMENTS

	
 

	
Interim

	
 

	
Zone

	
 

	
BCS

	
 

	
USOC

	
 

	
RATES ($)

	
 

	
Svc Order

Submitted

Elec

per LSR

	
 

	
Svc Order Submitted Manually per LSR

	
 

	
Incremental Charge - Manual Svc Order vs. Electronic-1st

	
 

	
Incremental Charge - Manual Svc Order vs. Electronic-

Add’l

	
 

	
Incremental Charge - Manual Svc Order vs. Electronic- Disc 1st

	
 

	
Incremental Charge - Manual Svc Order vs. Electronic-Disc Add’l

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Nonrecurring

	
 

	
Nonrecurring Disconnect

	
 

	
OSS Rates ($)

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Rec

	
 

	
First

	
 

	
Add’l

	
 

	
First

	
 

	
Add’l

	
 

	
SOMEC

	
 

	
SOMAN

	
 

	
SOMAN

	
 

	
SOMAN

	
 

	
SOMAN

	
 

	
SOMAN

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	
 

	
NOTE: The “Zone” shown in the sections for stand-alone loops or loops
as part of a combination refers to Geographically Deaveraged UNE Zones. To
view Geographically Deaveraged UNE Zone Designations by Central Office, refer
to Internet Web site: http://w

	
OPERATIONAL SUPPORT SYSTEMS (OSS) - “STATE SPECIFIC RATES”

	
 

	
 

	
NOTE: (1) CLEC should contact its contract negotiator if it prefers the
“regional” OSS charges as offered by BellSouth. The OSS charges currently contained
in this rate exhibit are the PSC state ordered “state specificl” service
ordering charges. CLEC may elect either the state specific Commission ordered
rates for the service ordering charges, or CLEC may elect the regional
service ordering charge, however, CLEC can not obtain a mixture of the two
regardless if CLEC has a interconnection contract established in each of the 9 states.

	
 

	
 

	
NOTE: (2) Any element that can be ordered electronically will be billed
according to the SOMEC rate listed in this category. Please refer to
BellSouth’s Local Ordering Handbook (LOH) to determine if a product can be
ordered electronically. For those elements that cannot be ordered
electronically at present per the LOH, the listed SOMEC rate in this category
reflects the charge that would be billed to a CLEC once electronic ordering
capabilities come on-line for that element. Otherwise, the manual ordering
charge, SOMAN, will be applied to a CLECs bill when it submits an
LSR to BellSouth.

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
OSS -
Electronic Service Order Charge, Per Local Service Request (LSR) - UNE Only

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
SOMEC

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
1.52

	
 

	
0.00

	
 

	
0.20

	
 

	
0.00

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
OSS -
Manual Service Order Charge, Per Local Service Request (LSR) - UNE Only

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
SOMAN

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
11.90

	
 

	
0.00

	
 

	
1.83

	
 

	
0.00

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNE SERVICE DATE ADVANCEMENT CHARGE

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNE
Expedite Charge per Circuit or Line Assignable USOC, per Day

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UAL, UEANL, UCL,

UEF, UDF, UEQ,

UDL, UENTW, UDN,

UEA, UHL, ULC,

USL, U1T12, U1T48,

U1TD1, U1TD3,

U1TDX, U1TO3,

U1TS1, U1TVX,

UC1BC, UC1BL,

UC1CC, UC1CL,

UC1DC, UC1DL,

UC1EC, UC1EL,

UC1FC, UC1FL,

UC1GC, UC1GL,

UC1HC, UC1HL,

UDL12, UDL48, 

UDLO3, UDLSX,

UE3,

	
 

	
SDASP

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
200.00

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNBUNDLED EXCHANGE ACCESS LOOP

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
ORDER MODIFICATION CHARGE

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Order
Modification Charge (OMC)

	
 

	
N

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
26.21

	
 

	
0.00

	
 

	
0.00

	
 

	
0.00

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Order
Modification Additional Dispatch Charge (OMCAD)

	
 

	
N

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
150.00

	
 

	
0.00

	
 

	
0.00

	
 

	
0.00

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2-WIRE ANALOG VOICE GRADE LOOP

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2-Wire
Analog Voice Grade Loop - Service Level 1- Zone 1

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
1

	
 

	
UEANL

	
 

	
UEAL2

	
 

	
10.69

	
 

	
38.00

	
 

	
18.00

	
 

	
25.62

	
 

	
6.57

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2-Wire
Analog Voice Grade Loop - Service Level 1- Zone 2

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2

	
 

	
UEANL

	
 

	
UEAL2

	
 

	
15.20

	
 

	
38.00

	
 

	
18.00

	
 

	
25.62

	
 

	
6.57

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2-Wire
Analog Voice Grade Loop - Service Level 1- Zone 3

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
3

	
 

	
UEANL

	
 

	
UEAL2

	
 

	
26.97

	
 

	
38.00

	
 

	
18.00

	
 

	
25.62

	
 

	
6.57

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2-Wire
Analog Voice Grade Loop - Service Level 1- Zone 1

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
1

	
 

	
UEANL

	
 

	
UEASL

	
 

	
10.69

	
 

	
38.00

	
 

	
18.00

	
 

	
25.62

	
 

	
6.57

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

CCCS 90 of 501

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2-Wire
Analog Voice Grade Loop - Service Level 1- Zone 2

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2

	
 

	
UEANL      
                

	
 

	
UEASL

	
 

	
15.20

	
 

	
38.00

	
 

	
18.00

	
 

	
25.62

	
 

	
6.57

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2-Wire
Analog Voice Grade Loop - Service Level 1- Zone 3

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
3

	
 

	
UEANL

	
 

	
UEASL

	
 

	
26.97

	
 

	
38.00

	
 

	
18.00

	
 

	
25.62

	
 

	
6.57

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Bulk
Migration, per 2 Wire Voice Loop-SL1

	
 

	
N

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UEANL

	
 

	
UREPN

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
31.50

	
 

	
25.00

	
 

	
25.62

	
 

	
6.57

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Bulk
Migration Order Coordination, per 2 Wire Voice Loop-SL1

	
 

	
N

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UEANL

	
 

	
UREPM

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
9.00

	
 

	
9.00

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Unbundled
Miscellaneous Rate Element, Tag Loop at End User Premise

	
 

	
N

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UEANL

	
 

	
URETL

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
8.93

	
 

	
0.88

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Loop Testing
- 1st Half Hour

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UEANL

	
 

	
URET1

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
48.65

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Loop
Testing - Additional Half Hour

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UEANL

	
 

	
URETA

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
23.95

	
 

	
23.95

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
CLEC to CLEC
Conversion Charge - (UVL-SL1)

	
 

	
N

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UEANL

	
 

	
UREWO

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
15.78

	
 

	
8.94

	
 

	
25.62

	
 

	
6.57

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Unbundled
Voice Loop, Non-Design Voice Loop, billing for BST providing make-up (Engineering Information - E.I.)

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UEANL

	
 

	
UEANM

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
13.49

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Manual Order
Coordination for UVL-SL1s (per loop)

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UEANL

	
 

	
UEAMC

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
9.00

	
 

	
9.00

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Order
Coordination for Specified Conversion Time for UVL-SL1 (per LSR)

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UEANL

	
 

	
OCOSL

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
23.02

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2-WIRE Unbundled COPPER LOOP

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2-Wire
Unbundled Copper Loop - Non-Designed Zone 1

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
1

	
 

	
UEQ

	
 

	
UEQ2X

	
 

	
7.69

	
 

	
44.98

	
 

	
20.90

	
 

	
24.88

	
 

	
6.45

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2 Wire
Unbundled Copper Loop - Non-Designed - Zone 2

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2

	
 

	
UEQ

	
 

	
UEQ2X

	
 

	
10.92

	
 

	
44.98

	
 

	
20.90

	
 

	
24.88

	
 

	
6.45

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2 Wire
Unbundled Copper Loop - Non-Designed - Zone 3

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
3

	
 

	
UEQ

	
 

	
UEQ2X

	
 

	
19.38

	
 

	
44.98

	
 

	
20.90

	
 

	
24.88

	
 

	
6.45

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Bulk
Migration, per 2 Wire UCL-ND

	
 

	
N

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UEQ

	
 

	
UREPN

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
38.61

	
 

	
17.19

	
 

	
24.88

	
 

	
6.45

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Bulk
Migration Order Coordination, per 2 Wire UCL-ND

	
 

	
N

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UEQ

	
 

	
UREPM

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
9.00

	
 

	
9.00

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Unbundled
Miscellaneous Rate Element, Tag Loop at End User Premise

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UEQ

	
 

	
URETL

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
8.93

	
 

	
0.88

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Manual Order
Coordination 2 Wire Unbundled Copper Loop - Non-Designed (per loop)

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UEQ

	
 

	
USBMC

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
9.00

	
 

	
9.00

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Unbundled
Copper Loop, Non-Design Cooper Loop, billing for BST providing make-up (Engineering Information -
E.I.)

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UEQ

	
 

	
UEQMU

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
13.49

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Unbundled
Miscellaneous Rate Element, Tag Loop at End User Premise

	
 

	
N

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UEQ

	
 

	
URETL

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
8.93

	
 

	
0.88

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Loop Testing
- 1st Half Hour

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UEQ

	
 

	
URET1

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
48.65

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Loop
Testing - Additional Half Hour

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UEQ

	
 

	
URETA

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
23.95

	
 

	
23.95

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
CLEC to CLEC
Conversion Charge - (UCL-ND)

	
 

	
N

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UEQ

	
 

	
UREWO

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
14.27

	
 

	
7.43

	
 

	
24.88

	
 

	
6.45

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNBUNDLED EXCHANGE ACCESS LOOP

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2-WIRE ANALOG VOICE GRADE LOOP

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2-Wire
Analog Voice Grade Loop - Service Level 2 w/Loop or Ground Start Signaling - Zone 1

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
1

	
 

	
UEA

	
 

	
UEAL2

	
 

	
12.24

	
 

	
102.00

	
 

	
62.00

	
 

	
63.53

	
 

	
12.01

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2-Wire
Analog Voice Grade Loop - Service Level 2 w/Loop or Ground Start Signaling - Zone 2

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2

	
 

	
UEA

	
 

	
UEAL2

	
 

	
17.40

	
 

	
102.00

	
 

	
62.00

	
 

	
63.53

	
 

	
12.01

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2-Wire
Analog Voice Grade Loop - Service Level 2 w/Loop or Ground Start Signaling - Zone 3

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
3

	
 

	
UEA

	
 

	
UEAL2

	
 

	
30.87

	
 

	
102.00

	
 

	
62.00

	
 

	
63.53

	
 

	
12.01

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2-Wire
Analog Voice Grade Loop - Service Level 2 w/Reverse Battery Signaling - Zone 1

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
1

	
 

	
UEA

	
 

	
UEAR2

	
 

	
12.24

	
 

	
102.00

	
 

	
62.00

	
 

	
63.53

	
 

	
12.01

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2-Wire
Analog Voice Grade Loop - Service Level 2 w/Reverse Battery Signaling - Zone 2

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2

	
 

	
UEA

	
 

	
UEAR2

	
 

	
17.40

	
 

	
102.00

	
 

	
62.00

	
 

	
63.53

	
 

	
12.01

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2-Wire
Analog Voice Grade Loop - Service Level 2 w/Reverse Battery Signaling - Zone 3

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
3

	
 

	
UEA

	
 

	
UEAR2

	
 

	
30.87

	
 

	
102.00

	
 

	
62.00

	
 

	
63.53

	
 

	
12.01

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Bulk
Migration, per 2 Wire Voice Loop (UVL-SL2)

	
 

	
N

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UEA

	
 

	
UREPN

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
97.00

	
 

	
59.00

	
 

	
63.53

	
 

	
12.01

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Bulk
Migration Order Coordination, per 2 Wire Voice Loop-SL2

	
 

	
N

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UEA

	
 

	
UREPM

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
0.00

	
 

	
0.00

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Order
Coordination for Specified Conversion Time (per LSR)

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UEA

	
 

	
OCOSL

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
23.02

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Switch-As-Is
Conversion rate per UNE Loop, Single LSR, (per DS0)

	
 

	
N

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UEA, NTCVG

	
 

	
URESL

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
8.98

	
 

	
8.98

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Switch-As-Is
Conversion rate per UNE Loop, Spreadsheet, (per DS0)

	
 

	
N

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UEA, NTCVG

	
 

	
URESP

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
8.98

	
 

	
8.98

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
CLEC to
CLEC Conversion Charge - UVL- SL2

	
 

	
N

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UEA

	
 

	
UREWO

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
87.71

	
 

	
36.35

	
 

	
63.53

	
 

	
12.01

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Loop Tagging
- Service Level 2 (SL2)

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UEA

	
 

	
URETL

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
11.21

	
 

	
1.10

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
4-WIRE ANALOG VOICE GRADE LOOP

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
4-Wire
Analog Voice Grade Loop - Zone 1

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
1

	
 

	
UEA

	
 

	
UEAL4

	
 

	
18.89

	
 

	
167.86

	
 

	
115.15

	
 

	
67.08

	
 

	
15.56

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
4-Wire
Analog Voice Grade Loop - Zone 2

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2

	
 

	
UEA

	
 

	
UEAL4

	
 

	
26.84

	
 

	
167.86

	
 

	
115.15

	
 

	
67.08

	
 

	
15.56

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
4-Wire
Analog Voice Grade Loop - Zone 3

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
3

	
 

	
UEA

	
 

	
UEAL4

	
 

	
47.62

	
 

	
167.86

	
 

	
115.15

	
 

	
67.08

	
 

	
15.56

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Switch-As-Is
Conversion rate per UNE Loop, Single LSR, (per DS0)

	
 

	
N

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UEA, NTCVG

	
 

	
URESL

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
8.98

	
 

	
8.98

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Switch-As-Is
Conversion rate per UNE Loop, Spreadsheet, (per DS0)

	
 

	
N

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UEA, NTCVG

	
 

	
URESP

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
8.98

	
 

	
8.98

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Order
Coordination for Specified Conversion Time (per LSR)

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UEA

	
 

	
OCOSL

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
23.02

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

CCCS 91 of 501

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
CLEC to
CLEC Conversion Charge - 4w Analog Voice Grade Loop

	
 

	
N

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UEA         
                

	
 

	
UREWO

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
87.71

	
 

	
36.35

	
 

	
63.53

	
 

	
12.01

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2-WIRE ISDN DIGITAL GRADE LOOP

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2-Wire ISDN
Digital Grade Loop - Zone 1

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
1

	
 

	
UDN

	
 

	
U1L2X

	
 

	
19.28

	
 

	
147.69

	
 

	
94.41

	
 

	
62.23

	
 

	
10.71

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2-Wire ISDN
Digital Grade Loop - Zone 2

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2

	
 

	
UDN

	
 

	
U1L2X

	
 

	
27.40

	
 

	
147.69

	
 

	
94.41

	
 

	
62.23

	
 

	
10.71

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2-Wire ISDN
Digital Grade Loop - Zone 3

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
3

	
 

	
UDN

	
 

	
U1L2X

	
 

	
48.62

	
 

	
147.69

	
 

	
94.41

	
 

	
62.23

	
 

	
10.71

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Order
Coordination For Specified Conversion Time (per LSR)

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UDN

	
 

	
OCOSL

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
23.02

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
CLEC to
CLEC Conversion Charge - 2w ISDN Digital Grade Loop

	
 

	
N

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UDN

	
 

	
UREWO

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
91.61

	
 

	
44.15

	
 

	
62.23

	
 

	
10.71

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2-WIRE ASYMMETRICAL DIGITAL
SUBSCRIBER LINE (ADSL) COMPATIBLE LOOP

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2 Wire Unbundled ADSL Loop
including manual service inquiry &
facility reservation - Zone 1

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
1

	
 

	
UAL

	
 

	
UAL2X

	
 

	
8.30

	
 

	
112.00

	
 

	
77.00

	
 

	
75.05

	
 

	
15.63

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2 Wire Unbundled ADSL Loop
including manual service inquiry & facility
reservation - Zone 2

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2

	
 

	
UAL

	
 

	
UAL2X

	
 

	
11.80

	
 

	
112.00

	
 

	
77.00

	
 

	
75.05

	
 

	
15.63

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2 Wire Unbundled ADSL Loop
including manual service inquiry &
facility reservation - Zone 3

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
3

	
 

	
UAL

	
 

	
UAL2X

	
 

	
20.94

	
 

	
112.00

	
 

	
77.00

	
 

	
75.05

	
 

	
15.63

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2 Wire
Unbundled ADSL Loop without manual service inquiry & facility reservaton - Zone 1

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
1

	
 

	
UAL

	
 

	
UAL2W

	
 

	
8.30

	
 

	
112.00

	
 

	
77.00

	
 

	
60.64

	
 

	
9.12

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2 Wire
Unbundled ADSL Loop without manual service inquiry & facility reservaton - Zone 2

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2

	
 

	
UAL

	
 

	
UAL2W

	
 

	
11.80

	
 

	
112.00

	
 

	
77.00

	
 

	
60.64

	
 

	
9.12

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2 Wire
Unbundled ADSL Loop without manual service inquiry & facility reservaton - Zone 3

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
3

	
 

	
UAL

	
 

	
UAL2W

	
 

	
20.94

	
 

	
112.00

	
 

	
77.00

	
 

	
60.64

	
 

	
9.12

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Order
Coordination for Specified Conversion Time (per LSR)

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UAL

	
 

	
OCOSL

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
23.02

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
CLEC to CLEC
Conversion Charge - 2w ADSL

	
 

	
N

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UAL

	
 

	
UREWO

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
86.19

	
 

	
40.39

	
 

	
60.64

	
 

	
9.12

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2-WIRE HIGH BIT RATE DIGITAL SUBSCRIBER LINE (HDSL) COMPATIBLE LOOP

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2 Wire Unbundled HDSL Loop
including manual service inquiry &
facility reservation - Zone 1

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
1

	
 

	
UHL

	
 

	
UHL2X

	
 

	
7.22

	
 

	
159.09

	
 

	
113.41

	
 

	
75.05

	
 

	
15.63

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2 Wire Unbundled HDSL Loop
including manual service inquiry &
facility reservation - Zone 2

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2

	
 

	
UHL

	
 

	
UHL2X

	
 

	
10.26

	
 

	
159.09

	
 

	
113.41

	
 

	
75.05

	
 

	
15.63

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2 Wire Unbundled HDSL Loop
including manual service inquiry &
facility reservation - Zone 3

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
3

	
 

	
UHL

	
 

	
UHL2X

	
 

	
18.21

	
 

	
159.09

	
 

	
113.41

	
 

	
75.05

	
 

	
15.63

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2 Wire
Unbundled HDSL Loop without manual service inquiry and facility reservation -
Zone 1

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
1

	
 

	
UHL

	
 

	
UHL2W

	
 

	
7.22

	
 

	
134.40

	
 

	
80.69

	
 

	
60.64

	
 

	
9.12

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2 Wire
Unbundled HDSL Loop without manual service inquiry and facility reservation - Zone 2

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2

	
 

	
UHL

	
 

	
UHL2W

	
 

	
10.26

	
 

	
134.40

	
 

	
80.69

	
 

	
60.64

	
 

	
9.12

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2 Wire
Unbundled HDSL Loop without manual service inquiry and facility reservation - Zone 3

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
3

	
 

	
UHL

	
 

	
UHL2W

	
 

	
18.21

	
 

	
134.40

	
 

	
80.69

	
 

	
60.64

	
 

	
9.12

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Order
Coordination for Specified Conversion Time (per LSR)

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UHL

	
 

	
OCOSL

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
23.02

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
CLEC to CLEC
Conversion Charge - 2w HDSL

	
 

	
N

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UHL

	
 

	
UREWO

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
86.12

	
 

	
40.39

	
 

	
60.64

	
 

	
9.12

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
4-WIRE HIGH BIT RATE DIGITAL SUBSCRIBER LINE (HDSL) COMPATIBLE LOOP

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
4 Wire
Unbundled HDSL Loop including manual service inquiry and facility reservation - Zone 1

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
1

	
 

	
UHL

	
 

	
UHL4X

	
 

	
10.86

	
 

	
193.31

	
 

	
138.98

	
 

	
77.15

	
 

	
12.61

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
4-Wire
Unbundled HDSL Loop including manual service inquiry and facility reservation
- Zone 2

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2

	
 

	
UHL

	
 

	
UHL4X

	
 

	
15.44

	
 

	
193.31

	
 

	
138.98

	
 

	
77.15

	
 

	
12.61

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
4-Wire
Unbundled HDSL Loop including manual service inquiry and facility reservation
- Zone 3

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
3

	
 

	
UHL

	
 

	
UHL4X

	
 

	
27.39

	
 

	
193.31

	
 

	
138.98

	
 

	
77.15

	
 

	
12.61

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
4-Wire
Unbundled HDSL Loop without manual service inquiry and facility reservation -
Zone 1

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
1

	
 

	
UHL

	
 

	
UHL4W

	
 

	
10.86

	
 

	
168.62

	
 

	
115.47

	
 

	
62.74

	
 

	
11.22

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
4-Wire
Unbundled HDSL Loop without manual service inquiry and facility reservation - Zone 2

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2

	
 

	
UHL

	
 

	
UHL4W

	
 

	
15.44

	
 

	
168.62

	
 

	
115.47

	
 

	
62.74

	
 

	
11.22

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
4-Wire
Unbundled HDSL Loop without manual service inquiry and facility reservation - Zone 3

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
3

	
 

	
UHL

	
 

	
UHL4W

	
 

	
27.39

	
 

	
168.62

	
 

	
115.47

	
 

	
62.74

	
 

	
11.22

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Order
Coordination for Specified Conversion Time (per LSR)

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UHL

	
 

	
OCOSL

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
23.02

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
CLEC to CLEC
Conversion Charge - 4w HDSL

	
 

	
N

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UHL

	
 

	
UREWO

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
86.12

	
 

	
40.39

	
 

	
60.64

	
 

	
9.12

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
4-WIRE DS1 DIGITAL LOOP

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
4-Wire DS1
Digital Loop - Zone 1

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
1

	
 

	
USL

	
 

	
USLXX

	
 

	
70.74

	
 

	
240.50

	
 

	
145.18

	
 

	
61.22

	
 

	
13.53

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
4-Wire DS1
Digital Loop - Zone 2

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2

	
 

	
USL

	
 

	
USLXX

	
 

	
100.54

	
 

	
240.50

	
 

	
145.18

	
 

	
61.22

	
 

	
13.53

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
4-Wire DS1
Digital Loop - Zone 3

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
3

	
 

	
USL

	
 

	
USLXX

	
 

	
178.39

	
 

	
240.50

	
 

	
145.18

	
 

	
61.22

	
 

	
13.53

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Switch-As-Is
Conversion rate per UNE Loop, Single LSR, (per DS0)

	
 

	
N

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UEA, NTCVG

	
 

	
URESL

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
8.98

	
 

	
8.98

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Switch-As-Is
Conversion rate per UNE Loop, Spreadsheet, (per DS0)

	
 

	
N

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UEA, NTCVG

	
 

	
URESP

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
8.98

	
 

	
8.98

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Order
Coordination for Specified Conversion Time (per LSR)

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
USL

	
 

	
OCOSL

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
23.02

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
CLEC to CLEC
Conversion Charge - 4w DS1 Digital Loop

	
 

	
N

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
USL

	
 

	
UREWO

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
101.07

	
 

	
43.04

	
 

	
61.22

	
 

	
13.53

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

CCCS 92 of 501

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
4-WIRE 19.2, 56 OR 64 KBPS DIGITAL GRADE LOOP

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
4 Wire
Unbundled Digital 19.2 Kbps

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
1

	
 

	
UDL         
                

	
 

	
UDL19

	
 

	
22.20

	
 

	
161.56

	
 

	
108.85

	
 

	
67.08

	
 

	
15.56

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
4 Wire
Unbundled Digital 19.2 Kbps

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2

	
 

	
UDL

	
 

	
UDL19

	
 

	
31.56

	
 

	
161.56

	
 

	
108.85

	
 

	
67.08

	
 

	
15.56

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
4 Wire
Unbundled Digital 19.2 Kbps

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
3

	
 

	
UDL

	
 

	
UDL19

	
 

	
55.99

	
 

	
161.56

	
 

	
108.85

	
 

	
67.08

	
 

	
15.56

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
4 Wire
Unbundled Digital Loop 56 Kbps - Zone 1

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
1

	
 

	
UDL

	
 

	
UDL56

	
 

	
22.20

	
 

	
161.56

	
 

	
108.85

	
 

	
67.08

	
 

	
15.56

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
4 Wire
Unbundled Digital Loop 56 Kbps - Zone 2

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2

	
 

	
UDL

	
 

	
UDL56

	
 

	
31.56

	
 

	
161.56

	
 

	
108.85

	
 

	
67.08

	
 

	
15.56

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
4 Wire
Unbundled Digital Loop 56 Kbps - Zone 3

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
3

	
 

	
UDL

	
 

	
UDL56

	
 

	
55.99

	
 

	
161.56

	
 

	
108.85

	
 

	
67.08

	
 

	
15.56

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
4 Wire
Unbundled Digital Loop 64 Kbps - Zone 1

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
1

	
 

	
UDL

	
 

	
UDL64

	
 

	
22.20

	
 

	
161.56

	
 

	
108.85

	
 

	
67.08

	
 

	
15.56

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
4 Wire
Unbundled Digital Loop 64 Kbps - Zone 2

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2

	
 

	
UDL

	
 

	
UDL64

	
 

	
31.56

	
 

	
161.56

	
 

	
108.85

	
 

	
67.08

	
 

	
15.56

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
4 Wire
Unbundled Digital Loop 64 Kbps - Zone 3

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
3

	
 

	
UDL

	
 

	
UDL64

	
 

	
55.99

	
 

	
161.56

	
 

	
108.85

	
 

	
67.08

	
 

	
15.56

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Switch-As-Is
Conversion rate per UNE Loop, Single LSR, (per DS0)

	
 

	
N

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UDL, NTCUD

	
 

	
URESL

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
8.98

	
 

	
8.98

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Switch-As-Is
Conversion rate per UNE Loop, Spreadsheet, (per DS0)

	
 

	
N

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UDL, NTCUD

	
 

	
URESP

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
8.98

	
 

	
8.98

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Order
Coordination for Specified Conversion Time (per LSR)

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UDL

	
 

	
OCOSL

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
23.02

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
CLEC to CLEC
Conversion Charge - 4w 56/64kbps Digital Loop

	
 

	
N

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UDL

	
 

	
UREWO

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
102.11

	
 

	
49.74

	
 

	
67.08

	
 

	
15.56

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2-WIRE Unbundled COPPER LOOP

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2-Wire
Unbundled Copper Loop-Designed including manual service inquiry & facility reservation - Zone
1

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
1

	
 

	
UCL

	
 

	
UCLPB

	
 

	
8.30

	
 

	
148.50

	
 

	
102.82

	
 

	
75.05

	
 

	
15.63

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2-Wire
Unbundled Copper Loop-Designed including manual service inquiry & facility reservation -
Zone 2

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2

	
 

	
UCL

	
 

	
UCLPB

	
 

	
11.80

	
 

	
148.50

	
 

	
102.82

	
 

	
75.05

	
 

	
15.63

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2 Wire
Unbundled Copper Loop-Designed including manual service inquiry & facility reservation - Zone
3

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
3

	
 

	
UCL

	
 

	
UCLPB

	
 

	
20.94

	
 

	
148.50

	
 

	
102.82

	
 

	
75.05

	
 

	
15.63

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2-Wire
Unbundled Copper Loop-Designed without manual service inquiry and facility reservation - Zone
1

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
1

	
 

	
UCL

	
 

	
UCLPW

	
 

	
8.30

	
 

	
123.81

	
 

	
70.09

	
 

	
60.64

	
 

	
9.12

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2-Wire Unbundled
Copper Loop-Designed without manual service inquiry and facility reservation - Zone 2

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2

	
 

	
UCL

	
 

	
UCLPW

	
 

	
11.80

	
 

	
123.81

	
 

	
70.09

	
 

	
60.64

	
 

	
9.12

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2-Wire
Unbundled Copper Loop-Designed without manual service inquiry and facility reservation - Zone
3

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
3

	
 

	
UCL

	
 

	
UCLPW

	
 

	
20.94

	
 

	
123.81

	
 

	
70.09

	
 

	
60.64

	
 

	
9.12

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Order
Coordination for Unbundled Copper Loops (per loop)

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UCL

	
 

	
UCLMC

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
9.00

	
 

	
9.00

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
CLEC to CLEC
Conversion Charge - (UCL -Des)

	
 

	
N

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UCL

	
 

	
UREWO

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
97.21

	
 

	
42.47

	
 

	
60.64

	
 

	
9.12

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
4-WIRE COPPER LOOP

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
4-Wire
Copper Loop-Designed including manual service inquiry and facility reservation - Zone 1

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
1

	
 

	
UCL

	
 

	
UCL4S

	
 

	
11.83

	
 

	
177.87

	
 

	
132.76

	
 

	
77.15

	
 

	
17.73

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
4-Wire
Copper Loop-Designed including manual service inquiry and facility
reservation - Zone 2

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2

	
 

	
UCL

	
 

	
UCL4S

	
 

	
16.81

	
 

	
177.87

	
 

	
132.76

	
 

	
77.15

	
 

	
17.73

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
4-Wire
Copper Loop-Designed including manual service inquiry and facility
reservation - Zone 3

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
3

	
 

	
UCL

	
 

	
UCL4S

	
 

	
29.82

	
 

	
177.87

	
 

	
132.76

	
 

	
77.15

	
 

	
17.73

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
4-Wire
Copper Loop-Designed without manual service inquiry and facility reservation
- Zone 1

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
1

	
 

	
UCL

	
 

	
UCL4W

	
 

	
11.83

	
 

	
153.18

	
 

	
100.03

	
 

	
62.74

	
 

	
11.22

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
4-Wire
Copper Loop-Designed without manual service inquiry and facility reservation - Zone 2

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2

	
 

	
UCL

	
 

	
UCL4W

	
 

	
16.81

	
 

	
153.18

	
 

	
100.03

	
 

	
62.74

	
 

	
11.22

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
4-Wire
Copper Loop-Designed without manual service inquiry and facility reservation - Zone 3

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
3

	
 

	
UCL

	
 

	
UCL4W

	
 

	
29.82

	
 

	
153.18

	
 

	
100.03

	
 

	
62.74

	
 

	
11.22

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Order
Coordination for Unbundled Copper Loops (per loop)

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UCL

	
 

	
UCLMC

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
9.00

	
 

	
9.00

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
CLEC to CLEC
Conversion Charge - 4w Copper Loop

	
 

	
N

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UCL

	
 

	
UREWO

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
97.21

	
 

	
42.47

	
 

	
60.64

	
 

	
9.12

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
LOOP MODIFICATION

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Unbundled
Loop Modification, Removal of Load Coils - 2 Wire pair less than or equal to 18k ft, per Unbundled
Loop

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UAL, UHL,
UCL,

UEQ, ULS,
UEA,

UEANL,
UEPSR,

UEPSB

	
 

	
ULM2L

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
0.00

	
 

	
0.00

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Unbundled
Loop Modification Removal of Load Coils - 4 Wire less than or equal to 18K ft, per Unbundled Loop

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UHL, UCL,
UEA

	
 

	
ULM4L

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
0.00

	
 

	
0.00

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Unbundled
Loop Modification Removal of Bridged Tap Removal, per unbundled loop

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UAL, UHL,
UCL,

UEQ, ULS,
UEA,

UEANL,
UEPSR,

UEPSB

	
 

	
ULMBT

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
10.52

	
 

	
10.52

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
SUB-LOOPS

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Sub-Loop Distribution

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Sub-Loop -
Per Cross Box Location - CLEC Feeder Facility Set-Up

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UEANL

	
 

	
USBSA

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
487.23

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Sub-Loop -
Per Cross Box Location - Per 25 Pair Panel Set-Up

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UEANL

	
 

	
USBSB

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
6.25

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

CCCS 93 of 501

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Sub-Loop -
Per Building Equipment Room - CLEC Feeder Facility Set-Up

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UEANL

	
 

	
USBSC

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
169.25

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Sub-Loop -
Per Building Equipment Room - Per 25 Pair Panel Set-Up

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UEANL

	
 

	
USBSD

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
38.65

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Sub-Loop
Distribution Per 2-Wire Analog Voice Grade Loop - Zone 1

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
1

	
 

	
UEANL

	
 

	
USBN2

	
 

	
6.46

	
 

	
60.19

	
 

	
21.78

	
 

	
47.50

	
 

	
5.26

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Sub-Loop
Distribution Per 2-Wire Analog Voice Grade Loop - Zone 2

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2

	
 

	
UEANL

	
 

	
USBN2

	
 

	
9.18

	
 

	
60.19

	
 

	
21.78

	
 

	
47.50

	
 

	
5.26

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Sub-Loop
Distribution Per 2-Wire Analog Voice Grade Loop - Zone 3

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
3

	
 

	
UEANL

	
 

	
USBN2

	
 

	
16.29

	
 

	
60.19

	
 

	
21.78

	
 

	
47.50

	
 

	
5.26

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Sub-Loop
Distribution Per 4-Wire Analog Voice Grade Loop - Zone 1

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
1

	
 

	
UEANL

	
 

	
USBN4

	
 

	
7.37

	
 

	
68.83

	
 

	
30.42

	
 

	
49.71

	
 

	
6.60

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Sub-Loop
Distribution Per 4-Wire Analog Voice Grade Loop - Zone 2

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2

	
 

	
UEANL

	
 

	
USBN4

	
 

	
10.47

	
 

	
68.83

	
 

	
30.42

	
 

	
49.71

	
 

	
6.60

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Sub-Loop
Distribution Per 4-Wire Analog Voice Grade Loop - Zone 3

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
3

	
 

	
UEANL

	
 

	
USBN4

	
 

	
18.58

	
 

	
68.83

	
 

	
30.42

	
 

	
49.71

	
 

	
6.60

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Sub-Loop
2-Wire Intrabuilding Network Cable (INC)

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UEANL

	
 

	
USBR2

	
 

	
3.96

	
 

	
51.84

	
 

	
13.44

	
 

	
47.50

	
 

	
5.26

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Sub-Loop
4-Wire Intrabuilding Network Cable (INC)

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UEANL

	
 

	
USBR4

	
 

	
9.37

	
 

	
55.91

	
 

	
17.51

	
 

	
49.71

	
 

	
6.60

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Order
Coordination for Unbundled Sub-Loops, per sub-loop pair

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UEANL

	
 

	
USBMC

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
9.00

	
 

	
9.00

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Loop Testing
- 1st Half Hour

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UEANL

	
 

	
URET1

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
48.65

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Loop
Testing - Additional Half Hour

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UEANL

	
 

	
URETA

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
23.95

	
 

	
23.95

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2 Wire
Copper Unbundled Sub-Loop Distribution - Zone 1

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
1

	
 

	
UEF         
                

	
 

	
UCS2X

	
 

	
5.15

	
 

	
60.19

	
 

	
21.78

	
 

	
47.50

	
 

	
5.26

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2 Wire
Copper Unbundled Sub-Loop Distribution - Zone 2

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2

	
 

	
UEF

	
 

	
UCS2X

	
 

	
7.31

	
 

	
60.19

	
 

	
21.78

	
 

	
47.50

	
 

	
5.26

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2 Wire
Copper Unbundled Sub-Loop Distribution - Zone 3

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
3

	
 

	
UEF

	
 

	
UCS2X

	
 

	
12.98

	
 

	
60.19

	
 

	
21.78

	
 

	
47.50

	
 

	
5.26

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
4 Wire
Copper Unbundled Sub-Loop Distribution - Zone 1

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
1

	
 

	
UEF

	
 

	
UCS4X

	
 

	
5.36

	
 

	
68.83

	
 

	
30.42

	
 

	
49.71

	
 

	
6.60

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
4 Wire
Copper Unbundled Sub-Loop Distribution - Zone 2

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2

	
 

	
UEF

	
 

	
UCS4X

	
 

	
7.61

	
 

	
68.83

	
 

	
30.42

	
 

	
49.71

	
 

	
6.60

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
4 Wire
Copper Unbundled Sub-Loop Distribution - Zone 3

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
3

	
 

	
UEF

	
 

	
UCS4X

	
 

	
13.51

	
 

	
68.83

	
 

	
30.42

	
 

	
49.71

	
 

	
6.60

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Order
Coordination for Unbundled Sub-Loops, per sub-loop pair

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UEF

	
 

	
USBMC

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
9.00

	
 

	
9.00

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Loop
Tagging Service Level 1, Unbundled Copper Loop, Non-Designed and Distribution Subloops

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UEF, UEANL

	
 

	
URETL

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
8.93

	
 

	
0.88

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Loop Testing
- 1st Half Hour

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UEF

	
 

	
URET1

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
48.65

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Loop
Testing - Additional Half Hour

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UEF

	
 

	
URETA

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
23.95

	
 

	
23.95

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Unbundled Sub-Loop Modification

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Unbundled
Sub-Loop Modification - 2W Copper Dist Load Coil/Equip Removal per 2-W PR

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UEF

	
 

	
ULM2X

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
10.11

	
 

	
10.11

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Unbundled
Sub-Loop Modification - 4W Copper Dist Load Coil/Equip Removal per 4-W PR

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UEF

	
 

	
ULM4X

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
10.11

	
 

	
10.11

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Unbundled
Sub-Loop Modification - 2-W/4-W Copper Dist Bridged Tap Removal, per PR unloaded

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UEF

	
 

	
ULMBT

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
15.58

	
 

	
15.58

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Unbundled Network Terminating Wire (UNTW)

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Unbundled
Network Terminating Wire (UNTW) per Pair

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	

UENTW

	
 

	
UENPP

	
 

	

0.4572

	
 

	
18.02

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Network Interface Device (NID)

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Network
Interface Device (NID) - 1-2 lines

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UENTW

	
 

	
UND12

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
71.49

	
 

	
48.87

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Network
Interface Device (NID) - 1-6 lines

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UENTW

	
 

	
UND16

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
113.89

	
 

	
89.07

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Network Interface
Device Cross Connect - 2 W

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UENTW

	
 

	
UNDC2

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
7.63

	
 

	
7.63

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Network
Interface Device Cross Connect - 4W

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UENTW

	
 

	
UNDC4

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
7.63

	
 

	
7.63

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNE OTHER, PROVISIONING ONLY - NO RATE

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
NID -
Dispatch and Service Order for NID installation

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UENTW

	
 

	
UNDBX

	
 

	
0.00

	
 

	
0.00

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNTW
Circuit Id Establishment, Provisioning Only - No Rate

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UENTW

	
 

	
UENCE

	
 

	
0.00

	
 

	
0.00

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Unbundled
Contract Name, Provisioning Only - No Rate

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UEANL, UEF, UEQ, 
UENTW, UAL,
UCL,

UDC, UDL, UDN,

UEA, UHL,
NTCVG,

NTCUD,
NTCD1,

USL

	
 

	
UNECN

	
 

	
0.00

	
 

	
0.00

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Unbundled
DS1 Loop - Superframe Format Option - no rate

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
USL

	
 

	
CCOSF

	
 

	
0.00

	
 

	
0.00

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Unbundled
DS1 Loop - Expanded Superframe Format option - no rate

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
USL

	
 

	
CCOEF

	
 

	
0.00

	
 

	
0.00

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
HIGH CAPACITY UNBUNDLED LOCAL LOOP

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
NOTE: minimum billing period of three months for DS3/STS-1 Local Loop

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
High
Capacity Unbundled Local Loop - DS3 - Per Mile per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UE3

	
 

	
1L5ND

	
 

	
10.92

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

CCCS 94 of 501

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
High
Capacity Unbundled Local Loop - DS3 - Facility Termination per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UE3         
                

	
 

	
UE3PX

	
 

	
386.88

	
 

	
556.37

	
 

	
343.01

	
 

	
139.13

	
 

	
96.84

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
High
Capacity Unbundled Local Loop - STS-1 - Per Mile per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UDLSX

	
 

	
1L5ND

	
 

	
10.92

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
High
Capacity Unbundled Local Loop - STS-1 - Facility Termination per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UDLSX

	
 

	
UDLS1

	
 

	
426.60

	
 

	
556.37

	
 

	
343.01

	
 

	
139.13

	
 

	
96.84

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
LOOP MAKE-UP

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Loop Makeup
- Preordering Without Reservation, per working or spare facility queried (Manual).

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UMK

	
 

	
UMKLW

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
52.17

	
 

	
52.17

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Loop Makeup
- Preordering With Reservation, per spare facility queried (Manual).

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UMK

	
 

	
UMKLP

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
55.07

	
 

	
55.07

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Loop
Makeup--With or Without Reservation, per working or spare facility queried (Mechanized)

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UMK

	
 

	
UMKMQ

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
0.6784

	
 

	
0.6784

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
LINE SPLITTING

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
END USER ORDERING-CENTRAL OFFICE BASED

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Line
Splitting - per line activation DLEC owned splitter

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UEPSR UEPSB

	
 

	
UREOS

	
 

	
0.61

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
MAINTENANCE

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
No Trouble
Found - per 1/2 hour increments - Basic

	
 

	
N

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
80.00

	
 

	
55.00

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
No Trouble
Found - per 1/2 hour increments - Overtime

	
 

	
N

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
120.00

	
 

	
82.50

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
No Trouble
Found - per 1/2 hour increments - Premium

	
 

	
N

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
160.00

	
 

	
110.00

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNBUNDLED DEDICATED TRANSPORT

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
INTEROFFICE CHANNEL - DEDICATED TRANSPORT

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Interoffice
Channel - Dedicated Transport - 2-Wire Voice Grade - Per Mile per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
U1TVX

	
 

	
1L5XX

	
 

	
0.0091

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Interoffice
Channel - Dedicated Transport- 2- Wire Voice Grade - Facility Termination

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
U1TVX

	
 

	
U1TV2

	
 

	
25.32

	
 

	
47.35

	
 

	
31.78

	
 

	
18.31

	
 

	
7.03

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Interoffice
Channel - Dedicated Transport - 2-Wire Voice Grade Rev Bat. - Per Mile per
month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
U1TVX

	
 

	
1L5XX

	
 

	
0.0091

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Interoffice
Channel - Dedicated Transport- 2- Wire VG Rev Bat. - Facility Termination

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
U1TVX

	
 

	
U1TR2

	
 

	
25.32

	
 

	
47.35

	
 

	
31.78

	
 

	
18.31

	
 

	
7.03

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Interoffice
Channel - Dedicated Transport - 4-Wire Voice Grade - Per Mile per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
U1TVX

	
 

	
1L5XX

	
 

	
0.0091

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Interoffice Channel - Dedicated
Transport - 4- Wire Voice Grade - Facility
Termination

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
U1TVX

	
 

	
U1TV4

	
 

	
22.58

	
 

	
47.35

	
 

	
31.78

	
 

	
18.31

	
 

	
7.03

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Interoffice
Channel - Dedicated Transport - 56 kbps - per mile per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
U1TDX

	
 

	
1L5XX

	
 

	
0.0091

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Interoffice
Channel - Dedicated Transport - 56 kbps - Facility Termination

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
U1TDX

	
 

	
U1TD5

	
 

	
18.44

	
 

	
47.35

	
 

	
31.78

	
 

	
18.31

	
 

	
7.03

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Interoffice
Channel - Dedicated Transport - 64 kbps - per mile per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
U1TDX

	
 

	
1L5XX

	
 

	
0.0091

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Interoffice
Channel - Dedicated Transport - 64 kbps - Facility Termination

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
U1TDX

	
 

	
U1TD6

	
 

	
18.44

	
 

	
47.35

	
 

	
31.78

	
 

	
18.31

	
 

	
7.03

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Interoffice
Channel - Dedicated Channel - DS1 - Per Mile per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
U1TD1

	
 

	
1L5XX

	
 

	
0.1856

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Interoffice
Channel - Dedicated Tranport - DS1 - Facility Termination

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
U1TD1

	
 

	
U1TF1

	
 

	
88.44

	
 

	
105.54

	
 

	
98.47

	
 

	
21.47

	
 

	
19.05

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Interoffice
Channel - Dedicated Transport - DS3 - Per Mile per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
U1TD3

	
 

	
1L5XX

	
 

	
3.87

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Interoffice
Channel - Dedicated Transport - DS3 - Facility Termination per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
U1TD3

	
 

	
U1TF3

	
 

	
1,071.00

	
 

	
335.46

	
 

	
219.28

	
 

	
72.03

	
 

	
70.56

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Interoffice
Channel - Dedicated Transport - STS-1 - Per Mile per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
U1TS1

	
 

	
1L5XX

	
 

	
3.87

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Interoffice
Channel - Dedicated Transport - STS-1 - Facility Termination

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
U1TS1

	
 

	
U1TFS

	
 

	
1,056.00

	
 

	
335.46

	
 

	
219.28

	
 

	
72.03

	
 

	
70.56

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
LNP QUERY SERVICE

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
LNP Charge
Per query

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
0.000852

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
LNP Service
Establishment Manual

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
13.83

	
 

	
13.83

	
 

	
12.71

	
 

	
12.71

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
LNP Service
Provisioning with Point Code Establishment

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
655.50

	
 

	
334.88

	
 

	
297.03

	
 

	
218.40

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNBUNDLED DARK FIBER

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Dark Fiber,
Per Four Fiber Strands, Per Route Mile Or Fraction Thereof - Interoffice Transport

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UDF, UDFCX

	
 

	
1L5DF

	
 

	
26.85

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Dark Fiber,
Per Four Fiber Strands, Per Route Mile Or Fraction Thereof - Interoffice Transport

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UDF, UDFCX

	
 

	
UDF14

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
751.34

	
 

	
193.88

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
911 PBX LOCATE

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

CCCS 95 of 501

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
911 PBX LOCATE DATABASE CAPABILITY

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Service
Establishment per CLEC per End User Account

	
 

	
N

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
9PBDC      
                

	
 

	
9PBEU

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
1,820.00

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Changes to
TN Range or Customer Profile

	
 

	
N

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
9PBDC

	
 

	
9PBTN

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
182.14

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Per
Telephone Number (Monthly)

	
 

	
N

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
9PBDC

	
 

	
9PBMM

	
 

	
0.07

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Change
Company (Service Provider) ID

	
 

	
N

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
9PBDC

	
 

	
9PBPC

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
534.66

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
PBX Locate
Service Support per CLEC (Monthly)

	
 

	
N

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
9PBDC

	
 

	
9PBMR

	
 

	
178.80

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Service
Order Charge

	
 

	
N

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
9PBDC

	
 

	
9PBSC

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
11.90

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
911 PBX LOCATE TRANSPORT COMPONENT

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
See Att 3

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
ENHANCED EXTENDED LINK (EELs)

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
NOTE: The monthly recurring and non-recurring charges below will apply
and the Switch-As-Is Charge will not apply for UNE combinations provisioned
as ‘ Ordinarily Combined’ Network Elements.

	
 

	
 

	
NOTE: The monthly recurring and the Switch-As-Is Charge and not the
non-recurring charges below will apply for UNE combinations provisioned as ‘
Currently Combined’ Network Elements.

	
 

	
 

	
EXTENTED 2-WIRE VOICE GRADE EXTENDED LOOP WITH DEDICATED DS1
INTEROFFICE TRANSPORT

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
First 2-Wire
VG Loop (SL2) in Combination - Zone 1

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
1

	
 

	
UNCVX

	
 

	
UEAL2

	
 

	
12.24

	
 

	
127.59

	
 

	
60.54

	
 

	
48.00

	
 

	
6.31

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
First
2-Wire VG Loop (SL2) in Combination - Zone 2

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2

	
 

	
UNCVX

	
 

	
UEAL2

	
 

	
17.40

	
 

	
127.59

	
 

	
60.54

	
 

	
48.00

	
 

	
6.31

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
First
2-Wire VG Loop (SL2) in Combination - Zone 3

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
3

	
 

	
UNCVX

	
 

	
UEAL2

	
 

	
30.87

	
 

	
127.59

	
 

	
60.54

	
 

	
48.00

	
 

	
6.31

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Interoffice
Transport - Dedicated - DS1 combination - Per Mile per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
1L5XX

	
 

	
0.1856

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Interoffice
Transport - Dedicated - DS1 combination - Facility Termination per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
U1TF1

	
 

	
88.44

	
 

	
174.46

	
 

	
122.46

	
 

	
45.61

	
 

	
17.95

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
1/0
Channelization System in combination Per Month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
MQ1

	
 

	
146.77

	
 

	
57.28

	
 

	
14.74

	
 

	
1.50

	
 

	
1.34

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Voice Grade
COCI - Per Month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNCVX

	
 

	
1D1VG

	
 

	
1.38

	
 

	
6.71

	
 

	
4.84

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Each
Additional 2-Wire VG Loop (SL 2) in Combination - Zone 1

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
1

	
 

	
UNCVX

	
 

	
UEAL2

	
 

	
12.24

	
 

	
127.59

	
 

	
60.54

	
 

	
48.00

	
 

	
6.31

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Each
Additional 2-Wire VG Loop (SL 2) in Combination - Zone 2

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2

	
 

	
UNCVX

	
 

	
UEAL2

	
 

	
17.40

	
 

	
127.59

	
 

	
60.54

	
 

	
48.00

	
 

	
6.31

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Each
Additional 2-Wire VG Loop (SL 2) in Combination - Zone 3

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
3

	
 

	
UNCVX

	
 

	
UEAL2

	
 

	
30.87

	
 

	
127.59

	
 

	
60.54

	
 

	
48.00

	
 

	
6.31

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Voice Grade
COCI - Per Month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNCVX

	
 

	
1D1VG

	
 

	
1.38

	
 

	
6.71

	
 

	
4.84

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
EXTENDED 4-WIRE VOICE GRADE EXTENDED LOOP WITH DEDICATED DS1
INTEROFFICE TRANSPORT

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
First
4-Wire Analog Voice Grade Loop in Combination - Zone 1

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
1

	
 

	
UNCVX

	
 

	
UEAL4

	
 

	
18.89

	
 

	
127.59

	
 

	
60.54

	
 

	
48.00

	
 

	
6.31

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
First
4-Wire Analog Voice Grade Loop in Combination - Zone 2

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2

	
 

	
UNCVX

	
 

	
UEAL4

	
 

	
26.84

	
 

	
127.59

	
 

	
60.54

	
 

	
48.00

	
 

	
6.31

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
First
4-Wire Analog Voice Grade Loop in Combination - Zone 3

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
3

	
 

	
UNCVX

	
 

	
UEAL4

	
 

	
47.62

	
 

	
127.59

	
 

	
60.54

	
 

	
48.00

	
 

	
6.31

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Interoffice
Transport - Dedicated - DS1 combination - Per Mile Per Month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
1L5XX

	
 

	
0.1856

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Interoffice
Transport - Dedicated - DS1 - Facility Termination Per Month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
U1TF1

	
 

	
88.44

	
 

	
174.46

	
 

	
122.46

	
 

	
45.61

	
 

	
17.95

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
1/0 Channel
System in combination Per Month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
MQ1

	
 

	
146.77

	
 

	
57.28

	
 

	
14.74

	
 

	
1.50

	
 

	
1.34

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Voice Grade
COCI in combination - per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNCVX

	
 

	
1D1VG

	
 

	
1.38

	
 

	
6.71

	
 

	
4.84

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Additional
4-Wire Analog Voice Grade Loop in same DS1 Interoffice Transport Combination - Zone 1

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
1

	
 

	
UNCVX

	
 

	
UEAL4

	
 

	
18.89

	
 

	
127.59

	
 

	
60.54

	
 

	
48.00

	
 

	
6.31

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Additional
4-Wire Analog Voice Grade Loop in same DS1 Interoffice Transport Combination - Zone 2

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2

	
 

	
UNCVX

	
 

	
UEAL4

	
 

	
26.84

	
 

	
127.59

	
 

	
60.54

	
 

	
48.00

	
 

	
6.31

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Additional
4-Wire Analog Voice Grade Loop in same DS1 Interoffice Transport Combination - Zone 3

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
3

	
 

	
UNCVX

	
 

	
UEAL4

	
 

	
47.62

	
 

	
127.59

	
 

	
60.54

	
 

	
48.00

	
 

	
6.31

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Additional
Voice Grade COCI in combination - per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNCVX

	
 

	
1D1VG

	
 

	
1.38

	
 

	
6.71

	
 

	
4.84

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
EXTENDED 4-WIRE 56 KBPS EXTENDED DIGITAL LOOP WITH DEDICATED DS1
INTEROFFICE TRANSPORT

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
First
4-Wire 56Kbps Digital Grade Loop in Combination - Zone 1

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
1

	
 

	
UNCDX

	
 

	
UDL56

	
 

	
22.20

	
 

	
127.59

	
 

	
60.54

	
 

	
48.00

	
 

	
6.31

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
First
4-Wire 56Kbps Digital Grade Loop in Combination - Zone 2

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2

	
 

	
UNCDX

	
 

	
UDL56

	
 

	
31.56

	
 

	
127.59

	
 

	
60.54

	
 

	
48.00

	
 

	
6.31

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
First
4-Wire 56Kbps Digital Grade Loop in Combination - Zone 3

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
3

	
 

	
UNCDX

	
 

	
UDL56

	
 

	
55.99

	
 

	
127.59

	
 

	
60.54

	
 

	
48.00

	
 

	
6.31

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Interoffice
Transport - Dedicated - DS1 combination - Per Mile Per Month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
1L5XX

	
 

	
0.1856

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Interoffice
Transport - Dedicated - DS1 - combination Facility Termination Per Month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
U1TF1

	
 

	
88.44

	
 

	
174.46

	
 

	
122.46

	
 

	
45.61

	
 

	
17.95

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
1/0 Channel
System in combination Per Month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
MQ1

	
 

	
146.77

	
 

	
57.28

	
 

	
14.74

	
 

	
1.50

	
 

	
1.34

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
OCU-DP COCI
(data) per month (2.4-64kbs)

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNCDX

	
 

	
1D1DD

	
 

	
2.10

	
 

	
6.71

	
 

	
4.84

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Additional
4-Wire 56Kbps Digital Grade Loop in same DS1 Interoffice Transport Combination - Zone 1

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
1

	
 

	
UNCDX

	
 

	
UDL56

	
 

	
22.20

	
 

	
127.59

	
 

	
60.54

	
 

	
48.00

	
 

	
6.31

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

CCCS 96 of 501

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Additional
4-Wire 56Kbps Digital Grade Loop in same DS1 Interoffice Transport Combination - Zone 2

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2

	
 

	
UNCDX            
          

	
 

	
UDL56

	
 

	
31.56

	
 

	
127.59

	
 

	
60.54

	
 

	
48.00

	
 

	
6.31

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Additional
4-Wire 56Kbps Digital Grade Loop in same DS1 Interoffice Transport Combination - Zone 3

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
3

	
 

	
UNCDX

	
 

	
UDL56

	
 

	
55.99

	
 

	
127.59

	
 

	
60.54

	
 

	
48.00

	
 

	
6.31

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Additional
OCU-DP COCI (data) - in combination per month (2.4-64kbs)

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNCDX

	
 

	
1D1DD

	
 

	
2.10

	
 

	
6.71

	
 

	
4.84

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
EXTENDED 4-WIRE 64 KBPS EXTENDED DIGITAL LOOP WITH DEDICATED DS1
INTEROFFICE TRANSPORT

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
First
4-Wire 64Kbps Digital Grade Loop in Combination - Zone 1

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
1

	
 

	
UNCDX

	
 

	
UDL64

	
 

	
22.20

	
 

	
127.59

	
 

	
60.54

	
 

	
48.00

	
 

	
6.31

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
First
4-Wire 64Kbps Digital Grade Loop in Combination - Zone 2

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2

	
 

	
UNCDX

	
 

	
UDL64

	
 

	
31.56

	
 

	
127.59

	
 

	
60.54

	
 

	
48.00

	
 

	
6.31

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
First
4-Wire 64Kbps Digital Grade Loop in Combination - Zone 3

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
3

	
 

	
UNCDX

	
 

	
UDL64

	
 

	
55.99

	
 

	
127.59

	
 

	
60.54

	
 

	
48.00

	
 

	
6.31

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Interoffice
Transport - Dedicated - DS1 combination - Per Mile Per Month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
1L5XX

	
 

	
0.1856

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
interoffice
Transport - Dedicated - DS1 combination - Facility Termination Per Month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
U1TF1

	
 

	
88.44

	
 

	
174.46

	
 

	
122.46

	
 

	
45.61

	
 

	
17.95

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
1/0 Channel
System in combination Per Month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
MQ1

	
 

	
146.77

	
 

	
57.28

	
 

	
14.74

	
 

	
1.50

	
 

	
1.34

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
OCU-DP COCI
(data) - in combination - per month (2.4-64kbs)

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNCDX

	
 

	
1D1DD

	
 

	
2.10

	
 

	
6.71

	
 

	
4.84

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Additional
4-Wire 64Kbps Digital Grade Loop in same DS1 Interoffice Transport Combination - Zone 1

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
1

	
 

	
UNCDX

	
 

	
UDL64

	
 

	
22.20

	
 

	
127.59

	
 

	
60.54

	
 

	
48.00

	
 

	
6.31

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Additional
4-Wire 64Kbps Digital Grade Loop in same DS1 Interoffice Transport Combination - Zone 2

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2

	
 

	
UNCDX

	
 

	
UDL64

	
 

	
31.56

	
 

	
127.59

	
 

	
60.54

	
 

	
48.00

	
 

	
6.31

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Additional
4-Wire 64Kbps Digital Grade Loop in same DS1 Interoffice Transport Combination - Zone 3

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
3

	
 

	
UNCDX

	
 

	
UDL64

	
 

	
55.99

	
 

	
127.59

	
 

	
60.54

	
 

	
48.00

	
 

	
6.31

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Additional
OCU-DP COCI (data) - in combination - per month (2.4-64kbs)

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNCDX

	
 

	
1D1DD

	
 

	
2.10

	
 

	
6.71

	
 

	
4.84

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
EXTENDED 4-WIRE DS1 DIGITAL EXTENDED LOOP WITH DEDICATED DS1
INTEROFFICE TRANSPORT

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
4-Wire DS1
Digital Loop in Combination - Zone 1

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
1

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
USLXX

	
 

	
70.74

	
 

	
217.75

	
 

	
121.62

	
 

	
51.44

	
 

	
14.45

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
4-Wire DS1
Digital Loop in Combination - Zone 2

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
USLXX

	
 

	
100.54

	
 

	
217.75

	
 

	
121.62

	
 

	
51.44

	
 

	
14.45

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
4-Wire DS1
Digital Loop in Combination - Zone 3

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
3

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
USLXX

	
 

	
178.39

	
 

	
217.75

	
 

	
121.62

	
 

	
51.44

	
 

	
14.45

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Interoffice
Transport - Dedicated - DS1 combination - Per Mile Per Month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
1L5XX

	
 

	
0.1856

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Interoffice
Transport - Dedicated - DS1 combination - Facility Termination Per Month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
U1TF1

	
 

	
88.44

	
 

	
174.46

	
 

	
122.46

	
 

	
45.61

	
 

	
17.95

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
EXTENDED 4-WIRE DS1 DIGITAL EXTENDED LOOP WITH DEDICATED DS3
INTEROFFICE TRANSPORT

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
First
DS1Loop in Combination - Zone 1

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
1

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
USLXX

	
 

	
70.74

	
 

	
217.75

	
 

	
121.62

	
 

	
51.44

	
 

	
14.45

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
First
DS1Loop in Combination - Zone 2

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
USLXX

	
 

	
100.54

	
 

	
217.75

	
 

	
121.62

	
 

	
51.44

	
 

	
14.45

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
First
DS1Loop in Combination - Zone 3

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
3

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
USLXX

	
 

	
178.39

	
 

	
217.75

	
 

	
121.62

	
 

	
51.44

	
 

	
14.45

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Interoffice
Transport - Dedicated - DS3 combination - Per Mile Per Month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC3X

	
 

	
1L5XX

	
 

	
3.87

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Interoffice
Transport - Dedicated - DS3 - Facility Termination per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC3X

	
 

	
U1TF3

	
 

	
1,071.00

	
 

	
320.00

	
 

	
138.20

	
 

	
38.60

	
 

	
18.81

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
3/1Channel
System in combination per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC3X

	
 

	
MQ3

	
 

	
211.19

	
 

	
115.60

	
 

	
56.64

	
 

	
12.16

	
 

	
4.26

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
DS1 COCI in
combination per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
UC1D1

	
 

	
13.76

	
 

	
6.71

	
 

	
4.84

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Additional
DS1Loop in DS3 Interoffice Transport Combination - Zone 1

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
1

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
USLXX

	
 

	
70.74

	
 

	
217.75

	
 

	
121.62

	
 

	
51.44

	
 

	
14.45

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Additional
DS1Loop in DS3 Interoffice Transport Combination - Zone 2

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
USLXX

	
 

	
100.54

	
 

	
217.75

	
 

	
121.62

	
 

	
51.44

	
 

	
14.45

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Additional
DS1Loop in DS3 Interoffice Transport Combination - Zone 3

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
3

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
USLXX

	
 

	
178.39

	
 

	
217.75

	
 

	
121.62

	
 

	
51.44

	
 

	
14.45

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Additoinal
DS1 COCI in combination per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
UC1D1

	
 

	
13.76

	
 

	
6.71

	
 

	
4.84

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
EXTENDED 2-WIRE VOICE GRADE EXTENDED LOOP/ 2 WIRE VOICE GRADE
INTEROFFICE TRANSPORT

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2-WireVG
Loop in combination - Zone 1

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
1

	
 

	
UNCVX

	
 

	
UEAL2

	
 

	
12.24

	
 

	
127.59

	
 

	
60.54

	
 

	
48.00

	
 

	
6.31

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2-WireVG
Loop in combination - Zone 2

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2

	
 

	
UNCVX

	
 

	
UEAL2

	
 

	
17.40

	
 

	
127.59

	
 

	
60.54

	
 

	
48.00

	
 

	
6.31

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2-WireVG
Loop in combination - Zone 3

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
3

	
 

	
UNCVX

	
 

	
UEAL2

	
 

	
30.87

	
 

	
127.59

	
 

	
60.54

	
 

	
48.00

	
 

	
6.31

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Interoffice
Transport - 2-wire VG - Dedicated- Per Mile Per Month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNCVX

	
 

	
1L5XX

	
 

	
0.0091

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Interoffice
Transport - 2-wire VG - Dedicated - Facility Termination per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNCVX

	
 

	
U1TV2

	
 

	
25.32

	
 

	
94.70

	
 

	
52.59

	
 

	
45.28

	
 

	
18.03

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
EXTENDED 4-WIRE VOICE GRADE EXTENDED LOOP/ 4 WIRE VOICE GRADE
INTEROFFICE TRANSPORT

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
4-WireVG
Loop in combination - Zone 1

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
1

	
 

	
UNCVX

	
 

	
UEAL4

	
 

	
18.89

	
 

	
127.59

	
 

	
60.54

	
 

	
48.00

	
 

	
6.31

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
4-WireVG Loop in combination -
Zone 2

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2

	
 

	
UNCVX

	
 

	
UEAL4

	
 

	
26.84

	
 

	
127.59

	
 

	
60.54

	
 

	
48.00

	
 

	
6.31

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
4-WireVG Loop in combination -
Zone 3

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
3

	
 

	
UNCVX

	
 

	
UEAL4

	
 

	
47.62

	
 

	
127.59

	
 

	
60.54

	
 

	
48.00

	
 

	
6.31

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

CCCS 97 of 501

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Interoffice
Transport - 4-wire VG - Dedicated - Per Mile Per Month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNCVX            
          

	
 

	
1L5XX

	
 

	
0.0091

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Interoffice
Transport - 4-wire VG - Dedicated - Facility Termination per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNCVX

	
 

	
U1TV4

	
 

	
22.58

	
 

	
94.70

	
 

	
52.59

	
 

	
45.28

	
 

	
18.03

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
EXTENDED DS3 DIGITAL EXTENDED LOOP WITH DEDICATED DS3 INTEROFFICE
TRANSPORT

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
DS3 Local
Loop in combination - per mile per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC3X

	
 

	
1L5ND

	
 

	
10.92

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
DS3 Local
Loop in combination - Facility Termination per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC3X

	
 

	
UE3PX

	
 

	
386.88

	
 

	
244.42

	
 

	
154.73

	
 

	
67.10

	
 

	
26.27

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Interoffice
Transport - Dedicated - DS3 - Per Mile per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC3X

	
 

	
1L5XX

	
 

	
3.87

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Interoffice
Transport - Dedicated - DS3 combination - Facility Termination per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC3X

	
 

	
U1TF3

	
 

	
1,071.00

	
 

	
320.00

	
 

	
138.20

	
 

	
38.60

	
 

	
18.81

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Nonrecurring
Currently Combined Network Elements Switch -As-Is Charge

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC3X

	
 

	
UNCCC

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
8.98

	
 

	
8.98

	
 

	
8.98

	
 

	
8.98

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
EXTENDED STS-1 DIGITAL EXTENDED LOOP WITH DEDICATED STS-1 INTEROFFICE
TRANSPORT

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
STS-1 Local
Loop in combination - per mile per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNCSX

	
 

	
1L5ND

	
 

	
10.92

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
STS-1 Local
Loop in combination - Facility Termination per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNCSX

	
 

	
UDLS1

	
 

	
426.60

	
 

	
244.42

	
 

	
154.73

	
 

	
67.10

	
 

	
26.27

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Interoffice
Transport - Dedicated - STS-1 combination - per mile per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNCSX

	
 

	
1L5XX

	
 

	
3.87

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Interoffice
Transport - Dedicated - STS-1 combination - Facility Termination per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNCSX

	
 

	
U1TFS

	
 

	
1,056.00

	
 

	
320.00

	
 

	
138.20

	
 

	
38.60

	
 

	
18.81

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
EXTENDED 2-WIRE ISDN EXTENDED LOOP WITH DS1 INTEROFFICE TRANSPORT

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
First 2-Wire
ISDN Loop in Combination - Zone 1

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
1

	
 

	
UNCNX

	
 

	
U1L2X

	
 

	
19.28

	
 

	
127.59

	
 

	
60.60

	
 

	
48.00

	
 

	
6.31

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
First 2-Wire
ISDN Loop in Combination - Zone 2

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2

	
 

	
UNCNX

	
 

	
U1L2X

	
 

	
27.40

	
 

	
127.59

	
 

	
60.60

	
 

	
48.00

	
 

	
6.31

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
First 2-Wire
ISDN Loop in Combination - Zone 3

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
3

	
 

	
UNCNX

	
 

	
U1L2X

	
 

	
48.62

	
 

	
127.59

	
 

	
60.60

	
 

	
48.00

	
 

	
6.31

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Interoffice Transport
- Dedicated - DS1 combination - per mile per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
1L5XX

	
 

	
0.1856

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Interoffice
Transport - Dedicated - DS1 combination - Facility Termination per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
U1TF1

	
 

	
88.44

	
 

	
174.46

	
 

	
122.46

	
 

	
45.61

	
 

	
17.95

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
1/0 Channel
System in combination - per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
MQ1

	
 

	
146.77

	
 

	
57.28

	
 

	
14.74

	
 

	
1.50

	
 

	
1.34

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2-wire ISDN
COCI (BRITE) - in combination - per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNCNX

	
 

	
UC1CA

	
 

	
3.66

	
 

	
6.71

	
 

	
4.84

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Additional
2-wire ISDN Loop in same DS1Interoffice Transport Combination - Zone 1

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
1

	
 

	
UNCNX

	
 

	
U1L2X

	
 

	
19.28

	
 

	
127.59

	
 

	
60.60

	
 

	
48.00

	
 

	
6.31

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Additional
2-wire ISDN Loop in same DS1Interoffice Transport Combination - Zone 2

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2

	
 

	
UNCNX

	
 

	
U1L2X

	
 

	
27.40

	
 

	
127.59

	
 

	
60.60

	
 

	
48.00

	
 

	
6.31

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Additional
2-wire ISDN Loop in same DS1Interoffice Transport Combination - Zone 3

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
3

	
 

	
UNCNX

	
 

	
U1L2X

	
 

	
48.62

	
 

	
127.59

	
 

	
60.60

	
 

	
48.00

	
 

	
6.31

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Additional
2-wire ISDN COCI (BRITE) - in combination- per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNCNX

	
 

	
UC1CA

	
 

	
3.66

	
 

	
6.71

	
 

	
4.84

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
EXTENDED 4-WIRE DS1 DIGITAL EXTENDED LOOP WITH DEDICATED STS-1
INTEROFFICE TRANSPORT

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
First DS1
Loop Combination - Zone 1

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
1

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
USLXX

	
 

	
70.74

	
 

	
217.75

	
 

	
121.62

	
 

	
51.44

	
 

	
14.45

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
First DS1 Loop
Combination - Zone 2

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
USLXX

	
 

	
100.54

	
 

	
217.75

	
 

	
121.62

	
 

	
51.44

	
 

	
14.45

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
First DS1
Loop Combination - Zone 3

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
3

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
USLXX

	
 

	
178.39

	
 

	
217.75

	
 

	
121.62

	
 

	
51.44

	
 

	
14.45

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Interoffice
Transport - Dedicated - STS-1 combination - Per Mile Per Month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNCSX

	
 

	
1L5XX

	
 

	
3.87

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Interoffice
Transport - Dedicated - STS-1 combination - Facility Termination per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNCSX

	
 

	
U1TFS

	
 

	
1,056.00

	
 

	
320.00

	
 

	
138.20

	
 

	
38.60

	
 

	
18.81

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
3/1 Channel
System in combination per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNCSX

	
 

	
MQ3

	
 

	
211.19

	
 

	
115.60

	
 

	
56.64

	
 

	
12.16

	
 

	
4.26

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
DS1 COCI in
combination per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
UC1D1

	
 

	
13.76

	
 

	
6.71

	
 

	
4.84

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Additional
DS1Loop in the same STS-1 Interoffice Transport Combination - Zone 1

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
1

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
USLXX

	
 

	
70.74

	
 

	
217.75

	
 

	
121.62

	
 

	
51.44

	
 

	
14.45

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Additional
DS1Loop in the same STS-1 Interoffice Transport Combination - Zone 2

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
USLXX

	
 

	
100.54

	
 

	
217.75

	
 

	
121.62

	
 

	
51.44

	
 

	
14.45

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Additional
DS1Loop in the same STS-1 Interoffice Transport Combination - Zone 3

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
3

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
USLXX

	
 

	
178.39

	
 

	
217.75

	
 

	
121.62

	
 

	
51.44

	
 

	
14.45

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
DS1 COCI in
combination per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
UC1D1

	
 

	
13.76

	
 

	
6.71

	
 

	
4.84

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
EXTENDED 4-WIRE 56 KBPS DIGITAL EXTENDED LOOP WITH 56 KBPS INTEROFFICE
TRANSPORT

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
4-wire 56
kbps Local Loop in combination - Zone 1

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
1

	
 

	
UNCDX

	
 

	
UDL56

	
 

	
22.20

	
 

	
127.59

	
 

	
60.54

	
 

	
48.00

	
 

	
6.31

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
4-wire 56
kbps Local Loop in combination - Zone 2

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2

	
 

	
UNCDX

	
 

	
UDL56

	
 

	
31.56

	
 

	
127.59

	
 

	
60.54

	
 

	
48.00

	
 

	
6.31

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
4-wire 56
kbps Local Loop in combination - Zone 3

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
3

	
 

	
UNCDX

	
 

	
UDL56

	
 

	
55.99

	
 

	
127.59

	
 

	
60.54

	
 

	
48.00

	
 

	
6.31

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Interoffice
Transport - Dedicated - 4-wire 56 kbps combination - Per Mile per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNCDX

	
 

	
1L5XX

	
 

	
0.0091

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Interoffice
Transport - Dedicated - 4-wire 56 kbps combination - Facility Termination per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNCDX

	
 

	
U1TD5

	
 

	
18.44

	
 

	
94.70

	
 

	
52.59

	
 

	
45.28

	
 

	
18.03

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

CCCS 98 of 501

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
EXTENDED 4-WIRE 64 KBPS DIGITAL EXTENDED LOOP WITH 64 KBPS INTEROFFICE
TRANSPORT

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
4-wire 64
kbps Local Loop in Combination - Zone 1

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
1

	
 

	
UNCDX            
          

	
 

	
UDL64

	
 

	
22.20

	
 

	
127.59

	
 

	
60.54

	
 

	
48.00

	
 

	
6.31

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
4-wire 64
kbps Local Loop in Combination - Zone 2

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2

	
 

	
UNCDX

	
 

	
UDL64

	
 

	
31.56

	
 

	
127.59

	
 

	
60.54

	
 

	
48.00

	
 

	
6.31

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
4-wire 64
kbps Local Loop in Combination - Zone 3

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
3

	
 

	
UNCDX

	
 

	
UDL64

	
 

	
55.99

	
 

	
127.59

	
 

	
60.54

	
 

	
48.00

	
 

	
6.31

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Interoffice
Transport - Dedicated - 4-wire 64 kbps combination - Per Mile per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNCDX

	
 

	
1L5XX

	
 

	
0.0091

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Interoffice
Transport - Dedicated - 4-wire 64 kbps combination - Facility Termination per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNCDX

	
 

	
U1TD6

	
 

	
18.44

	
 

	
94.70

	
 

	
52.59

	
 

	
45.28

	
 

	
18.03

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
EXTENDED 2-WIRE VOICE GRADE LOOP WITH DS1 INTEROFFICE TRANSPORT w/ 3/1
MUX

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
First 2-wire
VG Loop (SL2) in Combination - Zone 1

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
1

	
 

	
UNCVX

	
 

	
UEAL2

	
 

	
12.24

	
 

	
127.59

	
 

	
60.54

	
 

	
48.00

	
 

	
6.31

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
First
2-wire VG Loop (SL2) in Combination - Zone 2

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2

	
 

	
UNCVX

	
 

	
UEAL2

	
 

	
17.40

	
 

	
127.59

	
 

	
60.54

	
 

	
48.00

	
 

	
6.31

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
First
2-wire VG Loop (SL2) in Combination - Zone 3

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
3

	
 

	
UNCVX

	
 

	
UEAL2

	
 

	
30.87

	
 

	
127.59

	
 

	
60.54

	
 

	
48.00

	
 

	
6.31

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
First
Interoffice Transport - Dedicated - DS1 combination - Per Mile

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
1L5XX

	
 

	
0.1856

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
First
Interoffice Transport - Dedicated - DS1 combination - Facility Termination per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
U1TF1

	
 

	
88.44

	
 

	
174.46

	
 

	
122.46

	
 

	
45.61

	
 

	
17.95

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Per each DS1
Channelization System Per Month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
MQ1

	
 

	
146.77

	
 

	
57.28

	
 

	
14.74

	
 

	
1.50

	
 

	
1.34

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Per each
Voice Grade COCI - Per Month per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNCVX

	
 

	
1D1VG

	
 

	
1.38

	
 

	
6.71

	
 

	
4.84

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
3/1 Channel
System in combination per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC3X

	
 

	
MQ3

	
 

	
211.19

	
 

	
115.60

	
 

	
56.64

	
 

	
12.16

	
 

	
4.26

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Per each DS1
COCI in combination per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
UC1D1

	
 

	
13.76

	
 

	
6.71

	
 

	
4.84

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Each
Additional 2-Wire VG Loop (SL 2) in the same DS1 Interoffice Transport Combination - Zone 1

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
1

	
 

	
UNCVX

	
 

	
UEAL2

	
 

	
12.24

	
 

	
127.59

	
 

	
60.54

	
 

	
48.00

	
 

	
6.31

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Each
Additional 2-Wire VG Loop (SL2) in the same DS1 Interoffice Transport Combination - Zone 2

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2

	
 

	
UNCVX

	
 

	
UEAL2

	
 

	
17.40

	
 

	
127.59

	
 

	
60.54

	
 

	
48.00

	
 

	
6.31

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Each
Additional 2-Wire VG Loop (SL2) in the same DS1 Interoffice Transport Combination - Zone 3

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
3

	
 

	
UNCVX

	
 

	
UEAL2

	
 

	
30.87

	
 

	
127.59

	
 

	
60.54

	
 

	
48.00

	
 

	
6.31

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Each
Additional Voice Grade COCI in combination - per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNCVX

	
 

	
1D1VG

	
 

	
1.38

	
 

	
6.71

	
 

	
4.84

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Each
Additional DS1 Interoffice Channel per mile in same 3/1 Channel System per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
1L5XX

	
 

	
0.1856

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Each
Additional DS1 Interoffice Channel Facility Termination in same 3/1 Channel
System per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
U1TF1

	
 

	
88.44

	
 

	
174.46

	
 

	
122.46

	
 

	
45.61

	
 

	
17.95

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Each
Additional DS1 COCI combination per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
UC1D1

	
 

	
13.76

	
 

	
6.71

	
 

	
4.84

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
EXTENDED 4-WIRE VOICE GRADE LOOP WITH DEDICATED DS1 INTEROFFICE
TRANSPORT w/ 3/1 MUX

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
First 4-Wire
Analog Voice Grade Local Loop in Combination - Zone 1

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
1

	
 

	
UNCVX

	
 

	
UEAL4

	
 

	
18.89

	
 

	
127.59

	
 

	
60.54

	
 

	
48.00

	
 

	
6.31

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
First 4-Wire
Analog Voice Grade Local Loop in Combination - Zone 2

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2

	
 

	
UNCVX

	
 

	
UEAL4

	
 

	
26.84

	
 

	
127.59

	
 

	
60.54

	
 

	
48.00

	
 

	
6.31

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
First 4-Wire
Analog Voice Grade Local Loop in Combination - Zone 3

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
3

	
 

	
UNCVX

	
 

	
UEAL4

	
 

	
47.62

	
 

	
127.59

	
 

	
60.54

	
 

	
48.00

	
 

	
6.31

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
First
Interoffice Transport - Dedicated - DS1 combination - Per Mile Per Month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
1L5XX

	
 

	
0.1856

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
First
Interoffice Transport - Dedicated - DS1 - Facility Termination Per Month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
U1TF1

	
 

	
88.44

	
 

	
174.46

	
 

	
122.46

	
 

	
45.61

	
 

	
17.95

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Per each
1/0 Channel System in combination Per Month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
MQ1

	
 

	
146.77

	
 

	
57.28

	
 

	
14.74

	
 

	
1.50

	
 

	
1.34

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Per each Voice
Grade COCI in combination - per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNCVX

	
 

	
1D1VG

	
 

	
1.38

	
 

	
6.71

	
 

	
4.84

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
3/1 Channel
System in combination per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC3X

	
 

	
MQ3

	
 

	
211.19

	
 

	
115.60

	
 

	
56.64

	
 

	
12.16

	
 

	
4.26

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Per each DS1
COCI in combination per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
UC1D1

	
 

	
13.76

	
 

	
6.71

	
 

	
4.84

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Additional
4-Wire Analog Voice Grade Loop in same DS1 Interoffice Transport Combination - Zone 1

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
1

	
 

	
UNCVX

	
 

	
UEAL4

	
 

	
18.89

	
 

	
127.59

	
 

	
60.54

	
 

	
48.00

	
 

	
6.31

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Additional
4-Wire Analog Voice Grade Loop in same DS1 Interoffice Transport Combination - Zone 2

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2

	
 

	
UNCVX

	
 

	
UEAL4

	
 

	
26.84

	
 

	
127.59

	
 

	
60.54

	
 

	
48.00

	
 

	
6.31

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Additional
4-Wire Analog Voice Grade Loop in same DS1 Interoffice Transport Combination - Zone 3

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
3

	
 

	
UNCVX

	
 

	
UEAL4

	
 

	
47.62

	
 

	
127.59

	
 

	
60.54

	
 

	
48.00

	
 

	
6.31

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Each
Additional DS1 Interoffice Channel per mile in same 3/1 Channel System per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
1L5XX

	
 

	
0.1856

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Each
Additional DS1 Interoffice Channel Facility Termination in same 3/1 Channel
System per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
U1TF1

	
 

	
88.44

	
 

	
174.46

	
 

	
122.46

	
 

	
45.61

	
 

	
17.95

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Additional
Voice Grade COCI - in combination - per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNCVX

	
 

	
1D1VG

	
 

	
1.38

	
 

	
6.71

	
 

	
4.84

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
EXTENDED 4-WIRE 56 KBPS DIGITAL LOOP WITH DEDICATED DS1 INTEROFFICE
TRANSPORT w/ 3/1 MUX

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
First 4-Wire
56Kbps Digital Grade Local Loop in Combination - Zone 1

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
1

	
 

	
UNCDX

	
 

	
UDL56

	
 

	
22.20

	
 

	
127.59

	
 

	
60.54

	
 

	
48.00

	
 

	
6.31

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
First 4-Wire
56Kbps Digital Grade Local Loop in Combination - Zone 2

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2

	
 

	
UNCDX

	
 

	
UDL56

	
 

	
31.56

	
 

	
127.59

	
 

	
60.54

	
 

	
48.00

	
 

	
6.31

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

CCCS 99 of 501

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
First 4-Wire
56Kbps Digital Grade Local Loop in Combination - Zone 3

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
3

	
 

	
UNCDX            
          

	
 

	
UDL56

	
 

	
55.99

	
 

	
127.59

	
 

	
60.54

	
 

	
48.00

	
 

	
6.31

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
First
Interoffice Transport - Dedicated - DS1 combination - Per Mile Per Month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
1L5XX

	
 

	
0.1856

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
First
Interoffice Transport - Dedicated - DS1 - combination Facility Termination Per Month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
U1TF1

	
 

	
88.44

	
 

	
174.46

	
 

	
122.46

	
 

	
45.61

	
 

	
17.95

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Per each
1/0 Channel System in combination Per Month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
MQ1

	
 

	
146.77

	
 

	
57.28

	
 

	
14.74

	
 

	
1.50

	
 

	
1.34

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Per each
OCU-DP COCI (data) COCI per month (2.4-64kbs)

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNCDX

	
 

	
1D1DD

	
 

	
2.10

	
 

	
6.71

	
 

	
4.84

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
3/1 Channel
System in combination per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC3X

	
 

	
MQ3

	
 

	
211.19

	
 

	
115.60

	
 

	
56.64

	
 

	
12.16

	
 

	
4.26

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Per each DS1
COCI in combination per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
UC1D1

	
 

	
13.76

	
 

	
6.71

	
 

	
4.84

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Additional
4-Wire 56Kbps Digital Grade Loop in same DS1 Interoffice Transport Combination - Zone 1

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
1

	
 

	
UNCDX

	
 

	
UDL56

	
 

	
22.20

	
 

	
127.59

	
 

	
60.54

	
 

	
48.00

	
 

	
6.31

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Additional
4-Wire 56Kbps Digital Grade Loop in same DS1 Interoffice Transport Combination - Zone 2

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2

	
 

	
UNCDX

	
 

	
UDL56

	
 

	
31.56

	
 

	
127.59

	
 

	
60.54

	
 

	
48.00

	
 

	
6.31

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Additional
4-Wire 56Kbps Digital Grade Loop in same DS1 Interoffice Transport Combination - Zone 3

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
3

	
 

	
UNCDX

	
 

	
UDL56

	
 

	
55.99

	
 

	
127.59

	
 

	
60.54

	
 

	
48.00

	
 

	
6.31

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
OCU-DP COCI
(data) COCI in combination per month (2.4- 64kbs)

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNCDX

	
 

	
1D1DD

	
 

	
2.10

	
 

	
6.71

	
 

	
4.84

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Each
Additional DS1 Interoffice Channel per mile in same 3/1 Channel System per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
1L5XX

	
 

	
0.1856

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Each
Additional DS1 Interoffice Channel Facility Termination in same 3/1 Channel
System per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
U1TF1

	
 

	
88.44

	
 

	
174.46

	
 

	
122.46

	
 

	
45.61

	
 

	
17.95

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Each
Additional DS1 COCI in the same 3/1 channel system combination per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
UC1D1

	
 

	
13.76

	
 

	
6.71

	
 

	
4.84

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
EXTENDED 4-WIRE 64 KBPS DIGITAL LOOP WITH DEDICATED DS1 INTEROFFICE
TRANSPORT w/ 3/1 MUX

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
First 4-Wire
64Kbps Digital Grade Loop in a DS1 Interoffice Transport Combination - Zone 1

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
1

	
 

	
UNCDX

	
 

	
UDL64

	
 

	
22.20

	
 

	
127.59

	
 

	
60.54

	
 

	
48.00

	
 

	
6.31

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
First 4-Wire
64Kbps Digital Grade Loop in a DS1 Interoffice Transport Combination - Zone 2

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2

	
 

	
UNCDX

	
 

	
UDL64

	
 

	
31.56

	
 

	
127.59

	
 

	
60.54

	
 

	
48.00

	
 

	
6.31

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
First 4-Wire
64Kbps Digital Grade Loop in a DS1 Interoffice Transport Combination - Zone 3

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
3

	
 

	
UNCDX

	
 

	
UDL64

	
 

	
55.99

	
 

	
127.59

	
 

	
60.54

	
 

	
48.00

	
 

	
6.31

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
First
Interoffice Transport - Dedicated - DS1 combination - Per Mile Per Month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
1L5XX

	
 

	
0.1856

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
First
Interoffice Transport - Dedicated - DS1 combination - Facility Termination Per Month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
U1TF1

	
 

	
88.44

	
 

	
174.46

	
 

	
122.46

	
 

	
45.61

	
 

	
17.95

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Per each
Channel System 1/0 in combination Per Month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
MQ1

	
 

	
146.77

	
 

	
57.28

	
 

	
14.74

	
 

	
1.50

	
 

	
1.34

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Per each
OCU-DP COCI (data) in combination - per month (2.4- 64kbs)

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNCDX

	
 

	
1D1DD

	
 

	
2.10

	
 

	
6.71

	
 

	
4.84

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
3/1 Channel
System in combination per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC3X

	
 

	
MQ3

	
 

	
211.19

	
 

	
115.60

	
 

	
56.64

	
 

	
12.16

	
 

	
4.26

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Per each DS1
COCI in combination per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
UC1D1

	
 

	
13.76

	
 

	
6.71

	
 

	
4.84

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Additional
4-Wire 64Kbps Digital Grade Loop in same DS1 Interoffice Transport Combination - Zone 1

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
1

	
 

	
UNCDX

	
 

	
UDL64

	
 

	
22.20

	
 

	
127.59

	
 

	
60.54

	
 

	
48.00

	
 

	
6.31

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Additional
4-Wire 64Kbps Digital Grade Loop in same DS1 Interoffice Transport Combination - Zone 2

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2

	
 

	
UNCDX

	
 

	
UDL64

	
 

	
31.56

	
 

	
127.59

	
 

	
60.54

	
 

	
48.00

	
 

	
6.31

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Additional
4-Wire 64Kbps Digital Grade Loop in same DS1 Interoffice Transport Combination - Zone 3

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
3

	
 

	
UNCDX

	
 

	
UDL64

	
 

	
55.99

	
 

	
127.59

	
 

	
60.54

	
 

	
48.00

	
 

	
6.31

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Additional
OCU-DP COCI (data) - DS1 to DS0 Channel System combination - per month (2.4-64kbs)

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNCDX

	
 

	
1D1DD

	
 

	
2.10

	
 

	
6.71

	
 

	
4.84

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Each
Additional DS1 Interoffice Channel per mile in same 3/1 Channel System per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
1L5XX

	
 

	
0.1856

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Each
Additional DS1 Interoffice Channel Facility Termination in same 3/1 Channel
System per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
U1TF1

	
 

	
88.44

	
 

	
174.46

	
 

	
122.46

	
 

	
45.61

	
 

	
17.95

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Each
Additional DS1 COCI in the same 3/1 channel system combination per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
UC1D1

	
 

	
13.76

	
 

	
6.71

	
 

	
4.84

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
EXTENDED 2-WIRE ISDN LOOP WITH DS1 INTEROFFICE TRANSPORT w/ 3/1 MUX

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
First
2-Wire ISDN Loop in a DS1 Interoffice Combination Transport - Zone 1

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
1

	
 

	
UNCNX

	
 

	
U1L2X

	
 

	
19.28

	
 

	
127.59

	
 

	
60.60

	
 

	
48.00

	
 

	
6.31

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
First
2-Wire ISDN Loop in a DS1 Interoffice Combination Transport - Zone 2

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2

	
 

	
UNCNX

	
 

	
U1L2X

	
 

	
27.40

	
 

	
127.59

	
 

	
60.60

	
 

	
48.00

	
 

	
6.31

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
First
2-Wire ISDN Loop in a DS1 Interoffice Combination Transport - Zone 3

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
3

	
 

	
UNCNX

	
 

	
U1L2X

	
 

	
48.62

	
 

	
127.59

	
 

	
60.60

	
 

	
48.00

	
 

	
6.31

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
First
Interoffice Transport - Dedicated - DS1 combination - Per Mile per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
1L5XX

	
 

	
0.1856

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

CCCS 100 of 501

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
First
Interoffice Transport - Dedicated - DS1 combination - Facility Termination per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC1X            
          

	
 

	
U1TF1

	
 

	
88.44

	
 

	
174.46

	
 

	
122.46

	
 

	
45.61

	
 

	
17.95

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Per each
Channel System 1/0 in combination - per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
MQ1

	
 

	
146.77

	
 

	
57.28

	
 

	
14.74

	
 

	
1.50

	
 

	
1.34

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Per each
2-wire ISDN COCI (BRITE) in combination - per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNCNX

	
 

	
UC1CA

	
 

	
3.66

	
 

	
6.71

	
 

	
4.84

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
3/1 Channel
System in combination per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC3X

	
 

	
MQ3

	
 

	
211.19

	
 

	
115.60

	
 

	
56.64

	
 

	
12.16

	
 

	
4.26

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Per each DS1
COCI in combination per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
UC1D1

	
 

	
13.76

	
 

	
6.71

	
 

	
4.84

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Additional
2-wire ISDN Loop in same DS1Interoffice Transport Combination - Zone 1

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
1

	
 

	
UNCNX

	
 

	
U1L2X

	
 

	
19.28

	
 

	
127.59

	
 

	
60.60

	
 

	
48.00

	
 

	
6.31

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Additional
2-wire ISDN Loop in same DS1Interoffice Transport Combination - Zone 2

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2

	
 

	
UNCNX

	
 

	
U1L2X

	
 

	
27.40

	
 

	
127.59

	
 

	
60.60

	
 

	
48.00

	
 

	
6.31

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Additional
2-wire ISDN Loop in same DS1Interoffice Transport Combination - Zone 3

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
3

	
 

	
UNCNX

	
 

	
U1L2X

	
 

	
48.62

	
 

	
127.59

	
 

	
60.60

	
 

	
48.00

	
 

	
6.31

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Additional
2-wire ISDN COCI (BRITE) in same 1/0 channel system combination- per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNCNX

	
 

	
UC1CA

	
 

	
3.66

	
 

	
6.71

	
 

	
4.84

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Each Additional
DS1 Interoffice Channel per mile in same 3/1 Channel System per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
1L5XX

	
 

	
0.1856

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Each
Additional DS1 Interoffice Channel Facility Termination in same 3/1 Channel
System per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
U1TF1

	
 

	
88.44

	
 

	
174.46

	
 

	
122.46

	
 

	
45.61

	
 

	
17.95

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Each
Additional DS1 COCI in the same 3/1 channel system combination per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
UC1D1

	
 

	
13.76

	
 

	
6.71

	
 

	
4.84

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
EXTENDED 4-WIRE DS1 LOOP WITH DEDICATED DS1 INTEROFFICE TRANSPORT w/
3/1 MUX

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
First
4-wire DS1 Digital Lcoal Loop in Combination - Zone 1

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
1

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
USLXX

	
 

	
70.74

	
 

	
217.75

	
 

	
121.62

	
 

	
51.44

	
 

	
14.45

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
First
4-wire DS1 Digital Lcoal Loop in Combination - Zone 2

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
USLXX

	
 

	
100.54

	
 

	
217.75

	
 

	
121.62

	
 

	
51.44

	
 

	
14.45

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
First
4-wire DS1 Digital Lcoal Loop in Combination - Zone 3

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
3

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
USLXX

	
 

	
178.39

	
 

	
217.75

	
 

	
121.62

	
 

	
51.44

	
 

	
14.45

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
First
Interoffice Transport - Dedicated - DS1 combination - Per Mile Per Month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
1L5XX

	
 

	
0.1856

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
First
Interoffice Transport - Dedicated - DS1 combination - Facility Termination Per Month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
U1TF1

	
 

	
88.44

	
 

	
174.46

	
 

	
122.46

	
 

	
45.61

	
 

	
17.95

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
3/1 Channel
System in combination per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC3X

	
 

	
MQ3

	
 

	
211.19

	
 

	
115.60

	
 

	
56.64

	
 

	
12.16

	
 

	
4.26

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Per each DS1
COCI combination per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
UC1D1

	
 

	
13.76

	
 

	
6.71

	
 

	
4.84

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Each
Additional DS1 Interoffice Channel per mile in same 3/1 Channel System per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
1L5XX

	
 

	
0.1856

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Each
Additional DS1 Interoffice Channel Facility Termination in same 3/1 Channel
System per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
U1TF1

	
 

	
88.44

	
 

	
174.46

	
 

	
122.46

	
 

	
45.61

	
 

	
17.95

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Each
Additional DS1 COCI in the same 3/1 channel system combination per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
UC1D1

	
 

	
13.76

	
 

	
6.71

	
 

	
4.84

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Additional
4-Wire DS1 Digital Local Loop in Combination - Zone 1

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
1

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
USLXX

	
 

	
70.74

	
 

	
217.75

	
 

	
121.62

	
 

	
51.44

	
 

	
14.45

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Additional
4-Wire DS1 Digital Local Loop in Combination - Zone 2

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
USLXX

	
 

	
100.54

	
 

	
217.75

	
 

	
121.62

	
 

	
51.44

	
 

	
14.45

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Additional
4-Wire DS1 Digital Local Loop in Combination - Zone 3

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
3

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
USLXX

	
 

	
178.39

	
 

	
217.75

	
 

	
121.62

	
 

	
51.44

	
 

	
14.45

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
EXTENDED 4-WIRE 56 KBPS DIGITAL EXTENDED LOOP WITH DS0 INTEROFFICE
TRANSPORT

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
First
4-wire 56 kbps Local Loop in combination - Zone 1

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
1

	
 

	
UNCDX

	
 

	
UDL56

	
 

	
22.20

	
 

	
127.59

	
 

	
60.54

	
 

	
48.00

	
 

	
6.31

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
First
4-wire 56 kbps Local Loop in combination - Zone 2

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2

	
 

	
UNCDX

	
 

	
UDL56

	
 

	
31.56

	
 

	
127.59

	
 

	
60.54

	
 

	
48.00

	
 

	
6.31

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
First
4-wire 56 kbps Local Loop in combination - Zone 3

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
3

	
 

	
UNCDX

	
 

	
UDL56

	
 

	
55.99

	
 

	
127.59

	
 

	
60.54

	
 

	
48.00

	
 

	
6.31

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
First
4-wiree 56 kbps Interoffice Transport - Dedicated - Per Mile per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNCDX

	
 

	
1L5XX

	
 

	
0.0091

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
First
4-wire 56 kbps Interoffice Transport - Dedicated - Facility Termination per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNCDX

	
 

	
U1TD5

	
 

	
18.44

	
 

	
94.70

	
 

	
52.59

	
 

	
45.28

	
 

	
18.03

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
EXTENDED 4-WIRE 64 KBPS DIGITAL EXTENDED LOOP WITH DS0 INTEROFFICE
TRANSPORT

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
First
4-wire 64 kbps Local Loop in combination - Zone 1

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
1

	
 

	
UNCDX

	
 

	
UDL64

	
 

	
22.20

	
 

	
127.59

	
 

	
60.54

	
 

	
48.00

	
 

	
6.31

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
First
4-wire 64 kbps Local Loop in combination - Zone 2

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2

	
 

	
UNCDX

	
 

	
UDL64

	
 

	
31.56

	
 

	
127.59

	
 

	
60.54

	
 

	
48.00

	
 

	
6.31

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
First
4-wire 64 kbps Local Loop in combination - Zone 3

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
3

	
 

	
UNCDX

	
 

	
UDL64

	
 

	
55.99

	
 

	
127.59

	
 

	
60.54

	
 

	
48.00

	
 

	
6.31

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
First
I4-wire 65 kbps Interoffice Transport - Dedicated - Per Mile per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNCDX

	
 

	
1L5XX

	
 

	
0.0091

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
First
4-wire 64 kbps Interoffice Transport - Dedicated - Facility Termination per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNCDX

	
 

	
U1TD6

	
 

	
18.44

	
 

	
94.70

	
 

	
52.59

	
 

	
45.28

	
 

	
18.03

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
ADDITIONAL NETWORK ELEMENTS

	
 

	
 

	
When used as a part of a currently combined facility, the non-recurrng
charges do not apply, but a Switch As Is charge does apply.

	
 

	
 

	
When used as ordinarily combined network elements in All States, the
non-recurring charges apply and the Switch As Is Charge does not.

	
 

	
 

	
Nonrecurring Currently Combined Network Elements “Switch As Is” Charge

	
 

	
 

	
Optional Features & Functions:

CCCS 101 of 501

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Clear
Channel Capability Extended Frame Option - per DS1

	
 

	
N

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
U1TD1,

ULDD1, UNC1X

	
 

	
CCOEF

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
0.00

	
 

	
0.00

	
 

	
0.00

	
 

	
0.00

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Clear
Channel Capability Super FrameOption - per DS1

	
 

	
N

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
U1TD1,

ULDD1, UNC1X

	
 

	
CCOSF

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
0.00

	
 

	
0.00

	
 

	
0.00

	
 

	
0.00

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Clear
Channel Capability (SF/ESF) Option - Subsequent Activity - per DS1

	
 

	
N

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
ULDD1,
U1TD1,

UNC1X, USL

	
 

	
NRCCC

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
184.92

	
 

	
23.82

	
 

	
2.07

	
 

	
0.8

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
C-bit
Parity Option - Subsequent Activity - per DS3

	
 

	
N

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
U1TD3,
ULDD3, 

UE3, UNC3X

	
 

	
NRCC3

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
219.9

	
 

	
7.67

	
 

	
0.773

	
 

	
0

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Wholesale to
UNE, Switch-As-Is Conversion Charge

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNCVX,
UNCDX,

UNC1X,
UNC3X,

UNCSX

	
 

	
UNCCC

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
8.98

	
 

	
8.98

	
 

	
8.98

	
 

	
8.98

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Unbundled Misc Rate Element, SNE
SAI, Single Network Element - Switch As Is
Non-recurring Charge, per circuit (LSR)

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
U1TVX,
U1TDX, 

U1TD1, U1TD3,

U1TS1, UDF,
UE3

	
 

	
URESL

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
8.98

	
 

	
8.98

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Unbundled
Misc Rate Element, SNE SAI, Single Network Element - Switch As Is
Non-recurring Charge, per circuit (Spreadsheet)

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
U1TVX,
U1TDX, 

U1TD1, U1TD3, 

U1TS1, UDF,
UE3

	
 

	
URESP

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
8.98

	
 

	
8.98

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
MULTIPLEXERS

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
DS1 to DS0
Channel System per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
MQ1

	
 

	
146.77

	
 

	
57.28

	
 

	
14.74

	
 

	
1.50

	
 

	
1.34

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
OCU-DP COCI
(data) - DS1 to DS0 Channel System - per month (2.4-64kbs) used for a Local Loop

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UDL            
             

	
 

	
1D1DD

	
 

	
2.10

	
 

	
6.71

	
 

	
4.84

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
OCU-DP COCI
(data) - DS1 to DS0 Channel System - per month (2.4-64kbs) used for connection to a
channelized DS1 Local
Channel in the same SWC as collocation

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
U1TUD

	
 

	
1D1DD

	
 

	
2.10

	
 

	
6.71

	
 

	
4.84

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2-wire ISDN
COCI (BRITE) - DS1 to DS0 Channel Systsem - per month for a Local Loop

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UDN

	
 

	
UC1CA

	
 

	
3.66

	
 

	
6.71

	
 

	
4.84

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2-wire ISDN
COCI (BRITE) - DS1 to DS0 Channel System - per month used for connection to a channelized DS1
Local Channel in the
same SWC as collocation

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
U1TUB

	
 

	
UC1CA

	
 

	
3.66

	
 

	
6.71

	
 

	
4.84

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Voice Grade
COCI - DS1 to DS0 Channel System - per month used for a Local Loop

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UEA

	
 

	
1D1VG

	
 

	
1.38

	
 

	
6.71

	
 

	
4.84

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Voice Grade
COCI - DS1 to DS0 Channel System - per month used for connection to a
channelized DS1 Local Channel in the same SWC as collocation

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
U1TUC

	
 

	
1D1VG

	
 

	
1.38

	
 

	
6.71

	
 

	
4.84

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
DS3 to DS1
Channel System per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC3X, UNCSX

	
 

	
MQ3

	
 

	
211.19

	
 

	
115.60

	
 

	
56.64

	
 

	
12.16

	
 

	
4.26

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
DS1 COCI
used with Loop per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
USL

	
 

	
UC1D1

	
 

	
13.76

	
 

	
6.71

	
 

	
4.84

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
DS1 COCI
(used for connection to a channelized DS1 Local Channel in the same SWC as collocation) per
month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
U1TUA

	
 

	
UC1D1

	
 

	
13.76

	
 

	
6.71

	
 

	
4.84

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
DS1 COCI
used with Interoffice Channel per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
U1TD1

	
 

	
UC1D1

	
 

	
13.76

	
 

	
6.71

	
 

	
4.84

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
DS3
Interface Unit (DS1 COCI) used with Local Channel per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
ULDD1

	
 

	
UC1D1

	
 

	
13.76

	
 

	
6.71

	
 

	
4.84

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Access to DCS - Customer Reconfiguration (FlexServ)

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Customer
Reconfiguration Establishment

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
1.63

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
1.63

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
DS1 DSC
Termination with DS0 Switching

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
27.39

	
 

	
32.89

	
 

	
23.58

	
 

	
16.96

	
 

	
12.77

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
DS1 DSC
Termination with DS1 Switching

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
11.70

	
 

	
25.07

	
 

	
15.76

	
 

	
13.05

	
 

	
8.86

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
DS3 DSC
Termination with DS1 Switching

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
146.81

	
 

	
32.89

	
 

	
23.58

	
 

	
16.96

	
 

	
12.77

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Service Rearrangements

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
NRC - Change
in Facility Assignment per circuit Service Rearrangement

	
 

	
N

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
U1TVX,
U1TDX,

UEA, UDL,
U1TUC,

U1TUD,
U1TUB,

ULDVX, ULDDX,

UNCVX, UNCDX

	
 

	
URETD

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
101.07

	
 

	
43.04

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
NRC -
Change in Facility Assignment per circuit Project Management (added to CFA per circuit if project
managed)

	
 

	
N

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
U1TVX,
U1TDX, 

UEA, UDL,
U1TUC,

U1TUD,
U1TUB,

ULDVX, ULDDX,

UNCVX, UNCDX

	
 

	
URETB

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
3.67

	
 

	
3.67

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
NRC -
Transfer of Ownership per circuit Service Rearrangement (1-14 circuits)

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
U1TVX,
U1TDX,

UEA, UDL, U1TUC,

U1TUD,
U1TUB, 

ULDVX, ULDDX, 

UNCVX, UNCDX

	
 

	
URETE

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
0.00

	
 

	
0.00

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

CCCS 102 of 501

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
NRC -
Transfer of Ownership per circuit Project Management (15 + circuits)

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
U1TVX,
U1TDX,

UEA, UDL,
U1TUC,

U1TUD,
U1TUB,

ULDVX, ULDDX,

UNCVX, UNCDX

	
 

	
URETC

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
0.00

	
 

	
0.00

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Commingling
Authorization

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNCVX,
UNCDX,

UNC1X,
UNC3X,

UNCSX,
U1TD1,

U1TD3,
U1TS1,

UE3, UDLSX, 

U1TVX, U1TDX,

U1TUB

	
 

	
CMGAU

	
 

	
0.00

	
 

	
0.00

	
 

	
0.00

	
 

	
0.00

	
 

	
0.00

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Miscellaneous

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
NRC - Order
Coordination Specific Time - Dedicated Transport

	
 

	
N

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC1X            
      

	
 

	
OCOSR

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
18.90

	
 

	
18.90

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
NOTE: Rates displaying an “N” in the interim column are agreed to by
the Parties until such time as modified by Commission order and are not
subject to true-up.

	
 

	
 

	
NOTE: Rates displaying an “I” in the interim column are interim as a
result of a Commission order.

CCCS 103 of 501

UNBUNDLED NETWORK ELEMENTS - Florida

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Attachment: 2

	
 

	
Exhibit: A

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
CATEGORY

	
 

	
RATE ELEMENTS

	
 

	
Interim

	
 

	
Zone

	
 

	
BCS

	
 

	
USOC

	
 

	
RATES ($)

	
 

	
Svc Order

Submitted

Elec

per LSR

	
 

	
Svc Order Submitted Manually per LSR

	
 

	
Incremental Charge - Manual Svc Order vs. Electronic-1st

	
 

	
Incremental Charge - Manual Svc Order vs. Electronic-

Add’l

	
 

	
Incremental Charge - Manual Svc Order vs. Electronic- Disc 1st

	
 

	
Incremental Charge - Manual Svc Order vs. Electronic-Disc Add’l

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Nonrecurring

	
 

	
Nonrecurring Disconnect

	
 

	
OSS Rates ($)

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Rec

	
 

	
First

	
 

	
Add’l

	
 

	
First

	
 

	
Add’l

	
 

	
SOMEC

	
 

	
SOMAN

	
 

	
SOMAN

	
 

	
SOMAN

	
 

	
SOMAN

	
 

	
SOMAN

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
UNBUNDLED EXCHANGE ACCESS LOOP

	
 

	
 

	
2-WIRE HIGH BIT RATE DIGITAL SUBSCRIBER LINE (HDSL) COMPATIBLE LOOP

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2 Wire
Unbundled HDSL Loop including manual service inquiry & facility reservation - Zone 1

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
1

	
 

	
UHL            
              

	
 

	
UHL2X

	
 

	
8.3

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2 Wire
Unbundled HDSL Loop including manual service inquiry & facility
reservation - Zone 2

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2

	
 

	
UHL

	
 

	
UHL2X

	
 

	
11.8

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2 Wire
Unbundled HDSL Loop including manual service inquiry & facility
reservation - Zone 3

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
3

	
 

	
UHL

	
 

	
UHL2X

	
 

	
20.94

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2 Wire
Unbundled HDSL Loop without manual service inquiry and facility reservation -
Zone 1

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
1

	
 

	
UHL

	
 

	
UHL2W

	
 

	
8.3

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2 Wire
Unbundled HDSL Loop without manual service inquiry and facility reservation - Zone 2

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2

	
 

	
UHL

	
 

	
UHL2W

	
 

	
11.8

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2 Wire
Unbundled HDSL Loop without manual service inquiry and facility reservation - Zone 3

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
3

	
 

	
UHL

	
 

	
UHL2W

	
 

	
20.94

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
4-WIRE HIGH BIT RATE DIGITAL SUBSCRIBER LINE (HDSL) COMPATIBLE LOOP

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
4 Wire
Unbundled HDSL Loop including manual service inquiry and facility reservation
- Zone 1

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
1

	
 

	
UHL

	
 

	
UHL4X

	
 

	
12.49

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
4-Wire
Unbundled HDSL Loop including manual service inquiry and facility reservation - Zone 2

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2

	
 

	
UHL

	
 

	
UHL4X

	
 

	
17.76

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
4-Wire
Unbundled HDSL Loop including manual service inquiry and facility reservation - Zone 3

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
3

	
 

	
UHL

	
 

	
UHL4X

	
 

	
31.5

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
4-Wire
Unbundled HDSL Loop without manual service inquiry and facility reservation - Zone 1

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
1

	
 

	
UHL

	
 

	
UHL4W

	
 

	
12.49

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
4-Wire
Unbundled HDSL Loop without manual service inquiry and facility reservation -
Zone 2

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2

	
 

	
UHL

	
 

	
UHL4W

	
 

	
17.76

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
4-Wire
Unbundled HDSL Loop without manual service inquiry and facility reservation -
Zone 3

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
3

	
 

	
UHL

	
 

	
UHL4W

	
 

	
31.5

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
4-WIRE DS1 DIGITAL LOOP

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
4-Wire DS1
Digital Loop - Zone 1

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
1

	
 

	
USL

	
 

	
USLXX

	
 

	
81.35

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
4-Wire DS1
Digital Loop - Zone 2

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2

	
 

	
USL

	
 

	
USLXX

	
 

	
115.62

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
4-Wire DS1
Digital Loop - Zone 3

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
3

	
 

	
USL

	
 

	
USLXX

	
 

	
205.15

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNBUNDLED DARK FIBER

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Dark Fiber,
Per Four Fiber Strands, Per Route Mile Or Fraction Thereof - Interoffice Transport

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UDF, UDFCX

	
 

	
1L5DF

	
 

	
30.87

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
HIGH CAPACITY UNBUNDLED LOCAL LOOP

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
High Capacity
Unbundled Local Loop - DS3 - Per Mile per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UE3

	
 

	
1L5ND

	
 

	
12.56

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
High
Capacity Unbundled Local Loop - DS3 - Facility Termination per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UE3

	
 

	
UE3PX

	
 

	
444.91

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
High
Capacity Unbundled Local Loop - STS-1 - Per Mile per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UDLSX

	
 

	
1L5ND

	
 

	
12.56

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
High
Capacity Unbundled Local Loop - STS-1 - Facility Termination per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UDLSX

	
 

	
UDLS1

	
 

	
490.59

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNBUNDLED DEDICATED TRANSPORT

	
 

	
 

	
INTEROFFICE CHANNEL - DEDICATED TRANSPORT

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Interoffice
Channel - Dedicated Channel - DS1 - Per Mile per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
U1TD1

	
 

	
1L5XX

	
 

	
0.21

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Interoffice
Channel - Dedicated Tranport - DS1 - Facility Termination

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
U1TD1

	
 

	
U1TF1

	
 

	
101.71

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Interoffice
Channel - Dedicated Transport - DS3 - Per Mile per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
U1TD3

	
 

	
1L5XX

	
 

	
4.45

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

CCCS 104 of 501

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Interoffice
Channel - Dedicated Transport - DS3 - Facility Termination per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
U1TD3            
          

	
 

	
U1TF3

	
 

	
1231.65

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Interoffice
Channel - Dedicated Transport - STS-1 - Per Mile per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
U1TS1

	
 

	
1L5XX

	
 

	
4.45

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Interoffice
Channel - Dedicated Transport - STS-1 - Facility Termination

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
U1TS1

	
 

	
U1TFS

	
 

	
1214.4

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
ENHANCED EXTENDED LINK (EELs)

	
 

	
 

	
NOTE: The monthly recurring and non-recurring charges below will apply
and the Switch-As-Is Charge will not apply for UNE combinations provisioned
as ‘ Ordinarily Combined’ Network Elements.

	
 

	
 

	
NOTE: The monthly recurring and the Switch-As-Is Charge and not the
non-recurring charges below will apply for UNE combinations provisioned as ‘
Currently Combined’ Network Elements.

	
 

	
 

	
DS1 DIGITAL LOOP AND DS1 INTERFOFFICE TRANSPORT

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
4-Wire DS1
Digital Loop in Combination - Zone 1

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
1

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
USLXX

	
 

	
81.35

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
4-Wire DS1
Digital Loop in Combination - Zone 2

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
2

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
USLXX

	
 

	
115.62

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
4-Wire DS1
Digital Loop in Combination - Zone 3

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
3

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
USLXX

	
 

	
205.15

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Interoffice
Transport - Dedicated - DS1 combination - Per Mile per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
1L5XX

	
 

	
0.21

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Interoffice
Transport - Dedicated - DS1 combination - Facility Termination per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC1X

	
 

	
U1TF1

	
 

	
101.71

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
DS3 DIGITAL LOOP WITH DEDICATED DS3 INTEROFFICE TRANSPORT

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
DS3 Local
Loop in combination - per mile per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC3X

	
 

	
1L5ND

	
 

	
14.44

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
DS3 Local
Loop in combination - Facility Termination per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC3X

	
 

	
UE3PX

	
 

	
511.65

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Interoffice
Transport - Dedicated - DS3 - Per Mile per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC3X

	
 

	
1L5XX

	
 

	
4.45

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Interoffice
Transport - Dedicated - DS3 combination - Facility Termination per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNC3X

	
 

	
U1TF3

	
 

	
1231.65

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
STS-1 DIGITAL LOOP WITH DEDICATED STS-1 INTEROFFICE TRANSPORT

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
STS-1 Local
Lolp in combination - per mile per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNCSX

	
 

	
1L5ND

	
 

	
14.44

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
STS-1 Local
Loop in combination - Facility Termination per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNCSX

	
 

	
UDLS1

	
 

	
564.18

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Interoffice
Transport - Dedicated - STS-1 combination - per mile per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
UNCSX

	
 

	
1L5XX

	
 

	
4.45

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

CCCS 105 of 501

Attachment 3

Network Interconnection 

ATTACHMENT 3

NETWORK INTERCONNECTION

CCCS 106 of 501

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Attachment 3 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Network
Interconnection

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	
 

	
 

	
1 General

	
3

	
 

	
 

	
2
Definitions: (For the purpose of this Attachment)

	
3

	
 

	
 

	
3 Network
Interconnection

	
6

	
 

	
 

	
4 Interconnection
Trunk Group Architectures

	
8

	
 

	
 

	
5 Network
Design And Management For Interconnection

	
13

	
 

	
 

	
6 Local
Dialing Parity

	
17

	
 

	
 

	
7
Interconnection Compensation

	
17

	
 

	
 

	
8. Basic
911 and E911 Interconnection

	
23

	
 

	
 

	
MCI
Factors Reference Guide

	
25

	
 

	
 

	
1 Introduction

	
25

	
 

	
 

	
2 Factors

	
25

	
 

	
 

	
3
Frequency of Reporting

	
28

	
 

	
 

	
Rates

	
Exhibit A

	
Basic
Architecture

	
Exhibit B

	
 

	
 

	
Two Way
Architecture

	
Exhibit C

	
Supergroup
Architecture

	
Exhibit D

CCCS 107 of 501

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Attachment 3 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Network
Interconnection

Network Interconnection

	
 

	
 

	
1 

	
General

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
The Parties shall
interconnect their networks for the mutual exchange of telephone exchange
service traffic (including Local Traffic), Exchange Access Traffic, ISP Bound
Traffic, IP Enabled Services traffic, and Transit Traffic.

	
 

	
 

	
2 

	
Definitions: (For the
purpose of this Attachment)

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
For purposes of this
attachment only, the following terms shall have the definitions set forth
below:

	
 

	
 

	
2.1

	
Advanced Services is
defined as high speed, switched, broadband, wireline telecommunications
capability that enables users to originate and receive high-quality voice,
data, graphics or video telecommunications using any technology.

	
 

	
 

	
2.2

	
Automatic Location
Identification (ALI) is a database feature by which the address associated
with the calling party’s telephone number and/or physical location of the
caller is identified through Automatic Number Identification (ANI) and
forwarded to a Public Service Answering Point (PSAP) for display. Access to
the ALI database is described in Attachment 2 to this Agreement.

	
 

	
 

	
2.3

	
Automatic Number
Identification (ANI) corresponds to the seven/ten-digit telephone number
assigned to a caller by the serving local exchange carrier.

	
 

	
 

	
2.4

	
911 Service is an
emergency reporting system whereby a caller can dial a common number (911)
for all emergency services. The caller will be answered at a common answering
location or PSAP which will determine the nature of the emergency and
dispatch the proper response teams. 911 Service is sometimes referred to as
Basic 911 service (B911) or Enhanced 911 Service (E911).

	
 

	
 

	
2.4.1

	
B911 service is a
centralized emergency reporting system that automatically connects 911
callers to the common answering location or PSAP, but which does not provide
ALI to the 911 attendant at the common answering location or PSAP. Call
routing is determined by the Central Office from which the call originated.

	
 

	
 

	
2.4.2

	
E911 service includes all
of the services provided by B911 service, as well as Selective Routing and
the ANI and ALI identification and information of the 911 caller to the 911
operator.

	
 

	
 

	
2.5

	
E911 Tandem Office is the
central office that provides tandem switching for 911 calls. Each E911 PSAP
connects to one (1) or more E911 Tandem. The E911 Tandem deliver 911 voice
calls with ANI and ALI identification and information to the PSAP and
provides normal and emergency-specific switching functions. The specialized
switch at the E911 Control Office is known as an E911 Tandem or Selective
Router.

	
 

	
 

	
2.6

	
Call Termination as set
forth in 47CFR 51.701(d) is the switching of Telecommunications Traffic at
the terminating carrier’s end office switch, or equivalent facility, and
delivery of such traffic to the called party’s premises.

CCCS 108 of 501

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Attachment 3 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Network
Interconnection

	
 

	
 

	
2.7

	
Call Transport as set
forth in 47CFR 51.701(c) is the transmission and any necessary tandem
switching of Telecommunications Traffic subject to Section 251(b)(5) of the
Act from the Interconnection Point between the Parties to the terminating
carrier’s end office switch that directly serves the called party, or
equivalent facility provided by a carrier other than BellSouth.

	
 

	
 

	
2.8

	
Commercial Mobile Radio
Service (CMRS) is a mobile service or the functional equivalent of a mobile
service that is: (1) provided for profit, i.e., with the intent of receiving
compensation or monetary gain; (2) An interconnected service; and (3)
Available to the public, or to such classes of eligible users as to be
effectively available to a substantial portion of the public.

	
 

	
 

	
2.9

	
Common (Shared) Transport
is defined as the transmission facilities shared by more than one (1)
carrier, including BellSouth, between end office switches including remote
end offices, between end office switches and tandem switches, and between
tandem switches, in BellSouth’s network.

	
 

	
 

	
2.10

	
Dedicated Interoffice
Facility is defined as a switched transport facility between a Party’s
Serving Wire Center (SWC) and the first point of switching within the LATA on
the other Party’s network.

	
 

	
 

	
2.11

	
End Office Switching is
defined as the function that establishes a communications path between the
trunk side and line side of the End Office switch.

	
 

	
 

	
2.12

	
Exchange Access (“Switched
Access”) is as defined in 47USC§153(16).

	
 

	
 

	
2.13

	
Fiber Meet is an
interconnection arrangement whereby each Party physically builds its network
via an optical fiber interface to an Interconnection Point at which one (1)
Party’s facilities, provisioning, and maintenance responsibilities begin and
the other Party’s responsibilities end.

	
 

	
 

	
2.14

	
Final Trunk Group is
defined as a trunk group that does not overflow excess traffic to an
alternate route or alternate trunk group.

	
 

	
 

	
2.15

	
Interconnection Point (IP)
is a physical point of interconnection between two (2) networks at which one
(1) Party’s responsibility for service begins and the other Party’s
responsibility ends.

	
 

	
 

	
2.16

	
IntraLATA Toll Traffic is
as defined in Section 7 of this Attachment.

	
 

	
 

	
2.17

	
IP Enabled Services
includes, but is not limited to, services and applications that rely on
Internet protocol for all or part of the transmission of a call. IP Enabled
Services could include the digital communications capabilities of
increasingly higher speeds, that use a number of transmission network
technologies, and that generally have in common the use of Internet protocol.
IP enabled applications could include capabilities based on higher-level
software that can be invoked by the customer or on the customer’s behalf to
provide functions that make use of communications services.

	
 

	
 

	
2.18

	
IP/PSTN Traffic is a
subset of IP Enabled Services that undergoes a Net Protocol Conversion as
defined herein, between the calling and called parties.,

CCCS 109 of 501

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Attachment 3 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Network
Interconnection

	
 

	
 

	
2.19

	
PSTN/IP/PSTN Traffic is a
subset of IP Enabled Services that is not IP/PSTN Traffic and that features
enhanced services that provide customers a capability for generating,
acquiring, storing, transforming, processing, retrieving, utilizing, or
making available information.

	
 

	
 

	
2.20

	
Net Protocol Conversion
occurs when a call originates from one (1) customer in one (1) protocol (e.g.
IP) and terminates to another customer in another protocol (e.g. TDM).

	
 

	
 

	
2.21

	
Local Channel is defined
as switched transport facility between a particular point on one (1) Party’s
network and the Serving Wire Center for the location of that same Party’s
network point. An intraoffice cross connect is not a Local Channel.

	
 

	
 

	
2.22

	
Local Traffic is defined
in Section 7 of this Attachment.

	
 

	
 

	
2.23

	
Meet Point Interconnection
Arrangement is an arrangement by which each telecommunications carrier builds
and maintains its network to a meet point.

	
 

	
 

	
2.24

	
Public Safety Answering
Point (PSAP) is a facility that has been designated to receive 911 calls and
route them to emergency services personnel. PSAPs are customarily designated
as primary or secondary; a primary PSAP is the first contact a 911 caller
will get. The PSAP operator at the primary PSAP verifies or obtains the
caller’s location, determines the nature of the emergency and decides which
emergency response teams should be notified. ALI, contained in a database,
provides supplemental information for purposes of locating the caller,
determining if hazardous materials are located at the caller’s location, etc.
In some instances, the primary PSAP may dispatch aid, but in most cases, the
caller is conferenced or transferred to a secondary PSAP, which might be
located at fire dispatch areas, municipal police headquarters or ambulance
dispatch centers, from which help will be dispatched. Often the primary PSAP
will answer 911 calls for an entire region.

	
 

	
 

	
2.25

	
Reciprocal Trunk Group is
defined as a one-way trunk group carrying BellSouth originated traffic to be
terminated by MCI.

	
 

	
 

	
2.26

	
Serving Wire Center (SWC)
is one (1) Party’s wire center that is designated by that same Party to serve
the geographic area in which the other Party has designated a network point
for the purpose of interconnection.

	
 

	
 

	
2.27

	
Selective Routing (SR) is
the routing of an E911 call to the proper PSAP based upon the location of the
caller associated with the caller’s ANI.

	
 

	
 

	
2.28

	
Tandem Switching is
defined as the function that establishes a communications path between two
(2) switching offices through a third switching office through the provision
of trunk side to trunk side switching. Tandem Switching also includes the
switching function of a carrier other than BellSouth that is as defined in 47
C.F.R. 51.711(a) (3) and whose tandem/end office homing arrangements are
contained in the LERG.

	
 

	
 

	
2.29

	
Telecommunications Service
refers to the offering of telecommunications for a fee directly to the
public, or to such classes of users as to be effectively available directly
to the public, regardless of the facilities used.

CCCS 110 of 501

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Attachment 3 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Network
Interconnection

	
 

	
 

	
2.30

	
Transit Traffic is traffic
that is switched and/or transported by one (1) Party to the other Party for
delivery to a third party’s network, or traffic originating on a third
party’s network that is switched and/or transported by one (1) Party to the
other Party for termination.

	
 

	
 

	
3

	
Network Interconnection

	
 

	
 

	
3.1

	
The Parties shall
interconnect directly or indirectly with the facilities and equipment of
other telecommunications carriers in accordance with Section 251 (a) of the Act.
BellSouth shall interconnect with MCI at any technically feasible point
within BellSouth’s network upon request for the transmission and routing of
telephone exchange service and exchange access in accordance with Section
251(c) of the Act.

	
 

	
 

	
3.2

	
At a minimum, BellSouth
shall design interconnection facilities to meet the same technical criteria
and service standards that are used within its own network. This obligation
is not limited to a consideration of service quality as perceived by
customers, and includes, but is not limited to, service quality as perceived
MCI. If MCI requests interconnection superior in quality to that provided by
BellSouth to itself or to any subsidiary, affiliate, or any other party to
which BellSouth provides interconnection, such request shall be made through
the Bona Fide Request/New Business Request (BFR/NBR) process set out in this
Agreement.

	
 

	
 

	
3.2.1

	
Each Party is responsible
for providing, engineering and maintaining the network on its side of the IP.
At a minimum, MCI must locate an IP within BellSouth’s serving territory in
every LATA where it intends to originate traffic for interconnection with
BellSouth. The IP determines the point at which the originating Party shall
pay reciprocal compensation to the terminating Party for Call Transport and
Call Termination.

	
 

	
 

	
3.2.2

	
Pursuant to the
requirements of Section 251(c) of the Act, BellSouth shall provide for
interconnection with BellSouth’s network for the transmission and routing of
telephone exchange service and exchange access at any technically feasible
point within BellSouth’s network as requested by MCI. Any IPs existing prior
to the Effective Date of the Agreement will be accepted as initial IPs. When
MCI requests two-way interconnection trunk groups for the exchange of Local
Traffic, ISP-bound Traffic and IntraLATA Toll Traffic between each other, the
Parties shall coordinate with each other to design, construct and operate the
IP in a nondiscriminatory manner in accordance with all applicable industry
standards and the terms of this Agreement.

	
 

	
 

	
3.2.3

	
When first establishing an
interconnection arrangement in a LATA, MCI shall consult with BellSouth in
order to identify a technically feasible location for the IP. MCI will act in
good faith in selecting the IP. If BellSouth denies MCI’s request for
interconnection at the requested location, BellSouth must prove to the
Commission that interconnection at that point is not technically feasible.
The Parties shall establish additional IPs in a LATA upon request by MCI. BellSouth
will not request the establishment of an IP where physical or virtual
collocation space is not available or where BellSouth fiber connectivity is
not available.

	
 

	
 

	
3.3

	
Interconnection using
Leased Dedicated Facilities

CCCS 111 of 501

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Attachment 3 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Network
Interconnection

	
 

	
 

	
3.3.1

	
Local Channel Facilities.
Either Party may request Local Channel facilities from the other Party. The
charges applied to the Local Channel facilities shall be determined by
applying the factors as provided in this Attachment.

	
 

	
 

	
3.3.2

	
Dedicated Interoffice
Facilities. Either Party may request Dedicated Interoffice Facilities from
the other Party. The charges applied to the Dedicated Interoffice Facilities
shall be determined by applying the factors as provided in this Attachment.

	
 

	
 

	
3.3.3

	
Where either Party
purchases Local Channel or Dedicated Interoffice facilities from the other
Party for the purpose of originating or terminating Exchange Access with a
third party IXC, such traffic will be considered as “Local Traffic” for the
purpose of calculating jurisdictional factors only.

	
 

	
 

	
3.4

	
The facilities purchased
pursuant to this Section shall be ordered via the Access Service Request
(ASR) process. The ordering process used pursuant to this Attachment is not
indicative of the nature of the services being ordered or their pricing.

	
 

	
 

	
3.5

	
Fiber Meet

	
 

	
 

	
3.5.1

	
Mid-Span Fiber Meet. If
MCI elects to establish interconnection with BellSouth pursuant to a mid-span
Fiber Meet, the Parties shall jointly engineer, operate and maintain a
Synchronous Optical Network (SONET) transmission system by which they shall
interconnect their networks. The Parties shall work jointly to determine the
specific transmission system. However, the SONET transmission system must be
compatible with the technical specifications determined by the Parties, and
the Data Communications Channel (DCC) must be turned off.

	
 

	
 

	
3.5.1.1

	
The Parties shall jointly
coordinate and undertake maintenance and testing of the SONET transmission
system.

	
 

	
 

	
3.5.1.2

	
BellSouth shall, wholly at
its own expense, procure, install and maintain the agreed upon SONET
equipment in the BellSouth Interconnection I.P. (“BIP”).

	
 

	
 

	
3.5.1.3

	
MCI shall, wholly at its
own expense, procure, install and maintain the agreed upon SONET equipment in
the MCI Interconnection Point IP (“MCI IP”).

	
 

	
 

	
3.5.1.4

	
MCI shall designate a
manhole or other suitable entry way located outside the BIP and BellSouth
shall make all necessary preparations to receive and to allow and enable MCI
to deliver fiber optic facilities into that manhole, providing sufficient
spare length of Optical Fire Resistance (“OFR”) cable to reach the Fiber
Optical Terminal (“FOT”) equipment in the BIP. MCI shall deliver and maintain
such strands wholly at its own expense. BellSouth shall take the fiber from
the manhole and terminate it inside the BIP in the FOT equipment at
BellSouth’s expense.

	
 

	
 

	
3.5.1.5

	
BellSouth shall designate
a manhole or other suitable entry way outside MCI’s IP and MCI shall make all
necessary preparations to receive and to allow and enable BellSouth to
deliver fiber optic facilities into that manhole, providing sufficient spare
length of OFR cable to reach the FOT equipment at MCI’s IP. BellSouth shall
deliver and maintain such strands wholly at its own expense. MCI shall take
the fiber from the manhole and terminate it inside MCI’s IP in the FOT
equipment at MCI’s expense.

CCCS 112 of 501

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Attachment 3 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Network
Interconnection

	
 

	
 

	
3.5.1.6

	
Each Party shall use its
best efforts to ensure that fiber received from the other Party will enter
the Party’s IP through an entrance facility separate from that from which the
Party’s own fiber exited.

	
 

	
 

	
3.5.1.7

	
The Parties shall work
cooperatively to determine the assignment control of the fiber strands that
will be used for the Mid-Span Fiber Meet facility.

	
 

	
 

	
3.5.1.8

	
Unless otherwise limited
by existing equipment constraints, the minimum data rate hand off of the
SONET transmission system must be at OC-48. Unless otherwise mutually agreed,
the OC-48 system will be activated in OC-12 increments. Trunks using the
OC-48 transmission system shall be combined at the DS0, DS1, DS3, STS1, and
OCn levels.

	
 

	
 

	
3.5.2

	
Mid-Point Fiber Meet. If
MCI elects to establish interconnection with BellSouth pursuant to a
mid-point fiber meet, the Parties shall mutually agree to a Fiber Meet point
between the BellSouth Serving Wire Center and the MCI Serving Wire Center.
The Parties shall deliver their fiber optic facilities to the Fiber Meet
point with sufficient spare length to reach the fusion splice point for the
Fiber Meet Point. BellSouth shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain
the fusion splice point for the Fiber Meet. A building type Common Language
Location Identification (CLLI) code will be established for each Fiber Meet
point. All orders for interconnection facilities from the Fiber Meet point
shall indicate the Fiber Meet point as the originating point for the
facility. Each Party shall maintain its part of the Mid-Point fiber meet. The
Fiber Meet facility shall consist of only a Local Channel provided by each
Party to the Fiber Meet point.

	
 

	
 

	
3.5.2.1

	
Upon verbal request by
MCI, BellSouth shall allow MCI access to the fusion splice point for the
Fiber Meet point for maintenance purposes on MCI’s side of the Fiber Meet
point.

	
 

	
 

	
3.5.2.2

	
Neither Party shall charge
the other Party for its portion of the Mid Point Fiber Meet facility
identified by each Party’s applicable PLF factor. All other appropriate
charges will apply.

	
 

	
 

	
3.5.3

	
Sizing of Joint Fiber
Facilities. The capacity of Interconnection facilities provided by each Party
over the Fiber Meet will be based on mutual forecasts and sound engineering
practice, as agreed by the Parties during planning and forecasting meetings.
The Parties will determine the appropriate sizing for facilities based on
these standards. The Parties shall work cooperatively to ensure the adequacy
of Interconnection facilities. The Parties shall augment existing facilities
when the overall capacity of those facilities is 75-85% used or as otherwise
agreed. Facilities will be augmented to ensure adequate facility capacity for
at least two (2) years of forecasted traffic. The Parties shall complete the
construction of relief facilities at least two (2) months prior to the
projected exhaust date, or sooner, if facilities exhaust is imminent.

	
 

	
 

	
4

	
Interconnection Trunk
Group Architectures

	
 

	
 

	
4.1

	
BellSouth will provide MCI
network interconnection trunk groups for Call Transport and Call Termination
of telephone exchange services traffic (including Local Traffic), , Exchange
Access Traffic, ISP Bound Traffic, IP Enabled Services traffic and Transit
Traffic.

CCCS 113 of 501

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Attachment 3 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Network
Interconnection

	
 

	
 

	
4.2

	
In accordance with this
Agreement, where appropriate, BellSouth and MCI will meet to discuss interconnecting
trunk groups, trunking architectures and NPA/NXX routing. The discussion will
include, but is not limited to, establishing an Interconnection Point,
exchanging switch information, determining the need for other types of
trunking; i.e.: Operator Services, E911, etc. and any additional information
needed to establish the interconnecting networks.

	
 

	
 

	
4.3

	
BellSouth and MCI shall
establish interconnecting trunk groups and trunk group configurations between
networks, including the use of one-way or two-way trunks in accordance with
the following provisions set forth in this Agreement.

	
 

	
 

	
4.4

	
Any interconnection
request that: (1) deviates from the interconnection trunk group architectures
as described in this Agreement, (2) affects traffic delivered to a Party from
the other Party’s switch, and (3) requires special switch translations and
other network modifications will require that Party to submit a BFR/NBR via
the BFR/NBR Process as set forth in this Agreement.

	
 

	
 

	
4.5

	
The Parties shall
establish an interconnection trunk group(s) to at least one (1) BellSouth
access tandem within a LATA where the Parties have interconnected. Upon MCI’s
request, the Parties shall establish interconnection trunk groups to
BellSouth access tandems within the LATA other than the tandems(s) to which
the Parties have established interconnection trunk groups, via the Multiple
Tandem Access process described in this Attachment.

	
 

	
 

	
4.6

	
Notwithstanding the
forgoing, MCI shall establish interconnection trunk group(s) to all BellSouth
access and local tandems in the LATA where it has homed (i.e. assigned) its
NPA/NXXs. MCI shall home its NPA/NXXs on the BellSouth, MCI, or third-party
tandems that serve the exchange rate center areas to which the NPA/NXXs are
assigned. The specified exchange rate center assigned to each BellSouth
tandem is defined in the LERG. MCI shall enter its NPA/NXX access and/or
local tandem homing arrangements into the LERG.

	
 

	
 

	
4.7

	
Switched access traffic
will be delivered to and from Interexchange Carriers (IXCs) based on MCI’s
NXX access tandem homing arrangement defined in the LERG.

	
 

	
 

	
4.8

	
Where necessary, BellSouth
shall load MCIm’s NXXs in BellSouth’s switches based on the information for
those NXXs as specified by MCIm in the LERG, and BellSouth shall switch
traffic as specified by the NXX tandem homing arrangements set forth in the
LERG.

	
 

	
 

	
4.9

	
Neither Party shall charge
the other Party the nonrecurring “Installation Trunk Side Service - per DS0”
charges for interconnection trunk groups ordered pursuant to this Attachment.

	
 

	
 

	
4.10

	
With the exception of
Transit Traffic and the Call Transport and Call Termination rates described
in Section 7 of this Attachment (for Local Traffic and ISP-bound Traffic),
neither Party shall charge the other Party for one-way or two-way
interconnection trunks, facilities, or ports used to exchange Local Traffic
and ISP-bound Traffic, regardless of whether such interconnection trunks,
facilities, or ports are on the originating or terminating side of the IP.
Nothing in the foregoing is intended to alter the terms of either 

CCCS 114 of 501

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Attachment 3 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Network
Interconnection

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Party’s applicable access
tariffs. Both Parties, as appropriate, shall be compensated for the trunks,
trunk ports and facilities used exclusively for Transit Traffic.

	
 

	
 

	
4.11

	
All trunk groups will be
provisioned as Signaling System 7 (SS7) capable where technically feasible.
If SS7 is not technically feasible, multi-frequency (MF) protocol signaling
shall be used.

	
 

	
 

	
4.12

	
In cases where MCI is also
an IXC, the IXC’s Feature Group D (FG D) trunk group(s) must remain separate
from the local interconnection trunk group(s).

	
 

	
 

	
4.13

	
Each Party shall order
interconnection trunks and trunk groups, including trunk and trunk group
augmentations, via the ASR process. A Firm Order Confirmation (FOC) shall be
returned to the ordering Party, after receipt of a valid, error free ASR,
within the timeframes set forth in each state’s applicable Performance
Measures. Notwithstanding the foregoing, blocking situations and projects
shall be managed through BellSouth’s Carrier Interconnection Switching Center
(CISC) Project Management Group and equivalent trunking group, and FOCs for
such orders shall be returned in the timeframes applicable to the project in
accordance with Attachment 9. A project is defined as (1) a new trunk group
or (2) a request for more than 192 trunks on a single or multiple group(s) in
a given BellSouth local calling area.

	
 

	
 

	
4.14

	
Interconnection Trunk
Groups for Exchange of Local Traffic and Transit Traffic

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Upon request of MCI mutual
agreement of the Parties, the Parties shall exchange Local Traffic on two-way
interconnection trunk group(s). The quantity of trunks shall be mutually
determined and the provisioning shall be jointly coordinated. Furthermore,
MCI shall designate the IP(s) for two-way interconnection trunk groups. MCI
shall order such trunks via the ASR process. BellSouth will use the Trunk
Group Service Request (TGSR) to request changes in trunking. Furthermore, the
Parties shall jointly review trunk performance and forecasts in accordance
with this Attachment. If either Party requests additional two-way trunks and
the other Party refuses to install such trunks the requesting Party may order
one-way trunks for its own originated traffic.

	
 

	
 

	
4.14.1

	
BellSouth Access Tandem
Interconnection

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
BellSouth access tandem
interconnection at a single access tandem provides access to those end
offices subtending that access tandem. BellSouth shall not switch SWA traffic
through more than one (1) BellSouth access tandem. Access tandem
interconnection is available upon MCI’s request for any of the following
access tandem architectures:

	
 

	
 

	
4.14.1.1

	
Basic Architecture

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
In the basic architecture,
MCI’s originating telephone exchange services traffic (including Local
Traffic), Exchange Access Traffic, ISP Bound Traffic, IP Enabled Services
traffic and Transit Traffic, is transported on a single two-way trunk group
between MCI and BellSouth access tandem(s) within a LATA. BellSouth
originated telephone exchange services traffic (including Local Traffic),
Exchange Access Traffic, ISP Bound Traffic, IP Enabled Services traffic and
Transit Traffic is transported on a separate single one-way

CCCS 115 of 501

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Attachment 3 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Network
Interconnection

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
trunk group terminating to
MCI. The LERG contains current tandem serving arrangements. The basic
Architecture is illustrated in Exhibit B.

	
 

	
 

	
4.14.1.2

	
Two-Way Trunk Group
Architecture

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
The two-way trunk group
Architecture establishes one (1) two-way trunk group to provide Access for
the exchange of telephone exchange services traffic (including Local
Traffic), Exchange Access Traffic, ISP Bound Traffic and IP Enabled Services
traffic between MCI and BellSouth. In addition, a separate two-way transit
trunk group must be established for any and all Transit Traffic. All
originating traffic, except transit traffic, will be placed on the two-way
Local Traffic trunk group carrying ISP-bound Traffic and IntraLATA Toll
Traffic. The LERG contains current tandem serving arrangements. The two-way
trunk group architecture is illustrated in the Two-Way Trunk Group
Architecture Exhibit C.

	
 

	
 

	
4.14.1.3

	
Supergroup Architecture

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
In the Supergroup
architecture, the Parties’ telephone exchange services traffic (including Local
Traffic), Exchange Access Traffic, ISP Bound Traffic, IP Enabled Services
traffic and Transit Traffic are exchanged on a single two-way trunk group
between MCI and BellSouth to provide each other access. The LERG contains
current tandem serving arrangements. The Supergroup architecture is
illustrated in the Supergroup Architecture Exhibit D.

	
 

	
 

	
4.14.1.4

	
Multiple Tandem Access
(LATA Wide) Interconnection

	
 

	
 

	
4.14.1.4.1

	
MCI may utilize
BellSouth’s multiple tandem access (MTA) for interconnection within a LATA.
To utilize MTA, MCI must establish an interconnection trunk group(s) at a
BellSouth access tandem. Subject to Section 4.14.1.5.3 below, BellSouth will
route MCI’s originated Local Traffic, ISP-bound Traffic, IntraLATA Toll, and
Transit Traffic delivered to BellSouth for LATA wide transport and
termination.

	
 

	
 

	
4.14.1.4.2

	
MCI must establish
interconnection trunk group(s) at all BellSouth access tandems where MCI
NXX’s are homed. MTA shall be billed in accordance with the rates in Exhibit
A.

	
 

	
 

	
4.14.1.4.3

	
MCI may also utilize MTA
to route its originated Transit Traffic; provided, however, that MTA may not
be utilized to route switched access traffic that transits the BellSouth
network to an Interexchange Carrier (IXC). Switched access traffic originated
by or terminated to MCI will be delivered to and from IXCs based on MCI’s NXX
access tandem homing arrangement as specified by MCI in the LERG.

	
 

	
 

	
4.14.1.4.4

	
To the extent MCI does not
purchase MTA in a LATA served by multiple access tandems, MCI must establish
an interconnection trunk group(s) to every access tandem in the LATA to serve
the entire LATA. To the extent MCI routes its traffic in such a way that
utilizes BellSouth’s MTA service without properly ordering MTA, MCI shall pay
BellSouth the MTA charges associated with the improperly routed traffic.

	
 

	
 

	
4.14.2

	
Local Tandem
Interconnection

	
 

	
 

	
4.14.2.1

	
Local tandem
interconnection arrangements allow MCI to establish interconnection trunk
group(s) to BellSouth local tandems for the exchange of telephone exchange services

CCCS 116 of 501

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Attachment 3 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Network
Interconnection

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
traffic
(including Local Traffic), Exchange Access Traffic, ISP Bound Traffic, IP
Enabled Services traffic and Transit Traffic.

	
 

	
 

	
4.14.2.2

	
MCI shall establish
interconnection trunk groups to all BellSouth local tandems at which MCI NXXs
are homed. Additionally, MCI may choose to establish an interconnection trunk
group(s) at the BellSouth local tandems where it has no codes homing but is
not required to do so. MCI may deliver telephone exchange services traffic
(including Local Traffic), Exchange Access Traffic, ISP Bound Traffic, IP
Enabled Services traffic and Transit Traffic to a “homed” BellSouth local
tandem that is destined for other BellSouth or third party network provider
end offices subtending other BellSouth local tandems in the same local
calling area where MCI does not choose to establish an interconnection trunk
group(s). It is each Party’s responsibility to enter its own NPA/NXX local
tandem homing arrangements into the LERG either directly or via a vendor in
order for other third party network providers to determine appropriate
traffic routing to MCI’s codes. The Parties shall obtain their routing
information from the LERG.

	
 

	
 

	
4.14.2.3

	
Traffic routed to the
local tandem in error will not be backhauled to the BellSouth access tandem
for completion.

	
 

	
 

	
4.14.3

	
Trunks and facilities for
operator services, directory assistance and intercept may be ordered by MCI
from BellSouth pursuant to the terms and conditions contained in this
Attachment 3.

	
 

	
 

	
4.14.4

	
Direct End Office-to-End
Office Interconnection

	
 

	
 

	
4.14.4.1

	
Direct End Office-to-End
Office one-way or two-way interconnection trunk groups as specified by MCI
allow for the delivery of a Party’s originating telephone exchange services
traffic (including Local Traffic), , Exchange Access Traffic, ISP Bound
Traffic, IP Enabled Services traffic and Transit Traffic to the terminating
Party on a direct end office-to-end office basis.

	
 

	
 

	
4.14.4.2

	
The Parties shall utilize
direct end office-to-end office trunk groups under any one (1) of the
following conditions:

	
 

	
 

	
4.14.4.2.1

	
Tandem Exhaust - If a
tandem through which the Parties are interconnected is unable to, or is
forecasted to be unable to support additional traffic loads for any period of
time, the Parties will mutually agree on an end office trunking plan for any
future trunking needs that arise before the exhaust condition is relieved
that will ensure completion of traffic between MCI and BellSouth until the
tandem exhaust problem is rectified.

	
 

	
 

	
4.14.4.2.2

	
Traffic Volume - To the
extent either Party has the capability to measure the amount of traffic
between MCI’s switch and a BellSouth end office and where such traffic
exceeds or is forecasted to exceed a single DS1 of traffic per month, the
Parties shall install direct end office trunking sufficient to handle such
traffic volumes until the existing trunk groups are augmented. Either Party
will install additional capacity between such points when overflow traffic
exceeds or is forecasted to exceed a single DS1 of traffic per month. In the
case of one-way trunking, additional trunking shall only be required by the
Party whose trunking has achieved the preceding usage threshold. The
installation of such direct end 

CCCS 117 of 501

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Attachment 3 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Network
Interconnection

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
office trunking shall not
create an additional IP, and each Party shall remain responsible for the cost
of facilities on its side of the IP.

	
 

	
 

	
4.14.4.2.3

	
Mutual Agreement - The
Parties may install direct end office trunking in those instances where
direct end office trunking is appropriate based upon the proper application
of standard trunk engineering practices upon mutual agreement in the absence
of Tandem Exhaust above.

	
 

	
 

	
4.14.5

	
Transit Traffic Trunk Group

 MCI may require Transit Traffic trunks to be provisioned as two-way
trunks or two (2) one-way trunks to deliver and receive Transit Traffic.
Establishing Transit Traffic trunks at BellSouth access and local tandems
provides access to the third parties also interconnected at those tandems.

	
 

	
 

	
4.14.6

	
Toll Free Traffic

	
 

	
 

	
4.14.6.1

	
If MCI chooses BellSouth
to perform the Service Switching Point (SSP) Function (i.e., handle Toll Free
database queries) from BellSouth’s switches, all MCI originating Toll Free
traffic will be routed over the Transit Traffic trunk group and shall be
delivered using GR-394 format. Carrier Code “0110” and a Circuit Code shall
be used for all such calls.

	
 

	
 

	
4.14.6.2

	
MCI may choose to perform
its own Toll Free database queries from its switch. In such cases, MCI will
determine the routing of the calls in accordance with applicable industry
standards and the information received from the SMS database.

	
 

	
 

	
4.14.6.3

	
All post-query Toll Free
calls for which MCI performs the SSP function, if delivered to BellSouth,
shall be delivered using GR-394 format over the interconnection trunk group
for calls destined to the switched access Toll Free Service provider. MCI
shall bill the applicable IXC for any queries at the rates set forth in the
applicable tariff.

	
 

	
 

	
5

	
Network Design And
Management For Interconnection

	
 

	
 

	
5.1

	
Network Management and
Changes. The
Parties will exchange toll-free maintenance contact numbers and escalation
procedures. The Parties will provide public notice of network changes in
accordance with applicable federal and state rules and regulations.

	
 

	
 

	
5.2

	
Interconnection Technical
Standards. The
interconnection of all networks will be based upon accepted industry/national
guidelines for transmission standards and traffic blocking criteria.
Interconnecting facilities shall conform, at a minimum, to the
telecommunications industry standard of DS-1 pursuant to Telcordia Standard
No. TR-NWT-00499. Where MCI chooses to utilize Signaling System 7 signaling,
also known as Common Channel Signaling (SS7), SS7 connectivity is required
between the MCI switch and the BellSouth Signaling Transfer Point (STP).
BellSouth will provide SS7 signaling using Common Channel Signaling Access
Capability in accordance with the technical specifications set forth in the
BellSouth Guidelines to Technical Publication, TR-TSV-000905. Facilities of
each Party shall provide the necessary on-hook, off-hook answer and
disconnect supervision and shall provide calling number ID (Calling Party
Number) when technically feasible.

CCCS 118 of 501

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Attachment 3 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Network
Interconnection

	
 

	
 

	
5.3

	
Network Management
Controls. Both
Parties will work cooperatively to apply sound network management principles
by invoking appropriate network management controls to alleviate or prevent
network congestion. MCI and BellSouth will immediately notify each other of
any protective control action planned or executed

	
 

	
 

	
5.4

	
Interconnection Protocols

	
 

	
 

	
5.4.1

	
All Interconnection
facilities shall be Extended Super Frame with Binary 8 Zero Substitution line
coding (“ESF B8ZS”) or Alternate Mark Inversion line code (“AMI”) or
Superframe Format (“SF”) as specified by MCI.

	
 

	
 

	
5.5

	
SS7 Signaling. Unless
otherwise specified by MCI, both Parties will utilize LEC-to-LEC SS7
Signaling, where available, in conjunction with all trunk groups in order to
enable full interoperability of CLASS features and functions except for call
return. All SS7 signaling parameters will be provided as defined in GR-317
and GR-394, including but not limited to ISDN User Part (ISUP) for trunk
signaling, Carrier Identification Code (CIC), where available, Automatic
Number Identification (ANI), Originating Line Information (OLI), calling
company category and charge number. All privacy indicators will be honored, and
the Parties will exchange Transactional Capabilities Application Part (TCAP)
messages to facilitate full interoperability of SS7-based features between
their respective networks. All Network Operations Forum (NOF) adopted
standards shall be adhered to. Both MF and SS7 trunk groups will not be
provided within a single DS-1 facility; a separate DS-1 per signaling type
must be used. Neither Party shall alter the SS7 parameters, or be a party to
altering such parameters, or knowingly pass SS7 parameters that have been
altered in order to circumvent appropriate interconnection charges. Nothing
herein shall obligate or otherwise require either Party to perform
call-related database queries to the other Party’s or any other third-party’s
call-related database, unless otherwise agreed to by the Parties under a
separate agreement. The Parties shall institute a “bill and keep”
compensation plan under which neither Party will charge the other Party
recurring charges as set forth in Exhibit A for CCS7 signaling messages
associated with Local Traffic (including a Party’s provision of exchange
access to a third party or to an Affiliate). The remaining portion of the
CCS7 messages (i.e., the portion associated with non-Local Traffic) may be
subject to charges pursuant to applicable tariffs.

	
 

	
 

	
5.6

	
Signaling Call
Information. BellSouth and MCI will send and receive ten (10) digits for
Local Traffic. Additionally, BellSouth and MCI will meet and mutually agree
to network protocols which include but are not limited to glare parameters,
number of digits outpulsed, OZZ codes, and 800 CIC codes in use. The Parties
shall also mutually agree upon all proper translations for routing between
networks and any information necessary for billing.

	
 

	
 

	
5.7

	
Forecasting for Trunk
Provisioning

	
 

	
 

	
5.7.1

	
Unless the parties have
developed an existing forecasting arrangement, within six (6) months after
execution of this Agreement, MCI shall provide an initial interconnection
trunk group forecast for each LATA in which it plans to provide service
within BellSouth’s region. Upon receipt of MCI’s forecast, the Parties shall
conduct a joint planning meeting to develop a joint interconnection trunk
group forecast. Each forecast provided under this Section shall be deemed
“Confidential Information” under the General Terms and Conditions of this
Agreement.

CCCS 119 of 501

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Attachment 3 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Network
Interconnection

	
 

	
 

	
5.7.1.1

	
At a minimum, the forecast
shall include the projected quantity of Transit Trunks, MCI-to-BellSouth one-way trunks (MCI Trunks), BellSouth-to-MCI one-way
trunks (Reciprocal Trunk Groups) and/or two-way
interconnection trunks, if the Parties interconnect using two-way trunking to transport the Parties’ Local Traffic and
IntraLATA Toll Traffic. The quantities shall be projected for a minimum
of six months and shall include an estimate of the current year plus
the next two (2) years total forecasted quantities. The Parties shall mutually develop Reciprocal Trunk Groups and/or two-way
interconnection trunk forecast quantities.

	
 

	
 

	
5.7.1.2

	
All forecasts shall
include, at a minimum, MCI POI/Access Carrier Terminal Location (ACTL), trunk
group type (local, intraLATA toll, interLATA toll, Transit, Operator
Services, Directory Assistance, 911, BLV/BLVI, etc.), BellSouth location
where the trunks shall terminate (Far End CLLI), Direction of Traffic (In,
Out, 2W), Signaling Type (SS7, MF), Traffic Class (PH, DF, AF, IH) Forecast
Reference Points (circuits in Service, # of circuits on order, Total of
circuits in service and orders), Trunk Group Serial Number, if known,
(commonly referred to as the 2-6 code) and current year quarterly forecast,
next year quarterly forecast, plus 2 additional years forecast.

	
 

	
 

	
5.7.1.3

	
Description of major
network projects that affect the other party will be provided in the
semi-annual forecasts. Major network projects include but are not limited to
trunking or network rearrangements, shifts in anticipated traffic patterns,
or other activities by either party that are reflected by a significant
increase or decrease in trunking demand for the following forecasting period.

	
 

	
 

	
5.7.2

	
The submission and
development of interconnection trunk forecasts shall not replace the ordering
process for local interconnection trunks. Each Party shall exercise its best
efforts to provide the quantity of interconnection trunks mutually
forecasted. However, the provision of the forecasted quantity of
interconnection trunks is subject to trunk terminations and facility capacity
existing at the time the trunk order is submitted. Furthermore, the receipt
and development of trunk forecast do not imply any liability for failure to
perform if capacity (trunk terminations or facilities) is not available for
use at the forecasted time.

	
 

	
 

	
5.8

	
Trunk Utilization

	
 

	
 

	
5.8.1

	
BellSouth and MCI shall
monitor traffic on each interconnection Final Trunk Group that is ordered and
installed. The Parties agree that the Final Trunk Groups should be utilized
at sixty percent (60%) of the time consistent busy hour utilization level
within ninety (90) calendar days of installation. The Parties agree that the
Final Trunk Groups will be utilized at seventy-five percent (75%) of the time
consistent busy hour and that the high usage trunk groups will be utilized at
ninety five percent (95%) of the time consistent busy hour utilization level
within 180 calendar days of installation. Any Final Trunk Group not meeting
the minimum thresholds set forth in this Section are defined as
“Under-utilized” trunks. Upon notice by BellSouth of their desire to
disconnect trunks via an order, MCI will FOC its concurrence or request a
meeting to discuss reasons on why the trunk should not be downsized. In any
event, disconnects will not be processed to reduce trunks that would cause
utilization to be more than 75%.

	
 

	
 

	
5.8.1.1

	
If either Party observes
that a Trunk Group is exceeding its designed call carrying capacity and is
impacting other Trunk Groups in the network, the Parties shall immediately 

CCCS 120 of 501

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Attachment 3 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Network
Interconnection

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
augment the over-utilized
Trunk Group as soon as possible in order to minimize the impact on customers.
In order to prevent or remedy traffic blocking situations, a Party may
transport traffic on a separate single one-way trunk group terminating to the
other Party. However, where the Parties are responsive in a timely manner to
each other’s needs for its originated traffic, all originating traffic will
be placed on the two-way or Supergroup Local Traffic trunk group carrying
ISP-bound Traffic and IntraLATA Toll Traffic.

	
 

	
 

	
5.8.1.2

	
Either Party may notify
the other of any under-utilized one-way Trunk Groups and the number of such
trunk groups that Party wishes to disconnect. The Party will provide
supporting information either by email or facsimile to the other Party who
will either agree or disagree with the disconnection request within seven (7)
business days. If the other Party disagrees with the disconnection request,
it shall reply with such supporting information as expected traffic volumes
(including traffic volumes generated due to Local Number Portability) and the
timeframes within which it expects to need such trunks. The Parties will also
discuss whether or not agreement can be reached on the number of Final Trunk
Groups to be removed, if any.

	
 

	
 

	
5.9

	
Trunk Group Servicing

	
 

	
 

	
5.9.1

	
Orders between the parties
to establish, add, change or disconnect trunks shall be processed by use of
an ASR or another industry standard eventually adopted and mutually agreed to
by the Parties to replace the ASR for local service ordering.

	
 

	
 

	
5.9.2

	
Except as set forth below,
the standard interval used for the provisioning of Local Interconnection
trunk groups shall be fifteen (15) business days or longer as determined by
MCI’s Desired Due Date unless the Parties agree to a shorter interval. Such
interval shall commence upon the receipt of an error-free ASR for orders of
less than 192 trunks as an addition to local trunk groups (augment), or
thirty (30) business days from the receipt of an error-free ASR for
establishment of less than 192 trunks on new trunk groups. An ASR shall be
considered “error-free” for the purposes of this Agreement to the extent that
it contains no material errors that would prevent the timely and accurate
provisioning of the ASR. BellSouth will provide FOCs and Local
Interconnection in accordance with the SQM intervals ordered by the
Commission.

	
 

	
 

	
5.9.3

	
ASRs for orders greater
than 192 trunks shall be considered a “project” that directly impacts the
other Party and may be submitted at the same time, and their implementation
shall be jointly planned and coordinated. Projects require the coordination
and execution of multiple orders or related activities between and among
BellSouth and MCI work groups, including but not limited to the initial
establishment of Local Interconnection or transit trunk groups and service in
an area, NXX code moves, re-homes, major facility grooming, or network
rearrangements. The Parties shall negotiate the service intervals for
projects.

	
 

	
 

	
5.9.4

	
For Local and intraLATA
toll service, the Design Blocking Objective shall be 1% blocking in the
Time-Consistent Busy Hour, except under conditions of force majeure service
disruption. For trunk groups carrying access traffic to IXCs, the Design
Blocking Objective shall be 1% in the Time-Consistent Busy Hour.

	
 

	
 

	
5.9.5

	
MCI and BellSouth shall
provide to each other test-line numbers and access to test lines for the
purpose of testing BellSouth/MCI interconnection trunk groups.

CCCS 121 of 501

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Attachment 3 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Network
Interconnection

	
 

	
 

	
5.9.6

	
The Parties shall make all
reasonable efforts and cooperate in good faith to develop alternative
solutions to accommodate orders when facilities or equipment are not
available.

	
 

	
 

	
6

	
Local Dialing Parity

	
 

	
 

	
6.1

	
BellSouth and MCI shall
provide local and toll dialing parity, as defined in FCC rules and
regulations, with no unreasonable dialing delays. Dialing parity shall be
provided for all originating telecommunications services that require dialing
to route a call.

	
 

	
 

	
7

	
Interconnection
Compensation

	
 

	
 

	
7.1

	
“Local Traffic” is defined
as any telephone call that originates in one (1) exchange within a LATA and
terminates within the same LATA in either the same exchange, or some other
local calling area associated with the originating exchange as set forth in
the originating Party’s tariff for basic local exchange service. Basic local
exchange service means the local exchange service offered by the originating
Party without regard to any optional expanded area calling plans. Local
Traffic also includes traffic terminated in an area ordered by the Commission
to be associated with the originating exchange. Local Traffic also includes
traffic terminated in an area ordered by the Commission to be associated with
the originating exchange.

	
 

	
 

	
7.2

	
“IntraLATA Toll Traffic”
is defined as all traffic that originates and terminates within a single LATA
that is not Local, Transit, or ISP-bound traffic under this Attachment.

	
 

	
 

	
7.3

	
“ISP Bound Traffic” is
defined as calls to an information service provider or Internet service
provider (ISP) that would otherwise be Local Traffic if not for the fact that
the call terminates to the information service provider or ISP. ISP-Bound
Traffic is not Local Traffic subject to reciprocal compensation, but instead
is information access traffic subject to the FCC’s jurisdiction.

	
 

	
 

	
7.4

	
Notwithstanding the
definitions of Local Traffic and ISP-bound traffic above, and pursuant to the
FCC’s Order on Remand and Report and Order in CC Docket 99-68 released April
27, 2001 (ISP Order on Remand), BellSouth and MCI agree to the rebuttable
presumption that all combined circuit switched Local and ISP-bound Traffic,
including via UNE-P, delivered to BellSouth or MCI that exceeds a 3:1 ratio
of terminating to originating traffic on a statewide basis shall be
considered ISP-bound traffic for compensation purposes. BellSouth and MCI
further agree to the rebuttable presumption that all combined circuit
switched Local and ISP-bound Traffic, including via UNE-P, delivered to
BellSouth or MCI that does not exceed a 3:1 ratio of terminating to
originating traffic on a statewide basis shall be considered Local Traffic
for compensation purposes.

	
 

	
 

	
7.5

	
The rates for the Call
Transport and Call Termination of Local Traffic and ISP-Bound Traffic are as
set forth in Exhibit A to this Attachment. BellSouth may charge MCI the
Tandem Switching, End Office Switching and Common Transport rate elements for
Local Traffic when such elements are actually used by BellSouth to terminate
MCI’s originated traffic. MCI may charge BellSouth the Tandem Switching rate
element for Local Traffic when MCI has shown, in accordance with 47 CFR
51.711 that its switch is capable of serving a geographic area comparable to
that served by BellSouth’s tandem switch.

CCCS 122 of 501

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Attachment 3 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Network
Interconnection

	
 

	
 

	
7.5.1

	
Intentionally Omitted

	
 

	
 

	
7.5.2

	
The rate for the Call
Transport and Call Termination of ISP-bound Traffic is $.0007.

	
 

	
 

	
7.5.3

	
Intentionally Omitted.

	
 

	
 

	
7.5.4

	
For terminating its
intraLATA toll traffic on the other company’s network, the originating Party will
pay the terminating Party the terminating Party’s current intrastate or
interstate, whichever is appropriate, terminating switched access tariff
rates as set forth in the terminating Party’s Access Services Tariffs as
filed and in effect with the FCC or Commission. The appropriate charges will
be determined by the routing of the call. Additionally, if one (1) Party is
the other (originating) Party’s customer’s presubscribed interexchange
carrier or if the originating Party’s customer uses the other Party as an
interexchange carrier on a 101XXXX basis, the originating Party will charge
the other Party the appropriate originating switched access tariff rates as
set forth in the originating Party’s Intrastate or Interstate Access Services
Tariff as filed and in effect with the FCC or appropriate Commission. Nothing
in this section shall relieve BellSouth from providing MCI with the records
provided pursuant to Section 7.9.5 of this Attachment. If BellSouth notifies
MCI that an ICO has adopted an alternative to the Primary Carrier Plan (PCP),
the Parties shall apply the appropriate meet-point billing methods. MCI
acknowledges receipt of such notice for the states of Florida and North
Carolina.

	
 

	
 

	
7.5.4.1

	
Except in Florida and
North Carolina, unless and until BellSouth notifies MCI that an independent
telephone company (ICO) has adopted an alternative to the PCP compensation
arrangement with BellSouth, for intraLATA toll calls originating on an ICO’s
network, transported by BellSouth and delivered to MCI, MCI shall presume
that BellSouth is the intraLATA toll carrier, and shall use the EMI 110101
records provided by BellSouth to MCI to bill BellSouth the appropriate access
charges by applying the MCI and BellSouth agreed upon PCP ICO ratios to the
EMI 110101 records on a monthly basis. Additionally, when an ICO adopts an
alternative to the PCP, BellSouth must provide notice via carrier
notification letter posted on BellSouth’s website.

	
 

	
 

	
7.5.5

	
If either Party assigns
NPA/NXXs to specific BellSouth rate centers within the LATA and assigns
numbers from those NPA/NXXs to customers physically located outside of that
LATA, the other Party’s traffic originating from within the LATA where the
NPA/NXXs are assigned and delivered to a customer physically located outside
of such LATA (“V/FX” Traffic) shall be subject to intercarrier compensation
in accordance with this Section 7.5.5, et. seq.,

	
 

	
 

	
7.5.5.1

	
IntraLATA traffic (i.e.,
where the physical end points of the call are within the LATA) shall be
exchanged as though it were Local Traffic, if the originating and terminating
NPA/NXXs indicate that the traffic is Local Traffic, and it shall be
exchanged as though it were Intralata Toll Traffic if the originating and
terminating NPA/NXXs indicate that the traffic is Intralata Toll Traffic.

	
 

	
 

	
7.5.5.2

	
In each LATA where the
Parties have at least one IP in each of the BellSouth Tandem serving areas in
which MCI assigns to its end user customers its own or ported telephone 

CCCS 123 of 501

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Attachment 3 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Network
Interconnection

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
numbers and at which each
Party delivers its originating traffic to the other Party, the rate for the
Call Transport and Call Termination of V/FX Traffic that is ISP-bound Traffic
is $.0007 per minute of use.

	
 

	
 

	
7.5.5.3

	
In each LATA where the
Parties do not have at least one IP in each of the BellSouth Tandem serving
areas in which MCI assigns to its end user customers its own or ported
telephone numbers and at which each Party delivers its originating traffic to
the other Party, V/FX Traffic that is ISP-bound Traffic shall be exchanged on
a bill and keep basis.

	
 

	
 

	
7.5.5.4

	
In each LATA, V/FX Traffic
that is not ISP-bound Traffic shall be exchanged on a bill and keep basis.
The Parties hereby agree that, as of the Effective Date, they are exchanging
only a de minimis amount of V/FX Traffic that is not ISP-bound Traffic. The
Parties further agree that, from time to time, upon written request from
either Party, the Parties will review whether the amount of such V/FX Traffic
that is not ISP-bound Traffic exchanged between them remains de minimis. If,
upon such review, the amount of such V/FX Traffic that is not ISP-bound
Traffic is found not to be de minimis, the Parties shall engage in good faith
negotiations to amend this Agreement to establish an intercarrier
compensation regime for such non-de minimis traffic.

	
 

	
 

	
7.5.5.5

	
Upon request, the Party
assigning V/FX to its end users, as described above, shall provide the other
Party with the information necessary, including but not limited to the
location of modem pools and servers, to identify such V/FX Traffic. All
information provided shall be deemed Confidential Information under the
General Terms and Conditions of this Agreement.

	
 

	
 

	
7.6

	
Jurisdictional Reporting

	
 

	
 

	
7.6.1

	
Percent Local Use. Each Party shall report to the other a
Percent Local Usage (PLU) factor. The application of the PLU will determine
the amount of local or ISP-bound minutes to be billed to the other Party.
Requirements associated with PLU factor calculation and reporting shall be as
set forth in the MCI Factors Reference Guide. Each Party shall update its PLU
on the first of January, April, July and October of the year and shall send
it to the other Party to be received no later than 30 days after the first of
each such month based on local and ISP-bound usage for the past three (3)
months ending the last day of December, March, June and September,
respectively.

	
 

	
 

	
7.6.2

	
Percent Interstate Usage. Each Party shall report to the other the
projected Percent Interstate Usage (PIU) factor. After interstate and
intrastate traffic percentages have been determined by use of PIU procedures,
the PLU factor will be used for application and billing of intercarrier
compensation. Requirements associated with PIU factor calculation and
reporting shall be as set forth in the MCI Reference Factors Guide. Each
Party shall update its PIUs on the first of January, April, July and October
of the year and shall send it to the other Party to be received no later than
30 days after the first of each such month, for all services showing the
percentages of use for the past three (3) months ending the last day of
December, March, June and September.

	
 

	
 

	
7.6.2.1

	
Percent Interstate
Usage-E. Each Party shall report to the other the projected Percent
Interstate Usage-E (PIUE) factor. The utilization of switched dedicated
transport services is considered in combination to determine the PIUE
factors. The PIUE will be applied to the billing elements for the applicable
services to apportion billing between the intrastate 

CCCS 124 of 501

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Attachment 3 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Network
Interconnection

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
and interstate
jurisdictions. The total jurisdictional use of these services shall be
considered when determining PIUE factors including all originating and
terminating usage. The PIUE represents the percentage that these services are
utilized for interstate jurisdiction applications. After interstate and
intrastate traffic percentages have been determined by use of PIUE
procedures, the PLF factor will be used for application and billing of
switched dedicated transport. Requirements associated with PIUE factor
calculation and reporting shall be as set forth in the MCI Reference Factors
Guide. Each Party shall update its PIUs on the first of January, April, July
and October of the year and shall send it to the other Party to be received
no later than 30 days after the first of each such month, for all services
showing the percentages of use for the past three (3) months ending the last
day of December, March, June and September.

	
 

	
 

	
7.6.3

	
Percent Local Facility. Each Party shall report to the other a
Percent Local Facility (PLF) factor. The application of the PLF factor will
determine the portion of switched dedicated transport to be billed per the
rates set forth in Exhibit A to this Attachment. The PLF factor shall be
applied to Multiplexing, Local Channel and Interoffice Channel Switched
Dedicated Transport utilized in the provision of Switched Dedicated
Transport. Each Party shall update its PLF factor on the first of January,
April, July and October of the year and shall send it to the other Party to
be received no later than thirty (30) days after the first of each such month
to be effective the first bill period the following month, respectively. If
the PLF factor is not timely updated, the previously reported PLF factor will
be used. Requirements associated with PLF factor calculation and reporting
shall be as set forth in the MCI Reference Factors Guide. For purposes of the
PLF factor calculation, the following traffic types shall be included:
Exchange Access Traffic originated by or terminated to a 3rd party
IXC (including an MCI affiliate with a separate ACNA); Local Traffic; and
ISP-Bound Traffic.

	
 

	
 

	
7.6.4

	
Intentionally Omitted

	
 

	
 

	
7.6.5

	
Notwithstanding the
provisions regarding the calculation of PLU and PIU above, where the
terminating Party has message recording technology that identifies the
jurisdiction of traffic terminated, utilizing originating and terminating
NPA/NXXs, as defined in this Agreement, such information shall, at the
terminating Party’s option, be utilized to determine the appropriate
jurisdictional reporting factors (the PLU & PIU) but not the PLF, in lieu
of those provided by the originating Party. In the event that the terminating
Party opts to utilize its own data to determine jurisdictional reporting
factors, such terminating Party shall notify the originating Party at least
fifteen (15) days prior to the beginning of the calendar quarter in which the
terminating Party will begin to utilize its own data. Disputes regarding the
calculation of such factors shall subject to the Billing Dispute Resolution
and Audit provisions set forth in this Agreement. If a Party uses its own
data to jurisdictionalize traffic, such Party only shall jurisdictionalize
traffic to the extent such Party has access to the actual originating and
terminating NPA/NXXs, and only to the extent such Party is using the actual
originating and terminating NPA/NXXs. The reported jurisdictional factors
shall be used for all traffic for which originating and terminating NPA/NXXs
are not available. A Party reporting jurisdictional factors may choose to
report separate factors for traffic for which NPA/NXXs are not available to
be used in such instances.

	
 

	
 

	
7.6.6

	
Neither Party shall
represent Switched Access Traffic as Local Traffic or ISP-Bound Traffic for
purposes of determining compensation for the call. A Party’s use of a single 

CCCS 125 of 501

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Attachment 3 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Network
Interconnection

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
trunk group for Local
Traffic and any other traffic type shall not be deemed to be a violation of
this subsection.

	
 

	
 

	
7.7

	
Audits. On thirty (30)
days written notice, each Party must provide the other the ability and
opportunity to conduct an annual audit to ensure the proper billing of
traffic. BellSouth and MCI shall retain records of call detail for a minimum
of twelve months from which the PLU, PLF, and/or PIU jurisdictionalization
can be ascertained. The audit shall be conducted during normal business hours
at an office designated by the Party being audited. Audit requests shall not
be submitted more frequently than one (1) time per calendar year. Audits
shall be performed by a mutually acceptable independent auditor paid for by
the Party requesting the audit. The PLU, PLF, and/or PIU shall be adjusted
based upon the audit results and shall apply to the period of time for which
the audit was completed. If, as a result of an audit, either Party is found
to have overstated the PLU, PLF, and/or PIU, or to have incorrectly
jurisdictionalized traffic (in the case of the billing party) by twenty
percentage points (20%) or more, that Party shall reimburse the auditing
Party for the cost of the audit.

	
 

	
 

	
7.8

	
Compensation for 8XX
Traffic

	
 

	
 

	
7.8.1

	
Compensation for 8XX
Traffic. When a
Party’s customer places an 8XX call, the other Party shall charge the
originating switched access and data query charges set forth in that Party’s
respective intrastate or interstate switched access tariffs to the IXC that
is responsible for terminating the 8XX to the appropriate Wide Area
Telecommunications Service (WATS) or Plain Old Telephone Service (POTS)
number.

	
 

	
 

	
7.8.2

	
Records for 8XX Billing. Each Party will provide to the other the
appropriate records necessary for billing intraLATA 8XX customers. The
records provided will be in a standard EMI format.

	
 

	
 

	
7.9

	
Mutual Provision of
Switched Access Service

	
 

	
 

	
7.9.1

	
Switched Access Traffic. Switched Access Traffic includes, but is
not limited to, the following types of traffic: Feature Group A, Feature
Group B, Feature Group C, Feature Group D, toll free access (e.g., 8XX), 900
access and their successors.

	
 

	
 

	
7.9.1.1

	
The following category of
IP Enabled Services that are neither IP/PSTN nor PSTN/IP/PSTN traffic is also
considered Switched Access Traffic as set forth in this agreement: interLATA
calls that: (1) use ordinary customer premises equipment (such as a
traditional telephone) with no enhanced functionality; (2) originate and
terminate on the public switched telephone network (PSTN); (3) undergo no Net
Protocol Conversion as defined herein; and (4) provide no enhanced
functionality to customers that result from the provider’s use of IP
technology. To the extent that the FCC finds that this type of IP Enabled
Services is not exchange access service, or is not otherwise subject to
access charges, then the Parties shall amend the Agreement in accordance with
Section 12.3 of the General Terms and Conditions.

	
 

	
 

	
7.9.2

	
If either Party’s customer
chooses the other Party as its presubscribed interexchange carrier, or if
either Party’s customer uses the other Party as an interexchange carrier on a
10XXX basis, the Party will charge the other Party the appropriate tariff
charges for originating switched access services. At present neither Party is
available as an interexchange carrier to the other Party’s customers.

CCCS 126 of 501

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Attachment 3 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Network
Interconnection

	
 

	
 

	
7.9.3

	
Where the originating
Party delivers Switched Access Traffic to the terminating Party over switched
access facilities and where the originating Party is also the IXC, the
originating Party will pay the terminating Party terminating switched access
charges as set forth in the terminating Party’s intrastate or interstate
tariff, as appropriate. 

	
 

	
 

	
7.9.4

	
When a Party’s end office
switch provides an access service connection to or from an interexchange
carrier (IXC) by a direct trunk group to the IXC utilizing the other Party’s
facilities, each Party will provide its own access services to the IXC and
bill on a multi-bill, multi-tariff meet-point basis. Each Party will bill its
own access services rates to the IXC with the exception of the
interconnection charge. The interconnection charge will be billed by the
Party providing the end office function. Each party will use the Multiple
Exchange Carrier Access Billing (MECAB) guidelines to establish meet point
billing for all applicable traffic. The Parties shall utilize a thirty (30)
day billing period. 

	
 

	
 

	
7.9.5

	
When a Party’s end office
(End Office Party) subtends the other Party’s (Tandem Party) Access Tandem
switch for receipt or delivery of switched access traffic and provides an
access service connection to or from an IXC via the Tandem Party’s Access
Tandem switch, the Tandem Party agrees to provide the End Office Party, as
defined in MECAB, at no charge, all the switched access detail usage data, recorded
at the access tandem, within no more than sixty (60) days after the recording
date. Each Party will notify the other when it is not feasible to meet these
requirements. As business requirements change, data reporting requirements
may be modified as necessary. 

	
 

	
 

	
7.9.6

	
The Tandem Party will
retain for a minimum period of sixty (60) days, access message detail
sufficient to recreate any data that is lost or damaged by the tandem
provider company or any third party involved in processing or transporting
data. 

	
 

	
 

	
7.9.7

	
The Tandem Party agrees to
recreate the lost or damaged data within forty-eight (48) hours of
notification by the other or by an authorized third party handling the data. 

	
 

	
 

	
7.9.8

	
Any claims against the
Tandem Party, for unbillable or uncollectible revenue should be filed with
the tandem provider company within 120 days of the usage date. 

	
 

	
 

	
7.9.9

	
The Tandem Party shall
keep records of its billing activities relating to jointly-provided
Intrastate and Interstate access services in sufficient detail to permit the
Subsequent Billing Party to, by formal or informal review or audit, to verify
the accuracy and reasonableness of the jointly-provided access billing data
provided by the Initial Billing Party. Each Party agrees to cooperate in such
formal or informal reviews or audits and further agrees to jointly review the
findings of such reviews or audits in order to resolve any differences
concerning the findings thereof. 

	
 

	
 

	
7.10

	
Transit Traffic 

	
 

	
 

	
7.10.1

	
If a Party desires that
the other Party provide tandem switching and transport services for Transit
Traffic, such Party must formally request such service from the other Party
(e.g., via an ASR for Transit Traffic trunks and facilities). Rates for local
Transit Traffic and ISP-bound Transit Traffic shall be the applicable
composite charge (i.e. local intermediary charge or “LIC”) as set forth in
Exhibit A to this Attachment. Subject to payments associated with transit
trunking in Section 4.10 above, the LIC shall comprise all elemental minutes
of use functions associated with Transit Traffic (i.e. tandem switching,
common  

CCCS 127 of 501

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Attachment 3 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Network
Interconnection

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
transport and any billing
records). Notwithstanding any other agreement between the Parties, the LIC
shall be effective from August 1, 2006. The LIC shall not be subject to the
change of law provisions of this Agreement unless mutually agreed upon by the
Parties. Switched Access Transit Traffic shall be billed to the appropriate
IXC pursuant to Section 7.9. Traffic between either Party and Wireless Type 1
third parties shall not be treated as Transit Traffic from a routing or
billing perspective. Traffic between either Party and Wireless Type 2A third
parties shall not be treated as Transit Traffic from a routing or billing
perspective until the transiting provider and the Wireless third party have
the capability to properly meet-point-bill in accordance with MECAB
guidelines. The list of Wireless carriers with which BellSouth has such
capabilities is available at http://www.interconnection.bellsouth.com/guides/activation/html/gacba001/index.htm.
Until such time as the transiting Party and the wireless carrier have
established the meet-point-bill arrangement, wireless traffic that is not
treated as Transit Traffic shall be treated as the originated or terminated
traffic of the transiting provider, as appropriate, and shall be
jurisdictionalized in accordance with this Agreement. Such wireless traffic
also shall be included in the calculation of the ratios used in the rebuttable
presumption relating to ISP-Bound Traffic where such traffic is
jurisdictionally Local or ISP-Bound in accordance with this Agreement. Where
technically feasible, traffic between MCI and third party CLECs utilizing
BellSouth switching shall not be treated as Transit Traffic from a routing
and billing perspective until BellSouth and the third party CLEC have the
capability to properly meet-point-bill in accordance with MECAB guidelines.
The transiting Party shall be responsible for providing the terminating Party
the records necessary for the terminating Party to bill the originating third
party.

	
 

	
 

	
7.10.2

	
The delivery of traffic
that transits the BellSouth network and is transported to another carrier’s
network is excluded from any BellSouth billing guarantees. BellSouth agrees
to deliver Transit Traffic to the terminating carrier; provided, however,
that MCI is solely responsible for negotiating and executing any appropriate
contractual agreements with the terminating carrier for the exchange of Transit
Traffic through the BellSouth network. BellSouth will not be liable for any
compensation to the terminating carrier or to MCI. In the event that the
terminating third party carrier imposes on BellSouth any charges or costs for
the delivery of Transit Traffic, MCI shall reimburse BellSouth for such
costs. 

	
 

	
 

	
8

	
Basic 911 and E911 Interconnection

 Basic 911 and E911 provides a caller access to the applicable
emergency service bureau by dialing 911.

	
 

	
 

	
8.1

	
Basic 911 Interconnection. BellSouth will provide to MCI a list consisting of each municipality that
subscribes to Basic 911 service. The list will also provide, if known, the
E911 conversion date for each municipality and, for network routing purposes,
a ten-digit directory number representing the appropriate emergency answering
position for each municipality subscribing to 911. MCI will be required to
arrange to accept 911 calls from its end users in municipalities that
subscribe to Basic 911 service and translate the 911 call to the appropriate 10-digit
directory number as stated on the list provided by BellSouth. MCI will be
required to route that call to BellSouth at the appropriate 911 tandem. When
a municipality converts to E911 service, MCI will be required to begin using
E911 procedures.  

CCCS 128 of 501

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Attachment 3 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Network
Interconnection

	
 

	
 

	
8.2

	
E911 Interconnection. MCI shall install a minimum of two (2)
dedicated trunks originating from MCI’s switch and terminating to the
appropriate E911 tandem. The dedicated trunks shall be, at a minimum, DS0
level trunks configured as part of a digital (1.544 Mb/s) interface (DS1
facility). The Parties shall exercise commercially reasonable efforts to
provision interconnection trunks over geographically diverse facilities. The
configuration may use CAMA-type signaling with multifrequency (MF) pulsing
that will deliver ANI with the voice portion of the call. If the user
interface is digital, MF pulses as well as other AC signals shall be encoded
per the mu-law convention. Alternatively, as mutually agreed to by the
Parties, these trunks may use SS7/ISUP signaling where available, in
accordance with Section 5.5. The two (2) trunk minimum and the diversity
requirements apply regardless of whether, CAMA- MF or SS7/ISUP signaling is
used. MCI will be required to provide BellSouth daily updates to the E911
database. MCI will forward 911 calls to the appropriate E911 tandem along
with ANI based upon the current E911 end office to tandem homing arrangement
as provided by BellSouth. If the E911 tandem trunks are not available, MCI
may be required to route the call to a designated 7- digit or 10-digit local
number residing in the appropriate Public Service Answering Point (PSAP).
When applicable, this call will be transported over BellSouth’s interoffice
network and will not carry the ANI of the calling party, but may or may not
carry CallerID information if available from the originating MCI switch, and
if supported by the signaling to and the destination line at the PSAP. MCI
shall be responsible for providing BellSouth with complete and accurate data
for submission to the 911/E911 database for the purpose of providing 911/E911
to its customers. 

	
 

	
 

	
8.2.1

	
Rates. Trunks and facilities for 911
interconnection may be ordered by MCI from BellSouth pursuant to the terms and
conditions contained in this Attachment 3.

CCCS 129 of 501

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Attachment 3 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Network
Interconnection

MCI Factors Reference Guide

	
 

	
 

	
1

	
Introduction 

	
 

	
 

	
1.1

	
Jurisdictional factors are
utilized to apportion the billing of Access and Local Interconnections
Services between the interstate, intrastate and local jurisdictions. The
rates, terms and conditions applicable to the provision of services are
determined based upon the jurisdictional use of the service. Where sufficient
data is available the billing Party shall determine the percentage of use by
jurisdiction for billing applications in accordance with this Agreement.
Absent sufficient data it is incumbent upon the billed Party to accurately
report jurisdictional factors in order for the billing Party to bill the
associated services per contractual and regulatory requirements. This Exhibit
serves as a guide for the preparation and reporting of the following
jurisdictional factors related to Access and Local Interconnection Services

	
 

	
 

	
1.1.1

	
PIU - Percent Interstate
Usage 

	
 

	
 

	
1.1.2

	
PLU - Percent Local Usage 

	
 

	
 

	
1.1.3

	
PLF - Percent Local
Facility 

	
 

	
 

	
1.2

	
These factors are reported
by service at a state level as required. Unique service requirements are
identified later in this Exhibit. In general, the PIU factors are required
for Access Services and Local Interconnection Services to apportion the
billing between the state and interstate jurisdictions. The Parties are also
required to report PLU and PLF factors in addition to PIU factors to further
apportion their intrastate use of Local Interconnection services between the
state and local jurisdiction. Failure to report values for PLU and/or PLF
shall result in the default value of zero percent being applied for these
factors. The local jurisdiction is considered a subset of the intrastate
jurisdiction in the determination and application of the PLU and PLF factors.
The following sections provide information concerning the determination of
factors, the application of factors, reporting procedures and customer
records requirements. 

	
 

	
 

	
2

	
Factors 

	
 

	
 

	
2.1

	
General 

	
 

	
 

	
2.1.1

	
Jurisdictional factors are
jurisdictional projections of the percentages of use of access and
interconnection services for billing purposes. Factors shall be provided with
the first request for each service in each state and are updated quarterly
based upon the most recent three (3) months of data. If factors are not
updated then the billing Party shall assume that the factors are the same as
those most recently provided. If a valid quarterly report has never been
received then the billing Party may utilize the factor(s) provided with the
initial order for service, the most recent audit results if an audit has been
performed or the default value for the particular factor. 

	
 

	
 

	
2.2

	
PIU - Percent Interstate
Usage 

CCCS 130 of 501

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Attachment 3 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Network
Interconnection

	
 

	
 

	
2.2.1

	
This factor is the
percentage of use that is interstate. For services that are billed on a per
minute of use (MOU) basis the TPIU is based upon the traffic terminated by
one (1) Party from the other Party. Any traffic that originates/terminates in
the reporting carrier’s network that ultimately originates/terminates to the
BellSouth Network through another carrier’s network shall be included in the
reported PIU factor(s) by the intermediate carrier that accepts billing for
the usage. This relationship is usually established per an agency
authorization. In these situations, the carrier that accepts billing from
BellSouth for the usage to and from BellSouth shall include such usage in
their factor calculations that are reported to BellSouth. Any usage that
transits a reporting carrier’s network shall be included in the
jurisdictional factor reporting by the billed carrier to the
originating/terminating carrier regardless of the number of carriers involved
in the transport of the traffic. It is incumbent upon the Party that is
billed for traffic to report PIU factors that are representative of the
actual jurisdiction of traffic delivered to the other Party. 

	
 

	
 

	
2.2.2

	
For services that are not
billed on a usage sensitive basis (e.g. Switched Transport Local Channel,
Interoffice Channels & Multiplexing Equipment) the total use of the
service shall be considered in determining the PIUE factor including
originating and terminating usage. 

	
 

	
 

	
2.3

	
BellSouth SWA FGD &
Local Terminating PIU (TPIU) 

	
 

	
 

	
2.3.1

	
Usage based rate elements
are billed for FGD in both the originating and terminating directions.
BellSouth is able to determine the jurisdiction of originating FGD traffic
per the billing records generated with each call. Therefore a factor to
apportion usage for originating FGD traffic is not required from the
reporting carrier. Originating traffic consists of calls where the location
of the calling number is served from a BellSouth end office that is
connecting to a carrier for completion to the called number location. 

	
 

	
 

	
2.3.2

	
The terminating usage
shall be apportioned to the state and interstate jurisdictions per a TPIU
factor. A single TPIU factor for terminating FGD traffic shall be reported at
the state level to apportion the applicable usage based elements between the
intrastate and interstate jurisdictions. Terminating party pays usage (e.g.
800 terminating traffic) shall be excluded from the TPIU calculations. 

	
 

	
 

	
2.3.3

	
Local traffic shall also
be included when determining the TPIU. If the reporting carrier functions as
an Interexchange and Local carrier then all of the terminating usage sent to
BellSouth will be apportioned between the state and interstate jurisdictions
per a single TPIU. This factor shall be reported at the state level per
Access Carrier Name Abbreviation (ACNA). A TPIU shall be reported by CLECs
even if it does not terminate any interstate traffic to the BellSouth
network. In this situation, the CLEC should report a TPIU equal to zero
(0.00) to indicate that all of its traffic is Intrastate and Local. 

	
 

	
 

	
2.3.4

	
The TPIU factor is
calculated as follows where MOUs are billed minutes of use: 

	
 

	
 

	
Total
Terminating Interstate MOUs

	

	
Total
Terminating Usage MOUs

CCCS 131 of 501

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Attachment 3 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Network
Interconnection

	
 

	
 

	
2.3.5

	
Total Terminating Usage
includes interstate, intrastate and local usage. This percentage is
calculated on a statewide basis. Both Parties are required to report TPIU
factors per their Access Carrier Name Abbreviations (ACNAs). 

	
 

	
 

	
2.4

	
BellSouth SWA Transport
PIUE 

	
 

	
 

	
2.4.1

	
BellSouth SWA Transport
PIUE is applicable to the following SWA Transport Services: 

	
 

	
 

	
2.4.1.1

	
SWA Local Channel 

	
 

	
 

	
2.4.1.2

	
SWA Dedicated Interoffice
Channels 

	
 

	
 

	
2.4.1.3

	
SWA Channelization Equipment

	
 

	
 

	
2.4.1.4

	
Local Interconnection
Dedicated Transport 

	
 

	
 

	
2.4.1.5

	
Dedicated End Office Trunk
Port Service 

	
 

	
 

	
2.4.1.6

	
Dedicated Tandem End
Office Trunk Port Service 

	
 

	
 

	
2.4.1.7

	
SWA Expanded
Interconnection Cross-Connects 

	
 

	
 

	
2.4.2

	
The PIUE may also be applied
to other flat rated charges not specifically covered by other PIU categories.

	
 

	
 

	
2.4.3

	
The utilization of these
transport services is considered in combination to determine the PIUE
factors. The PIUE will be applied to the recurring billing elements for these
services to apportion billing between the intrastate and interstate
jurisdictions. The total jurisdictional use of these services shall be
considered when determining PIUE factors including all originating and
terminating usage. The PIUE represents the percentage that these services are
utilized for interstate jurisdiction applications. 

	
 

	
 

	
2.4.4

	
The PIUE factor is
calculated as follows where MOUs are minutes of use: 

	
 

	
 

	
Total
Applicable Terminating and Originating Interstate MOUs

	

	
Total
Applicable Terminating and Originating Usage MOUs

	
 

	
 

	
2.4.5

	
Total Applicable
Terminating and Originating Usage includes interstate, intrastate and local
usage. This percentage is calculated on a statewide basis. Both Parties are
required to report PIUE factors per their Access Carrier Name Abbreviations
(ACNAs). 

	
 

	
 

	
2.5

	
PLU – Percent Local Usage 

	
 

	
 

	
2.5.1

	
The percent of usage to be
billed per the Local Interconnection contracts is determined by the PLU
factor. This factor shall be developed in conjunction with the TPIU factor
discussed in the previous subsection. After the TPIU is determined then the
percentage of the intrastate usage that is local shall be determined. By
definition, the percentage of intrastate traffic of the total terminating
traffic is equal to 1 – TPIU. The total terminating traffic to be considered
is discussed in the TPIU subsection. The PLU represents the percentage of
intrastate terminating usage that is jurisdictionally local. This factor is
reported at the state level by ACNA. 

	
 

	
 

	
2.5.2

	
This factor is the
percentage of intrastate terminating usage that is categorized as Local
Jurisdiction. For purposes of this guide the total intrastate usage includes
intrastate local usage and intrastate non-local usage. Terminating party pays
usage shall be excluded 

CCCS 132 of 501

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Attachment 3 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Network
Interconnection

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
from the PLU calculations
(same as TPIU, described above). The local jurisdiction, as defined in this
Agreement, is calculated as follows where MOUs are billed minutes of use:

	
 

	
 

	
Total
Local Terminating MOUs

	

	
Total
Intrastate Terminating MOUs

	
 

	
 

	
2.5.3

	
The total intrastate
terminating minutes can be determined by multiplying the total terminating
minutes by (1- TPIU). Therefore the PLU may also be calculated as follows: 

	
 

	
 

	
Total
Local Terminating MOUs

	

	
(Total
Terminating MOUs) x (1-TPIU)

	
 

	
 

	
2.5.4

	
This factor is calculated
on a statewide basis by Access Carrier Name Abbreviation (ACNA). 

	
 

	
 

	
2.6

	
PLF – Percent Local
Facility 

	
 

	
 

	
2.6.1

	
This factor is utilized to
determined the portion of a Local Interconnection Dedicated Transport and
Tandem/End Office Ports and various other flat rated services that are used
to provide telephone and exchange service and exchange access. This factor is
developed in conjunction with the PIUE. The PLF represents the percentage of
the Intrastate use of these services that is jurisdictionally Local whereby
the Intrastate percentage is defined as 1-PIUE. The total jurisdictional use
of these services shall be considered when determining PLF and should include
originating and terminating traffic. This factor is reported at the state
level by ACNA 

	
 

	
 

	
2.6.2

	
The PLF is the percentage
of the intrastate use of Switched Dedicated Transport and/or Local
Interconnection Transport that is jurisdictionally local. This factor is
similar to PLU except that it applies to dedicated transport services that
are billed on a non-usage sensitive basis. The PLF represents the percentage
of use of all the Switched Dedicated Transport and Local Interconnection
Transport provisioned by BellSouth that is jurisdictionally local as defined
in this Agreement. The PLF for these services is based upon the usage that is
transported by these services as follows: 

	
 

	
 

	
Total
Local MOUs

	

	
Total
Intrastate MOUs

	
 

	
 

	
2.6.3

	
The total intrastate minutes
can be determined by multiplying the total minutes by (1- PIUE) where PIUE is
the factor applicable to Switched Dedicated Transports and Local
Interconnection Transport. Therefore the PLF may also be calculated as
follows: 

	
 

	
 

	
Total
Local Minutes

	

	
(Total
Minutes) x (1-PIUE)

	
 

	
 

	
2.6.4

	
This factor may is
calculated on a statewide basis and reported per Access Carrier Name
Abbreviation (ACNA). 

	
 

	
 

	
3

	
Frequency of Reporting 

CCCS 133 of 501

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Attachment 3 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Network
Interconnection

	
 

	
 

	
3.1

	
Jurisdictional factors
shall be updated on a quarterly basis during the months of January, April,
July and October. These updates shall be received no later than 30 days after
the first day in each of these months. These factors shall represent the
actual use for the three (3) previous months ending on the last day of
December, March, June and September respectively. These updates shall be
provided in writing by letter or electronic mail and sent to the following
address: 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
US Mail

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
BellSouth
Telecommunications, Inc 

2300 Northlake Centre Drive 

Suite 415 

Tucker, GA 30084

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
OR 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Electronic Mail 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
piu.reports@bellsouth.com

	
 

	
 

	
3.2

	
An e-mail will be returned
indicating receipt of reports submitted by electronic mail. 

	
 

	
 

	
3.3

	
The recommended format for
updates is via the online form RF-3995 Jurisdictional Factor Report (see http://www.interconnection.bellsouth.com/forms/index.html,
CLEC Forms Online or Interexchange Carrier Webforms). 

	
 

	
 

	
3.4

	
In those
instances where BellSouth has sufficient information to calculate
jurisdictional factors for itself, BellSouth will notify the carrier, by
letter or email, of the factors that will be used in billing, as well as the
effective date. Unless otherwise notified, BellSouth will continue to update
the specific identified factor(s) for subsequent quarters per the above
schedule and the carrier will be exempt from further responsibility to report
those specific factors. 

CCCS 134 of 501

Basic Architecture

[DIAGRAM] 

Exhibit C 

Two-Way Architecture

[DIAGRAM]

Supergroup Architecture

[DIAGRAM] 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
LOCAL
INTERCONNECTION - Florida

	
 

	
Attachment:
3

	
 

	
Exhibit:
A

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
CATEGORY

	
 

	
RATE
ELEMENTS

	
 

	
Interim

	
 

	
Zone

	
 

	
BCS

	
 

	
USOC

	
 

	
RATES
($)

	
 

	
Svc
Order

Submitted

Elec

per LSR

	
 

	
Svc
Order

Submitted

Manually

per LSR

	
 

	
Incremental

Charge-

Manual Svc

Order vs.

Electronic-

1st

	
 

	
Incremental

Charge-

Manual Svc

Order vs.

Electronic-

Add’l

	
 

	
Incremental

Charge-

Manual Svc

Order vs.

Electronic-

Disc 1st

	
 

	
Incremental

Charge -

Manual Svc

Order vs.

Electronic-

Disc Add’l

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Rec

	
 

	
Nonrecurring

	
 

	
Nonrecurring
Disconnect

	
 

	
OSS
Rates($)

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
First

	
 

	
Add’l

	
 

	
First

	
 

	
Add’l

	
 

	
SOMEC

	
 

	
SOMAN

	
 

	
SOMAN

	
 

	
SOMAN

	
 

	
SOMAN

	
 

	
SOMAN

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
LOCAL INTERCONNECTION (CALL TRANSPORT AND
TERMINATION)

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
NOTE: “bk” beside a rate indicates that
the Parties have agreed to bill and keep for that element pursuant to the
terms and conditions in Attachment 3.

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
INTERCARRIER COMPENSATION FOR ISP-BOUND
TRAFFIC

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Rate for ISP-Bound Traffic, per MOU

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
0.0007

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
INTERCARRIER COMPENSATION FOR LOCAL
TRAFFIC, LOCAL TRANSIT TRAFFIC, AND MTA TRAFFIC

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
END OFFICE SWITCHING

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
End Office Switching Function and Trunk Port, Per MOU

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
0.0009302

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
TANDEM SWITCHING

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Tandem Switching Function Per MOU

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
0.0006019

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Multiple Tandem Switching, per MOU (applies to intial
tandem only)

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
0.0006019

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Local Intermediary Charge, per MOU (effective date
-12/31/2007)

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
0.0015

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Local Intermediary Charge, per MOU (1/1/2008 - 12/31/2008)

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
0.0020

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Local Intermediary Charge, per MOU (1/1/2009 - expiration)

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
0.0025

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
TRUNK CHARGE

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Installation Trunk Side Service - per DS0

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
OHD

	
 

	
TPP6X

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
21.73bk

	
 

	
8.19bk

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Installation Trunk Side Service - per DS0

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
OHD

	
 

	
TPP9X

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
21.73bk

	
 

	
8.19bk

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Dedicated End Office Trunk Port Service-per DS0**

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
OHD

	
 

	
TDEOP

	
 

	
0.00

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Dedicated End Office Trunk Port Service-per DS1**

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
OH1 OH1MS

	
 

	
TDE1P

	
 

	
0.00

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Dedicated Tandem Trunk Port Service-per DS0**

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
OHD

	
 

	
TDWOP

	
 

	
0.00

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Dedicated Tandem Trunk Port Service-per DS1**

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
OH1 OH1MS

	
 

	
TDW1P

	
 

	
0.00

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
** This rate element is recovered on a
per MOU basis and is included in the End Office Switching and Tandem
Switching, per MOU rate elements

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
COMMON TRANSPORT (Shared)

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Common Transport - Per Mile, Per MOU

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
0.0000035

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Common Transport - Facilities Termination Per MOU

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
0.0004372

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
LOCAL INTERCONNECTION (DEDICATED
TRANSPORT)

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
INTEROFFICE CHANNEL - DEDICATED TRANSPORT

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Interoffice Channel - Dedicated Transport - 2-Wire Voice
Grade - Per Mile per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
OHM

	
 

	
1L5NF

	
 

	
0.0091bk

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Interoffice Channel - Dedicated Transport- 2- Wire Voice
Grade - Facility Termination per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
OHM

	
 

	
1L5NF

	
 

	
25.32bk

	
 

	
47.35bk

	
 

	
31.78bk

	
 

	
18.31bk

	
 

	
7.03bk

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Interoffice Channel - Dedicated Transport - 56 kbps - per
mile per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
OHM

	
 

	
1L5NK

	
 

	
0.0091bk

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Interoffice Channel - Dedicated Transport - 56 kbps -
Facility Termination per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
OHM

	
 

	
1L5NK

	
 

	
18.44bk

	
 

	
47.35bk

	
 

	
31.78bk

	
 

	
18.31bk

	
 

	
7.03bk

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Interoffice Channel - Dedicated Transport - 64 kbps - per
mile per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
OHM

	
 

	
1L5NK

	
 

	
0.0091bk

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Interoffice Channel - Dedicated Transport - 64 kbps -
Facility Termination per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
OHM

	
 

	
1L5NK

	
 

	
18.44bk

	
 

	
47.35bk

	
 

	
31.78bk

	
 

	
18.31bk

	
 

	
7.03bk

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Interoffice Channel - Dedicated Channel - DS1 - Per Mile
per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
OH1, OH1MS

	
 

	
1L5NL

	
 

	
0.1856bk

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Interoffice Channel - Dedicated Tranport - DS1 - Facility
Termination per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
OH1, OH1MS

	
 

	
1L5NL

	
 

	
88.44bk

	
 

	
105.54bk

	
 

	
98.47bk

	
 

	
21.47bk

	
 

	
19.05bk

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Interoffice Channel - Dedicated Transport - DS3 - Per Mile
per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
OH3, OH3MS

	
 

	
1L5NM

	
 

	
3.87bk

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Interoffice Channel - Dedicated Transport - DS3 - Facility
Termination per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
OH3, OH3MS

	
 

	
1L5NM

	
 

	
1071.00bk

	
 

	
335.46bk

	
 

	
219.28bk

	
 

	
72.03bk

	
 

	
70.56bk

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
LOCAL CHANNEL - DEDICATED TRANSPORT

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Local Channel - Dedicated - 2-Wire Voice Grade per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
OHM

	
 

	
TEFV2

	
 

	
19.66bk

	
 

	
265.84bk

	
 

	
46.97bk

	
 

	
37.63bk

	
 

	
4.00bk

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Local Channel - Dedicated - 4-Wire Voice Grade per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
OHM

	
 

	
TEFV4

	
 

	
20.45bk

	
 

	
266.54bk

	
 

	
47.67bk

	
 

	
44.22bk

	
 

	
5.33bk

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Local Channel - Dedicated - DS1 per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
OH1

	
 

	
TEFHG

	
 

	
36.49bk

	
 

	
216.65bk

	
 

	
183.54bk

	
 

	
24.30bk

	
 

	
16.95bk

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

CCCS 138 of 501

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Local Channel - Dedicated - DS3 Facility Termination per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
OH3

	
 

	
TEFHJ

	
 

	
531.91bk

	
 

	
556.37bk

	
 

	
343.01bk

	
 

	
139.13bk

	
 

	
96.84bk

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
LOCAL INTERCONNECTION MID-SPAN MEET

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Local Channel - Dedicated - DS1 per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
OH1MS

	
 

	
TEFHG

	
 

	
0.00

	
 

	
0.00

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Local Channel - Dedicated - DS3 per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
OH3MS

	
 

	
TEFHJ

	
 

	
0.00

	
 

	
0.00

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
MULTIPLEXERS

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Channelization - DS1 to DS0 Channel System

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
OH1, OH1MS

	
 

	
SATN1

	
 

	
146.77bk

	
 

	
101.42bk

	
 

	
71.62bk

	
 

	
11.09bk

	
 

	
10.49bk

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
DS3 to DS1 Channel System per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
OH3, OH3MS

	
 

	
SATNS

	
 

	
211.19bk

	
 

	
199.28bk

	
 

	
118.64bk

	
 

	
40.34bk

	
 

	
39.07bk

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
DS3 Interface Unit (DS1 COCI) per month

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
OH1, OH1MS

	
 

	
SATCO

	
 

	
13.76bk

	
 

	
10.07bk

	
 

	
7.08bk

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
SIGNALING (CCS7)

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
NOTE: “bk” beside a rate indicates that
the parties have agreed to bill and keep for that element pursuant to the
terms and conditions in Attachment 3.

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
CCS7 Signaling Usage, Per TCAP Message

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
0.00bk

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
CCS7
Signaling Usage, Per ISUP Message

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
0.00bk

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

CCCS 139 of 501

Attachment 4 

Collocation 

ATTACHMENT
4

COLLOCATION

CCCS 140 of 501

Attachment 4

Collocation

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1. Scope of Attachment

 	
  

 	
 3

 
	
  

 
	
 2. Space Availability Report

 	
  

 	
 6

 
	
  

 
	
 3. Collocation Options

 	
  

 	
 6

 
	
  

 
	
 4. Occupancy

 	
  

 	
 12

 
	
  

 
	
 5. Use of Collocation Space

 	
  

 	
 13

 
	
  

 
	
 6. Ordering and Preparation of Collocation Space

 	
  

 	
 19

 
	
  

 
	
 7. Provisioning

 	
  

 	
 22

 
	
  

 
	
 8. Central Office Power

 	
  

 	
 22

 
	
  

 
	
 9. Rates and Charges

 	
  

 	
 30

 
	
  

 
	
 10. Insurance

 	
  

 	
 33

 
	
  

 
	
 11. Mechanics Liens

 	
  

 	
 34

 
	
  

 
	
 12. Inspections

 	
  

 	
 35

 
	
  

 
	
 13. Security and Safety Requirements

 	
  

 	
 35

 
	
  

 
	
 14. Destruction of Collocation Space

 	
  

 	
 37

 
	
  

 
	
 15. Eminent Domain

 	
  

 	
 38

 
	
  

 
	
 16. Nonexclusivity

 	
  

 	
 38

 
	
  

 
	
 Exhibit A
 - Environmental And Safety Principles

 	
  

 	
 39

 
	
  

 
	
 1. Categories For Consideration Of Environmental
 Issues

 	
  

 	
 40

 
	
  

 
	
 2. Definitions

 	
  

 	
 42

 
	
  

 
	
 3. Acronyms

 	
  

 	
 42

 
	
  

 
	
 Exhibit B
 – Rates - Separate Attachment

 	
  

 	
 44

 
	
  

 
	
 Exhibit C
 - Microwave Transmission Facilities In Conjunction With Physical Collocation

 	
  

 	
 45

 
	
  

 
	
 1. Scope of Exhibit

 	
  

 	
 45

 
	
  

 
	
 2. Provisioning of Microwave Transmission
Facilities

 	
  

 	
 46

 
	
  

 
	
 3. Application Process

 	
  

 	
 48

 
	
  

 
	
 4. Preparation of Estimate/Application Response

 	
  

 	
 48

 
	
  

 
	
 5. Pre-Design Meeting

 	
  

 	
 50

 
	
  

 
	
 6. Responsibilities of the Parties

 	
  

 	
 50

 
	
  

 
	
 7. Equipment Removal

 	
  

 	
 51

 
	
  

 
	
 8. Collocation Attachment Provisions

 	
  

 	
 51

 

CCCS 141 of 501

Attachment 4

Collocation

COLLOCATION

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1

 	
 Scope of
 Attachment 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.1

 	
 This Attachment contains
 the rates, terms and conditions for physical collocation and virtual
 collocation within a BellSouth Premises. “BellSouth Premises” include
 BellSouth Central Offices and Serving Wire Centers; all buildings or similar
 structures owned, leased or otherwise controlled by BellSouth that house
 BellSouth’s network facilities; all structures that house BellSouth
 facilities on public rights-of-way, including but not limited to, vaults
 containing loop concentrators or other similar structures; collocation of
 microwave transmission facilities on the rooftop of the aforementioned
 locations; “Remote Site Locations;” and all land owned, leased, or otherwise
 controlled by BellSouth that is adjacent to BellSouth’s Central Offices,
 Serving Wire Centers, Remote Site Locations, building and structures.
 BellSouth’s “Remote Site Locations” include terminals, cabinets, huts,
 controlled environmental vaults, owned, leased or otherwise controlled by
 BellSouth that house BellSouth network facilities. This Attachment is
 applicable to BellSouth Premises owned or leased by BellSouth in Kentucky and
 South Carolina. Where BellSouth notifies MCI that BellSouth’s agreement with
 a third party prohibits BellSouth from providing access and use rights to
 others, upon MCI’s request, BellSouth will use commercially reasonable
 efforts to obtain the third party’s consent and to otherwise secure such
 rights. Upon MCI’s request, BellSouth will provide documentation of the
 agreement and BellSouth’s commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the third
 party’s consent and to otherwise secure such rights. Nothing herein shall be
 construed as limiting MCI’s rights to pursue remedies available to it.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.2

 	
 Right to Occupy. BellSouth shall offer to MCI collocation
 on rates, terms, and conditions that are just, reasonable, non-discriminatory
 and comply with the rules of the FCC, including but not limited to lighting,
 ventilation, power, heat, air conditioning, and other environmental
 conditions for MCI’s space and equipment. Subject to the rates, terms and
 conditions of this Attachment, where space is available and it is technically
 feasible, BellSouth will allow MCI to occupy a certain area designated by
 BellSouth within a BellSouth Premises, or on BellSouth property upon which
 the BellSouth Premises is located, of a size which is specified by MCI and
 agreed to by BellSouth (hereinafter “Collocation Space”). The necessary rates, terms and
 conditions for the premises as defined by the FCC, other than BellSouth
 Premises, shall be negotiated upon reasonable request for collocation at such
 premises. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.2.1

 	
 Space Reservation. Neither BellSouth nor any of BellSouth’s
 affiliates may reserve space for future use on more preferential terms than
 those set forth in this Attachment. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.2.1.1

 	
 BellSouth and MCI may
 reserve space or rack/bay for their own specific uses for a maximum of twenty
 four (24) months. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.2.1.2

 	
 BellSouth shall relinquish
 any space held for future use prior to denying a request by MCI for virtual
 collocation in accordance with 47 CFR §51.323(f)(5).

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.2.1.3

 	
 BellSouth shall not
 exclusively and unilaterally reserve previously conditioned space suitable
 for collocation. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.3

 	
 Space Allocation. If available, BellSouth will offer MCI
 space that has already been prepared and conditioned for collocation. At a minimum, BellSouth’s space
 allocation policies and practices must not: (a) materially increase MCI’s
 collocation costs; (b) materially delay MCI’s occupation and use of the
 Collocation Space; (c) impair the quality of service or otherwise limit the
 service MCI wishes to offer; or (d) reduce unreasonably the total space
 available for physical 

 

CCCS 142 of 501

Attachment 4 

Collocation 

Page 4 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 collocation or preclude
 unreasonably physical collocation within the BellSouth Premises. Space within
 the BellSouth Premises or the BellSouth Premises property is generally
 suitable for physical collocation unless it is: (a) physically occupied by
 non-obsolete equipment; (b) assigned to another collocated telecommunications
 carrier in accordance with FCC rules; (c) used to provide physical access to
 occupied space; (d) used to enable technicians to work on equipment located
 within occupied space; (e) properly reserved for future use, either by
 BellSouth or another collocated telecommunications carrier; or (f) essential
 for the administration and proper functioning of the BellSouth Premises.
 BellSouth may segregate Collocation Space only if the proposed separated
 space is (a) available in the same or a shorter time frame as non-separated
 space; (b) at a cost not materially higher than the costs of non-separated
 space; and (c) is comparable, from a technical and engineering standpoint, to
 non-separated space. BellSouth may require employees and contractors of
 collocating carriers to use a central or separate entrance to BellSouth’s
 building, provided, however, that its own employees are subject to the same
 restriction. BellSouth may construct or require MCI to construct a separate
 entrance to access physical Collocation Space only when: (a) construction of
 a separate entrance is technically feasible; (b) either legitimate security
 concerns, or operational constraints unrelated to BellSouth’s or any of its
 affiliates’ or subsidiaries’ competitive concerns, warrant such separation;
 (c) construction of a separate entrance will not artificially delay
 collocation provisioning; or (d) construction of a separate entrance will not
 materially increase MCI’s costs. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.3.1

 	
 BellSouth will make every
 attempt to provide MCI with contiguous space for any subsequent request for
 physical Collocation Space, but makes no assurances that contiguous space
 will be available. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.4

 	
 Space Reclamation. BellSouth will be allowed to reclaim
 unused Collocation Space pursuant to the procedure below, when the BellSouth
 Premises is at or near space exhaustion and MCI cannot demonstrate that it
 will utilize the space within a reasonable time. “Space exhaustion” and
 “legitimately exhausted” each denote when all space within a BellSouth
 Premises that can be used or is useful to locate telecommunications equipment
 in any of the methods of collocation available is exhausted or completely
 occupied. Before BellSouth may make a determination that space is exhausted
 or near exhaust, BellSouth must have removed all unused obsolete equipment
 from the BellSouth Premises and made such space available for collocation;
 however, removal of the equipment shall not cause an unreasonable delay in
 BellSouth’s responses to MCI’s application or in provisioning its collocation
 arrangements. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.4.1

 	
 In the event of space
 exhaust or near exhaust within a BellSouth Premises, BellSouth must provide
 written notice to MCI requesting that it release non-utilized Collocation
 Space to BellSouth when one hundred percent (100%) of MCI’s Collocation Space
 is not being utilized. MCI, within twenty (20) calendar days of receipt of
 the written notification from BellSouth, shall either, one, return the
 non-utilized Collocation Space to BellSouth in the same condition as when it
 was first occupied by MCI, with the exception of ordinary wear and tear, in
 which event MCI shall be relieved of all obligations for monthly recurring
 charges for that portion of the Collocation Space so released, or, two,
 provide BellSouth information to demonstrate that the space will be utilized
 within the timeframe set forth below in Section 1.4.1.1: 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.4.1.1

 	
 provide BellSouth
 information to demonstrate that the space will be utilized within twenty-four
 (24) months from the date BellSouth provided written notice to MCI requesting
 that it release the non-utilized Collocation Space. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.4.2

 	
 At MCI’s option, MCI may
 challenge BellSouth’s claim that space is at or near exhaustion. If the
 Parties are not able to resolve a dispute regarding a BellSouth request for
 reclamation, the Parties shall use the dispute resolution process in this
 Agreement. Pending the outcome of the dispute resolution process, the space
 shall not be reclaimed. 

 

CCCS 143 of 501

Attachment 4

Collocation

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.4.3

 	
 In the event the structure
 or enclosure constructed on behalf of MCI is retained by BellSouth for reuse
 by another carrier, BellSouth shall reimburse MCI for any construction costs
 of the structure or enclosure incurred, paid by MCI and supported by a
 detailed vendor invoice. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.5

 	
 Use of Space. MCI shall use the Collocation Space for
 the purpose of installing, maintaining and operating MCI’s equipment
 (including testing and monitoring equipment) necessary for interconnection
 with BellSouth’s services/facilities or for accessing BellSouth’s unbundled
 network elements (“UNEs”) for the provision of telecommunications services,
 as specifically set forth in this Agreement. In addition to, and not in lieu
 of, interconnection to BellSouth’s services/facilities or access to
 BellSouth’s UNEs, MCI may connect to itself and to other interconnectors
 within the BellSouth Premises (including to other virtual or physical
 collocated arrangements) through direct connects and co-carrier cross-connect
 facilities pursuant to sections 3.5 Direct Connect and 3.6 CCXC below. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.6

 	
 Due Date. If any due date contained in this Attachment
 falls on a weekend or a National holiday, the due date will be the next
 business day thereafter. For intervals of ten (10) calendar days or less,
 National holidays will be excluded. For purposes of this Attachment, national
 holidays include the following: New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day,
 President’s Day (Washington’s Birthday), Memorial Day, Independence Day,
 Labor Day, Columbus Day, Veteran’s Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.7

 	
 Rates and Charges. MCI
agrees to pay the rates and charges identified in Exhibit B attached hereto.  

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.8

 	
 Compliance. Subject to Section 25 of the General Terms
 and Conditions of this Agreement, the Parties agree to comply with all
 applicable federal, state, county, local and administrative laws, rules,
 ordinances, regulations and codes in the performance of their obligations
 hereunder. Either party may seek, at its own cost, available waivers,
 alterations or exemptions from such laws, rules, ordinances, regulations or
 codes. If the requesting Party which seeks a waiver, alteration or exemption
 from such law, rule, ordinance, regulation or code, requests assistance from
 the non-requesting Party in seeking such waiver, alteration or exemption from
 a specific law, rule, ordinance, regulation or code, and there are specific
 costs incurred by the non-requesting Party to provide this assistance, then
 the non-requesting Party may seek reimbursement in providing its assistance
 from the requesting Party. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.9

 	
 Transfer of Collocation
 Space. MCI shall be
 allowed to transfer Collocation Space to another CLEC under the following
 conditions: (1) the central office is not at or near space exhaustion; (2)
 the transfer of space shall be contingent upon BellSouth’s approval, which
 will not be unreasonably withheld; (3) MCI has no unpaid, undisputed
 collocation charges (any disputed bills are governed by interconnection
 agreements and contracts which already exist between the parties); and (4)
 the transfer of the Collocation Space is in conjunction with MCI’s sale of
 all, or substantially all, of the in-place collocation equipment to the same
 CLEC. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.9.1

 	
 The responsibilities of MCI
 shall include: (1) submitting a letter of authorization to BellSouth for the
 transfer; (2) entering into a transfer agreement with BellSouth and the
 acquiring CLEC; and (3) returning all Security Access Devices to BellSouth.
 The responsibilities of the acquiring CLEC shall include: (1) submitting an
 application to BellSouth for the transfer of the Collocation Space; (2)
 satisfying all requirements of its interconnection agreement with BellSouth;
 (3) submitting a letter to BellSouth for the assumption of services; and (4)
 entering into a transfer agreement with BellSouth and MCI. 

 

CCCS 144 of 501

Attachment 4

Collocation

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2

 	
 Space
 Availability Report 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1

 	
 Upon request from MCI and
 at the MCI’s expense, BellSouth will provide a written report (Space
 Availability Report) describing in detail the space that is currently
 available for collocation at a particular BellSouth Premises. This report
 will include the amount of Collocation Space available at the BellSouth
 Premises requested, the number of collocators present at the BellSouth
 Premises, any modifications in the use of the space since the last report on
 the BellSouth Premises requested and the measures BellSouth is taking to make
 additional space available for collocation arrangements. A Space Availability
 Report does not reserve space at the BellSouth Premises for which the Space
 Availability Report was requested by MCI. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1.1

 	
 The request from MCI for a
 Space Availability Report must be in writing and include the BellSouth
 Premises street address, as identified in the Local Exchange Routing Guide
 (LERG) and Common Language Location Identification (CLLI) code of the
 BellSouth Premises. CLLI code information is located in the National Exchange
 Carrier Association (NECA) Tariff FCC No. 4. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1.1.1

 	
 To obtain a CLLI code for a
 Remote Site Location directly from BellSouth, MCI should submit to BellSouth
 a Remote Site Interconnection Request (the Request) for the Serving Wire
 Center CLLI code prior to submitting its request for a Space Availability
 Report. MCI should complete all the requested information and submit the
 Request to BellSouth. BellSouth will bill the applicable fee upon receipt of
 the request. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1.2

 	
 BellSouth will respond to a
 request for a Space Availability Report for a particular BellSouth Premises
 within ten (10) calendar days of the receipt of such a request. For a Space
 Availability Report request when the request includes from two (2) to five
 (5) BellSouth Premises within the same state, or for a Space Availability
 Report request of more than five (5) BellSouth Premises whether the request
 are for the same state or for two or more states within the BellSouth region,
 BellSouth shall notify MCI and the Parties shall negotiate the period in
 which the Space Availability Report(s) will be provided. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.2

 	
 BellSouth Remote Site DLEC
 Data (BRSDD) CD.
 Upon request, BellSouth will provide MCI with the following information
 concerning BellSouth’s remote sites: (i) the address of the remote site; (ii)
 the CLLI code of the remote site; (iii) the carrier serving area of the
 remote site; (iv) the designation of which remote sites subtend to a
 particular central office; and (v) the number and address of customers that
 are served by a particular remote site. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.2.1

 	
 BellSouth will provide this
 information on a first come, first served basis within thirty (30) calendar
 days of MCI’s request subject to the following conditions: (i) the
 information will only be provided on a CD in the same format in which it
 appears in BellSouth’s systems; (ii) the information will only be provided
 for each serving wire center designated by MCI, up to a maximum of thirty
 (30) wire centers per MCI request per month per state, and up to for a
 maximum of one hundred twenty (120) wire centers total per month per state
 for all CLECs; and (iii) MCI agrees to pay the costs, as set forth in Exhibit
 B, incurred by BellSouth in providing the information. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3

 	
 Collocation
 Options 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.1

 	
 Cageless. BellSouth shall allow MCI to collocate
 MCI’s equipment and facilities without requiring the construction of a cage
 or similar structure. BellSouth shall allow MCI to have direct access to
 MCI’s equipment and facilities in accordance with Section 5.16. BellSouth
 shall make cageless collocation available in single rack/bay increments.
 Except where MCI’s equipment requires special technical considerations (e.g.,
 special cable racking or isolated ground 

 

CCCS 145 of 501

Attachment 4 

Collocation 

Page 7 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 plane), BellSouth shall
 assign cageless Collocation Space in conventional equipment rack lineups
 where feasible. For equipment requiring special technical considerations, MCI
 must provide the equipment layout, including spatial dimensions for such
 equipment pursuant to generic requirements contained in Telcordia GR-63-Core
 and shall be responsible for compliance with all special technical
 requirements associated with such equipment.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.2

 	
 Caged. BellSouth will make caged Collocation
 Space available in fifty (50) square foot increments. Upon MCI’s request and
 at MCI’s expense, MCI will arrange with a Supplier certified by BellSouth
 (BellSouth Certified Supplier) to construct a collocation arrangement
 enclosure in accordance with BellSouth’s specifications for wire mesh
 enclosures (BellSouth’s wire mesh enclosures specifications) which will be
 provided to MCI and MCI’s BellSouth Certified Supplier. The first CLEC in the
 BellSouth Premises will not be responsible for the entire cost of site
 preparation and security. Where local building codes require wire mesh
 enclosure specifications more stringent than BellSouth’s wire mesh enclosure
 specifications, MCI and MCI’s BellSouth Certified Supplier must comply with
 the more stringent local building code requirements. MCI’s BellSouth
 Certified Supplier shall be responsible for filing and obtaining any and all
 necessary permits and/or licenses for such construction. BellSouth or
 BellSouth’s designated agent or contractor shall provide, at MCI’s expense,
 any documentation, including existing building architectural drawings,
 enclosure drawings, if requested by MCI, for MCI’s BellSouth Certified
 Supplier to obtain all necessary permits and/or other licenses. MCI’s
 BellSouth Certified Supplier shall bill MCI directly for all work performed
 for MCI to comply with this Attachment. BellSouth shall have no liability
 for, nor responsibility to pay, such charges imposed by MCI’s BellSouth
 Certified Supplier. MCI must provide the local BellSouth Central Office
 Building Contact with two (2) Access Keys that will allow entry into the
 locked enclosure. Except in the case of an emergency, BellSouth will not
 access MCI’s locked enclosure prior to notifying MCI at least forty-eight
 (48) hours or two (2) business days, whichever is greater, before access to
 the Collocation Space is required. MCI may elect to be present whenever
 BellSouth enters the Collocation Space for the purpose of making BellSouth
 equipment and building modifications (e.g., running, altering or removing
 racking, ducts, electrical wiring, HVAC, and cables). The Parties agree that
 MCI will not bear any of the expense associated with work that is done by
 BellSouth for BellSouth equipment and building modifications. Upon request, BellSouth shall construct
 the enclosure for MCI. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.2.1

 	
 BellSouth may elect to
 review MCI’s plans and specifications prior to allowing construction to
 start, to ensure compliance with BellSouth’s wire mesh enclosure
 specifications. BellSouth will notify MCI of its desire to execute this
 review in BellSouth’s response to the Initial Application, if MCI has
 indicated its desire to construct its own enclosure. If MCI’s Initial
 Application does not indicate its desire to construct its own enclosure, and
 MCI subsequently decides to construct its own enclosure prior to the
 BellSouth Application Response, as defined in Section 6.10 of this
 Attachment, then MCI will resubmit its application, indicating its desire to
 construct its own enclosure. If MCI subsequently decides to construct its own
 enclosure after the bona fide firm order (hereinafter “BFFO”) has been
 accepted by BellSouth, MCI will submit a Subsequent Application, as defined
 in Section 6.2 of this Attachment. If BellSouth elects to review MCI’s plans
 and specifications, then BellSouth will provide notification within ten (10)
 calendar days after the BFFO date or, if a Subsequent Application is
 submitted as set forth in the preceding sentence, then the Subsequent
 Application BFFO date. BellSouth shall complete its review within fifteen
 (15) calendar days after the receipt of MCI’s plans and specifications.
 Regardless of whether or not BellSouth elects to review MCI’s plans and
 specifications, BellSouth reserves the right to inspect the enclosure after
 construction has been completed to ensure that it is constructed according to
 MCI’s submitted plans and specifications and/or BellSouth’s wire mesh
 enclosure specifications, as applicable. If BellSouth decides to inspect the
 constructed Collocation Space, BellSouth will complete its inspection within
 fifteen (15) calendar days after receipt of written notification of
 completion of the enclosure from MCI. BellSouth shall require 

 

CCCS 146 of 501

Attachment 4 

Collocation 

Page 8 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 MCI to remove or correct
 within fifteen (15) calendar days, at MCI’s expense, any structure that does
 not meet MCI’s plans and specifications or BellSouth’s wire mesh enclosure
 specifications, as applicable. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.3

 	
 MCI shall not enter into
 any Host/Guest relationship without prior written consent of BellSouth and
 such consent shall require, at a minimum, amending the interconnection
 agreement to incorporate the rates, terms and conditions that are available
 at the time of MCI’s request, pursuant to Section 251 of the Act, and FCC and
 Commission rules and orders. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.4

 	
 Adjacent Collocation. Subject to technical feasibility and space
 availability, BellSouth will permit an adjacent collocation arrangement
 (“Adjacent Arrangement”) on BellSouth Premises property only when space
 within the requested BellSouth Premises is legitimately exhausted and where
 the Adjacent Arrangement does not interfere with access to existing or
 planned structures or facilities on the BellSouth Premises property. Except
 as otherwise provided for in this Attachment, BellSouth shall provide
 adjacent collocation pursuant to the same terms and conditions as those
 applicable to physical collocation noted in this Attachment. BellSouth will
 designate the location of the space where the adjacent structure (such as a
 CEV or similar structure) will be placed. For a remote site Adjacent
 Arrangement BellSouth will require detailed drawings of MCI’s proposed
 structure that will provide height, width and depth of the proposed structure
 as well as any proposed cabling necessary to connect to the BellSouth remote
 site and any power requirements MCI will need to power its structure.
 Additionally, BellSouth must be provided with any special requirements that
 MCI may request, to determine if BellSouth can provide such special
 requirements. An Adjacent Arrangement shall be procured by MCI or constructed
 by MCI’s BellSouth Certified Supplier, pursuant to design and construction
 specifications to be negotiated between the Parties (“BellSouth’s Adjacent
 Collocation Specifications”) which will not be inconsistent with the terms
 and conditions of this Attachment. Further,
 MCI shall construct, procure, maintain and operate said Adjacent
 Arrangement(s) pursuant to all of the rates, terms and conditions set forth
 in this Attachment. Additional rates, where applicable, shall be negotiated
 at the time of the application for Adjacent Collocation. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.4.1

 	
 Where local building codes
 require enclosure specifications more stringent than BellSouth’s Adjacent
 Collocation Specifications, MCI and MCI’s BellSouth Certified Supplier shall
 comply with the more stringent local building code requirements. MCI’s
 BellSouth Certified Supplier shall be responsible for filing and receiving
 any and all necessary zoning, permits and/or licenses for such construction.
 MCI’s BellSouth Certified Supplier shall bill MCI directly for all work
 performed for MCI to comply with this Attachment. BellSouth shall have no
 liability for, nor responsibility to pay, such charges imposed by MCI’s
 BellSouth Certified Supplier. MCI must provide the local BellSouth Central
 Office Building Contact with two (2) cards, keys or other access devices used
 to gain entry into the locked enclosure. The
 requirements for access described in Section 3.2 (Caged) apply with regard to
 access to adjacent collocation. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.4.2

 	
 MCI must submit its
 Adjacent Arrangement construction plans and specifications to BellSouth when
 it places its firm order. BellSouth shall review MCI’s plans and
 specifications prior to the construction of an Adjacent Arrangement(s) to
 ensure MCI’s compliance with BellSouth’s Adjacent Collocation Specifications
 stated in Section 3.4 above. BellSouth shall complete its review within
 fifteen (15) calendar days after receipt of the plans and specifications from
 MCI for the Adjacent Arrangement. BellSouth may inspect the Adjacent
 Arrangement during and after construction is completed to ensure that it is
 constructed according to MCI’s submitted plans and specifications. If
 BellSouth decides to inspect the completed Adjacent Arrangement, BellSouth
 will complete its inspection within fifteen (15) calendar days after receipt
 of written notification of completion of structure from MCI. BellSouth shall
 require MCI to remove or correct within fifteen (15) calendar days, at MCI’s
 expense, any structure that does not meet its submitted plans and
 specifications or the aforesaid BellSouth Specifications. 

 

CCCS 147 of 501

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.4.3

 	
 MCI shall provide a
 concrete pad, the structure housing the arrangement, heating/ventilation/air
 conditioning (HVAC), lighting, and all of the facilities that connect the
 structure (i.e., racking, conduits, etc.) to the BellSouth point of
 demarcation. On a non-discriminatory basis, BellSouth shall provide an AC or
 DC power source, at MCI’s option. BellSouth will provide DC power to adjacent
 collocation space at MCI’s request where technically feasible and in
 accordance with applicable law. BellSouth will provide DC power in an
 adjacent enclosure upon completion of negotiations between the Parties on the
 applicable rates and intervals. MCI will pay for any and all DC power
 construction and provisioning costs to MCI’s adjacent collocation space
 through individual case basis (ICB) pricing that must be paid fifty percent
 (50%) upfront and fifty percent (50%) at completion of the DC installation
 work to the adjacent structure. MCI’s BellSouth Certified Supplier shall be
 responsible, at MCI’s sole expense, for filing and obtaining any and all
 necessary permits and/or licenses for an Adjacent Arrangement. BellSouth
 shall allow Subleased Caged Collocation within an Adjacent Arrangement,
 pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in Section 3.3 above. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.4.4

 	
 Subject to MCI being on the
 waiting list described in section 6.7 below, in the event that space within a
 Central Office or Serving Wire Center becomes available, BellSouth will
 provide the option to MCI to relocate its equipment from an Adjacent
 Arrangement into said space. In the event MCI chooses to relocate its
 equipment into the space, appropriate charges applicable for collocation
 within the BellSouth Premises will apply. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.5

 	
 Direct Connects and
 Co-Carrier Cross-Connects. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.5.1

 	
 Direct Connects. BellSouth will permit MCI to directly
 interconnect between its own virtual/physical Collocation Space within the
 same Central Office or Serving Wire Center by utilizing a Direct Connect. MCI
 shall contract with a BellSouth Certified Supplier to place the Direct
 Connect, which shall be provisioned using facilities owned by MCI.
 MCI-provisioned DC’s shall utilize BellSouth common cable support structure.
 There will be a recurring charge per linear foot, per cable, of the actual
 common cable support structure used by MCI to provision the Direct Connects
 between its virtual/physical Collocation Spaces. In those instances where MCI’s
 virtual/physical Collocation Space is contiguous in the central office, MCI
 will have the option of using MCI’s own technicians to deploy the Direct
 Connects using either electrical or optical facilities between its
 Collocation Spaces by constructing its own dedicated cable support structure.
 MCI will deploy such electrical or optical connections directly between its
 own facilities without being routed through BellSouth’s equipment. MCI may
 not self-provision Direct Connects on any BellSouth distribution frame, POT,
 DSX (Digital System Cross-Connect) or LGX (Light Guide Cross-Connect). MCI is
 responsible for ensuring the integrity of the signal. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.5.1.1

 	
 To place an order for
 Direct Connects, MCI must submit an Initial Application or Subsequent Application.
 If no modification to the Collocation Space is requested other than the
 placement of Direct Connects, the Application Fee for CCXC/Direct Connects,
 as defined in Exhibit B, will apply. If other modifications, in addition to
 the placement of Direct Connects are requested, either an Initial Application
 Fee or Subsequent Application Fee will apply, pursuant to Section 6.3 of this
 Attachment. This nonrecurring fee will be billed by BellSouth on the date
 that BellSouth provides an Application Response to MCI. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.5.2

 	
 Co-Carrier Cross-Connect
 (CCXC). A Co-Carrier
 Cross-Connect (CCXC) is a cross-connection between MCI and another collocated
 telecommunications carrier, other than BellSouth, in the same Central Office
 or Serving Wire Center. BellSouth will permit MCI to interconnect between its
 virtual or physical collocation arrangement(s) and that (those) of another
 (or other) collocated telecommunications carrier(s) within the same BellSouth
 CO or SWC via a CCXC, pursuant to 

 

CCCS 148 of 501

Attachment 4 

Collocation 

Page 10 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 the FCC’s Rules. The other
 collocated telecommunications carrier’s agreement must contain CCXC rates,
 terms and conditions before BellSouth will permit the ordering and
 provisioning by the other carrier of a CCXC between the two (2) collocated
 carriers. The applicable BellSouth charges will be assessed to the requesting
 collocated telecommunications carrier. MCI shall not use the Collocation
 Space for the sole or primary purpose of cross-connecting to other collocated
 telecommunications carriers. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.5.2.1

 	
 MCI, as the requesting
 carrier, must contract with a BellSouth Certified Supplier to place the CCXC.
 The CCXC shall be provisioned using facilities owned by MCI or by the other
 collocated telecommunications carrier(s). Such
 cross-connections to other collocated telecommunications carriers may be made
 using either electrical or optical facilities. MCI shall be responsible for
 providing a letter of authorization (“LOA”), with the application, to
 BellSouth from the other collocated telecommunications carrier to which it
 will be cross-connecting. MCI shall deploy such connections directly between
 its own facilities and the facilities of other Interconnector(s) without
 being routed through BellSouth equipment. Except in the case of contiguous caged
 collocation arrangements, the MCI-provisioned CCXC shall utilize BellSouth
 common cable support structure. In the case of contiguous caged collocation
 arrangements, MCI has the option of using its own technicians to install
 co-carrier cross-connects using either electrical or optical facilities
 between the equipment of both collocated telecommunications carriers and of
 constructing its own dedicated support structure, within MCI’s Collocation
 space; otherwise, BellSouth common cable support structure will be used.
 There will be a recurring charge per linear foot, per cable, of common cable
 support structure used by MCI to provision the CCXC to the other collocated
 telecommunications carrier. MCI shall not provision CCXC on any BellSouth
 distribution frame, POT (Point of Termination) Bay, DSX (Digital System
 Cross-Connect) or LGX (Light Guide Cross-Connect). MCI is responsible for
 ensuring the integrity of the signal. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.5.2.2

 	
 To place an order for
 CCXCs, MCI must submit an Initial Application or, if requested following the
 initial installation, a
 Subsequent Application to BellSouth. If no modification to the Collocation
 Space is requested other than the placement of CCXC the Application Fee for
 CCXC/Direct Connect, as defined in Exhibit B, will apply. If other
 modifications, in addition to the placement of CCXCs, are requested, either
 an Initial Application or Subsequent Application Fee will apply, pursuant to
 Section 6.3 of this Attachment. BellSouth will bill this nonrecurring fee on
 the date that it provides an Application Response to MCI. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.6

 	
 Microwave Collocation. Where technically feasible, and not
 otherwise prohibited by law, BellSouth will provide for physical collocation
 of MCI’s microwave transmission facilities, consistent with 47 C.F.R. 51.323,
 on the rooftops of BellSouth’s central office buildings, pursuant to the
 terms, rates and conditions in Exhibit C. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.7

 	
 Virtual Collocation 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.7.1

 	
 Virtual Collocation will be
 made available according to the terms and conditions described in BellSouth’s
 FCC Tariff No. 1. BellSouth shall provide Virtual Collocation at the rates
 set forth in Exhibit B of this Attachment. If there are any inconsistencies
 between BellSouth’s FCC Tariff No. 1 and this Agreement, this Agreement shall
 control. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.7.2

 	
 Virtual collocation means
 MCI will provide and will lease to BellSouth transmission equipment dedicated
 to MCI’s use. MCI will be responsible for monitoring and controlling MCI
 circuits terminating at BellSouth’s premises. Once space preparation is complete
 and upon MCI’s request, BellSouth shall contract with a BellSouth certified
 vendor to install all equipment and facilities in accordance with BellSouth’s
 guidelines and Specifications. MCI shall be responsible for all costs of the
 vendor’s installation in addition to BellSouth’s charges for overseeing and 

 

CCCS 149 of 501

Attachment 4 

Collocation 

Page 11 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 otherwise handling the
 installation. MCI shall be responsible for all engineering associated with
 the installation and the provisioning of all equipment, necessary supplies
 and related documentation. BellSouth’s obligations to install the equipment
 shall not begin until MCI has provided all of the above to BellSouth.
 BellSouth will maintain and repair such equipment under the same intervals
 and with the same or better failure rates for performance of similar
 functions for comparable BellSouth equipment. Maintenance includes the change
 out of electronic cards provided by MCI. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.7.3

 	
 MCI may purchase the
 equipment from third parties, and will not be required to purchase the
 equipment from BellSouth. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.7.4

 	
 To the extent BellSouth is
 required to provide virtual collocation outside the central office, BellSouth
 will provide unbundled transport and sub-loops in accordance with the terms
 of this agreement. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.7.5

 	
 BellSouth will make
 available electrical and optical cross-connects for virtual collocation at
 the rates contained in Exhibit B of this Attachment. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.8

 	
 Remote Site Collocation 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.8.1

 	
 BellSouth shall offer to
 MCI remote Collocation Space subject to the rates contained in Exhibit B of
 this Attachment, where space is available and collocation is technically
 feasible. Remote Site Collocation is the placement of MCI owned facilities
 and equipment in BellSouth remote sites. Equipment ownership, maintenance and
 insurance are the responsibility of MCI or their approved agent. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.8.2

 	
 For equipment requiring
 special technical considerations, MCI must provide the equipment layout,
 including spatial dimensions for such equipment pursuant to the generic
 requirements contained in Telcordia GR-63-Core, and shall be responsible for
 compliance with all special technical requirements associated with such
 equipment pursuant to Sections 3.8.3 and 3.8.4 following. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.8.3

 	
 MCI may elect to connect to
 a feeder line by submitting a service inquiry for that UNE to the Complex
 Resale Support Group, as follows: 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.8.3.1

 	
 connection to a BellSouth
 feeder line (when technically feasible) is achieved via cross-connects
 located near the BellSouth equipment inside the Remote Site Location. In this
 case, the point of demarcation is the DSX, feeder distribution interface, or
 LGX panel in the Remote Site Location 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.8.3.2

 	
 connection of the MCI owned
 or leased entrance facilities into the Remote Site Collocation Space from
 MCI’s own point of presence is permitted. However, BellSouth will designate
 the point of entrance at the Remote Site location housing the Collocation
 Space, so that it is physically accessible to both Parties. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.8.4

 	
 Distribution lines will be
 accessed through MCI’s provision of a copper cable through a conduit from the
 Remote Site Collocation Space to the feeder distribution interface of
 sufficient length for splicing. BellSouth will splice this cable to the
 distribution cable at the feeder distribution interface in twenty-five (25)
 pair increments. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.9

 	
 Virtual Collocation in the
 Remote Site. Virtual
 Collocation provides for the placement of MCI owned equipment and facilities
 in a BellSouth Remote Site. BellSouth shall offer to MCI remote Collocation
 Space subject to the rates contained in Exhibit B of this Attachment, where
 space is available and collocation is technically feasible. The minimum
 amount of space offered for a 

 

CCCS 150 of 501

Attachment 4 

Collocation 

Page 12 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 virtual collocation arrangement
 is one (1) rack/bay. BellSouth will lease MCI’s entrance fiber or cable (to
 include copper) cabling and equipment for the nominal fee of one dollar.
 MCI’s certified supplier will install the equipment. BellSouth will then be
 responsible for performing all installation, maintenance and repair of the
 Virtual in the Remote Site plug-ins, when MCI requests such work via a
 Service Order or Maintenance ticket.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.10

 	
 Other Collocation
 Arrangements. A
 previously successful method of obtaining interconnection or access to
 unbundled network elements at a particular premises or point on any incumbent
 LEC’s network is substantial evidence that such method is technically
 feasible in the case of substantially similar network premises or points. A
 requesting telecommunications carrier seeking a particular collocation
 arrangement either physical or virtual is entitled to a presumption that such
 arrangement is technically feasible if any LEC has deployed such collocation
 arrangement in any incumbent LEC premises. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 4

 	
 Occupancy 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 4.1

 	
 Space Ready Notification. BellSouth will notify MCI in writing when
 the Collocation Space is ready for occupancy (Space Ready Date). 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 4.2

 	
 Acceptance Walk Through. MCI will schedule and complete an
 acceptance walkthrough of new or additional provisioned Collocation Space
 with BellSouth within fifteen (15) calendar days of the Space Ready Date.
 BellSouth will correct any deviations in MCI’s original or jointly amended
 application within seven (7) calendar days after the walkthrough, unless the
 Parties mutually agree upon a different time frame. BellSouth will then
 establish a new Space Ready Date. Another acceptance walkthrough will be
 scheduled and conducted within fifteen (15) calendar days of the new Space
 Ready Date. This follow-up acceptance walkthrough will be limited to only
 those deviations identified in the initial walkthrough. If MCI completes its
 acceptance walkthrough within the fifteen (15) calendar day interval
 associated with the new Space Ready Date, billing will begin upon the date of
 MCI’s acceptance of the Collocation Space (Space Acceptance Date). In the
 event MCI fails to complete an acceptance walkthrough within the fifteen (15)
 calendar day interval associated with the applicable Space Ready Date, the Collocation
 Space shall be deemed accepted by MCI on the Space Ready Date and billing
 will commence from that date. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 4.3

 	
 Early Space Acceptance. If MCI decides to occupy the Collocation
 Space prior to the Space Ready Date, the date MCI occupies the space is
 deemed the Space Acceptance Date and billing will begin from that date. MCI
 must notify BellSouth in writing that its collocation equipment installation
 is complete. MCI’s collocation equipment installation is complete when it has
 been cross-connected to BellSouth’s network for the purpose of provisioning
 telecommunication services to its customers. BellSouth may, at its
 discretion, refuse to accept any orders for cross-connects until it has
 received such notice. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 4.4

 	
 Termination
 of Occupancy. In addition to any other provisions
 addressing termination of occupancy in this Agreement, MCI may terminate its
 occupancy of a particular Collocation Space by submitting a Subsequent
 Application or a Remote Site Application requesting termination of occupancy.
 The termination of such Collocation Space shall be effective and billing
 for monthly recurring charges will cease on the date that MCI and BellSouth
 conduct an inspection of the terminated space and jointly sign off on the
 Space Relinquishment Form or on the date that MCI signs off on the Space
 Relinquishment Form and send this form to BellSouth., provided MCI has
 complied with all provisions of the Space Relinquishment Form A Remote Site
 Application Fee or Subsequent Application Fee will not apply for the
 termination of occupancy; however, specific disconnect fees may apply to
 certain rate elements. The particular disconnect fees that would apply are
 contained in Exhibit B of this Attachment. 

 

CCCS 151 of 501

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 4.4.1

 	
 BellSouth
 may terminate MCI’s right to occupy the Collocation Space in the event MCI
 fails to comply with any material provision directly related to Collocation
 in this Agreement provided BellSouth gives MCI thirty (30) calendar days’
 prior written notice of the failure to comply and gives MCI an opportunity to
 cure during such period. Notwithstanding the above, any termination for
 non-payment of applicable fees, shall be in accordance with Attachment 7,
 Billing. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 4.4.2

 	
 Upon
 termination of occupancy, MCI, at its sole expense, shall remove its
 equipment and any other property owned, leased or controlled by MCI from the
 Collocation Space. MCI shall have thirty (30) calendar days (“Removal Date”)
 from the Subsequent Application or Remote Site Application BFFO date to
 complete such removal.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 4.4.3

 	
 MCI shall
 continue the payment of all monthly recurring charges to BellSouth until the
 date MCI has fully vacated the Collocation Space and the Space Relinquishment
 Form has been accepted by BellSouth. If MCI fails to vacate the Collocation
 Space within thirty (30) calendar days from the Removal Date, BellSouth shall
 have the right to remove and dispose of the equipment and any other property
 of MCI, in any manner that BellSouth deems fit, at MCI’s expense and with no
 liability for MCI’s property. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 4.4.4

 	
 Upon
 termination of MCI’s right to occupy specific Collocation Space, the
 Collocation Space will revert to BellSouth’s space inventory, and, unless and
 to the extent the structure or enclosure is retained by BellSouth pursuant to
 Section 1.4.3 of this Attachment, MCI shall surrender the Collocation Space
 to BellSouth in the same condition as when it was first occupied by MCI, with
 the exception of ordinary wear and tear, unless otherwise agreed to by the
 Parties. MCI’s BellSouth Certified Supplier shall be responsible for updating
 and making any necessary changes to BellSouth’s records as required by
 BellSouth’s Specifications including, but not limited to, BellSouth’s Central
 Office Record Drawings and ERMA Records. MCI shall be responsible for the
 cost of removing any MCI constructed enclosure, together with any supporting
 structures (e.g., racking, conduits, or power cables), by the Removal Date
 and restoring the grounds to their original condition 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5

 	
 Use of Collocation Space 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.1

 	
 Equipment
 Type. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.1.1

 	
 BellSouth
 shall permit the collocation and use of any equipment necessary for
 interconnection to BellSouth’s network or access to BellSouth’s unbundled network
 elements in the provision of telecommunications services, as the term
 “necessary” is defined by FCC 47 C.F.R. Section 51.323 (b) and the FCC’s
 Fourth Report and Order in CC Docket No. 98-147. Collocation of
 multifunctional equipment shall comply with FCC 47 C.F.R. Section 51.323 (b)
 (3) and the FCC’s Fourth Report and Order in CC Docket No. 98-147. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.1.2

 	
 If, in
 BellSouth’s opinion, equipment MCI seeks to collocate is not necessary for
 interconnection or access to unbundled network elements, BellSouth shall
 inform MCI in writing within the time period set forth in Section 6.9 of this
 Attachment. If disagreement exists between the Parties regarding the
 equipment MCI seeks to collocate is necessary for interconnection or access
 to unbundled network elements pursuant to FCC rules, either Party may seek to
 resolve the issue pursuant to the dispute resolution provisions of this
 Agreement. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.1.3

 	
 BellSouth
 may not object to the collocation of equipment on the grounds that the
 equipment does not comply with safety or engineering standards that are more
 stringent than the safety or engineering standards that BellSouth applies to
 its own equipment. BellSouth may not object to 

 

CCCS 152 of 501

Attachment 4

Collocation

Page 14

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 the
 collocation of equipment on the ground that the equipment fails to comply
 with Network Equipment and Building Specifications performance standards or
 any other performance standards. If BellSouth denies collocation of MCI’s
 equipment, citing safety standards, BellSouth must provide to MCI within five
 (5) business days of the denial a list of all equipment that BellSouth
 locates at the premises in question, together with an affidavit attesting
 that all of that equipment meets or exceeds the safety standard that
 Bellsouth contends MCI’s equipment fails to meet. This affidavit must set
 forth in detail: the exact safety requirement that MCI’s equipment does not
 satisfy; BellSouth’s basis for concluding that MCI’s equipment does not meet
 this safety requirement; and BellSouth’s basis for concluding why collocation
 of equipment not meeting this safety requirement would compromise network
 safety. MCI will be given ten (10) calendar days to comply with the safety
 requirements or remove the equipment from the Collocation Space. If the
 Parties do not resolve the dispute, BellSouth or MCI may file a complaint at
 the Commission seeking a formal resolution of the dispute.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.1.4 

 	
 All MCI
 Remote Site equipment installation shall comply with BellSouth TR 73503-11h,
 “Grounding – Engineering Procedures”. Metallic cable sheaths and metallic
 strength members of optical fiber cables as well as the metallic cable
 sheaths of all copper conductor cables shall be bonded to the designated
 grounding bus for the Remote Site Location. All copper conducted pairs, working
 and non-working, shall be equipped with a solid-state protector unit
 (over-voltage protection only), which has been listed by a nationally
 recognized testing laboratory.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.2

 	
 Facility
 Terminations. Where available, applicable, and
 technically feasible, pursuant to Section 5.2.1 below, BellSouth shall
 provide intraoffice facilities (e.g., DS0, DS1, DS3, and optical
 terminations) as requested by MCI to meet MCI’s need for placement of
 equipment, interconnection, or provision of service. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.2.1

 	
 MCI shall
 not request more DS0, DS1, DS3 and optical terminations for a collocation
 arrangement than the total port or termination capacity of the equipment
 physically installed in the arrangement. The total capacity of the equipment
 collocated in the arrangement will include equipment contained in an
 application, as well as equipment already placed in the collocation
 arrangement. If full network termination capacity of the equipment being
 installed is not requested in the application, additional network terminations
 for the installed equipment will require the submission of another
 application. In the event MCI submits an application for terminations that
 will exceed the total capacity of the collocated equipment, MCI will be
 informed of the discrepancy by BellSouth and required to submit a revision to
 the application. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.3

 	
 MCI will,
 upon request to MCI Collocation Senior Staff Specialist, Phillip Bomer, at 6
 Concourse Parkway, Atlanta, GA 30328 applicable to this Attachment, within
 thirty (30) days of the request, provide a report to ICS Collocation Product
 Management, Room 34A55, 675 W. Peachtree Street, Atlanta, Georgia 30375
 listing any equipment in the Collocation Space that was added during the
 period specified in the request, for which there is a UCC-1 lien holder. This
 shall be defined as “Secured Equipment”. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.4

 	
 MCI shall
 not use the Collocation Space for marketing purposes, nor shall it place any
 identifying signs or markings outside the Collocation Space or on the grounds
 of the BellSouth Premises. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.5

 	
 MCI shall
 place a plaque or affix other identification (e.g., stenciling) to MCI’s
 equipment, including the appropriate emergency contacts with their
 corresponding telephone numbers, in order for BellSouth to properly identify
 MCI’s equipment in the case of an emergency. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.6

 	
 Entrance
 Facilities. MCI may elect to place MCI-owned or
 MCI-leased fiber entrance facilities into its Collocation Space. BellSouth
 will designate the point of interconnection in close proximity to the
 BellSouth Premises building housing the Collocation Space, such as at an 

 

CCCS 153 of 501

Attachment 4

Collocation

Page 15

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 entrance
 manhole or a cable vault, which are physically accessible by both Parties.
 MCI will provide and place fiber cable at the point of entrance of sufficient
 length to be pulled through BellSouth conduit and into the splice location by
 BellSouth. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.6.1

 	
 MCI will
 provide and install a sufficient length of fire retardant riser cable, to
 which BellSouth will splice the entrance cable. The fire retardant riser
 cable will extend from the splice location to MCI’s equipment in the
 Collocation Space. In the event MCI utilizes a non-metallic, riser-type
 entrance facility, a splice will not be required. MCI must contact BellSouth
 for authorization and instruction prior to placing any entrance facility
 cable in the manhole. MCI is responsible for the maintenance of the entrance
 facilities. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.7

 	
 Remote Site
 Entrance Facilities. MCI may elect to place
 MCI-owned or MCI-leased fiber entrance facilities into the Remote Collocation
 Space. BellSouth will designate the point of interconnection at the Remote
 Location housing the Remote Collocation Space, which is physically accessible
 by both Parties. MCI will provide and place copper cable through conduit from
 the Remote Collocation Space to the Feeder Distribution Interface to the
 splice location of sufficient length for splicing by BellSouth. MCI must
 contact BellSouth for instructions prior to placing the entrance facility
 cable. MCI is responsible for maintenance of the entrance facilities. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.8

 	
 Microwave
 Entrance Facilities. At MCI’s request, BellSouth
 will accommodate, where technically feasible and space is available, a
 microwave entrance facility, pursuant to separately negotiated terms and
 conditions set forth in Exhibit C to this Attachment. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.9

 	
 Copper and
 Coaxial Cable Entrance Facilities.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.9.1

 	
 Intentionally
 Omitted. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.9.2

 	
 Intentionally
 Omitted. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.9.3

 	
 In the case
 of adjacent collocation, copper facilities may be used between the adjacent
 collocation arrangement and the Central Office demarcation point, unless
 BellSouth determines that limited space is available for the placement of
 these entrance facilities. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.10

 	
 Dual
 Entrance Facilities. BellSouth will provide at least
 two interconnection points at each Premises where at least two (2) such
 interconnection points are available and capacity exists. Upon receipt of a
 request by MCI for dual entrance facilities to its physical Collocation
 Space, BellSouth shall provide MCI with information regarding BellSouth’s
 capacity to accommodate the requested dual entrance facilities. Where dual
 entrance facilities are not available due to lack of capacity, BellSouth will
 provide this information to MCI in the Application Response. If BellSouth
 states in the Application Response that dual entrance is not available due to
 lack of capacity, BellSouth will allow MCI, upon request, to inspect the
 facility that BellSouth claims is at capacity within ten (10) business days
 of such notification. In order to schedule said inspection within ten (10)
 business days, the request for an inspection must be received by BellSouth
 within five (5) business days of the notification of lack of capacity. Any
 request received by BellSouth later than five (5) business days after MCI’s
 receipt of BellSouth’s application Response will be fulfilled within five (5)
 business days of the request. In addition, BellSouth shall notify MCI via
 Carrier Notification and the Collocation Manager (via email to an address
 supplied by MCI), of the date dual entrance facilities will become available
 in a central office where dual facilities previously were not available.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.11

 	
 Shared Use.
 MCI may utilize spare capacity on an existing interconnector’s entrance
 facility for the purpose of providing an entrance facility to MCI’s
 Collocation Space within the same BellSouth Premises. In a Central Office,
 BellSouth shall allow the splice, as long as the fiber is 

 

CCCS 154 of 501

Attachment 4

Collocation

Page 16

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 non-working
 dark fiber. MCI must arrange with BellSouth in accordance with BellSouth’s
 Special Construction Procedures, RL93-11-030BT, and provide a LOA from the
 other telecommunications carrier authorizing BellSouth to perform the splice
 of the MCI-provided riser cable to the spare capacity on the entrance
 facility. If MCI desires to allow another telecommunications carrier to use
 its entrance facilities, the other telecommunications carrier must arrange
 with BellSouth in accordance with BellSouth’s Special Construction
 Procedures, RL93-11-030BT, and provide a LOA from MCI authorizing BellSouth
 to perform the splice of the telecommunications carrier’s provided riser
 cable to the spare capacity on MCI’s entrance facility. BellSouth will allow
 MCI to utilize another carrier’s entrance facilities without placing a riser
 cable from the vault splice point, by means of a CCXC. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.11.1

 	
 For a Remote
 Site, the Parties will negotiate the rates, terms and conditions based upon
 the technical feasibility and physical capacity at the time of a request from
 MCI. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.12

 	
 Central
 Office Demarcation Point. BellSouth will designate
 the point(s) of demarcation between MCI’s equipment and/or network and
 BellSouth’s network. Each Party will be responsible for the maintenance and
 operation of all equipment/facilities on its side of the demarcation point.
 Upon a request from MCI, BellSouth may elect to offer alternative demarcation
 points from which MCI may choose. BellSouth will use its best efforts to
 provide a demarcation point to MCI’s equipment that minimizes signal loss.
 For 2-wire and 4-wire connections to BellSouth’s network, the demarcation
 point shall be a common block on BellSouth’s designated conventional
 distributing frame (CDF). MCI shall be responsible for providing the
 necessary cabling, and MCI’s BellSouth Certified Supplier shall be
 responsible for installing and properly labeling/stenciling the common block
 and any necessary cabling identified in Section 7 of this Attachment. MCI or
 its agent must perform all required maintenance to the equipment/facilities on
 its side of the demarcation point, pursuant to Section 5.14, following, and
 may self-provision cross-connects that may be required within its own
 Collocation Space to activate service requests. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.13

 	
 Remote Site
 Point of Demarcation. The point of demarcation will
 be as follows for each service level: DS0 services will be the feeder
 distribution interface. DS1 services will be at the designated BellSouth DS1
 cross-connect panel. DS3 services will be at the designated BellSouth DS-3
 cross-connect panel. Dark fiber services will be at the designated BellSouth
 LGX panel. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.14

 	
 MCI’s
 Equipment and Facilities. MCI, or if required by
 this Attachment, MCI’s BellSouth Certified Supplier, is solely responsible
 for the design, engineering, installation, testing, provisioning,
 performance, monitoring, maintenance and repair of the equipment and
 facilities used by MCI which must be performed in compliance with all
 BellSouth Specifications. Such equipment and facilities may include, but are
 not limited to, cable(s), equipment, and point of termination connections.
 MCI and its designated BellSouth Certified Supplier must follow and comply
 with all BellSouth Specifications outlined in the following BellSouth
 Technical Requirements: TR 73503, TR 73519, TR 73572, and TR 73564.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.15

 	
 BellSouth’s
 Access to Enclosed Collocation Space. From time to
 time, BellSouth may require access to MCI’s Collocation Space. BellSouth
 retains the right to access MCI’s space for the purpose of making BellSouth
 equipment and building modifications (e.g., running, altering or removing
 racking, ducts, electrical wiring, HVAC, and cabling). BellSouth will give
 notice to MCI at least forty-eight (48) hours before access to MCI’s
 Collocation Space is required. MCI may elect to be present whenever BellSouth
 performs work in the MCI’s Collocation Space. The Parties agree that MCI will
 not bear any of the expense associated with this type of work. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.15.1

 	
 In the case
 of an emergency, BellSouth will provide oral notice of entry as soon as possible
 and, upon request, will provide subsequent written notice. 

 

CCCS 155 of 501

Attachment 4

Collocation

Page 17 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.16

 	
 Access.
 Pursuant to Section 13, MCI shall have access to its Collocation Space, other
 than virtual Collocation Space twenty-four (24) hours a day, seven (7) days a
 week without the need for a security escort provided that MCI has met the
 safety and security requirements specified in Section 13 of this Attachment
 below. MCI agrees to provide the name and social security number, date of
 birth, or driver’s license number of each employee, supplier, or agent of MCI
 that will be provided with access keys or cards (Access Devices), prior to
 the issuance of said Access Devices, using form RF-2906-C, the “CLEC and CLEC
 Certified Supplier Access Request and Acknowledgement” form. The appropriate
 key acknowledgement forms (the “Collocation Acknowledgement Sheet” for access
 cards and the “Key Acknowledgement Form” for keys) must be signed by MCI and
 returned to BellSouth Access Management within fifteen (15) calendar days of
 MCI’s receipt. Failure to return these properly acknowledged forms will
 result in the holding of subsequent access key or card requests until the
 proper key acknowledgement documents have been received by BellSouth and
 reflect current information. Access Devices may not be duplicated under any
 circumstances. MCI agrees to be responsible for all Access Devices and for
 the return of all Access Devices in the possession of MCI’s employees,
 suppliers, or agents after termination of the employment relationship, the
 contractual obligation with MCI ends, upon the termination of this
 Attachment, or upon the termination of occupancy of Collocation Space in a
 specific BellSouth Premises. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.16.1

 	
 BellSouth
 will provide MCI with reasonable access to restroom facilities, parking,
 eyewash stations, shower stations, and drinking water, where available,
 within the collocated facility twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days
 per week for MCI personnel and its designated agents. BellSouth will allow the
 temporary occasional use of convenience outlets where available at a
 BellSouth Premises. For enclosed Collocation Space, if BellSouth constructs
 the enclosure, BellSouth will provide the Collocation Space with one AC
 outlet as part of the construction. If MCI constructs the enclosure, MCI
 would be responsible, through a BellSouth certified vendor, for providing
 outlets and grounding the cage and running the necessary wiring from the
 BellSouth electrical panel to the Collocation Space. BellSouth will provide
 stumble lighting to the Collocation Space. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.16.2

 	
 BellSouth
 will permit one (1) accompanied site visit to MCI’s designated Collocation
 Space, after receipt of the BFFO, which visit may be at, or prior to, the
 transfer of the completed Collocation Space to the CLEC, without charge to
 MCI. This site visit will be scheduled on a date that is mutually agreeable
 to both Parties. MCI may use this site visit to examine the collocation area,
 power and cabling arrangements, and demarcation point(s), and may also use
 the tour to familiarize itself with the BellSouth Premises’ features and
 functions that may be necessary to enable MCI to interconnect with
 BellSouth’s network or to obtain access to UNEs. MCI must submit to BellSouth
 the completed Access Control Request Form for all employees or agents
 requiring access to a BellSouth Premises at least thirty (30) calendar days
 prior to the date MCI desires access to the Collocation Space. In order to
 permit reasonable access during construction of the Collocation Space, MCI
 may submit a request for its one (1) accompanied site visit to its designated
 collocation arrangement at any time subsequent to BellSouth’s receipt of the
 BFFO. In the event MCI desires access to the Collocation Space after
 submitting such a request, but prior to the approval of its access request,
 in addition to the first accompanied free visit, BellSouth shall permit MCI
 to access the Collocation Space accompanied by a security escort, at MCI’s
 expense, which will be assessed pursuant to the Security Escort fees
 contained in Exhibit B. MCI must request such escorted access to its
 designated Collocation Space at least three (3) business days prior to the
 date such access is desired. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.17

 	
 Lost or
 Stolen Access Devices. MCI shall immediately notify
 BellSouth in writing when any of its Access Devices have been lost or stolen.
 MCI will reimburse BellSouth to replace lost or stolen Access Devices at the
 rates as set forth in Exhibit B of this Attachment. If it becomes necessary
 for BellSouth to re-key buildings or deactivate an Access Device as a result
 of a lost or 

 

CCCS 156 of 501

Attachment 4

Collocation

Page 18

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 stolen
 Access Device(s) or for failure of MCI’s employees, suppliers, or agents to
 return an Access Device(s), MCI shall pay for the costs of re-keying the
 affected access or reactivating the Access Devices. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.18

 	
 Interference
 or Impairment. Notwithstanding any other provisions
 of this Agreement, MCI shall not use any product or service provided under
 this Agreement, any other service related thereto or used in combination
 therewith, or place or use any equipment or facilities in any manner that 1)
 significantly degrades, interferes with or impairs service provided by
 BellSouth or any other entity or any person’s use of its telecommunications services
 in excess of degradation, interference or impairment explicitly permitted by
 Applicable Law or national standards; 2) endangers or damages the equipment,
 facilities or any other property of BellSouth or any other entity or person;
 3) compromises the privacy of any communications routed through the premises,
 unless otherwise authorized by tariff or Applicable Law; or 4) creates an
 unreasonable risk of injury or death to any individual or to the public. If
 BellSouth reasonably determines that any equipment or facilities of MCI
 violates the provisions of this paragraph, BellSouth shall provide written
 notice to MCI, which shall direct MCI to cure the violation within
 forty-eight (48) hours of MCI’s receipt of written notice or, at a minimum,
 to commence curative measures within twenty-four (24) hours and exercise
 reasonable diligence to complete such measures as soon as possible
 thereafter. After receipt of the notice, the Parties agree to consult
 immediately and, if necessary, to conduct an inspection of the Collocation
 Space. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.18.1

 	
 Except in
 the case of the deployment of an advanced service, as described in Section
 5.18.2 below, which significantly degrades the performance of other advanced
 services or traditional voice band services, if MCI uses any product or
 service provided under this Agreement, any other service related thereto or
 used in combination therewith, or places or uses any equipment or facilities
 in any manner that 1) significantly degrades, interferes with or impairs
 service provided by BellSouth or any other entity or any person’s use of its
 telecommunications services in excess of degradation, interference or
 impairment explicitly permitted by Applicable Law or national standards; 2)
 endangers or damages the equipment, facilities or any other property of
 BellSouth or any other entity or person; 3) compromises the privacy of any
 communications routed through the premises, unless otherwise authorized by
 tariff or Applicable Law; or 4) creates an unreasonable risk of injury or
 death to any individual or to the public and if MCI fails to cure the
 violation within forty-eight (48) hours or, if such cure is not possible, to
 commence curative action within twenty-four (24) hours and exercise
 reasonable diligence to complete such action as soon as possible, or if the
 violation is of a character that poses an immediate and substantial threat of
 damage to property or injury or death to any person, or any other significant
 degradation, interference or impairment of BellSouth’s or another entity’s
 service, then and only in that event, BellSouth may take such action as it
 deems necessary to eliminate such threat including, without limitation, the
 interruption of electrical power to MCI’s equipment and/or facilities.
 BellSouth will attempt, but is not required, to provide notice to MCI prior
 to the taking of such action and BellSouth shall have no liability to MCI for
 any damages arising from such action, except to the extent that such action
 by BellSouth constitutes willful misconduct.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.18.2

 	
 For purposes
 of this Section, the term “significantly degrades” shall be defined as an
 action that noticeably impairs a service from a user’s perspective. In the
 case of the deployment of an advanced service which significantly degrades
 the performance of other advanced services or traditional voice band services
 and the interfering Party fails to cure the violation within forty-eight (48)
 hours, or if such cure is not possible, to commence curative action within
 twenty-four (24) hours and exercise reasonable diligence to complete such
 action as soon as possible, the reporting Party will establish before the
 appropriate Commission that the technology deployment is causing the
 significant degradation. Any claims of network harm presented to the
 interfering Party or, if subsequently necessary, the Commission must be
 provided by the reporting Party with specific and verifiable information.
 When the reporting Party demonstrates that a certain 

 

CCCS 157 of 501

Attachment 4

Collocation

Page 19

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 technology
 deployed by the interfering Party is significantly degrading the performance
 of other advanced services or traditional voice band services, the
 interfering Party shall discontinue deployment of that technology and migrate
 its customers to other technologies that will not significantly degrade the
 performance of such services. Where the only degraded service itself is a
 known disturber, and the newly deployed technology satisfies at least one of
 the criteria for a presumption that it is acceptable for deployment, the
 degraded service shall not prevail against the newly-deployed technology.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.19

 	
 Central
 Office Personalty and its Removal. Facilities and
 equipment placed by MCI in the Collocation Space shall not become a part of
 the Collocation Space, even if nailed, screwed or otherwise fastened to the
 Collocation Space, but shall retain their status as personal property and may
 be removed by MCI at any time. Any damage caused to the Collocation Space by
 MCI’s employees, suppliers, agents or representatives during the installation
 or removal of such property shall be promptly repaired by MCI at its sole
 expense. If MCI decides to remove equipment from its Collocation Space and
 the removal requires no physical work be performed by BellSouth and MCI’s
 physical work includes, but is not limited to, power reduction,
 cross-connects, or tie pairs, BellSouth will bill MCI an Administrative Only
 Application Fee as set forth in Exhibit B. This nonrecurring fee will be
 billed on the date that BellSouth provides an Application Response to MCI. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.20

 	
 Alterations.
 Under no condition shall MCI or any person acting on behalf of MCI make any
 rearrangement, modification, augment, improvement, addition, and/or other
 alteration which could affect in any way space, power, HVAC, and/or safety
 considerations to the Collocation Space or the BellSouth Premises,
 hereinafter referred to individually or collectively as “Alterations” (unless
 identified and defined as “Augments” in Section 7.1.4), without the express
 written consent of BellSouth, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. The
 cost of any such Alteration shall be paid by MCI. An Alteration shall require
 the submission of a Subsequent Application and will result in the assessment
 of the applicable application fee associated with the type of alteration
 requested, as set forth in Section 6.3, and 7.1.4 which will be billed by
 BellSouth on the date that BellSouth provides MCI with an Application
 Response. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.21

 	
 Janitorial
 Service. MCI shall be responsible for the general
 upkeep of its Collocation Space. MCI shall arrange directly with a BellSouth
 Certified Supplier for janitorial services applicable to Caged Collocation
 Space. BellSouth shall provide a list of such suppliers on a BellSouth
 Premises-specific basis, upon request.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6

 	
 Ordering and Preparation of Collocation Space 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.1

 	
 Initial
 Application. For MCI’s initial equipment placement,
 MCI shall input a Physical Expanded Interconnection Application Document
 (Initial Application or Remote Site Application) directly into BellSouth’s electronic
 application (e.App) system for processing. The Initial Application is
 considered Bona Fide when it is complete and accurate, meaning that all of
 the required fields on the application are completed with the appropriate
 type of information. An application fee will apply to each application
 submitted by MCI and will be billed by BellSouth on the date BellSouth
 provides MCI with an Application Response. With respect to Remote Site
 Collocation, the placement of an additional rack/bay at a later date will be
 treated in the same fashion and a Remote Site Application will be required.
 The installation of additional shelves/equipment, within an existing bay or rack does not require a Remote
 Site Application. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.2

 	
 Subsequent
 Application. In the event MCI desires to modify its
 use of the Collocation Space after MCI has submitted an application and the
 status has changed to BFFO, MCI shall complete an application (“Subsequent
 Application”) that contains all of the detailed information associated with
 the Alteration related to the Collocation Space. The Subsequent Application
 will be 

 

CCCS 158 of 501

Attachment 4

Collocation

Page 20

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 considered
 Bona Fide when it is complete and accurate, meaning that all of the required
 fields on the Subsequent Application are completed with the appropriate type
 of information associated with the alteration. BellSouth shall determine what
 modifications, if any, to the BellSouth Premises are required to accommodate
 the change requested by MCI in the application. Such modifications to the
 BellSouth Premises may include, but are not limited to, floor loading
 changes, changes necessary to meet HVAC requirements, changes to power plant
 requirements, and equipment additions. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.3

 	
 Subsequent
 Application Fee. The application fee paid by MCI for
 an Alteration shall be dependent upon the level of assessment needed to
 complete the Alteration requested. Where the Subsequent Application does not
 require provisioning or construction work, but requires administrative
 activity to be performed by BellSouth an Administrative Only Application Fee
 shall apply as set forth in Exhibit B. The Administrative Only Application
 Fee will apply to Subsequent Applications associated with a transfer of
 ownership of the Collocation Space, removal of equipment from the Collocation
 Space, (where the removal requires no physical work to be performed by
 BellSouth), the substitution of comparable equipment other than what was
 originally listed on the application, an Alteration made to a Bona Fide
 application prior to BellSouth’s receipt of the BFFO, but after MCI’s
 receives the application response, and a virtual to physical collocation
 Conversion (In Place). The Co-Carrier Cross-Connect/Direct Connect
 Application Fee will apply when MCI submits a Subsequent Application for a
 direct connection between its own virtual and physical Collocation
 arrangements in the same BellSouth Premises or between its virtual or
 physical Collocation arrangement and that of another collocated
 telecommunications carrier within the same BellSouth Premises. The fee for a
 Subsequent Application, in which the Alteration requested has limited effect
 (e.g., requires limited assessment and sufficient cable support structure,
 HVAC, power and terminations are available) shall be the Subsequent Application
 Fee, as set forth in Exhibit B. The appropriate nonrecurring application fee
 will be billed on the date that BellSouth provides MCI with an Application
 Response. Notwithstanding the foregoing, there shall be no charges imposed
 for a records only change pursuant to Section 7.1.3. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.4

 	
 Space
 Preferences. If MCI has previously requested and
 received a Space Availability Report for the “BellSouth Premises”, MCI may
 submit up to three (3) space preferences on its application by identifying
 the specific space identification numbers referenced on the Space
 Availability Report for the space it is requesting. In the event BellSouth
 cannot accommodate MCI’s preference(s), MCI may accept the space allocated by
 BellSouth or cancel its application and submit another application requesting
 additional space preferences for the same central office. This application
 will be treated as a new application and an application fee will apply. The
 application fee will be billed by BellSouth on the date that BellSouth
 provides MCI with an Application Response. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.5

 	
 Space
 Availability Notification. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.5.1

 	
 BellSouth
 will respond to an application within ten (10) calendar days as to whether
 space is available or not available within the requested BellSouth Premises.
 BellSouth’s e.App will reflect when MCI’s application is Bona Fide. If the
 application is not Bona Fide, BellSouth will identify what revisions are
 necessary for the application to become Bona Fide. If the amount of space
 requested is not available, BellSouth will notify MCI of the amount of space
 that is available and no application fee will apply. When BellSouth’s
 response includes an amount of space less than that requested by MCI or space
 that is configured differently, no application fee will apply. If MCI decides
 to accept the available space, MCI must resubmit its application to reflect
 the actual space available, including the configuration of the space, prior
 to submitting a BFFO. When MCI resubmits its application to accept the
 available space, BellSouth will bill MCI the appropriate application fee. 

 

CCCS 159 of 501

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.5.2

 	
 Intentionally
 Omitted. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.5.3

 	
 In the event
 space is not immediately available at a Remote Site Location, BellSouth
 reserves the right to make additional space available, in which case the
 conditions in Section 7 shall apply, or BellSouth may elect to deny space in
 accordance with this Section 6.6 in which case virtual or adjacent
 collocation options may be available. If the amount of space requested is not
 available, BellSouth will notify MCI of the amount of space that is
 available. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.6

 	
 Denial of
 Application. If BellSouth notifies MCI that no space
 is available (“Denial of Application”), BellSouth will not assess an
 application fee to MCI. At the same time BellSouth gives its denial of
 application, BellSouth will submit to the Commission a notice of intent to
 seek waiver. After notifying MCI that there is no available space, in the
 requested BellSouth Premises, BellSouth will allow MCI, upon request, and at no
 charge, to tour the entire BellSouth Premises within ten (10) calendar days
 of such Denial of Application. In order to schedule this tour within ten (10)
 calendar days, BellSouth must receive the request for a tour of the BellSouth
 Premises within five (5) calendar days of the Denial of Application. Upon
 Denial of the Application, BellSouth will timely file a petition with the
 state commission pursuant to 47 U.S.C. 251(c)(6). BellSouth shall submit to
 the state commission, subject to any protective order as the state commission
 may deem necessary, detailed floor plans or diagrams of any Premises where
 BellSouth claims that physical collocation is not practical because of space
 limitations. BellSouth will comply with the rules and regulations of the state
 commission for filing of petitions for waiver.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.7

 	
 Waiting List
 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.7.1

 	
 On a
 first-come, first-served basis, which is governed by the date of receipt of
 an application or Letter of Intent, BellSouth will maintain a waiting list of
 requesting telecommunication carriers that have either received a Denial of
 Application or, where it is publicly known that the BellSouth Premises is out
 of space, have submitted a Letter of Intent to collocate in that BellSouth
 Premises. Sixty (60) calendar days prior to space becoming available, if
 known, BellSouth will notify the Commission and the telecommunication
 carriers on the waiting list by mail according to the position of each
 Telecommunications Carrier on said waiting list. If BellSouth does not know
 sixty (60) calendar days in advance of when space will become available,
 BellSouth will notify the Commission and the telecommunication carriers on
 the waiting list within two (2) business days of the determination that space
 will become available. Upon request BellSouth will advise MCI as its position
 on the list. A telecommunication carrier that, upon denial of physical
 Collocation Space, requests virtual Collocation Space shall automatically be
 placed on the waiting list for physical Collocation Space that may become
 available in the future. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.7.2

 	
 When
 physical Collocation Space becomes available, MCI must submit an updated,
 complete, and accurate application to BellSouth within thirty (30) calendar
 days of notification by BellSouth that physical Collocation Space will be
 available in the requested BellSouth Premises previously out of space. If MCI
 has originally requested caged Collocation Space and cageless Collocation
 Space becomes available, MCI may refuse such space and notify BellSouth in
 writing within the thirty (30) day timeframe that MCI wants to maintain its
 place on the waiting list for caged Physical Collocation Space, without
 accepting the available cageless Collocation Space. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.7.3

 	
 MCI may
 accept an amount of space less than what it originally requested by
 submitting an application as set forth above, and upon request, may maintain
 its position on the waiting list for the remaining space that was initially
 requested. If MCI does not submit an application or notify BellSouth in
 writing as described above, BellSouth will offer the space to the next 

 

CCCS 160 of 501

Attachment 4

Collocation

Page 22

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 telecommunication
 carrier on the waiting list and remove MCI from the waiting list. Upon
 request, BellSouth will advise MCI as to its position on the waiting list. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.8

 	
 Public
 Notification. BellSouth will maintain on its
 Interconnection Services website a notification document that will indicate
 all BellSouth Premises that are without available space. BellSouth shall
 update such document within ten (10) calendar days of the date that BellSouth
 becomes aware that insufficient space is available to accommodate physical
 collocation. BellSouth will also post a document on its Interconnection
 Services website that contains a general notice when space becomes available
 in a BellSouth Premises previously on the space exhaust list. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.9

 	
 Application
 Response 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.9.1

 	
 When space
 has been determined to be available for caged or cageless arrangements,
 BellSouth will provide an Application Response or Remote Site Application
 Response within twenty (20) calendar days of receipt of a Bona Fide
 application for physical collocation and ten (10) calendar days for virtual
 collocation. The Central Office Application Response will include sufficient
 information to enable MCI to place a Firm Order, which, at a minimum, will
 consist of the configuration of the space, the Cable Installation Fee, Cable
 Records Fee, and any other applicable space preparation fees, as described in
 Section 9. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.10

 	
 Application
 Revisions. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.10.1

 	
 If a
 modification or revision is made to any information in the application prior
 to MCI’s receipt of BellSouth’s Application Response, the modified or revised
 application shall be treated as a substitute for the original Bona Fide
 Application. The modified or revised application shall be handled as a new
 application with respect to the response and provisioning intervals. If a
 modification or revision is made after MCI’s receipt of BellSouth’s
 Application Response, with the exception of modifications to (1) Customer
 Information, (2) Contact Information, (3) Billing Contact Information, (4)
 any explanation to be added to the application, or (5) as necessitated by
 technical considerations, the modification or revision shall be treated as a
 Subsequent Application, and BellSouth shall assess fees pursuant to Section
 6.3. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.11

 	
 Bona Fide
 Firm Order. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.11.1

 	
 MCI shall
 indicate its intent to proceed with collocation in a BellSouth Premises by
 submitting a Firm Order to BellSouth. BellSouth’s response to a Firm Order
 will include confirmation of change in status, via the e-Application system,
 to reflect Firm Order Received and Firm Order Bona Fide (BFFO). The BFFO must
 be received by BellSouth no later than thirty (30) calendar days after
 BellSouth’s Application Response to MCI’s Bona Fide Application or MCI’s
 application will expire. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.11.2

 	
 BellSouth
 will establish a firm order date based upon the date BellSouth is in receipt
 of MCI’s BFFO. BellSouth will acknowledge the receipt of MCI’s BFFO within seven
 (7) calendar days of receipt, so that MCI will have positive confirmation
 that it’s BFFO has been received. BellSouth’s response to a BFFO will include
 a Firm Order Confirmation, which contains the firm order date. No revisions
 can be made to a BFFO. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7

 	
 Provisioning 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.1

 	
 Provisioning
 Intervals. 

 

CCCS 161 of 501

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.1.1

 	
 Intentionally
 Omitted. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.1.2

 	
 BellSouth
 will complete provisioning for caged physical Collocation Space under
 ordinary conditions within a maximum of ninety (90) calendar days from
 receipt of a BFFO or as agreed to by the Parties. BellSouth will complete
 provisioning for cageless physical Collocation Space under ordinary
 conditions within a maximum of sixty (60) calendar days from receipt of a
 BFFO and ninety (90) calendar days from receipt of a BFFO for extraordinary
 conditions, or as agreed to by the Parties. For virtual Collocation Space,
 BellSouth will complete provisioning under ordinary conditions within a
 maximum of fifty (50) calendar days from receipt of a BFFO and seventy-five
 (75) days from receipt of a BFFO for extraordinary conditions, or as agreed
 to by the Parties. Extraordinary conditions include, but may not be limited
 to: major BellSouth equipment rearrangements or additions; power plant additions
 or upgrades; major mechanical additions or upgrades; major upgrades for ADA
 compliance; environmental hazards or hazardous materials abatement; and
 arrangements for which equipment shipping intervals are extraordinary in
 length. The Parties may mutually agree to renegotiate an alternative
 provisioning interval or BellSouth may seek a waiver from the ordered
 interval from the Commission. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.1.3

 	
 Records Only
 Change. When MCI adds equipment within initial
 demand parameters that requires no additional space preparation work on the
 part of BellSouth, then no additional charges or intervals will be imposed by
 BellSouth that would cause delay in MCI’s operation. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.1.4

 	
 BellSouth
 will provide the reduced intervals outlined below to MCI, when MCI requests
 an augment that is identified in Sections 7.1.4.1, 7.1.4.2, 7.1.4.3, 7.1.4.4
 and 7.1.4.5 (“Augment”) after the Space Ready Date for existing physical
 Collocation Space. Unless otherwise set forth in Section 7.1.4.10, any such
 augment application will require a Subsequent Application and will result in
 the assessment of an Augment Application fee as set forth in Exhibit B. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.1.4.1

 	
 Simple
 Augments will be completed within twenty (20) calendar days after receipt of
 the BFFO for an: 

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 -

 	
 Extension of
 Existing AC Circuit Capacity within Arrangement Where Sufficient Circuit
 Capacity is Available

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 -

 	
 Fuse Change
 and/or Increase or Decrease -48V DC Power from Existing ILEC BDFB

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.1.4.2

 	
 Minor
 Augments will be completed within forty-five (45) calendar days after receipt
 of the BFFO for:

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 -

 	
 168 DS1s
 Terminations at the ILEC Demarcation Frame (Databasing Only; Panels, Relay
 Racks and Overhead Racking Exist)

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 -

 	
 96 DS3s
 Terminations at the ILEC Demarcation Frame (Databasing Only; Panels, Relay
 Racks and Overhead Racking Exist)

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 -

 	
 99 Fiber
 Terminations at the ILEC Demarcation Frame (Databasing Only; Panels, Relay
 Racks and Overhead Racking Exist)

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 -

 	
 Maximum of
 2000 Service Ready DS0 Terminations at the ILEC Demarcation Frame (Databasing
 Only; Panels, Relay Racks and Overhead Racking Exist)

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.1.4.3

 	
 Intermediate
 Augments will be completed within sixty (60) calendar days after receipt of
 the BFFO for:

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 -

 	
 168 DS1s
 (Databasing and Installation of Termination Panels, Relay Racks or Additional
 Structure as Required)

 

CCCS 162 of 501

Attachment 4

Collocation

Page 24

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 -

 	
 96 DS3s
 (Databasing and Installation of Termination Panels, Relay Racks or Additional
 Structure as Required)

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 -

 	
 99 Fiber
 Terminations (Databasing and Installation of Termination Panels, Relay Racks
 or Additional Structure as Required)

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 -

 	
 2000 DS0s
 (Databasing and Installation of Termination Panels, Relay Racks or Additional
 Structure as Required)

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 -

 	
 Installation
 of Cable Racking or Other Support Structures as Required to Support
 Co-Carrier Cross-Connects (Adequate Floor or Ceiling Structural Capacity
 Exists and Support/Protection Structure for Fiber Patch Cord is Excluded)

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.1.4.4

 	
 Major
 Augments of physical Collocation Space will be completed within ninety (90)
 calendar days after BFFO. This category includes all requests for additional
 physical Collocation Space (caged or cageless).

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.1.4.5

 	
 Major
 Augments of virtual Collocation Space will be completed within seventy-five
 (75) calendar days after BFFO. This category includes all requests for
 additional virtual Collocation Space.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.1.4.6

 	
 If MCI
 submits an augment application request that includes two augment items from
 the same category in either Section 7.1.4.1, 7.1.4.2, or 7.1.4.3 above, the
 provisioning interval associated with the next highest augment category will
 apply (e.g., if two items from the minor augment category are requested on
 the same request, then an interval of sixty (60) calendar days from the
 receipt of the BFFO would apply, which is the interval associated with the
 intermediate category).

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.1.4.7

 	
 If MCI
 submits an augment application request that includes three augment items from
 the same category in either Section 7.1.4.1, 7.1.4.2, or 7.1.4.3 above, the major
 augment interval of ninety (90) calendar days from the receipt of the BFFO
 would apply (e.g., if three items from the simple augment category are
 requested on the same request for a physical collocation arrangement, then an
 interval of ninety (90) calendar days from the receipt of the BFFO would
 apply, which is the major physical augment interval; likewise if three items
 from the simple augment category are requested on the same request for a
 virtual collocation arrangement, then an interval of seventy-five (75)
 calendar days from the receipt of the BFFO would apply, which is the major
 virtual augment interval.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.1.4.8

 	
 If MCI
 submits an augment application request that includes one augment item from
 two separate categories in Sections 7.1.4.1, 7.1.4.2 and 7.1.4.3 above, the
 augment interval associated with the highest augment category will apply
 (e.g., if an item from the minor augment category and an item from the
 intermediate augment category are requested on the same request, then an
 interval of sixty (60) calendar days from the receipt of the BFFO would
 apply, which is the interval associated with the intermediate augment
 category).

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.1.4.9

 	
 All Augments
 not expressly included in the Simple, Minor, Intermediate or Major
 categories, as outlined above, will be placed into the appropriate category
 as negotiated by MCI and BellSouth. If MCI and BellSouth are unable to
 determine the appropriate category through negotiation, then the appropriate
 major augment category, identified in Section 7.1.4.4 and 7.1.4.5, would
 apply based on whether the augment request is for MCI’s physical or virtual
 Collocation Space.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.1.4.10

 	
 Individual
 application fees associated with simple, minor and intermediate augment
 applications are contained in Exhibit B. The appropriate application fee will
 be assessed to MCI at the time BellSouth provides MCI with the Application
 Response. MCI will be assessed a Subsequent Application Fee for all Major
 Augment applications (Major Augments are defined above in Sections 7.1.4.4 and
 7.1.4.5). The Subsequent Application Fee is also reflected in Exhibit B of
 this Attachment.

 

CCCS 163 of 501

Attachment 4

Collocation

Page 25

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.2

 	
 Joint
 Planning. Unless otherwise agreed to by the Parties, a joint planning meeting
 (that need not be face to face) between BellSouth and MCI will commence within a
 maximum of fourteen (14) calendar days from BellSouth’s receipt of a BFFO. At
 such meeting, the Parties will agree to the preliminary design of the Collocation Space and
 the equipment configuration requirements, as reflected in the application and
 affirmed in the BFFO. BellSouth will provide MCI with its best estimate of cable
 distances (a) from the entrance manhole to the vault and (b) from the vault
 to MCI’s
 Collocation Space during the joint planning meeting, if required.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.3

 	
 Permits. Each Party, its
 agent(s) or BellSouth Certified Supplier(s) will file for the appropriate permits, zoning and
 licenses required for the scope of work to be performed by that Party, its agent(s) or BellSouth
 Certified Supplier(s). Local building codes, especially relating to permitting issues,
 should not affect the collocation intervals provided in this Agreement; provided, however,
 that if an intractable timing problem exists, BellSouth may seek a waiver from the Commission
 upon a showing of extraordinary circumstances.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.4

 	
 Circuit
 Facility Assignments (“CFAs”). Unless otherwise specified, BellSouth will
 provide CFAs to MCI prior to the Space Ready Date for those BellSouth Premises in
 which MCI has physical Collocation Space with no POT bay or with a grand
 fathered POT bay provided by BellSouth. BellSouth cannot provide CFAs to MCI
 prior to the Space Ready Date for those BellSouth Premises in which MCI has
 physical Collocation Space with a POT bay provided by MCI or virtual Collocation
 Space, until MCI provides BellSouth with the following information: For physical Collocation
 Space with a MCI-provided POT bay, MCI shall provide BellSouth with a complete layout of the
 POT panels on an equipment inventory update (EIU) form, showing locations,
 speeds, etc.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.4.1

 	
 For
 virtual Collocation Space, MCI shall provide BellSouth with a complete layout
 of MCI’s equipment on an equipment inventory update (EIU) form, including the
 locations of the low speed ports and the specific frame terminations to
 which the equipment will be wired by MCI’s BellSouth Certified Supplier.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.4.2

 	
 BellSouth
 cannot begin work on the CFAs until the complete and accurate EIU form is
 received from MCI. If the EIU form is provided within ten (10) calendar days
 prior to the Space Ready Date, then the CFAs will be made available by the
 Space Ready Date. If the EIU form is not received ten (10) calendar days prior to the
 Space Ready Date, then the CFAs will be provided within ten (10)
 calendar days of receipt of the EIU form.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.5

 	
 Resend
 of Collocation CFAs. Upon MCI’s request, BellSouth will resend MCI a copy
 of the CFAs that BellSouth previously provided to MCI for MCI’s collocation
 arrangement in a specific BellSouth central office. This information will include
 only the data that was provided by BellSouth to MCI on the original CFA document.
 The nonrecurring charge associated with providing MCI with the resend of its CFAs will
 be assessed on a per request, per collocation arrangement basis, pursuant to the rates
 contained in Exhibit B, on the date that BellSouth provides the
 requested resend of CFA information to MCI.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.6

 	
 Use
 of BellSouth Certified Supplier. MCI shall select a supplier which has been
 approved as a BellSouth Certified Supplier to perform engineering and installation
 work. In some cases, MCI may need to select different BellSouth Certified
 Suppliers for those work activities associated with transmission equipment,
 switching equipment and power equipment. MCI and MCI’s BellSouth Certified
 Supplier must follow and comply with all of BellSouth’s Specifications outlined in the
 following BellSouth Technical Requirements: TR 73503 and TR 73572, 73519 and 73564. BellSouth shall provide MCI with
 a list of BellSouth Certified Suppliers upon request. The BellSouth Certified Supplier(s) shall be responsible for
 installing MCI’s equipment and associated
 components, installing co-carrier cross-connects and direct connects,
 extending

 

CCCS 164 of 501

Attachment 4

Collocation

Page 26

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 power
 cabling to the BellSouth power distribution frame, performing operational
 tests after installation is completed, and notifying BellSouth’s equipment
 engineers and MCI upon successful completion of the installation. The
 BellSouth Certified Supplier shall bill MCI directly for all work performed for MCI
 pursuant to this Attachment. BellSouth shall have no liability for, nor
 responsibility to pay, such charges imposed by MCI’s BellSouth Certified Supplier. BellSouth
 shall make available its supplier certification program, including certification
 materials to enable certification to employees or contractors, to MCI or any
 supplier, which
 may include MCI, proposed by MCI and will not unreasonably withhold
 certification. All work performed by or for MCI shall conform to generally accepted
 industry standards.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.7

 	
 Alarm
 and Monitoring. BellSouth shall place environmental alarms in the
 BellSouth Premises for the protection of equipment and facilities. MCI has the right to
 and shall be responsible for the placement, monitoring and removal of environmental
 and equipment alarms used to service MCI’s Collocation Space. Upon request, BellSouth
 will provide MCI with an applicable tariffed service(s) to facilitate remote monitoring of
 collocated equipment by MCI. Both Parties shall use best efforts to notify
 the other of any verified environmental condition known to that Party.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.8

 	
 Basic
 Telephone Service. Upon request of MCI, BellSouth will provide basic
 telephone service to the Collocation Space under the rates, terms and
 conditions of the current tariff offering for the service requested, and
 with a connection jack as requested by MCI from BellSouth for the collocated space. This
 service must be obtained through the BellSouth Business Office.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.9

 	
 Virtual
 to Physical Collocation Relocation. In the event physical Collocation Space was previously denied at
 a BellSouth Premises due to technical reasons or space limitations, or
 virtual collocation was provisioned prior to the availability of physical
 cageless collocation, and physical Collocation Space has subsequently become
 available, MCI may relocate its existing virtual collocation arrangement(s)
 to a physical collocation arrangement(s) and pay the appropriate fees associated with
 physical Collocation Space. If
 BellSouth knows when additional space for physical collocation may become available at
 the “BellSouth Premises” requested by MCI, such information will be
 provided to MCI in BellSouth’s written denial of physical Collocation Space. MCI must arrange with
 a BellSouth Certified Supplier for the relocation of equipment from its virtual Collocation
 Space to its physical Collocation Space and will bear the cost of such relocation.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.9.1

 	
 Virtual
 to Physical Conversion (In-Place). Virtual collocation arrangements may be
 converted to “in-place” physical collocation arrangements if the potential
 conversion meets all of the following criteria: 1) there is no change in the
 amount of equipment or the configuration of the equipment that was in
 the virtual Collocation Space; 2) the conversion of the virtual collocation arrangement will not
 cause the equipment or the results of that conversion to be located in a space that BellSouth
 has reserved for its own future needs; and 3) the converted arrangement does not limit
 BellSouth’s ability to secure its own equipment and facilities due to the
 location of the virtual Collocation Space. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if
 the BellSouth Premises is at or nearing space exhaust, BellSouth may
 authorize the conversion of the virtual arrangement to a physical arrangement
 even though BellSouth may no longer be able to secure its own facilities. BellSouth will complete virtual to
 physical conversions (in-place) within sixty (60) calendar days from receipt of the
 BFFO. BellSouth will bill MCI an Administrative Only Application Fee, as set forth in Exhibit
 B, on the date BellSouth provides an Application Response to MCI.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.10

 	
 Cancellation. When MCI cancels its
 request prior to the Space Ready Date, there will not be a cancellation charge.
 The Parties agree that MCI will be responsible for reimbursing BellSouth for costs
 specifically incurred by BellSouth on behalf of MCI up to the date that the
 written notice of cancellation is received.

 

CCCS 165 of 501

Attachment 4

Collocation

Page 27

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.11

 	
 Licenses. MCI, at its own
 expense, will be solely responsible for obtaining from governmental authorities, and any
 other appropriate agency, entity, or person, all rights, privileges, permits,
 licenses, and certificates necessary or required to operate as a provider of
 telecommunication services to the public or occupy Collocation Space in a BellSouth
 Premises.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.12

 	
 Environmental
 Compliance. The Parties agree to utilize and adhere to the
 Environmental Hazard Guidelines identified in Exhibit A attached hereto.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 8

 	
 Central
 Office Power

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 8.1

 	
 BellSouth
 shall make available –48 Volt (-48V) Direct Current (DC) power for MCI’s Collocation Space at a
 BellSouth Battery Distribution Fuse Bay (BDFB). If MCI was previously served
 off BellSouth’s main power board pursuant to MCI’s previous Interconnection
 Agreement, that
 arrangement shall be grandfathered. When obtaining DC power from BellSouth’s
 BDFB, MCI’s
 fuses and power cables (A&B) must be engineered (sized), and installed by
 MCI’s BellSouth
 Certified Supplier. MCI is responsible for contracting with a BellSouth
 Certified Supplier
 for the power distribution feeder cable running from the BellSouth BDFB to
 MCI’s equipment.
 The BellSouth Certified Supplier contracted by MCI must provide BellSouth
 with a copy of the engineering
 power specifications prior to the day on which MCI’s equipment becomes operational (Commencement Date).
 BellSouth will provide the common power feeder cable support structure between the BellSouth BDFB and MCI’s
 Collocation Space. MCI shall contract
 with a BellSouth Certified Supplier who will be responsible for the following
 power provisioning activities:
 installing, removing or replacing dedicated power cable support structure within MCI’s arrangement, power cable feeds, and
 terminations of cable. MCI and MCI’s BellSouth
 Certified Supplier shall comply with all applicable National Electric Code
 (NEC), BellSouth TR73503,
 Telcordia and ANSI Standards regarding power cabling, installation, and maintenance.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 MCI
 will be required to have a minimum of forty-five (45) amps of L-1 drain for
 each 225 Amp breaker provisioned from a BellSouth Power Board in order to convert
 to the L1 Drain Power Usage option.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 8.1.1

 	
 Pursuant
 to technical feasibility, commercial availability, and safety limitations,
 BellSouth shall provide DC power from the BellSouth BDFB in 5-amp
 increments from 10 amps up to 100 amps on a single feed request.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 8.2

 	
 BellSouth
 will revise MCI’s recurring power charges, in accordance with Section 9.3
 below, to reflect a power upgrade when MCI submits a Subsequent Application
 requesting an increase in the
 amperage it is currently receiving from BellSouth for its physical
 Collocation Space. If MCI’s existing fuses
 and power cables (for the A&B power feed) are not sufficient to support
 the additional number of amps requested, MCI’s BellSouth Certified Supplier
 shall perform whatever activities are necessary, which may include the
 installation of new/additional fuses or power cables, to comply with the appropriate NEC, BellSouth TR73503,
 Telcordia, and ANSI Standards, as
 well as the requirements noted above in Section 8.1. MCI’s BellSouth
 Certified Supplier shall provide
 notification to BellSouth when these activities have been completed.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 8.3

 	
 BellSouth
 will revise MCI’s recurring power charges, in accordance with Section 9.3
 below, to reflect a power reduction upon BellSouth’s receipt of the Power
 Reduction Form from MCI, certifying the completion of the power reduction work,
 including the removal of any associated power cabling by MCI’s BellSouth Certified
 Supplier. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if MCI’s BellSouth Certified
 Supplier has not removed or, at BellSouth’s discretion, cut the power cabling
 within
 thirty (30) calendar days, the power reduction will not become effective
 until the cabling is removed or, at BellSouth’s discretion, cut by MCI’s BellSouth
 Certified Supplier and MCI

 

CCCS 166 of 501

Attachment 4

Collocation

Page 28

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 shall
 pay the for the amount of power that had been requested prior to the power
 reduction request for the period up to the date the power cabling is actually
 removed.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 8.4

 	
 If
 MCI requests an increase or a reduction in the amount of power that BellSouth
 is currently providing, MCI must submit a Subsequent Application. If no
 modification to the Collocation Space is requested other than the increase or
 reduction in power, the Simple Augment fee as set forth in Exhibit B
 will apply. If modifications are requested in addition to the increase or reduction of power,
 the Subsequent Application Fee will apply. BellSouth will bill this nonrecurring fee on
 the date that BellSouth provides an Application Response to MCI’s Subsequent
 Application.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 8.4.1

 	
 If
 MCI has existing power configurations currently served from the BellSouth
 main power board and requests that its power be reconfigured to connect
 to a BellSouth BDFB, in a specific central office, MCI must submit a Subsequent
 Application. BellSouth will respond to such application within seven (7)
 calendar days and a Subsequent Application fee will apply for this reconfiguration to a
 BellSouth BDFB.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 8.4.1.1

 	
 In
 Alabama and Louisiana, if MCI has grandfathered power configurations
 currently served from the BellSouth main power board and requests that its
 power be reconfigured to connect to a BellSouth BDFB, in a specific central office,
 MCI must submit a Subsequent Application. BellSouth will respond to such application
 within seven (7) calendar days and no application fee will apply for this
 one time only power reconfiguration to a BellSouth BDFB. For any power reconfigurations
 thereafter, MCI will submit a Subsequent Application and the appropriate application fee will
 apply.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 8.5

 	
 MCI
 shall contract with a BellSouth Certified Supplier to perform the
 installation and removal of dedicated power cable support structure within
 MCI’s arrangement and terminations of cable within the physical Collocation Space.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 8.6

 	
 Intentionally
 Omitted.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 8.7

 	
 Intentionally
 Omitted.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 8.8

 	
 Intentionally
 Omitted.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 8.9

 	
 Intentionally
 Omitted.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 8.10

 	
 Intentionally
 Omitted.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 8.11

 	
 Intentionally
 Omitted.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 8.12

 	
 Fused
 Amp Billing Option. BellSouth shall make available –48V DC power on a per
 fused amp, per
 month basis, pursuant to the following formula:

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 8.12.1

 	
 For power provisioned from
 a BDFB. The number
 of fused amps requested by MCI on its collocation
 application should reflect a multiplier of 1.5 to convert its required
 amperage to fused amps, with a
 minimum of ten (10) fused amps required. The number of fused amps requested
 by MCI on its collocation
 application will be multiplied by the DC power fused amp rate set forth in Exhibit
 B.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 8.12.2

 	
 For
 existing power configurations that are provisioned from BellSouth’s main
 power board. The number of fused amps made available at the main power
 board, in increments of 225 amps/main power board circuit, will be multiplied by the
 DC power fused amp rate set forth in Exhibit B.

 

CCCS 167 of 501

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 8.13

 	
 Central
 Office Physical Collocation List 1 Drain Power Usage Option. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 The
 Central Office List 1 Drain Power Usage Option provided in this Section 8.13
 shall be applicable for all nine (9) states in the BellSouth region (Alabama,
 Florida, Georgia, Kentucky, Louisiana, Mississippi, North Carolina, South Carolina
 and Tennessee) as an agreed-upon option for Attachment 4 of this Agreement.
 This Section 8.13 (List 1 Drain Power Usage Option) shall only be available to
 MCI for all nine (9) states in total and not on a single state basis pursuant
 to this Agreement. This
 provision is provided to MCI in lieu of any other usage options that currently exist or which options that may
 subsequently exist by order or contract in any of BellSouth’s nine (9) states for the duration of
 this Agreement. If the rate for -48V DC power, per fused amp, is subsequently modified through an
 amendment pursuant to the change in law provision as set forth in the General Terms and Conditions of this
 Agreement, then in the state amended
 for change of law to include such rate, the rate for -48V DC power, per fused
 amp, will be applied if MCI elects to be billed on a fused amp basis. The
 rates for the List 1 Drain Power Usage
 Option are set forth in Exhibit B of this Attachment and shall remain the
 same rates for this List 1 Drain
 Power Usage Option for all nine (9) states during the term of this Agreement.
 If MCI elects to move to another usage option in a state where such usage
 option has been made available by
 Commission order this List 1 Drain Power Usage Option shall become void in
 all nine (9) states, and Attachment 4 will be amended to incorporate the
 then-current standard Attachment 4
 rates, terms and conditions for Central Office and Remote Site Collocation in
 total. In such cases, MCI agrees to
 issue the appropriate applications necessary to convert any List 1 Drain Power arrangements to the newly elected
 power option.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 8.13.1

 	
 If
 any rates, terms or conditions for the List 1 Drain Power Usage Option is
 modified by MCI’s adoption of the rates, terms and conditions of another
 CLEC’s interconnection agreement pursuant to section 252(i) of the Act in any of
 BellSouth’s nine (9) states, such adopted rates, terms and conditions
 shall apply thereafter and to each physical collocation arrangement to which the List 1
 Drain Power Usage Option applied and, in any states not covered by such adoption, the rates,
 terms and conditions for power usage, if any, of the then current Attachment 4 – Collocation
 provided for in the BellSouth standard interconnection agreement shall apply
 for those
 states, provided that such language fully effectuates and is consistent with
 applicable state commission orders. In such case, the List 1 Drain Power Usage Option
 outlined herein will become void for all nine (9) states on a prospective
 basis from the date an amendment or Subsequent Agreement is made effective
 for one (1) state or more than one (1) state in the BellSouth nine (9)
 state region. Additionally, MCI agrees to issue the appropriate applications necessary to convert
 any List 1 Drain Power arrangements to the newly adopted power option.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 8.13.2

 	
 For
 each new physical collocation arrangement for which MCI desires the List 1
 Drain Power Usage Option, MCI shall indicate in Remarks on its Initial Application
 that the List 1 Drain Power Usage Option is requested.

MCI shall provide the
 total List 1 (L-1) Drain amperages, based on the manufacturer’s published specifications, for
 the equipment being installed based on the Telcordia definition of List 1 Drain
 defined
 in “LSSGR: Power, Section 13”, GR-513-CORE Issue 1, September, 1995,
 paragraph 4.2.10.2
 page 4-15 or as may be amended from time to time. Also, MCI must provide reference(s) to the
 manufacturer’s published specifications in Remarks in Section 6 of the application for the
 equipment being installed.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 If
 the manufacturer does not publish L-1 drain, then MCI shall estimate L-1
 drain using either (1) or (2) below:

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 1)
 If the manufacturer publishes heat dissipation in Watts, divide the published
 heat dissipation

 

CCCS 168 of 501

Attachment 4

Collocation

Page 30

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 in
 Watts by fifty (50) Volts to derive estimated L-1 drain in Amps. MCI shall
 enter this estimated L-1 drain in Section 6 of the application and include the
 reference for the manufacturer’s
 published heat dissipation. Example: The manufacturer did not publish L-1 drain, but did publish heat dissipation of
 1,000 Watts. 1,000 W / 50 V = 20 A. Enter 20 A as L-1 drain.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 2) If the manufacturer
 does not publish either L-1 drain or heat dissipation, multiply the manufacturer’s recommended fuse size by 0.67
 (67%) to derive an estimated L-1 drain. MCI shall enter this estimated L-1 drain in Section 6 of the application
 and include the reference for the manufacturer’s published recommended fuse
 size. Example: Published recommended fuse size is thirty (30) Amps. 30 A * 0.67 = 20 A. Enter 20 A as the L-1
 drain.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 8.13.3

 	
 For
 each location that MCI requests to convert to the List 1 Drain Power Usage
 Option, MCI will submit a Subsequent Application indicating the total
 List 1 (L-1) Drain amperage based on the manufacturer’s published specifications, for all
 equipment that is currently installed and any equipment added on the
 application. Additionally, MCI shall provide the manufacturer’s documentation references
 for the specifications in the Remarks section of Section 6 of the application. MCI
 agrees to include in the Comments section of the Subsequent Application the following comment:

 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 “This
 Subsequent Application is MCI’s certification that MCI is opting to convert
 this physical collocation arrangement to the List 1 Drain Power Usage
 Option using the List 1 Drain total amperage for the equipment indicated in
 Section 6 of this application.”

 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 8.13.4

 	
 BellSouth will bill MCI
 the appropriate application fee, as set forth in Exhibit B of this Attachment, on the date that BellSouth provides
 an Application Response to each Subsequent Application requesting to convert a physical collocation arrangement
 to the List 1 Drain Power Usage
 Option.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 8.13.5

 	
 When
 MCI submits the appropriate Initial or Subsequent Application indicating its
 desire to elect the
 List 1 Drain usage option for a particular physical collocation arrangement
 in a specific Central Office, BellSouth
 will provide the associated Application Response pursuant to Section 6 of this Attachment. It will then be the
 responsibility of MCI to submit a BFFO, indicating its desire to proceed with its request. After
 BellSouth receives the BFFO from MCI, the Initial or Subsequent
 Application will be completed by BellSouth within the provisioning intervals contained in Section 7 of this Attachment and
 MCI will be notified of the Space Ready Date. When a Subsequent Application
 is used to elect the List 1 Drain usage option and there are no other changes requested, billing for the
 recurring charges will begin upon the Space Ready Date. BellSouth shall have the right to validate the
 manufacturer’s published List 1 drain documentation as well as the
 right to verify actual usage based on meter reading at its own expense. If there is a difference of 10% (plus
 or minus) between what MCI indicates its List 1 Drain Power usage to be and what BellSouth
 believes the actual List 1 Drain Power usage to be, the parties agree to participate jointly to
 verify the actual usage or validate the specifications. This meeting should take place within ten (10)
 working days after BellSouth’s provides written notice to MCI that such a review is needed. Once
 the analysis is completed and the actual usage is determined, MCI agrees to submit a Records Only Application to
 update the List 1 Drain amounts so
 that BellSouth can adjust the billing accordingly.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 8.14

 	
 If
 MCI elects to install its own DC Power Plant, BellSouth shall provide
 Alternating Current (AC) power to feed MCI’s DC Power Plant. Charges for
 AC power will be assessed on a per breaker ampere, per month basis, pursuant to the
 rates specified in Exhibit B. The AC power rates include recovery for the provision of
 commercial and standby AC power. When obtaining power from a BellSouth
 service panel, protection devices and power cables must be engineered

 

CCCS 169 of 501

Attachment 4

Collocation

Page 31

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 (sized)
 and installed by MCI’s BellSouth Certified Supplier, with the exception that
 BellSouth shall engineer and install protection devices and power cables for
 Adjacent Collocation. MCI’s BellSouth Certified Supplier must provide a copy of
 the engineering power Specifications prior to the Commencement Date. AC power voltage and
 phase ratings shall be determined on a per location basis. At MCI’s option, MCI may arrange
 for AC power in an adjacent collocation arrangement from a retail provider of
 electrical power.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 8.15

 	
 Remote
 Site Power. BellSouth shall make available –48 Volt (-48V) DC
 power for MCI’s Remote Collocation Space at a BellSouth Battery Distribution Fuse Bay
 (BDFB) within the Remote Site Location. The charge for power shall be assessed as part
 of the recurring charge for rack/bay space. If the power requirements for MCI’s
 equipment exceeds the capacity available, then such power requirements shall be assessed
 on an individual case basis (ICB). BellSouth will revise recurring power
 charges to reflect a power upgrade upon notification of the completion of the upgrade by MCI’s BellSouth Certified
 Supplier. BellSouth will revise recurring power charges to reflect a power reduction upon BellSouth’s receipt of the
 Power Reduction Form from MCI
 certifying the completion of the power reduction, including the removal of
 the power cabling by MCI’s
 BellSouth Certified Supplier.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 8.16

 	
 Remote
 Site Adjacent Collocation AC Power. Charges for AC power will be assessed per
 breaker ampere per month. Rates include the provision of commercial and
 standby AC power, where available. When obtaining power from a BellSouth
 service panel, protection devices and power cables must be engineered (sized), and installed
 by MCI’s BellSouth Certified Supplier except that BellSouth shall engineer
 and install protection devices and power cables for Adjacent Collocation. MCI’s
 BellSouth Certified Supplier must also provide a copy of the engineering power specification
 prior to the equipment becoming operational. Charges for AC power shall be assessed pursuant to
 the rates specified in Exhibit B. AC power voltage and phase ratings shall be determined on a per
 location basis. At MCI’s option, MCI may arrange for AC power in an Adjacent Collocation
 arrangement from a retail provider of electrical power.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 9

 	
 Rates and Charges

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 9.1

 	
 Application
 Fee. BellSouth shall assess any nonrecurring application fees within
 thirty (30) calendar days of the date that BellSouth provides an Application
 Response to MCI or on MCI’s next scheduled monthly billing statement, if MCI’s
 current month’s billing cycle has already closed.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 9.2

 	
 Cable
 Installation. Cable Installation Fee(s) are assessed per entrance
 cable placed. This nonrecurring fee will be billed by BellSouth upon receipt of MCI’s
 BFFO.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 9.3

 	
 Recurring
 Charges. If MCI has met the applicable fifteen (15) calendar day walkthrough
 interval specified
 in Section 4, billing for recurring charges will begin upon the Space
 Acceptance Date. In the event that MCI fails to complete an acceptance walkthrough
 within the applicable fifteen (15) calendar day interval, billing for
 recurring charges will commence on the Space Ready Date. If MCI occupies the
 space prior to the Space Ready Date, the date MCI occupies the space is deemed the new Space
 Acceptance Date and billing for recurring charges will begin on that date. The billing for all
 applicable monthly recurring charges will begin in MCI’s next billing cycle and will include any
 prorated charges for the period from MCI’s Space Acceptance Date or Space Ready Date, whichever
 is appropriate pursuant to Section 4.2, to the date the bill is issued by BellSouth.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 9.4

 	
 Power
 Rates. Monthly
 recurring charges for -48V DC power will be assessed as set forth in Exhibit B of this
 attachment. Applicable rates shall vary depending on whether MCI elects to be
 billed
 on a fused basis, by electing to remain (or install new collocations or
 augments) under the

 

CCCS 170 of 501

Attachment 4

Collocation

Page 32

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 traditional collocation
 power billing method, or on a usage basis, by electing to convert collocations to (or install new collocations or
 augments under) the power usage option using List 1 (L-1) Drain as defined by
 Telecordia and set forth in Section 8 above with a minimum of ten (10) amps
 per collocation arrangement. These recurring charges will be assessed in
 accordance with the billing for all other monthly recurring charges as set
 forth in Section 9.3 above.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 9.5

 	
 Nonrecurring
 Charges. Unless specified otherwise herein, BellSouth shall assess
 nonrecurring charges, including all application fees, within thirty (30) calendar
 days of the date that BellSouth provides an Application Response to MCI or on MCI’s
 next scheduled monthly billing statement, if MCI’s current month’s billing cycle has
 already closed. Nonrecurring charges associated with the processing of the
 firm order for collocation space preparation shall be billed by BellSouth
 within thirty (30) calendar days of BellSouth’s confirmation of MCI’s BFFO or
 on MCI’s next scheduled monthly billing statement, if MCI’s current month’s cycle
 has already closed.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 9.6

 	
 Space
 Preparation. Space preparation fees consist of monthly recurring
 charges for Central Office Modifications and Common Systems Modifications.
 The monthly recurring charge for Central Office Modification will be assessed per
 arrangement, per square foot for both caged and cageless physical Collocation
 Space. The monthly recurring charge for Common Systems Modifications will be
 assessed per arrangement, per square foot for cageless physical Collocation
 Space and on a per cage basis for caged physical Collocation Space. These charges
 recover the costs associated with preparing the Collocation Space, which includes,
 but is not limited to, the following items: a survey, engineering of the Collocation Space,
 and design and modification costs for network, building and support systems.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 9.7

 	
 Floor
 Space. The Floor Space Charge includes reasonable charges for lighting,
 HVAC, and other allocated
 expenses associated with maintenance of the “BellSouth Premises”, but does
 not include any power-related costs
 incurred by BellSouth. When the Collocation Space is enclosed, MCI
 shall pay floor space charges based upon the number of square feet so
 enclosed. The minimum size for caged Collocation Space is 100 square feet.
 Additional caged Collocation Space may be
 requested in increments of 50 square feet. When the Collocation Space is not enclosed, MCI shall pay floor space charges
 based upon the following floor space calculation: [(depth of the equipment
 lineup in which the rack is placed) + (0.5 x maintenance aisle depth) + (0.5 x wiring aisle depth)] x (width of rack
 and spacers). For purposes of this calculation, the depth of the equipment lineup shall consider the
 footprint of equipment racks plus any equipment overhang. BellSouth will assign unenclosed
 Collocation Space in conventional equipment rack lineups where feasible. In
 the event MCI’s collocated equipment requires special cable racking, isolated grounding or other treatment which
 prevents placement within conventional equipment rack lineups, MCI shall be required to request an
 amount of floor space sufficient to accommodate
 the total equipment arrangement.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 9.8

 	
 Remote
 Site Collocation Space Charge. This charge includes
 reasonable charges for air conditioning,
 ventilation and other allocated expenses associated with maintenance of the Remote Site Location, and includes amperage
 necessary to power MCI’s equipment. If the power requirements for MCI’s equipment exceed the
 capacity available, then such power requirements shall be assessed on an individual case basis.
 MCI shall pay Remote Site Collocation space charges based upon the number of racks/bays requested. BellSouth will
 assign Remote Collocation Space in
 conventional remote site rack/bay lineups where feasible.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 9.9

 	
 Security
 Escort. The rates for security escort service are assessed, beginning with
 the scheduled escort time, pursuant to the fee schedule in Exhibit B. BellSouth
 will wait for one-half (1/2) hour after the scheduled time for such an escort and
 MCI shall pay for such half-hour charges in the event MCI fails to
 show up.

 

CCCS 171 of 501

Attachment 4

Collocation

Page 33

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 9.10

 	
 Cable
 Record charges. These charges apply for work required to add or change
 existing cable records assigned to MCI in BellSouth’s database systems. The VG/DS0
 per cable record charge is for a maximum of 3600 records. The Fiber cable
 record charge is for a maximum of ninety-nine (99) records. The Cable Record charges are
 assessed as nonrecurring fees, and will be billed upon receipt of MCI’s BFFO.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 9.11

 	
 Other. If no collocation
 rate element and associated rate is identified in Exhibit B of this Attachment, the
 Parties, upon request by either Party, will negotiate the rate for the
 specific collocation
 service or function identified in this Attachment; provided, further, that
 the requested service will not be withheld pending the resolution of such
 negotiation and MCI agrees to pay the appropriate nonrecurring charges associated with
 the Initial or Subsequent Application on which the new service or function
 has been requested, as well as the rates associated with the requested service or function,
 from the Space Ready Date or Space Acceptance Date, whichever is applicable pursuant to
 Section 4, for BellSouth’s provision of such service or function to MCI. If the negotiation of
 the applicable rate elements and associated rates have not been completed by the Parties prior to
 MCI’s submission of the Initial or Subsequent Application requesting this new service or
 function, BellSouth will bill any nonrecurring and monthly recurring rates associated with the
 requested service or function, as negotiated by the Parties, back to the Space
 Ready
 Date or Space Acceptance Date, as noted above, and MCI shall pay these rates
 from this date.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 10

 	
 Insurance

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 10.1

 	
 MCI
 shall, at its sole cost and expense, procure, maintain, and keep in force
 insurance as specified in this Section and underwritten by insurance companies
 licensed to do business in the states applicable under this Agreement and having a
 Best’s Insurance Rating of not less than A-.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 10.2

 	
 MCI
 shall maintain the following specific coverage:

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 10.2.1

 	
 Commercial General Liability
 coverage in the amount of ten million dollars ($10,000,000.00) or a combination of Commercial General Liability
 and Excess/Umbrella coverage totaling not less than ten million dollars
 ($10,000,000.00). BellSouth shall be named as an Additional Insured on the
 Commercial General Liability policy as specified herein.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 10.2.2

 	
 Statutory
 Workers Compensation coverage and Employers Liability coverage in the amount
 of one
 hundred thousand dollars ($100,000.00) each accident, one hundred thousand
 dollars ($100,000.00)
 each employee by disease, and five hundred thousand dollars ($500,000.00)
 policy limit by disease.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 10.2.3

 	
 All
 Risk Property coverage on a full replacement cost basis insuring all of MCI’s
 real and personal property situated on or within BellSouth’s Central Office
 location(s).

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 10.2.4

 	
 MCI
 may elect to purchase business interruption and contingent business
 interruption insurance, having been advised that BellSouth assumes no liability
 for loss of profit or revenues should an interruption of service occur.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 10.2.5

 	
 All
 policies purchased by MCI shall be deemed to be primary and not contributing
 to or in excess of any similar coverage purchased by BellSouth. All
 insurance must be in effect on or before the date equipment is delivered to BellSouth’s
 Premises and shall remain in effect for the term of this Attachment or until
 all MCI’s property has been removed from BellSouth’s Premises, whichever period is longer. If
 MCI fails to maintain required coverage, BellSouth may pay the premiums
 thereon and seek reimbursement of same from MCI.

 

CCCS 172 of 501

Attachment 4

Collocation

Page 34

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 10.2.6

 	
 MCI
 shall submit certificates of insurance reflecting the coverage required
 pursuant to this Section a minimum of ten (10) business days prior to
 the commencement of any work in the Collocation Space. Failure to meet this interval may result in
 construction and equipment installation
 delays. MCI shall arrange for BellSouth to receive thirty (30) business days’
 advance notice of cancellation
 from MCI’s insurance company. MCI shall forward a certificate of insurance and notice of cancellation/non-renewal
 to BellSouth at the following address:

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 BellSouth Telecommunications, Inc. 

 Attn.:
 Risk Management Coordinator 

 17H53
 BellSouth Center 

 675 W.
 Peachtree Street 

 Atlanta, Georgia 30375

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 10.2.7

 	
 MCI
 must conform to recommendations made by BellSouth’s fire insurance company to
 the extent
 BellSouth has agreed to, or shall hereafter agree to, such recommendations.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 10.3

 	
 Self-Insurance. If MCI’s net worth
 exceeds five hundred million dollars ($500,000,000), MCI may elect to request
 self-insurance status in lieu of obtaining any of the insurance required in Sections 10.2.1 and
 10.2.2. MCI shall provide audited financial statements to BellSouth thirty (30) calendar days
 prior to the commencement of any work in the Collocation Space. BellSouth shall then review such
 audited financial statements and respond in writing to MCI in the event that self-insurance
 status is not granted to MCI. If BellSouth approves MCI for self-insurance,
 MCI shall annually furnish to BellSouth, and keep current, evidence of such
 net worth that is attested to by one of MCI’s corporate officers. The ability to
 self-insure shall continue so long as the MCI meets all of the requirements of this
 Section. If MCI subsequently no longer satisfies this Section, MCI is
 required to purchase insurance as indicated by Sections 10.2.1 and 10.2.2.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 10.3.1

 	
 The
 net worth requirements set forth in Section 10.3 may be increased by
 BellSouth from time to time during the term of this Attachment upon thirty
 (30) calendar days’ notice to MCI to at least such minimum limits
 as shall then be customary with respect to comparable occupancy of BellSouth structures.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 10.3.2

 	
 Failure
 to comply with the provisions of this Section will be deemed a material
 breach of this Attachment.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 11

 	
 Mechanics Liens

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 11.1

 	
 If
 any mechanics lien or other liens shall be filed against property of either
 Party (BellSouth or MCI), or any improvement thereon by reason of or
 arising out of any labor or materials furnished or alleged to have
 been furnished or to be furnished to or for the other Party or by reason of
 any changes, or additions to
 said property made at the request or under the direction of the other Party, the other Party directing or requesting
 those changes shall, within thirty (30) business days after receipt of written notice from the Party
 against whose property said lien has been filed, either pay such lien or cause the same to be
 bonded off the affected property in the manner provided by law. The Party causing said lien to be placed against the
 property of the other shall also defend, at its sole cost and expense, on
 behalf of the other, any action, suit or proceeding which may be brought for the enforcement of such
 liens and shall pay any damage and discharge any judgment entered thereon.

 

CCCS 173 of 501

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 12

 	
 Inspections

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 12.1

 	
 BellSouth
 may conduct an inspection of MCI’s equipment and facilities in the
 Collocation Space(s) prior to the activation of facilities between MCI’s
 equipment and equipment of BellSouth. BellSouth may conduct an inspection if MCI
 adds equipment and may otherwise conduct routine inspections at reasonable intervals
 mutually agreed upon by the Parties. BellSouth shall provide MCI with a minimum
 of forty-eight (48) hours or two (2) business days, whichever is greater,
 advance notice of all such inspections. All costs of such inspection shall be
 borne by
 BellSouth.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 13

 	
 Security and Safety Requirements

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 13.1

 	
 Unless
 otherwise specified, MCI will be required, at its own expense, to conduct a
 statewide investigation of criminal history records for each MCI employee hired
 in the past five years being considered for work on the BellSouth Premises, for the
 states/counties where the MCI employee has worked and lived for the past five years.
 Where state law does not permit statewide collection or reporting, an
 investigation of the applicable counties is acceptable. MCI shall not be
 required to perform this investigation if an affiliated company of MCI has
 performed an investigation of the MCI employee seeking access, if such investigation
 meets the criteria set forth above. This requirement will not apply if MCI has performed
 a pre-employment statewide investigation of criminal history records of the MCI employee for
 the states/counties where the MCI employee has worked and lived for the past five years or,
 where state law does not permit a statewide investigation, an investigation of the
 applicable counties.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 13.2

 	
 MCI
 will be required to administer to its personnel assigned to the BellSouth
 Premises the same level of security training as that applied to
 BellSouth’s own employees and may be either provided by BellSouth, or provided by MCI and
 meeting criteria defined by BellSouth and given MCI.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 13.3

 	
 MCI
 shall provide its employees and agents with picture identification, which
 must be worn and visible at all times while in the Collocation Space or
 other areas in or around the BellSouth Premises. The photo identification card shall
 bear, at a minimum, the employee’s name and photo and MCI’s name. BellSouth reserves the
 right to remove from a BellSouth Premises any employee of MCI not possessing identification
 issued by MCI or who has violated any of BellSouth’s policies as outlined in the CLEC Security
 Training documents. MCI shall not hold BellSouth harmless for any damages resulting
 from such removal of its personnel from a BellSouth Premises.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 13.4

 	
 MCI
 shall not assign to the BellSouth Premises any personnel with records of
 felony criminal convictions. MCI shall not assign to the BellSouth
 Premises any personnel with records of misdemeanor convictions, except for misdemeanor
 traffic and pedestrian violations, without advising BellSouth of the nature and gravity of
 the offense(s). BellSouth reserves the right to refuse building access to any
 MCI personnel who have been identified to have misdemeanor criminal
 (non-traffic/-pedestrian) convictions, provided, however, that such refusal
 has a reasonable
 basis. MCI shall be deemed to have complied with the requirements of this
 section pertaining
 to an individual employee(s), if, in good faith, MCI requests and receives
 from a competent
 vendor of background checking services a background check on the pertinent employee(s).
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that MCI chooses not to advise BellSouth of the
 nature and gravity of any misdemeanor conviction, MCI may, in the
 alternative, certify to BellSouth that it shall not assign to the BellSouth
 Premises any personnel with records of misdemeanor convictions (other than
 misdemeanor traffic and pedestrian violations).

 

CCCS 174 of 501

Attachment 4

Collocation

Page 36

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 13.4.1

 	
 MCI
 shall not knowingly assign to the BellSouth Premises any individual who was a
 former employee of BellSouth and whose employment with BellSouth was
 terminated for a criminal offense whether or not BellSouth sought prosecution of
 the individual for the criminal offense.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 13.4.2

 	
 MCI
 shall not knowingly assign to the BellSouth Premises any individual who was a
 former supplier of BellSouth and whose access to a BellSouth Premises was
 revoked due to commission of a criminal offense whether or not BellSouth sought
 prosecution of the individual for the criminal offense.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 13.5

 	
 For
 each MCI employee or agent hired by MCI within five years of being considered
 for work on the “BellSouth Premises”, who requires access to a BellSouth Premises
 pursuant to this Attachment, MCI shall furnish BellSouth, prior to an employee or agent
 gaining such access, a certification that the aforementioned background check
 and security training were completed. The certification will contain a statement that
 no felony convictions were found and certify that the employee completed
 the security training. If the employee’s criminal history includes misdemeanor convictions,
 MCI will disclose the nature of the convictions to BellSouth at that time. In the
 alternative, MCI may certify to BellSouth that it shall not assign to the
 BellSouth Premises
 any personnel with records of misdemeanor convictions other than misdemeanor
 traffic or
 pedestrian violations.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 13.6

 	
 For
 all other MCI employees requiring access to a BellSouth Premises pursuant to
 this Attachment, MCI shall furnish BellSouth, prior to an employee gaining
 such access, a certification that the employee is not subject to the requirements of
 Section 13.5 above and that security training was completed by the employee.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 13.7

 	
 At
 BellSouth’s request, MCI shall promptly remove from the BellSouth Premises
 any employee of MCI BellSouth does not wish to grant access to a BellSouth
 Premises 1) pursuant to any investigation conducted by BellSouth or 2) prior
 to the initiation of an investigation, if an employee of MCI is
 found interfering with the property or personnel of BellSouth or another collocated
 telecommunications carrier, provided that an investigation shall promptly be commenced by
 BellSouth.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 13.8

 	
 Security Investigations. The Parties shall cooperate fully with one
 another’s investigations, including
 interviews, with either Party’s employees, agents, or contractors into
 allegations of wrongdoing or
 criminal conduct committed by or involving the other Party’s employees,
 agents, or contractors. The
 Security departments of each Party shall be the single point of contact
 regarding said investigations. Additionally, the Parties reserve the right to
 bill one another for all costs
 associated with investigations involving their employees, agents, or
 contractors if it can be
 reasonably established that their employees, agents, or contractors are
 responsible for the alleged act.
 The Parties shall bill one another for property which is stolen or damaged
 where an investigation determines
 the culpability of the responsible Party’s employees, agents, or contractors. MCI shall notify BellSouth in
 writing immediately in the event that it discovers one of its employees already working on the
 BellSouth Premises is a possible security risk. The Party, who is the employer, shall discipline,
 consistent with its employment practices up to and including removal from the
 BellSouth Premises, any employee found to have violated the security and safety requirements of this section. MCI
 shall hold BellSouth harmless for any damages resulting from such removal of MCI’s personnel from a BellSouth
 Premises.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 13.8.1

 	
 BellSouth
 will use its best efforts to prevent harm or damage to MCI’s property and
 MCI’s employees and contractors while they are on BellSouth’s Premises.
 BellSouth will restrict access to MCI equipment by BellSouth employees and
 contractors and third parties to the extent necessary to perform their job functions. Upon
 request from MCI’s security department, for the

 

CCCS 175 of 501

Attachment 4

Collocation

Page 37

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 purposes
 of investigating an incident within the Premises, affecting MCI’s space or
 equipment, BellSouth will provide documentation regarding access to the Premises.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 13.8.2

 	
 While
 in MCI space, BellSouth will comply at all times with its own security and
 safety procedures and requirements.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 13.8.3

 	
 BellSouth
 will ensure that the area which houses MCI equipment is adequately secured
 and monitored to prevent unauthorized entry. BellSouth will immediately
 notify MCI’s listed emergency contact identified on MCI’s cage or equipment
 of any actual or attempted security breaches to the MCI Collocation Space to
 the extent BellSouth becomes aware of such breaches.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 13.9

 	
 Use
 of Supplies. Unauthorized use of equipment, supplies or other
 property by either Party, whether or not used routinely to provide telephone
 service will be strictly prohibited and handled appropriately.
 Reasonable costs may be associated with such unauthorized use may be charged
 to the offending Party, as may be all reasonable associated investigative
 costs.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 13.10

 	
 Use of Official Lines. Except for non-toll calls necessary in the
 performance of their work, neither Party
 shall use the telephones of the other Party on BellSouth’s Premises. Charges
 for unauthorized telephone calls may be charged to the offending Party, as
 may be all reasonable associated
 investigative costs.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 13.11

 	
 Accountability. Full compliance with
 the Security requirements of this Section shall in no way limit the
 accountability of either Party to the other for the improper actions of its
 employees.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 14

 	
 Destruction of Collocation Space

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 14.1

 	
 Force
 Majeure. In the event of a Force Majeure under the General Terms and
 Conditions, a Collocation Space is wholly or partially damaged by fire, windstorm,
 tornado, flood or by similar causes to such an extent as to be rendered wholly
 unsuitable for MCI’s permitted use hereunder, then either Party may elect within ten (10) calendar days after such
 damage, to terminate occupancy of the
 damaged Collocation Space, and if either Party shall so elect, by giving the other written notice of termination, both
 Parties shall stand released of and from further liability under the terms hereof. If the Collocation
 Space shall suffer only minor damage and shall not be rendered wholly unsuitable for MCI’s permitted
 use, or is damaged and the option to terminate is not exercised by
 either Party, BellSouth covenants and agrees to proceed promptly without expense to MCI, except for improvements not to
 the property of BellSouth, to repair the damage. BellSouth shall have a reasonable time within
 which to rebuild or make any repairs. MCI may, at its own expense, accelerate the rebuild of its collocated space
 and equipment provided however that a BellSouth Certified Supplier is
 used and the necessary space preparation has been completed. If MCI’s acceleration of the project increases the cost of
 the project, then those additional
 charges will be incurred by MCI. Where allowed and where practical, MCI may
 erect a temporary facility while
 BellSouth rebuilds or makes repairs. In all cases where the Collocation Space shall be rebuilt or repaired,
 MCI shall be entitled to a proportionate reduction or abatement of
 rent and other charges, depending upon the unsuitability of the Collocation Space for MCI’s permitted use, until such
 Collocation Space is fully repaired and restored and MCI’s equipment installed therein (but in no
 event later than thirty (30) calendar days after the Collocation Space is fully repaired and
 restored). Where MCI has placed an Adjacent Arrangement pursuant to Section 3.4, MCI shall have the sole
 responsibility to repair or replace said
 Adjacent Arrangement provided herein. Pursuant to this Section, BellSouth
 will restore the associated
 services to the Adjacent Arrangement.

 

CCCS 176 of 501

Attachment 4

Collocation

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 15

 	
 Eminent Domain

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 15.1

 	
 If
 the whole of a Collocation Space or Adjacent Arrangement shall be taken by
 any public authority under the power of eminent domain, then this Attachment
 shall terminate with respect to such Collocation Space or Adjacent
 Arrangement as of the day possession shall be taken by such public authority
 and rent and other charges for the Collocation Space or Adjacent Arrangement shall be
 paid up to that day with proportionate refund by BellSouth of such rent and charges as may have
 been paid in advance for a period subsequent to the date of the taking. If any part of the
 Collocation Space or Adjacent Arrangement shall be taken under eminent domain, BellSouth and
 MCI shall each have the right to terminate this Attachment with respect to such Collocation
 Space or Adjacent Arrangement and declare the same null and void, by written notice of such
 intention to the other Party within ten (10) calendar days after such taking.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 15.2

 	
 Confidential
 Information

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 15.2.1

 	
 Treatment
 of Confidential Information is subject to the provisions of the General Terms
 and Conditions
 of this Agreement.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 15.3

 	
 Compliance
 with Performance Measurements

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 15.3.1

 	
 BellSouth
 shall comply with the performance measurements set forth in Attachment 9. BellSouth shall
 compensate MCI in accordance with Attachment 9 for any delays in the negotiated completion
 and turnover dates.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 16

 	
 Nonexclusivity

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 16.1

 	
 MCI
 understands that this Attachment is not exclusive and that BellSouth may
 enter into similar agreements with other Parties. Assignment of space
 pursuant to all such agreements shall be determined
 by space availability and made on a first come, first served basis.

 

CCCS 177 of 501

	
  

 
	
 Exhibit A 

 
	
  

 
	
 Page 39 

 

EXHIBIT A

ENVIRONMENTAL AND SAFETY
PRINCIPLES

The
following principles provide basic guidance on environmental and safety issues
when applying for and establishing Physical Collocation arrangements.

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1

 	
 GENERAL PRINCIPLES

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.1

 	
 Compliance
 with Applicable Law. BellSouth and MCI agree to comply with applicable
 federal, state,
 and local environmental and safety laws and regulations including U.S.
 Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) regulations issued under the Clean Air Act
 (CAA), Clean Water Act (CWA), Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA),
 Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (CERCLA),
 Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization
 Act (SARA), the Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA), and Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)
 regulations issued under the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, as amended and National
 Fire Protection Association (NFPA) and National Electrical Codes (NEC) and the National Electric
 Safety Codes (NESC) (Applicable Laws). Each Party shall notify the other if compliance inspections are conducted
 by regulatory agencies and/or citations
 are issued that relate to any aspect of this Attachment.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.2

 	
 Notice. BellSouth and MCI
 shall provide notice to the other, including Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDSs), of
 known and recognized physical hazards or Hazardous Chemicals existing on site
 or brought on site. A Hazardous Chemical inventory list is posted on an OSHA
 Poster and updated
 annually at each Central Office. This Poster is normally located near the
 front entrance of the building or in the lounge area. Each Party is required to
 provide specific notice for known potential Imminent Danger conditions. MCI
 should contact 1-800-743-6737 for any BellSouth MSDS required.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.3

 	
 Practices/Procedures. BellSouth may make
 available additional environmental control procedures for MCI to follow when working at a
 “BellSouth Premises” (See Section 2, below). These practices/procedures will represent the
 regular work practices required to be followed by the employees and
 suppliers of BellSouth for environmental protection. MCI will require its suppliers, agents and
 others accessing the “BellSouth Premises” to comply with these practices. Section 2 lists the
 Environmental categories where BST practices should be followed by MCI when operating in the
 “BellSouth Premises”.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.4

 	
 Environmental
 and Safety Inspections. BellSouth reserves the right to inspect the
 MCI space with
 proper notification. BellSouth reserves the right to stop any MCI work
 operation that imposes Imminent Danger to the environment, employees or other
 persons in the area on BellSouth’s Premises.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.5

 	
 Hazardous
 Materials Brought On Site. Any hazardous materials brought into, used,
 stored or abandoned
 at the “BellSouth Premises” by MCI are owned by MCI. MCI will indemnify BellSouth for claims,
 lawsuits or damages to persons or property caused by these materials. Without prior written
 BellSouth approval, no substantial new safety or environmental hazards can be created by MCI
 or different hazardous materials used by MCI at a “BellSouth Premises”. MCI
 must demonstrate adequate emergency response capabilities for its materials
 used or remaining at the “BellSouth Premises”.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.6

 	
 Spills
 and Releases. When contamination is discovered at a “BellSouth
 Premises”, either Party discovering the condition must notify the other
 Party. All Spills or Releases of regulated

 

CCCS 178 of 501

	
  

 
	
 Exhibit A 

 
	
  

 
	
 Page 40 

 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 materials
 will immediately be reported by MCI to BellSouth.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.7

 	
 Coordinated
 Environmental Plans and Permits. BellSouth and MCI will coordinate plans, permits or
 information required to be submitted to government agencies, such as
 emergency response plans, spill prevention control and countermeasures (SPCC)
 plans and community reporting. If fees are associated with filing, BellSouth and MCI will
 develop a cost sharing procedure. If BellSouth’s permit or EPA identification
 number must be used, MCI must comply with all of BellSouth’s permit conditions and
 environmental processes, including environmental “best management practices (BMP)” (see
 Section 2, below) and/or selection of BST disposition vendors and disposal sites.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.8

 	
 Environmental
 and Safety Indemnification. BellSouth and MCI shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the
 other Party from and against any claims (including, without limitation,
 third-party
 claims for personal injury or death or real or personal property damage),
 judgments, damages (including direct and indirect damages and punitive
 damages), penalties, fines, forfeitures, costs, liabilities, interest and losses
 arising in connection with the violation or alleged violation of any
 Applicable Law or contractual obligation or the presence or alleged presence
 of contamination arising out
 of the acts or omissions of the indemnifying Party, its agents, suppliers, or employees concerning its
 operations at the “BellSouth Premises”.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.8.1

 	
 At
 MCI’s written request BellSouth shall provide within ten (10) business days
 of such request, any information in its possession or available to it
 regarding the environmental conditions of the space provided for placement of equipment and
 interconnection. Information is considered “available” under this Agreement if it is in
 BellSouth’s possession, or the possession of a current agent, contractor, or
 employee of BellSouth’s.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.8.2

 	
 Subsequent
 to the information requested and received by MCI in Section 1.8.1 above,
 BellSouth shall allow MCI to perform any environmental site investigations,
 including, but not limited to, asbestos surveys, which MCI deems to be necessary in
 support of its collocation needs, at MCI’s expense. MCI shall notify BellSouth in writing
 if the results show an environmental violation of state or city standards or
 ordinances, in order to permit BellSouth to perform an investigation to ensure compliance with
 the law. Any and all such environmental site investigations performed by MCI will be
 performed by MCI’s BellSouth Certified Supplier, who is certified to perform environmental site
 investigations.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.8.3

 	
 MCI’s
 BellSouth Certified Supplier shall comply with all requirements of this
 Agreement and Applicable Law, including but not limited to, local,
 state and federal environmental requirements related to the installation of MCI’s equipment.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2

 	
 CATEGORIES FOR CONSIDERATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1

 	
 When
 performing functions that fall under the following Environmental categories
 on BellSouth’s
 Premises, MCI agrees to comply with the applicable sections of the current
 issue of BellSouth’s
 Environmental and Safety Methods and Procedures (M&Ps), incorporated
 herein by this
 reference. MCI further agrees to cooperate with BellSouth to ensure that
 MCI’s employees, agents, and/or suppliers are knowledgeable of and satisfy those
 provisions of BellSouth’s Environmental M&Ps which apply to the specific
 Environmental function being performed by MCI, its employees, agents and/or suppliers.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.2

 	
 The
 most current version of the reference documentation must be requested from
 MCI’s BellSouth Regional Contract Manager (RCM) (f/k/a Account Team
 Collocation Coordinator - ATCC).

 

CCCS 179 of 501

	
  

 
	
 Exhibit A 

 
	
  

 
	
 Page 41 

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 ENVIRONMENTAL

 CATEGORIES

 	
  

 	
 ENVIRONMENTAL

 ISSUES

 	
  

 	
 ADDRESSED BY THE

 FOLLOWING

 DOCUMENTATION

 
	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 
	
 Disposal
 of hazardous material or other regulated material

 (e.g., batteries, fluorescent
 tubes, solvents & cleaning materials)

 	
  

 	
 Compliance
 with all applicable local, state, & federal laws and regulations

 	
  

 	
 Std T&C 450

 Fact Sheet Series 17000

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Pollution liability
 insurance 

 	
  

 	
 Std T&C 660-3

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 EVET
 approval of supplier

 	
  

 	
 Approved
 Environmental Vendor List (Contact RCM Representative)

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Emergency
 response

 	
  

 	
 Hazmat/waste
 release/spill fire safety emergency

 	
  

 	
 Fact
 Sheet Series 17000

 Building
 Emergency Operations Plan (EOP) (specific to and located on BellSouth’s
 Premises)

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Contract
 labor/outsourcing for services with environmental implications to be
 performed on “BellSouth Premises”

 

 (e.g.,
 disposition of hazardous material/waste;
 maintenance of storage tanks)

 	
  

 	
 Compliance
 with all applicable local, state, & federal laws and regulations

 	
  

 	
 Std T&C 450

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Performance
 of services in accordance with BST’s environmental M&Ps

 	
  

 	
 Std T&C 450-B

 (Contact RCM Representative for copy of appropriate E/S M&Ps.)

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Insurance

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Std T&C 660

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Transportation of
 hazardous material

 	
  

 	
 Compliance
 with all applicable local, state, & federal laws and regulations

 	
  

 	
 Std T&C 450

 Fact Sheet Series 17000

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Pollution liability
 insurance 

 	
  

 	
 Std T&C 660-3

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 EVET
 approval of supplier

 	
  

 	
 Approved
 Environmental Vendor List (Contact RCM Representative)

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Maintenance/operations
 work which may produce a waste

 

 Other
 maintenance work

 	
  

 	
 Compliance
 with all applicable local, state, & federal laws and regulations

 	
  

 	
 Std T&C 450

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Protection
 of BST employees and equipment

 	
  

 	
 

 29CFR 1910.147 (OSHA Standard) 29CFR 1910 Subpart O (OSHA Standard)

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Janitorial
 services

 	
  

 	
 All
 waste removal and disposal must conform to all applicable federal, state and local
 regulations

 	
  

 	
 Procurement
 Manager (CRES Related Matters)-BST Supply Chain Services

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 All
 Hazardous Material and Waste 

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Fact
 Sheet Series 17000

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Asbestos
 notification and protection

 	
  

 	
  

 

CCCS 180 of 501

	
  

 
	
 Exhibit A 

 
	
  

 
	
 Page 42 

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 of
 employees and equipment

 	
  

 	
 GU-BTEN-001BT,
 Chapter 3 
BSP 010-170-001BS (Hazcom)

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Manhole
 cleaning

 	
  

 	
 Compliance
 with all applicable local, state, & federal laws and regulations

 	
  

 	
 Std
 T&C 450 

 Fact
 Sheet 14050

 BSP
 620-145-011PR

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Issue
 A, August 1996

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Pollution
 liability insurance

 	
  

 	
 Std
 T&C 660-3

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 EVET
 approval of supplier

 	
  

 	
 Approved
 Environmental Vendor

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 List
 (Contact RCM Representative)

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Removing
 or disturbing building materials that may contain asbestos

 	
  

 	
 Asbestos
 work practices

 	
  

 	
 GU-BTEN-001BT,
 Chapter 3 For questions regarding removing or disturbing materials that contain asbestos, call the BellSouth Building Service
 Center:

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 AL,
 MS, TN, KY & LA (local area code) 557-6194

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 FL,
 GA, NC & SC (local area code) 780-2740

 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3

 	
 DEFINITIONS

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.1

 	
 Generator. Under RCRA, the
 person whose act produces a Hazardous Waste, as defined in 40 CFR 261, or
 whose act first causes a Hazardous Waste to become subject to regulation. The
 Generator
 is legally responsible for the proper management and disposal of Hazardous
 Wastes in accordance
 with regulations.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.2

 	
 Hazardous
 Chemical. As defined in the U.S. Occupational Safety and Health (OSHA) hazard communication
 standard (29 CFR 1910.1200), any chemical which is a health hazard or
 physical hazard.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.3

 	
 Hazardous
 Waste. As defined in Section 1004 of RCRA.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.4

 	
 Imminent
 Danger. Any conditions or practices at a “BellSouth Premises” which are such
 that a danger
 exists which could reasonably be expected to cause immediate death or serious
 harm to people
 or immediate significant damage to the environment or natural resources.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.5

 	
 Spill
 or Release. As defined in Section 101 of CERCLA.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 4

 	
 ACRONYMS

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 4.1

 	
 RCM – Regional
 Collocation Manager (f/k/a Account Team Collocation Coordinator)

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 4.2

 	
 BST – BellSouth
 Telecommunications

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 4.3

 	
 CRES – Corporate Real
 Estate and Services (formerly PS&M)

 

CCCS 181 of 501

	
  

 
	
 Exhibit A 

 
	
  

 
	
 Page 43 

 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 4.4

 	
 DEC/LDEC - Department
 Environmental Coordinator/Local Department Environmental Coordinator

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 4.5

 	
 E/S –
 Environmental/Safety

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 4.6

 	
 EVET - Environmental
 Vendor Evaluation Team

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 4.7

 	
 GU-BTEN-001BT - BellSouth
 Environmental Methods and Procedures

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 4.8

 	
 NESC - National
 Electrical Safety Codes

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 4.9

 	
 P&SM - Property &
 Services Management

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 4.10

 	
 Std
 T&C - Standard Terms & Conditions

 

CCCS 182 of 501

	
  

 
	
 Exhibit B 

 
	
  

 
	
 Page 44 

 

EXHIBIT B
RATES

SEPARATE ATTACHMENT

CCCS 183 of 501

	
  

 
	
 Exhibit C 

 
	
  

 
	
 Page 45 

 

EXHIBIT C

MICROWAVE TRANSMISSION FACILITIES
IN CONJUNCTION WITH PHYSICAL

COLLOCATION

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1

 	
 Scope of Exhibit

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.1

 	
 Where
 technically feasible, BellSouth will allow the placement of microwave
 transmission equipment on the roofs or other suitable exterior spaces of Central
 Office buildings owned by BellSouth. The microwave transmission facilities will
 be used as an entrance facility in conjunction with a physical collocation
 arrangement located within the BellSouth Central Office for the purpose of
 physical collocation. Such equipment will be limited to that necessary for
 the interconnection
 of MCI’s microwave transmission facilities to its physical collocation arrangement for
 access to BellSouth’s unbundled network elements.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.2

 	
 Microwave
 transmission facilities include placement of supporting masts,
 non-penetrating roof mounts (“NPRM”), penetrating pipe stands, parapet
 mounts, and microwave antenna(e) on the roof top or other suitable exterior spaces of
 BellSouth’s Central Offices, but does not include the construction of
 towers. The Parties will work together to determine the preferable type of antenna mount and
 will consider such factors as permitting requirements, roof maintenance issues, building
 structural capacity, and any other relevant factors; however, BellSouth shall
 have final
 approval of the type of antenna mount that will be used.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.2.1

 	
 MCI
 is limited by building and structural support constraints for the number of
 antenna(e) which can be placed on a roof mount, pipe stand, or parapet
 mount. The diameter of the microwave radio antenna(e) will be subject to a height
 limitation of twenty (20) feet above the building or point of attachment,
 subject to line-of-sight, safety, and structural engineering guidelines,
 (e.g., weight,
 wind load). Such equipment will be subject to a structural analysis to be
 performed by MCI through the use of a BellSouth Certified Supplier at MCI’s sole
 expense, to ensure that the equipment does not overload the building structure. A
 copy of the structural analysis shall be provided to BellSouth for its review and
 evaluation. If the structural analysis determines and recommends that any
 structural reinforcement is required in order to accommodate the placement of the requested
 diameter, weight, and height of such microwave antenna(e), MCI will not be
 allowed to place such microwave antenna(e) on the roof of the Bellsouth
 Central Office. MCI agrees that the height of the structure will be no greater than the
 minimum required to accommodate line of sight requirements. At no time shall an antenna(e)
 be directed across open roof space without approval of BellSouth, which shall
 not be unreasonably withheld.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.3

 	
 No
 Property Right Conferred. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to
 the contrary, the placement of microwave transmission facilities on Bellsouth’s rooftop
 or other suitable exterior spaces and used in conjunction with the physical
 collocation arrangement shall not confer or be deemed to confer any property
 interest or right in BellSouth’s property, and MCI hereby acknowledges that
 the rights conferred hereunder shall constitute merely a non-exclusive
 license to
 use a portion of BellSouth’s property solely for the purposes set forth
 herein. Title to MCI’s microwave transmission facilities equipment shall
 remain with MCI as the property of MCI and shall not become fixtures to
 BellSouth’s property.

 

CCCS 184 of 501

	
  

 
	
 Exhibit C 

 
	
  

 
	
 Page 46 

 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.4

 	
 Bonding
 and Grounding. MCI, through the use of a BellSouth Certified
 Supplier, will be responsible for the provisioning of the grounding and bonding of MCI
 microwave transmission facilities, and any additional rooftop ground
 necessary to protect BellSouth’s equipment or other occupants’ equipment
 located in the Central Office. Collocated microwave transmission equipment must comply
 with extraordinary bonding and grounding requirements as addressed in Section 2.5. These
 requirements may necessitate the utilization of more interior Central Office floor space to
 accommodate the requested arrangement than would normally be required to accommodate an equal
 quantity of telecommunications equipment racks that would not be subject to these bonding and
 grounding requirements. When bonding and grounding requirements necessitate
 the utilization of floor space in excess of the requested caged collocation
 space or cageless
 collocation space as calculated per the formula in Section 9.8 of this
 Attachment 4, floor space charges will be based upon the minimum amount of floor space
 required to accommodate the requested collocated equipment arrangement and
 comply with the requirements of Section 2.5.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2

 	
 Provisioning of Microwave Transmission Facilities

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1

 	
 Site
 Visit to Determine Line of Sight. MCI will provide a site visit request (Site
 Visit Request) in writing to BellSouth prior to the submission of an application for
 physical collocation within the Central Office, setting forth the name(s) of
 the BellSouth Central Office buildings MCI wishes to visit for the
 potential placement of microwave transmission facilities. The site visit will
 take place
 within fifteen (15) business days of receipt of MCI’s Site Visit Request by
 BellSouth or as soon thereafter as can be scheduled by the Parties. Such site visit
 will consist of a MCI representative(s) and appropriate BellSouth personnel
 visiting a BellSouth Central Office building for the purpose of MCI determining
 whether an unobstructed line-of-sight is technically feasible from the
 rooftop or other suitable exterior spaces of the BellSouth Central Office.
 Such site visit will not obligate MCI to request, or BellSouth to provide,
 microwave transmission facilities at a particular Central Office location.
 When MCI submits an application for physical collocation, which includes a request for
 microwave transmission facilities, BellSouth will determine the
 feasibility of installing microwave equipment for the particular Central
 Office based
 on information that will be provided in the application submitted by MCI. MCI
 will also be
 charged for the reasonable cost BellSouth incurs for travel, if necessary,
 for each site visit. The site visit fee will be billed as a one time charge
 per visit, per Central Office, after the site visit is completed. The site visit fee to
 determine line of sight is set forth in Exhibit B of this Attachment 4.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.2

 	
 Line
 of Sight. BellSouth will manage its roof space on a first-come, first-served
 basis. The Parties
 acknowledge that microwave transmission facilities require an unobstructed
 line-of-sight. MCI will be responsible for making an unobstructed line-of-sight
 determination. Unobstructed line-of-sight
 will be provided by BellSouth where technically feasible but is not
 guaranteed to be available. BellSouth will work cooperatively with MCI in
 determining suitable space for MCI’s equipment.
 If BellSouth requires a building enhancement or modification where structural
 reinforcement is not required, or
 if the placement of additional equipment obstructs MCI’s existing line of sight, BellSouth will work
 with MCI to move the antenna mount or raise the height of the antenna mount not to exceed the
 20 foot height limitations set forth in Section 1.2.1 of this Exhibit C for a clear line of sight.
 BellSouth will be responsible for the costs of this modification.
 BellSouth will not be responsible for MCI’s loss of line of sight or the
 necessity for removal of MCI’s equipment, if through no fault of its own,
 BellSouth determines that a vertical building
 addition is needed due to building exhaust. BellSouth shall notify MCI six
 months prior to the start of the
 BellSouth building addition so MCI can arrange to remove its microwave transmission facilities using a BellSouth
 Certified Supplier at MCI’s sole cost and expense.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.2.1

 	
 If a
 third party requests to place microwave transmission equipment on the roof
 that obstructs an existing line of sight, the third party application
 will be denied unless all three parties mutually

 

CCCS 185 of 501

	
  

 
	
 Exhibit C 

 
	
  

 
	
 Page 47 

 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 agree
 to move an existing arrangement to allow for a clear line of sight, not to
 exceed the 20 feet height limitation referenced in section 1.2.1 of this
 Exhibit C. The costs of any movement of an existing arrangement
 will be borne by the third party.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.3

 	
 Structural
 Analysis. Prior to the submission of an application for physical collocation
 with microwave
 transmission facilities and subsequent to the site visit to determine line of
 sight, MCI, at its sole expense, will be required to provide a structural analysis
 to BellSouth.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.3.1

 	
 If
 MCI, or its BellSouth Certified Supplier, has determined that a Site Visit is
 necessary to perform the structural analysis referenced in 1.2.1 above, MCI will
 submit a site visit request (Site Visit Request) in writing to BellSouth prior to
 the submission of an application for physical collocation within the Central Office, setting
 forth the name(s) of the BellSouth Central Office buildings MCI wishes to visit for the
 purpose of performing a structural analysis for the potential placement of microwave transmission facilities.
 The site visit will take place within fifteen (15) business days of
 receipt of MCI’s Site Visit Request by BellSouth or as soon thereafter as can
 be scheduled by the Parties. Such site
 visit will consist of a MCI representative(s) and appropriate BellSouth personnel visiting a BellSouth Central
 Office building for the purpose of performing the structural analysis.
 Such site visit will not obligate MCI to request, or BellSouth to provide, microwave transmission facilities at a
 particular Central Office location. The fee for the site visit to perform the structural analysis will be
 billed as a onetime charge per visit, per Central Office, after the Structural Analysis site visit is completed.
 The site visit fee to perform the structural analysis is set forth in Exhibit
 B of Attachment 4.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.3.2

 	
 If
 MCI’s BellSouth Certified Supplied is able to perform the structural analysis
 without visiting the site, the fee for the site visit to perform the
 structural analysis will be waived.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.3.3

 	
 A
 copy of the structural analysis must be submitted with the application for
 physical collocation when microwave transmission facilities are requested if
 the application is to be bona fide.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.4

 	
 Antenna
 Placement. MCI is limited to the placement of two (2) microwave
 antenna(e) within its designated rooftop space, unless otherwise agreed to by
 the Parties. MCI must submit an application for physical collocation with microwave
 transmission facilities with an Initial Application Fee for Microwave
 Transmission Facilities or a Subsequent Application Fee for Microwave
 Transmission Facilities prior to placing initial or additional equipment, or
 moving its existing
 microwave transmission facility equipment outside of MCI’s designated rooftop
 space. MCI
 may not construct improvements or make “Major Alterations” to BellSouth’s
 rooftop space or its microwave transmission facilities without prior written
 approval from BellSouth, which will not be unreasonably withheld. Provisioning
 intervals will follow Section 7 of this Attachment 4. “Major Alterations” shall include
 but not be limited to: (i) additional construction by MCI of support
 equipment within its rooftop space, and (ii) any modification to the rooftop
 space. Major Alterations shall not include (i) replacement of mounted
 equipment with like-sized and weight or smaller mounted equipment of similar
 functionality, and (ii) routine repairs and maintenance to such microwave transmission
 facilities. BellSouth, or its designated BellSouth Certified Supplier, shall perform all
 necessary work associated with the microwave transmission facilities for the physical collocation
 arrangement involving power and building modifications unless otherwise
 agreed to by the Parties.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.5

 	
 Equipment
 Safety Requirements. MCI’s microwave equipment must comply with the
 following safety
 requirements: 

 
	
  

 	
  

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 •

 	
 Telcordia Network Equipment Building System (NEBS)
 Requirements, Criteria Level 1, as outlined in Telcordia Special Report
 SR-3580, Issue 1, 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 •

 	

 FCC
 OET Bulletin 65 dated 08/97

 

CCCS 186 of 501

	
  

 
	
 Exhibit C 

 
	
  

 
	
 Page 48 

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 •
    Bellsouth Engineering and Installation Standards – Central Office Equipment,
 TR 73503-11, Section 6.14 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 •
    BellSouth Building Construction and Fire
 Safety Standard 16170- Roof (BellSouth proprietary document)

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 •
    American National Standards Institute:

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 -     Telecommunications – Electrical Protection of
 Communications Towers and Associated Structures ANSI T1.334-2002
 Telecommunications

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
-     Electrical Protection of Telecommunications Central
 Offices and similar Type Facilities. ANSI T1.313-2003

 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.5.1

 	
 The
 operation of MCI’s microwave transmission facilities equipment shall also
 comply with all applicable federal and state radio frequency
 guidelines.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.6

 	
 Power/environmental
 requirements for microwave transmission facilities. BellSouth will not provide power or
 environmental support to the roof space or other suitable exterior spaces to support MCI’s
 microwave transmission facilities. If BellSouth agrees in response to a
 specific request
 by MCI to provide AC power to the roof space or other suitable exterior
 spaces, MCI will bear all associated costs as specified by BellSouth to provide such
 services. This cost for BellSouth
 to provide AC power will be determined on an individual case basis (ICB).
 Monthly recurring charges for AC power
 will be billed as either 120V Single Phase AC power or 240V Single Phase AC power at the rates indicated in
 Exhibit B to this Attachment 4.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.7

 	
 Cable
 Provisioning. MCI is responsible for providing and running the
 cable from the radio frequency equipment to their physical Collocation
 Space through the use of a BellSouth Certified Supplier. BellSouth will be responsible for
 determining and providing the necessary dedicated conduit. The costs
 for providing dedicated conduit shall be assessed as an ICB charge with 75% of the estimated
 charge billed at the time a firm order is submitted.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.8

 	
 Equipment
 and Testing. MCI shall be responsible for providing, at its sole
 expense, the antenna(e), coaxial cable, brackets, connectors, antenna support
 structure, grounding and bonding materials, and weather-proofing materials for
 such support structure or antenna(e) required for the microwave transmission
 facilities used in conjunction with its physical collocation
 arrangement in the Central Office. MCI shall also be solely responsible for
 final adjustments
 (e.g., pointing) of the antenna(e).

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3

 	
 Application Process

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.1

 	
 MCI
 shall submit an application for Physical Collocation with a request to use
 microwave transmission facilities for each Central Office building where MCI
 seeks to use microwave transmission facilities in conjunction with its
 physical collocation arrangement in the Central Office.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 4

 	
 Preparation of Estimate/Application Response

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 4.1

 	
 If
 BellSouth concludes that the use of rooftop/exterior space which provides MCI
 with unobstructed line-of-sight is not technically feasible, BellSouth will
 provide MCI a written explanation of such technical infeasibility according
 to intervals set forth in Attachment 4 or negotiated intervals from BellSouth ‘s receipt
 of the collocation application including those cases where BellSouth’s
 known business plans provide for, or include, an addition to the building which would impact the
 line of sight.

 

CCCS 187 of 501

	
  

 
	
 Exhibit C 

 
	
  

 
	
 Page 49 

 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 4.2

 	
 If
 rooftop/exterior space is available BellSouth shall provide MCI with an
 estimate of the cost to accommodate the microwave transmission facilities
 requested in conjunction with its physical collocation arrangement at the same time
 BellSouth provides its interior physical collocation Application Response.
 After receiving MCI’s single, complete and accurate application, BellSouth will
 provide, as more fully described below, an estimate/Application Response including the monthly
 recurring charge pursuant to the rate as set forth in Exhibit B to this Attachment 4. The
 estimate shall reflect the specifications submitted by MCI and may change based on the actual
 field conditions encountered during construction. The estimate/Application Response shall set
 forth separate estimated charges for the following work related to the installation of the
 microwave transmission facilities:

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 4.2.1

 	
 Roof
 Inspection. BellSouth may require a roof inspection at any site
 where MCI requests microwave transmission facilities in conjunction with a physical
 collocation arrangement within the Central Office. BellSouth intends to use a
 BellSouth Certified Supplier which may be accompanied by BellSouth personnel. The fee for
 the roof inspection, which includes all associated travel costs, shall be assessed as an
 ICB charge with 75% of the estimated charge billed at the time a firm order is submitted. . MCI will bear the reasonable cost of
 the inspection including reasonable travel costs if any. Such roof inspection does
 not obligate BellSouth to allow microwave transmission facilities at a particular site.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 4.2.2

 	
 Security
 Escort. Escorted access to the roof will be provided as necessary by
 BellSouth pursuant to Section 9.10 of this Attachment 4.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 4.2.3

 	
 Special
 Security Construction. If BellSouth
 determines that new secured access to the microwave transmission
 facilities is necessary, the costs associated with the construction of such
 access shall be assessed as an ICB charge with 75% of the estimated charge billed
 at the time a Firm Order is submitted.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 4.2.4

 	
 Architectural
 Plan Review. This shall be the reasonable sum of the hourly
 charges of BellSouth Certified Suppliers employed by BellSouth to review
 MCI’s plans for the microwave transmission facilities to be used in conjunction with MCI’s
 physical Collocation Space. The fee for the architectural plan review, which includes all
 associated travel costs, shall be assessed as an ICB charge with 75% of the
 estimated charge billed at the time a firm order is submitted.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 4.2.5

 	
 Permitting
 Review. This shall be the reasonable sum of the hourly charges of BellSouth
 personnel and/or BellSouth Certified Suppliers whose time is necessary and
 actually spent reviewing
 permitting material used by MCI in the permitting process. BellSouth shall
 have final approval authority on all
 proposed conditions, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, or imposed
 by relevant federal, state, or local jurisdictions and BellSouth shall have
 the right to be represented at all
 hearings in connection with governmental approvals. The fee for the review of
 the permitting materials, which includes all associated travel costs, shall
 be assessed as an ICB charge with
 75% of the estimated charge billed at the time a firm order is submitted.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 4.2.6

 	
 Exterior
 (and Related Interior) Building Modification Work. BellSouth will
 provide MCI with an estimate for the cost of design services, labor, and materials that
 BellSouth will incur to provide conduit from MCI’s radio frequency equipment to their
 physical Collocation Space within the Central Office, or any other exterior or related
 interior building modification that may be required. The reasonable fee for any
 modifications to the building, both exterior and related interior, shall be
 assessed as an ICB charge with 75% of the estimated charge billed at the time
 a Firm
 Order is submitted.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 4.2.7

 	
 Supervision
 of MCI’s BellSouth Certified Supplier. This shall be the
 reasonable sum of the hourly charges, if necessary, of any BellSouth
 employees, or BellSouth Certified Suppliers

 

CCCS 188 of 501

	
  

 
	
 Exhibit C 

 
	
  

 
	
 Page 50 

 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 employed
 by BellSouth to monitor the microwave antenna support structure installation performed by MCI’s
 BellSouth Certified Supplier. The level of BellSouth’s employees or BellSouth’s Certified Suppliers shall be
 commensurate with the requirements for supervising the project and monitoring construction. The fee
 for supervision by a general contractor shall be assessed as an ICB charge with 75% of the
 estimated charge billed at the time a firm order is submitted.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 4.3

 	
 All
 estimates shall be valid for thirty (30) days from issuance, and MCI shall
 accept, reject or request changes within such time period, unless an
 extension is requested in writing by MCI and agreed to by BellSouth.
 To accept an estimate, MCI shall submit a BFFO and shall pay BellSouth 75% of the
 total estimated charges at BFFO. True-up will begin within ninety (90) days after space
 completion.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 4.4

 	
 The
 fees for the Initial or Subsequent Request for Microwave Transmission
 Facilities, which are set
 forth in Exhibit B, cover the cost of the work time and work efforts
 performed by BellSouth to review and
 evaluate MCI’s request for placement, additions to, or the removal of
 microwave transmission facilities. If MCI requests any additions, removals or
 changes to their physical collocation arrangement located within the Central
 Office, the appropriate application fee for physical collocation as set forth in Section 7.3 of this Attachment 4
 will apply in addition to the appropriate
 fee for the Initial or Subsequent Request for Microwave Transmission
 Facilities. If Bellsouth cannot
 accommodate MCI’s request for microwave transmission facilities, MCI will
 have the option of revising their application to eliminate entrance facilities
 or to request cable entrance
 facilities. If MCI chooses to revise their application to request no entrance
 facilities or to reflect the use
 of cable entrance facilities in lieu of microwave entrance facilities, the appropriate Subsequent application Fee for
 physical collocation shall apply. Application fees will be billed at the time the Application Response
 is provided.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5

 	
 Pre-Design Meeting

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.1

 	
 Unless
 otherwise agreed to by the Parties, a joint planning meeting or other method
 of joint planning between BellSouth and MCI will commence within a maximum of
 twenty (20) calendar days from BellSouth’s receipt of a BFFO and the
 payment of agreed upon fees. At such meeting, the Parties will agree to the preliminary design
 of the microwave transmission facilities for Collocation Space and the
 equipment configuration requirements as reflected in the application and affirmed in the
 BFFO. The microwave transmission facilities for Collocation Space completion time
 period will be provided to MCI during the joint planning meeting or as soon
 as possible
 thereafter. BellSouth will complete all design work following the joint
 planning meeting.
 This will be the same meeting that takes place for the interior collocation
 arrangement.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6

 	
 Responsibilities of the Parties

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.1

 	
 MCI
 shall obtain any and all applicable and necessary permits, variances,
 licenses, approvals and authorizations from governmental agencies with
 jurisdiction, including without limitation, use permits and buildings
 permits, FCC licenses and FAA approval, if required, to operate and maintain MCI’s
 facilities during the term of this Agreement. In addition, some of
 BellSouth’s Central Offices are located within the geographic boundaries of
 historical preservation areas. If MCI applies for placement of microwave
 transmission equipment at a BellSouth Central Office located within a
 historical preservation area, MCI shall obtain any and all applicable and necessary permits,
 variances, licenses, approvals and authorizations from the historical preservation
 organization having authority over the appropriate historical preservation
 area.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.2

 	
 MCI
 shall not use BellSouth’s property or permit MCI’s agents or BellSouth
 Certified Suppliers to do anything in or about the Central Office(s) in
 conflict with any applicable law affecting the

 

CCCS 189 of 501

	
  

 
	
 Exhibit C 

 
	
  

 
	
 Page 51 

 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 condition,
 use or occupancy of the property or the installation, operation or
 maintenance of MCI’s microwave transmission facilities for
 collocation equipment. MCI shall not commit any public or private
 nuisance or any other act or practice which might or would materially disturb
 the quiet enjoyment of any occupant of nearby properties.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.3

 	
 Notwithstanding
 any other provision in this Exhibit C, MCI hereby acknowledges that BellSouth
 may have existing wireless communications facilities of its own or of other
 tenants or licensees on or at BellSouth’s Central Office(s), and/or
 BellSouth may desire from time to time throughout the term of this
 Agreement to enter into agreements with other wireless communications providers for the
 installation, operation and maintenance of communications facilities on or at
 certain
 BellSouth properties (“Other Wireless Carriers”). MCI shall cooperate with
 BellSouth and
 all Other Wireless Carriers so as to reasonably accommodate the needs and
 requirements of such Other Wireless Carriers with respect to the installation,
 operation, use and maintenance of their equipment and facilities, and all
 necessary alterations, modifications and other improvements to BellSouth’s property, including
 utility connections and access. Subject to ownership of any exclusive frequency rights,
 MCI’s facilities shall not physically, electronically, or inductively
 interfere with existing BellSouth customers’, other telecommunications
 carriers’ customers’
 or other tower tenants’ existing facilities. Each transmitter individually
 and all transmitters
 collectively at a given location shall comply with appropriate federal,
 state, and/or local regulations governing the safe levels of radio frequency
 radiation. The foregoing obligations shall apply equally to all Other Wireless
 Carriers.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.4

 	
 At
 its sole cost and expense, MCI shall maintain MCI’s microwave transmission
 facilities or equipment, including without limitation, all necessary
 repairs, replacements and restorations. In addition, MCI shall keep its microwave
 transmission facilities in a good, neat, sanitary and workmanlike condition.
 If, after ten (10) days of receiving written notice from BellSouth, MCI fails to keep its
 microwave transmission facilities in such workmanlike condition, BellSouth
 shall have
 the right, but not the obligation, to clean up the space on MCI’s behalf. In
 such event, MCI shall be
 liable to BellSouth for the cost and expense of such work, upon written
 demand. Furthermore, MCI and its
 BellSouth Certified Suppliers are required to take all necessary precautions to protect the roof membrane of the
 BellSouth Central Office during initial construction, future alterations or additions, or maintenance visits
 to MCI’s roof mounted equipment.
 MCI, at its sole cost and expense, shall make any repairs required due to
 roof damage caused by MCI or MCI’s
 BellSouth Certified Supplier. All repairs are to be performed by a BellSouth Certified Supplier.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7

 	
 Equipment Removal

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.1

 	
 If,
 at any time, BellSouth determines that any of MCI’s facilities or equipment
 or the installation of MCI’s facilities or equipment does not meet the
 requirements outlined in this Exhibit C, MCI will be responsible
 for the costs associated with the removal of such facilities or equipment or modification of the
 facilities or equipment or installation thereof to render it compliant. The removal of equipment
 must be done by a BellSouth Certified Supplier. If MCI fails to correct any non-compliance with
 these standards or fails to demonstrate that the equipment is compliant within fifteen (15)
 days’ written notice to MCI, BellSouth may have the facilities or equipment removed or the
 condition corrected at MCI’s expense. Removal of microwave transmission facilities for
 collocation equipment shall be pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.23 of
 this Attachment
 4. If MCI no longer needs, or vacates its microwave transmission facilities,
 MCI, through
 a BellSouth Certified Supplier, shall remove its microwave transmission
 facilities, and restore the roof of the BellSouth Central Office to its original
 condition excluding normal wear and tear.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 8

 	
 Collocation Attachment Provisions

 

CCCS 190 of 501

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 8.1

 	
 Any
 provision provided specifically herein shall be in addition to applicable
 provisions in this Attachment 4.

 

CCCS 191 of 501

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
COLLOCATION - Florida

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Attachment: 4

	
 

	
Exhibit: B

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
CATEGORY

	
 

	
RATE ELEMENTS

	
 

	
Interim

	
 

	
Zone

	
 

	
BCS

	
 

	
USOC

	
 

	
RATES($)

	
 

	
Svc Order

Submitted

Elec

per LSR

	
 

	
Svc Order Submitted Manually per LSR

	
 

	
Incremental Charge - Manual Svc Order vs. Electronic-1st

	
 

	
Incremental Charge - Manual Svc Order vs. Electronic-

Add’l

	
 

	
Incremental Charge - Manual Svc Order vs. Electronic- Disc 1st

	
 

	
Incremental Charge - Manual Svc Order vs. Electronic-Disc Add’l

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Nonrecurring

	
 

	
Nonrecurring Disconnect

	
 

	
OSS Rates($)

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
Rec

	
 

	
First

	
 

	
Add’l

	
 

	
First

	
 

	
Add’l

	
 

	
SOMEC

	
 

	
SOMAN

	
 

	
SOMAN

	
 

	
SOMAN

	
 

	
SOMAN

	
 

	
SOMAN

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
 

	

	
PHYSICAL COLLOCATION

	
 

	
 

	
Application

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Physical Collocation - Initial
 Application Fee

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLO

 	
  

 	
 PE1BA

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 2,785.00

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 1.20

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Physical Collocation - Subsequent
 Application Fee

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLO

 	
  

 	
 PE1CA

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 2,236.00

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 1.20

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Physical Collocation - Co-Carrier
 Cross Connects/Direct Connect,
 Application Fee, per application

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLO

 	
  

 	
 PE1DT

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 564.81

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Physical Collocation - Power
 Reconfiguration Only, Application Fee

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLO

 	
  

 	
 PE1PR

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 409.50

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Physical Collocation Administrative
 Only - Application Fee

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLO

 	
  

 	
 PE1BL

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 760.91

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 1.20

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Space Preparation

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Physical Collocation - Floor Space,
 per sq feet

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLO

 	
  

 	
 PE1PJ

 	
  

 	
 5.28

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Physical Collocation - Space
 Enclosure, welded wire, first 50 square feet

 	
  

 	
 N

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLO

 	
  

 	
 PE1BX

 	
  

 	
 171.12

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Physical Collocation - Space
 enclosure, welded wire, first 100 square feet

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLO

 	
  

 	
 PE1BW

 	
  

 	
 189.73

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Physical Collocation - Space
 enclosure, welded wire, each additional 50
 square feet

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLO

 	
  

 	
 PE1CW

 	
  

 	
 18.61

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Physical Collocation - Space
 Preparation - C.O. Modification per square ft.

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLO

 	
  

 	
 PE1SK

 	
  

 	
 2.38

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Physical Collocation - Space
 Preparation, Common Systems Modifications-Cageless,
 per square foot

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLO

 	
  

 	
 PE1SL

 	
  

 	
 2.50

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Physical Collocation - Space
 Preparation - Common Systems Modifications-Caged,
 per cage

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLO

 	
  

 	
 PE1SM

 	
  

 	
 84.93

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Physical Collocation - Space
 Preparation - Firm Order Processing

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLO

 	
  

 	
 PE1SJ

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 287.36

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Physical Collocation - Space
 Availability Report, per Central Office
 Requested

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLO

 	
  

 	
 PE1SR

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 572.66

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Power

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Physical Collocation - Power, -48V
 DC Power - per Fused Amp Requested

 	
  

 	
 N

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLO

 	
  

 	
 PE1PL

 	
  

 	
 7.80

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Physical Collocation - Power, 120V AC
 Power, Single Phase, per Breaker Amp

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLO

 	
  

 	
 PE1FB

 	
  

 	
 5.26

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Physical Collocation - Power, 240V AC
 Power, Single Phase, per Breaker Amp

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLO

 	
  

 	
 PE1FD

 	
  

 	
 10.53

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Physical Collocation - Power, 120V
 AC Power, Three Phase, per Breaker Amp

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLO

 	
  

 	
 PE1FE

 	
  

 	
 15.80

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Physical Collocation - Power, 277V
 AC Power, Three Phase, per Breaker Amp

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLO

 	
  

 	
 PE1FG

 	
  

 	
 36.47

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Physical Collocation - Power - DC
 power, per Used Amp (List 1 Drain

 	
  

 	
 N

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLO

 	
  

 	
 PE1FN

 	
  

 	
 10.69

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Cross Connects
 (Cross Connects, Co-Carrier Cross Connects, and Ports)

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Physical Collocation - 2-wire
 cross-connect, loop, provisioning

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 UEANL, UEQ, UNCN X, UEA, UCL, UAL, UHL, UDN,
 UNCVX

 	
  

 	
 PE1P2

 	
  

 	
 0.0208

 	
  

 	
 7.32

 	
  

 	
 5.37

 	
  

 	
 4.58

 	
  

 	
 2.71

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Physical Collocation - 4-wire
 cross-connect, loop, provisioning

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 UEA, UHL, UNCVX, UNCDX, UCL, UDL

 	
  

 	
 PE1P4

 	
  

 	
 0.0416

 	
  

 	
 8.00

 	
  

 	
 5.75

 	
  

 	
 5.00

 	
  

 	
 2.69

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Physical Collocation -DS1
 Cross-Connect for Physical Collocation,
 provisioning

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 WDS1L, WDS1S, UXTD1, ULDD1, USLEL, UNLD1, U1TD1, UNC1X, UEPSR, UEPSB, UEPSE, UEPSP, USL

 	
  

 	
 PE1P1

 	
  

 	
 0.3786

 	
  

 	
 7.88

 	
  

 	
 6.25

 	
  

 	
 1.35

 	
  

 	
 0.9899

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 

CCCS 192 of 501

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Physical Collocation - DS3
 Cross-Connect, provisioning

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 UE3, U1TD3,
UXTD3,
 UXTS1,
 UNC3X, UNCSX,    
ULDD3, U1TS1, 
ULDS1, UNLD3, 
UEPEX, UEPDX,

 UEPSR, UEPSB, 
UEPSE, UEPSP

 	
  

 	
 PE1P3

 	
  

 	
 4.16

 	
  

 	
 32.40

 	
  

 	
 31.03

 	
  

 	
 11.15

 	
  

 	
 10.98

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Physical Collocation - 2-Fiber
 Cross-Connect

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLO, ULDO3, ULD12, ULD48, U1TO3, U1T12,
 U1T48, UDLO3, UDL12, UDF

 	
  

 	
 PE1F2

 	
  

 	
 1.71

 	
  

 	
 28.26

 	
  

 	
 25.85

 	
  

 	
 13.78

 	
  

 	
 11.01

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Physical Collocation - 4-Fiber
 Cross-Connect

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 ULDO3, ULD12, ULD48, U1TO3, U1T12, U1T48,
 UDLO3, UDL12, UDF, UDFCX

 	
  

 	
 PE1F4

 	
  

 	
 3.34

 	
  

 	
 37.92

 	
  

 	
 35.51

 	
  

 	
 18.20

 	
  

 	
 15.44

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Physical Collocation - Co-Carrier Cross Connects/Direct Connect - Fiber Cable Support Structure, per
 linear foot, per cable.

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLO

 	
  

 	
 PE1ES

 	
  

 	
 0.0008

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Physical Collocation - Co-Carrier
 Cross Connect/Direct Connect - Copper/Coax
 Cable Support Structure, per linear foot, per cable.

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLO

 	
  

 	
 PE1DS

 	
  

 	
 0.0012

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Physical Collocation 2-Wire Cross
 Connect, Port

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 UEPSR, UEPSP, UEPSE, UEPSB, UEPSX, UEP2C

 	
  

 	
 PE1R2

 	
  

 	
 0.0208

 	
  

 	
 7.32

 	
  

 	
 5.37

 	
  

 	
 4.58

 	
  

 	
 2.71

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Physical Collocation 4-Wire Cross
 Connect, Port

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 UEPEX, UEPDD

 	
  

 	
 PE1R4

 	
  

 	
 0.0416

 	
  

 	
 8.00

 	
  

 	
 5.75

 	
  

 	
 5.00

 	
  

 	
 2.69

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Security

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Physical Collocation - Security
 Escort for Basic Time - normally scheduled work,
 per half hour

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLO

 	
  

 	
 PE1BT

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 33.65

 	
  

 	
 22.05

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Physical Collocation - Security
 Escort for Overtime - outside of normally
 scheduled working hours on a scheduled work day, per half hour

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLO

 	
  

 	
 PE1OT

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 44.63

 	
  

 	
 28.89

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Physical Collocation - Security
 Escort for Premium Time - outside of
 scheduled work day, per half hour

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLO

 	
  

 	
 PE1PT

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 55.62

 	
  

 	
 35.73

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Physical Collocation - Security
 Access System - Security System per Central
 Office, per Sq. Ft.

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLO

 	
  

 	
 PE1AY

 	
  

 	
 0.0101

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Physical Collocation -Security Access
 System - New Card Activation,
 per Card Activation (First), per State

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLO

 	
  

 	
 PE1A1

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 38.95

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Physical Collocation-Security Access
 System-Administrative Change,
 existing Access Card, per Request, per State, per Card

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLO

 	
  

 	
 PE1AA

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 8.84

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Physical Collocation - Security
 Access System - Replace Lost or Stolen Card,
 per Card

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLO

 	
  

 	
 PE1AR

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 28.78

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Physical Collocation - Security
 Access - Initial Key, per Key

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLO

 	
  

 	
 PE1AK

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 23.28

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Physical Collocation - Security
 Access - Key, Replace Lost or Stolen Key,
 per Key

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLO

 	
  

 	
 PE1AL

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 23.28

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 CFA

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Physical Collocation - CFA
 Information Resend Request, per premises, per
 arrangement, per request

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLO

 	
  

 	
 PE1C9

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 79.52

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Cable Records

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Physical Collocation - Cable
 Records, per request

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLO

 	
  

 	
 PE1CR

 	
  

 	
 I

 	
  

 	
 1515.00

 	
  

 	
 S 973.64

 	
  

 	
 256.35

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Physical Collocation, Cable Records,
 VG/DS0 Cable, per cable record
 (maximum 3600 records)

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLO

 	
  

 	
 PE1CD

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 646.84

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 362.41

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Physical Collocation, Cable Records,
 VG/DS0 Cable, per each 100 pair

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLO

 	
  

 	
 PE1CO

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 9.11

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 10.80

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Physical Collocation, Cable Records,
 DS1, per T1 TIE

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLO

 	
  

 	
 PE1C1

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 4.52

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 5.35

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Physical Collocation, Cable Records,
 DS3, per T3 TIE

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLO

 	
  

 	
 PE1C3

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 15.81

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 18.73

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Physical Collocation - Cable
 Records, Fiber Cable, per cable record
 (maximum 99 records)

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLO

 	
  

 	
 PE1CB

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 169.96

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 149.97

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Virtual to Physical

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Physical Collocation - Virtual to
 Physical Collocation Relocation, per Voice Grade Circuit

 	
  

 	
 N

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLO

 	
  

 	
 PE1BV

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 87.71

 	
  

 	
 36.35

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 

CCCS 193 of 501

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Physical Collocation - Virtual to
 Physical Collocation Relocation, per DSO Circuit

 	
  

 	
 N

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLO

 	
  

 	
 PE1BO

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 102.11

 	
  

 	
 49.74

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Physical Collocation - Virtual to
 Physical Collocation Relocation, per DS1 Circuit

 	
  

 	
 N

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLO

 	
  

 	
 PE1B1

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 101.07

 	
  

 	
 43.04

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Physical Collocation - Virtual to
 Physical Collocation Relocation, per DS3 Circuit

 	
  

 	
 N

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLO

 	
  

 	
 PE1B3

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 101.07

 	
  

 	
 43.04

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Physical Collocation - Virtual to
 Physical Collocation In-Place, Per Voice Grade Circuit

 	
  

 	
 N

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLO

 	
  

 	
 PE1BR

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 69.36

 	
  

 	
 20.40

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Physical Collocation Virtual to
 Physical Collocation In-Place, Per DSO Circuit

 	
  

 	
 N

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLO

 	
  

 	
 PE1BP

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 69.36

 	
  

 	
 20.40

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Physical Collocation - Virtual to
 Physical Collocation In-Place, Per DS1 Circuit

 	
  

 	
 N

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLO

 	
  

 	
 PE1BS

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 78.76

 	
  

 	
 29.81

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Physical Collocation - Virtual to
 Physical Collocation In-Place, per DS3 Circuit

 	
  

 	
 N

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLO

 	
  

 	
 PE1BE

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 74.94

 	
  

 	
 25.99

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Entrance Cable

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Physical Collocation - Fiber Cable
 Support Structure, per Entrance Cable

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLO

 	
  

 	
 PE1PM

 	
  

 	
 5.19

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Copper Entrance Cable Support
 Structure, per each 100 pairs

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLO

 	
  

 	
 PE1EE

 	
  

 	
 0.1406

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Copper Entrance Cable Installation,
 per 100 pairs

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLO

 	
  

 	
 PE1EB

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 18.56

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Physical Collocation - Fiber
 Entrance Cable per Cable (CO manhole to
 vault splice)

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLO

 	
  

 	
 PE1EC

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 994.12

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 43.84

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Physical Collocation - Copper
 Entrance Cable per Cable (CO manhole to
 vault splice)

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLO

 	
  

 	
 PE1EA

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 1,195.00

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 43.84

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Physical Collocation - Fiber
 Entrance Cable Installation, per Fiber

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLO

 	
  

 	
 PE1ED

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 7.43

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Pot Bay

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 2 Wire Pot Bay

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 UEANL, UEA, UDN, UDC, UAL, UHL, UCL, UEQ, CLO, UDL,
 UNCVX, UNCDX, UNCNX

 	
  

 	
 PE1PE

 	
  

 	
 0.03

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 4 Wire Pot Bay

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 UEANL, UEA, UDN, UDC, UAL, UHL, UCL, UEQ, CLO, USL, UNCVX, UNCDX

 	
  

 	
 PE1PF

 	
  

 	
 0.06

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 DS1 Pot Bay

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 UEANL, UEA, UDN, UDC, UAL, UHL, UCL, UEQ, CLO, WDS1L, WDS1S, USL,
 U1TD1, UXTD1, UNC1X, ULDD1, USLEL, UNLD1

 	
  

 	
 PE1PG

 	
  

 	
 0.4238

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 DS3 Pot Bay

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 UEANL, UEA, UDN, UDC, UAL, UHL, UCL, UEQ, CLO, UE3, U1TD3, UXTD3, UXTS1, UNC3X, UNCSX, ULDD3, U1TS1, ULDS1, UNLD3, UDL, UDLSX

 	
  

 	
 PE1PH

 	
  

 	
 3.78

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 2 Wire Fiber Pot Bay

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 UEANL, UEA, UDN, UDC, UAL, UHL, UCL, UEQ, CLO, ULDO3, ULD12, ULD48, U1TO3, U1T12, U1T48,
 UDLO3, UDL12, UDF

 	
  

 	
 PE1B2

 	
  

 	
 12.89

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 

CCCS 194 of 501

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 4
 Wire Fiber Pot Bay

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 UEANL, UEA, UDN, UDC, UAL, UHL, UCL, UEQ, CLO, ULDO3, ULD12, ULD48, U1TO3, U1T12, U1T48, UDLO3,
 UDL12, UDF

 	
  

 	
 PE1B4

 	
  

 	
 17.39

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Note:
 Existing point(s) of demarcation - MCI provided Pot Bay. BellSouth will
 grandfather existing point(s) of demarcation established at a MCI provided
 Pot Bay pursuant to this contract. MCI shall order services using the
 existing terminations in the MCI

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Note:
 Existing point(s) of demarcation - BellSouth provided Pot Bay. BellSouth will
 grandfather existing point(s) of demarcation established at a BellSouth
 provided Pot Bay. MCI shall order services using the existing terminations in
 the BellSouth provide

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 VIRTUAL COLLOCATION

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Application

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Virtual
 Collocation - Application Fee

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 AMTFS

 	
  

 	
 EAF

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 1,241.00

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 1.20

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Virtual
 Collocation - Co-Carrier Cross Connects/Direct Connect, Application Fee, per
 application

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 AMTFS

 	
  

 	
 VE1CA

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 564.81

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Virtual
 Collocation Administrative Only - Application Fee

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 AMTFS

 	
  

 	
 VE1AF

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 760.91

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 1.20

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Space Preparation

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Virtual
 Collocation - Floor Space, per sq. ft.

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 AMTFS

 	
  

 	
 ESPVX

 	
  

 	
 5.28

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Power

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Virtual
 Collocation - Power, per fused amp

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 AMTFS

 	
  

 	
 ESPAX

 	
  

 	
 6.95

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Virtual
 Collocation - Power, DC power, per Used Amp

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 AMTFS

 	
  

 	
 VE1PF

 	
  

 	
 10.69

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Cross Connects (Cross Connects, Co-Carrier Cross Connects,
 and Ports)

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Virtual
 Collocation - 2-wire cross-connect, loop, provisioning

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 UEANL,
 UEA, UDN, UAL, UHL, UCL, UEQ, UNCVX, UNCDX, UNCNX

 	
  

 	
 UEAC2

 	
  

 	
 0.0201

 	
  

 	
 7.32

 	
  

 	
 5.37

 	
  

 	
 4.58

 	
  

 	
 2.71

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Virtual
 Collocation - 4-wire cross-connect, loop, provisioning

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 UEA,
 UHL, UCL, UDL, UNCVX, UNCDX

 	
  

 	
 UEAC4

 	
  

 	
 0.0403

 	
  

 	
 8.00

 	
  

 	
 5.75

 	
  

 	
 5.00

 	
  

 	
 2.69

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Virtual
 collocation - cross-connect per DS1

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 ULR,
 UXTD1, UNC1X, ULDD1, U1TD1, USLEL, UNLD1, USL

 	
  

 	
 CNC1X

 	
  

 	
 0.3786

 	
  

 	
 7.88

 	
  

 	
 6.26

 	
  

 	
 1.35

 	
  

 	
 0.9915

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Virtual
 collocation - cross-connect per DS3

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 USL,
 UE3, U1TD3, UXTS1, UXTD3, UNC3X, UNCSX, ULDD3, U1TS1, ULDS1, UDLSX, UNLD3

 	
  

 	
 CND3X

 	
  

 	
 4.16

 	
  

 	
 32.40

 	
  

 	
 31.03

 	
  

 	
 11.15

 	
  

 	
 10.98

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Virtual
 Collocation - 2-Fiber Cross Connects

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 UDL12,
 UDLO3, U1T48, U1T12, U1TO3, ULDO3, ULD12, ULD48, UDF

 	
  

 	
 CNC2F

 	
  

 	
 1.75

 	
  

 	
 28.26

 	
  

 	
 25.85

 	
  

 	
 13.78

 	
  

 	
 11.01

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Virtual
 Collocation - 4-Fiber Cross Connects

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 UDL12,
 UDLO3, U1T48, U1T12, U1TO3, ULDO3, ULD12, ULD48, UDF

 	
  

 	
 CNC4F

 	
  

 	
 3.50

 	
  

 	
 37.92

 	
  

 	
 35.51

 	
  

 	
 18.20

 	
  

 	
 15.44

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Virtual
 Collocation - Co-Carrier Cross Connects/Direct Connect - Fiber Cable Support
 Structure, per linear foot, per cable

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 AMTFS

 	
  

 	
 VE1CB

 	
  

 	
 0.0008

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Virtual
 Collocation - Co-Carrier Cross Connects/Direct Connect - Copper/Coax Cable Support Structure, per linear foot, per cable

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 AMTFS

 	
  

 	
 VE1CD

 	
  

 	
 0.0012

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 

CCCS 195 of 501

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Virtual
 Collocation 2-Wire Cross Connect, Port

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 UEPSX,
 UEPSB, UEPSE, UEPSP, UEPSR, UEP2C

 	
  

 	
 VE1R2

 	
  

 	
 0.0201

 	
  

 	
 7.32

 	
  

 	
 5.37

 	
  

 	
 4.58

 	
  

 	
 2.71

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Virtual
 Collocation 4-Wire Cross Connect, Port

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 UEPDD,
 UEPEX

 	
  

 	
 VE1R4

 	
  

 	
 0.0403

 	
  

 	
 8.00

 	
  

 	
 5.75

 	
  

 	
 5.00

 	
  

 	
 2.69

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 CFA

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Virtual
 Collocation - CFA Information Resend Request, per Premises, per Arrangement,
 per request

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 AMTFS

 	
  

 	
 VE1QR

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 79.52

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Cable Records

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Virtual
 Collocation Cable Records - per request

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 AMTFS

 	
  

 	
 VE1BA

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 I 1515.00

 	
  

 	
 S 973.64

 	
  

 	
 256.35

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Virtual
 Collocation Cable Records - VG/DS0 Cable, per cable record

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 AMTFS

 	
  

 	
 VE1BB

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 646.84

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 362.41

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Virtual
 Collocation Cable Records - VG/DS0 Cable, per each 100 pair

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 AMTFS

 	
  

 	
 VE1BC

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 9.11

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 10.80

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Virtual
 Collocation Cable Records - DS1, per T1TIE

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 AMTFS

 	
  

 	
 VE1BD

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 4.52

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 5.35

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Virtual
 Collocation Cable Records - DS3, per T3TIE

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 AMTFS

 	
  

 	
 VE1BE

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 15.81

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 18.73

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Virtual
 Collocation Cable Records - Fiber Cable, per 99 fiber records

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 AMTFS

 	
  

 	
 VE1BF

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 169.96

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 149.97

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Security

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Virtual
 collocation - Security escort, basic time, normally scheduled work hours

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 AMTFS

 	
  

 	
 SPTBX

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 33.65

 	
  

 	
 22.05

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Virtual
 collocation - Security escort, overtime, outside of normally scheduled work
 hours on a normal working day

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 AMTFS

 	
  

 	
 SPTOX

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 44.63

 	
  

 	
 28.89

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Virtual
 collocation - Security escort, premium time, outside of a scheduled work day

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 AMTFS

 	
  

 	
 SPTPX

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 55.62

 	
  

 	
 35.73

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Maintenance

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Virtual
 collocation - Maintenance in CO - Basic, per half hour

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 AMTFS

 	
  

 	
 CTRLX

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 54.05

 	
  

 	
 22.05

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Virtual
 collocation - Maintenance in CO - Overtime, per half hour

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 AMTFS

 	
  

 	
 SPTOM

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 72.18

 	
  

 	
 28.89

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Virtual
 collocation - Maintenance in CO - Premium per half hour

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 AMTFS

 	
  

 	
 SPTPM

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 90.31

 	
  

 	
 35.73

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Entrance Cable

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Virtual
 Collocation - Cable Installation Charge, per cable

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 AMTFS

 	
  

 	
 ESPCX

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 1,473.00

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 43.84

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Virtual
 Collocation - Cable Support Structure, per cable

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 AMTFS

 	
  

 	
 ESPSX

 	
  

 	
 4.54

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 COLLOCATION IN THE REMOTE SITE

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Physical Remote Site Collocation

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Physical
 Collocation in the Remote Site - Application Fee

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLORS

 	
  

 	
 PE1RA

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 612.23

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 270.35

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Cabinet
 Space in the Remote Site per Bay/ Rack

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLORS

 	
  

 	
 PE1RB

 	
  

 	
 154.59

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Physical
 Collocation in the Remote Site - Security Access - Key

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLORS

 	
  

 	
 PE1RD

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 23.28

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Physical
 Collocation in the Remote Site - Space Availability Report per Premises
 Requested

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLORS

 	
  

 	
 PE1SR

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 223.91

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Physical
 Collocation in the Remote Site - Remote Site CLLI Code Request, per CLLI Code
 Requested

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLORS

 	
  

 	
 PE1RE

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 73.39

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Remote
 Site DLEC Data (BRSDD), per Compact Disk, per CO

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLORS

 	
  

 	
 PE1RR

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 208.02

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Physical
 Collocation - Security Escort for Basic Time - normally scheduled work, per
 half hour

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLORS

 	
  

 	
 PE1BT

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 33.65

 	
  

 	
 22.05

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Physical
 Collocation - Security Escort for Overtime - outside of normally scheduled
 working hours on a scheduled work day, per half hour

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLORS

 	
  

 	
 PE1OT

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 44.63

 	
  

 	
 28.89

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Physical
 Collocation - Security Escort for Premium Time - outside of scheduled work
 day, per half hour

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLORS

 	
  

 	
 PE1PT

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 55.62

 	
  

 	
 35.73

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Adjacent Remote Site Collocation

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Remote
 Site-Adjacent Collocation-Application Fee

 	
  

 	
 N

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLORS

 	
  

 	
 PE1RU

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 755.62

 	
  

 	
 755.62

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Remote
 Site-Adjacent Collocation - Real Estate, per square foot

 	
  

 	
 N

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLORS

 	
  

 	
 PE1RT

 	
  

 	
 0.134

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Remote
 Site-Adjacent Collocation - AC Power, per breaker amp

 	
  

 	
 N

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLORS

 	
  

 	
 PE1RS

 	
  

 	
 6.27

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Virtual Remote Site Collocation

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Virtual
 Collocation in the Remote Site - Application Fee

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 VE1RS

 	
  

 	
 VE1RB

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 612.23

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 270.35

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Virtual
 Collocation in the Remote Site - Per Bay/Rack of Space

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 VE1RS

 	
  

 	
 VE1RC

 	
  

 	
 154.59

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Virtual
 Collocation in the Remote Site - Space Availability Report per Premises
 requested

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 VE1RS

 	
  

 	
 VE1RR

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 223.91

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 

CCCS 196 of 501

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Virtual
 Collocation in the Remote Site - Remote Site CLLI Code Request, per CLLI Code
 Requested

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 VE1RS

 	
  

 	
 VE1RL

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 73.39

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 ADJACENT COLLOCATION

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Adjacent
 Collocation - Space Charge per Sq. Ft.

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLOAC

 	
  

 	
 PE1JA

 	
  

 	
 0.1666

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Adjacent
 Collocation - Electrical Facility Charge per Linear Ft.

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLOAC

 	
  

 	
 PE1JC

 	
  

 	
 4.62

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Adjacent
 Collocation - 2-Wire Cross-Connects

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 UEANL, UEQ, UEA, UCL, UAL, UHL, UDN

 	
  

 	
 PE1JE

 	
  

 	
 0.0194

 	
  

 	
 7.32

 	
  

 	
 5.37

 	
  

 	
 4.58

 	
  

 	
 2.71

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Adjacent
 Collocation - 4-Wire Cross-Connects

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 UEA, UHL, UDL, UCL

 	
  

 	
 PE1JF

 	
  

 	
 0.0388

 	
  

 	
 8.00

 	
  

 	
 5.75

 	
  

 	
 5.00

 	
  

 	
 2.69

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Adjacent
 Collocation - DS1 Cross-Connects

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 USL

 	
  

 	
 PE1JG

 	
  

 	
 0.3708

 	
  

 	
 7.88

 	
  

 	
 6.26

 	
  

 	
 1.35

 	
  

 	
 0.9915

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Adjacent
 Collocation - DS3 Cross-Connects

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 UE3

 	
  

 	
 PE1JH

 	
  

 	
 4.14

 	
  

 	
 32.40

 	
  

 	
 31.03

 	
  

 	
 11.15

 	
  

 	
 10.98

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Adjacent
 Collocation - 2-Fiber Cross-Connect

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLOAC

 	
  

 	
 PE1JJ

 	
  

 	
 1.70

 	
  

 	
 28.26

 	
  

 	
 25.85

 	
  

 	
 13.78

 	
  

 	
 11.01

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Adjacent
 Collocation - 4-Fiber Cross-Connect

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLOAC

 	
  

 	
 PE1JK

 	
  

 	
 3.33

 	
  

 	
 37.92

 	
  

 	
 35.51

 	
  

 	
 18.20

 	
  

 	
 15.44

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Adjacent
 Collocation - Application Fee

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLOAC

 	
  

 	
 PE1JB

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 2,763.00

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 1.02

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Adjacent
 Collocation - 120V, Single Phase Standby Power Rate per AC Breaker Amp

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLOAC

 	
  

 	
 PE1JL

 	
  

 	
 5.26

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Adjacent
 Collocation - 240V, Single Phase Standby Power Rate per AC Breaker Amp

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLOAC

 	
  

 	
 PE1JM

 	
  

 	
 10.53

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Adjacent
 Collocation - 120V, Three Phase Standby Power Rate per AC Breaker Amp

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLOAC

 	
  

 	
 PE1JN

 	
  

 	
 15.80

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Adjacent
 Collocation - 277V, Three Phase Standby Power Rate per AC Breaker Amp

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLOAC

 	
  

 	
 PE1JO

 	
  

 	
 36.47

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Adjacent
 Collocation - Cable Support Structure per Entrance Cable

 	
  

 	
 N

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLOAC

 	
  

 	
 PE1JP

 	
  

 	
 5.19

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 MICROWAVE TRANSMISSION FACILITIES (IN CONJUNCTION WITH
 PHYSICAL COLLOCATION)

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Site
 Visit Request to determine Line-of-Sight for Microwave Transmission
 Facilities, per Visit, per CO

 	
  

 	
 N

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLO

 	
  

 	
 PE1SU

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 1,034.00

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 1.32

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Site
 Visit Request - Structural Analysis for Microwave Transmission Facilities,
 per Visit, per Central Office

 	
  

 	
 N

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLO

 	
  

 	
 PE1SV

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 1,034.00

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 1.32

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Initial
 Request for Microwave Transmission Facilities, per Central Office

 	
  

 	
 N

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLO

 	
  

 	
 PE1SW

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 4,364.00

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 1.32

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Subsequent
 Request for Microwave Transmission Facilities, per Central Office

 	
  

 	
 N

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CLO

 	
  

 	
 PE1SX

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 1,753.00

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 1.32

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 NOTE: Rates displaying an “N” in the interim column are
 agreed to by the Parties until such time as modified by Commission order and
 are not subject to true-up.

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 NOTE: Rates displaying an
“I” in the interim column are interim as a result of a Commission order. 

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 

CCCS 197of 501

Attachment 5

Access to Numbers & Number Portability 

ATTACHMENT 5

ACCESS TO NUMBERS & NUMBER PORTABILITY

CCCS 198 of 501

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Attachment 5

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Access to Numbers
 & Number Portability

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.

 	
 NON-DISCRIMINATORY
 ACCESS TO TELEPHONE NUMBERS

 	
 3

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.

 	
 LOCAL
 SERVICE PROVIDER NUMBER PORTABILITY - PERMANENT SOLUTION (LNP)

 	
 3

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.

 	
 OPERATIONAL
 SUPPORT SYSTEM (OSS) RATES

 	
 4

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 4.

 	
 NPA
 SPLITS

 	
 4

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.

 	
 NUMBER
 ADMINISTRATION

 	
 4

 

CCCS 199 of 501

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Attachment 5

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Access to Numbers
 & Number Portability

 

ACCESS TO NUMBERS AND NUMBER PORTABILITY

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.

 	
 NON-DISCRIMINATORY
 ACCESS TO TELEPHONE NUMBERS 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.1

 	
 During the term of this
 Agreement, where MCI is utilizing its own switch, MCI shall contact the North
 American Numbering Plan Administrator, NeuStar, for the assignment of
 numbering resources. In order to be assigned a Central Office Code, MCI will
 be required to complete the Central Office Code (NXX) Assignment Request –
 Part 1 Form in accordance with Industry Numbering Committee’s Central Office
 Code (NXX) Assignment Guidelines (INC 95-0407-008). 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.2

 	
 NXX Migration. Migration of NXXs will be done when the
 Parties mutually agree to move 10,000 telephone numbers from one (1) Party’s
 switch to the other Party’s switch in a particular instance. The Parties
 shall enter into a separate written agreement that will address processes and
 procedures for the reassignment of the appropriate NXX as shown in the LERG,
 to the receiving Party’s switch. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.3

 	
 Where BellSouth provides
 local switching or resold services to MCI, BellSouth will provide MCI with
 on-line access to intermediate telephone numbers as defined by applicable FCC
 rules and regulations on a first come first served basis. MCI acknowledges
 that such access to numbers shall be in accordance with the appropriate FCC
 rules and regulations. MCI acknowledges that there may be instances where
 there is a shortage of telephone numbers in a particular rate center; and in
 such instances, BellSouth may request that MCI return unused intermediate
 numbers to BellSouth. MCI shall return unused intermediate numbers to
 BellSouth upon BellSouth’s request. BellSouth shall make all such requests on
 a nondiscriminatory basis. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.4

 	
 For resold Services,
 telephone numbers may normally be retained by the customer. Neither the
 Parties nor any customers have a property right to the telephone number, and
 no right to being served by any particular central office. BellSouth reserves
 the right to change such numbers, or the central office designation associated
 with such numbers, or both, on a non-discriminatory basis, whenever BellSouth
 deems it necessary to do so in the conduct of its business. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.5

 	
 BellSouth will allow MCI
 to designate up to 100 intermediate telephone numbers per rate center for
 MCI’s sole use. Assignment, reservation and use of telephone numbers shall be
 governed by applicable FCC rules and regulations. MCI acknowledges that there
 may be instances where there is a shortage of telephone numbers in a
 particular rate center and BellSouth has the right to limit access to blocks
 of intermediate telephone numbers. These instances include: 1) where jeopardy
 status has been declared by the North American Numbering Plan Administrator
 (NANPA) for a particular Numbering Plan Area (NPA); or 2) where BellSouth has
 less than a six month supply of numbering resources in a rate center. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.

 	
 LOCAL
 SERVICE PROVIDER NUMBER PORTABILITY - PERMANENT SOLUTION (LNP) 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1

 	
 The Parties will offer
 Number Portability in accordance with rules, regulations and guidelines
 adopted by the Commission, the FCC and industry fora. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1.1

 	
 The Parties shall provide,
 in a competitively neutral fashion, INP and LNP as set forth herein and in
 accordance with the applicable rules, regulations and orders of the FCC and
 this Commission. 

 

CCCS 200 of 501

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Attachment 5 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Access to Numbers
 & Number Portability

 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1.2

 	
 BellSouth agrees that it
 shall provide to MCI, in a competitively neutral fashion, dialing parity for
 local exchange service and interexchange service pursuant to the applicable
 rules, regulations and orders of the state regulatory body and the FCC in
 effect. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.2

 	
 Customer Line Charge. Where MCI subscribes to BellSouth’s local switching, BellSouth shall bill and
MCI shall pay the customer line charge associated with implementing LNP as
set forth in BellSouth’s FCC Tariff No. 1. This charge is not subject to the
resale discount set forth in Attachment 1 of this Agreement.  

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.3

 	
 To limit service outage,
BellSouth and MCI will adhere to the process flows and cutover guidelines for
porting numbers as outlined in the LNP Reference Guide, as amended from time
to time. The LNP Reference Guide and the Local Ordering Handbook (LOH),
incorporated herein by reference, are accessible via the Internet at the following
site: http://www.interconnection.bellsouth.com. All intervals referenced in
the LOH shall apply to both BellSouth and MCI.  

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.4

 	
 The Parties will set
 Location Routing Number (LRN) unconditional or 10-digit triggers where
 applicable. Where triggers are set, the porting Party will remove the ported
 number at the same time the trigger is removed. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.5

 	
 A trigger order is a
 service order issued in advance of the porting of a number. A trigger order
 1) initiates call queries to the AIN SS7 network in advance of the number
 being ported; and 2) provides for the new service provider to be in control
 of when a number ports. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.6

 	
 Where triggers are not
 set, the Parties shall coordinate the porting of the number between service
 providers so as to minimize service interruptions to the customer. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.7

 	
 BellSouth and MCI will
 work cooperatively to implement changes to LNP process flows ordered by the
 FCC or as recommended by standard industry forums addressing LNP. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.

 	
 OPERATIONAL
 SUPPORT SYSTEM (OSS) RATES 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.1

 	
 The terms, conditions and
 rates for OSS are as set forth in Attachment 2. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 4.

 	
 NPA SPLITS 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 4.1

 	
 NPA Splits. BellSouth
shall provide on a nondiscriminatory basis, advance information of the
details and requirements for planning and implementation of NPA splits or
other network changes impacting MCI or its Customers.  

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.

 	
 NUMBER ADMINISTRATION 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.1

 	
 BellSouth shall provide
 testing and loading of MCI’s NXXs in BellSouth’s switch network prior to the
 date of activation specified in the local Exchange Routing Guide (“LERG”).
 Turn-up testing of MCI’s NXXs will be performed in all affected BellSouth end
 offices and tandem offices 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.2

 	
 Where MCI has obtained its
 own NXX, but has purchased BellSouth services for resale or has purchased
 switching from BellSouth, BellSouth agrees to administer the MCI NXX in
 accordance with the LERG. Where MCI provides its own switching and obtains
 its own NXX code, BellSouth 

 
	
  

 	
  

 

CCCS 201 of 501

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Attachment 5 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Access to Numbers
 & Number Portability

 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 agrees to install the
 routing in its switches according to the local calling area defined by the
 Commission. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.3

 	
 BellSouth shall accept MCI
 orders with assigned vanity numbers and blocks of numbers assigned for use with
 Complex Services. 

 

CCCS 202 of 501

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Attachment 6

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Pre-Ordering, Ordering, Provisioning,
 Maintenance and Repair 

 

ATTACHMENT 6

PRE-ORDERING, ORDERING, PROVISIONING, MAINTENANCE AND

REPAIR 

CCCS 203 of 501

Attachment 6

Pre-Ordering, Ordering, Provisioning, Maintenance and Repair

Page 2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Section 1. Overall
 Business Requirements

 
	
 1.1

 	
  

 	
 Introduction

 
	
 1.2

 	
  

 	
 ATIS Standards and
 Guidelines

 
	
 1.3

 	
  

 	
 Joint Implementation
 Agreements

 
	
 1.4

 	
  

 	
 Interface Implementation
 Specifications and Information Exchanges

 
	
 1.6

 	
  

 	
 Change Management and
 Control

 
	
 1.7

 	
  

 	
 General Procedures

 
	
 1.8

 	
  

 	
 Performance Standards

 
	
 1.9

 	
  

 	
 Provision of Specific
 Services

 
	
  

 
	
 Section 2. Pre-order
 Requirements

 
	
 2.1

 	
  

 	
 Provision of Pre-Order OSS

 
	
 2.2

 	
  

 	
 Business Requirements for
 Pre-Order Functions

 
	
 2.4

 	
  

 	
 Pre-order Interface
 Performance and Management

 
	
 2.5

 	
  

 	
 Database Downloads

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Section 3. Ordering and
 Provisioning Requirements

 
	
 3.1

 	
  

 	
 Provision of Ordering and
 Provisioning OSS

 
	
 3.2

 	
  

 	
 General Business
 Requirements and Functions

 
	
 3.4

 	
  

 	
 Ordering and Provisioning
 Interface Performance and Management

 
	
 3.5

 	
  

 	
 Cooperative Testing

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Section 4. Connectivity
 Billing and Recording

 
	
 4.1

 	
  

 	
 Provision of Connectivity
 Billing and Recording OSS

 
	
 4.2

 	
  

 	
 General Requirements and
 Functions

 
	
 4.3

 	
  

 	
 Billing Tapes

 
	
 4.5

 	
  

 	
 Connectivity Billing and
 Recording Interface Performance and Management

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Section 5. Customer Usage
 Data

 
	
 5.1

 	
  

 	
 Provision of Subscriber
 Usage Data

 
	
 5.2

 	
  

 	
 General Requirements and
 Functions

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Section 6. Maintenance and
 Repair

 
	
 6.1

 	
  

 	
 Provision of Maintenance
 and Repair OSS

 
	
 6.2

 	
  

 	
 General Business
 Requirements and Functions

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Section 7. White Pages
 Listing

 
	
 7.1

 	
  

 	
 Listings

 
	
 7.2

 	
  

 	
 Rates

 
	
 7.3

 	
  

 	
 Unlisted/Non-Published
 Subscribers

 
	
 7.4

 	
  

 	
 Inclusion of MCI customers
 in Directory Assistance Database

 
	
 7.5

 	
  

 	
 Listing Information
 Confidentiality

 
	
 7.6

 	
  

 	
 Additional and Designer
 Listings

 
	
 7.7

 	
  

 	
 Directories

 
	
  

 
	
 Section 8. Directory
 Assistance Data

 

CCCS 204 of 501

Attachment 6 

Pre-Ordering, Ordering, Provisioning, Maintenance and Repair

Page 3 

CCCS 205 of 501

Attachment 6

Pre-Ordering, Ordering, Provisioning, Maintenance and Repair

Page 4 

PRE-ORDERING, ORDERING, PROVISIONING, MAINTENANCE AND
REPAIR

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1

 	
 OVERALL
 BUSINESS REQUIREMENTS 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.1

 	
 Introduction. This Attachment 6 sets forth the minimum
 business process requirements, business rules, usage rules, data models, data
 exchange methods, and other specifications necessary to permit MCI access to
 the functions of BellSouth’s operations support systems (i.e., pre-ordering,
 ordering and provisioning, billing functions, and maintenance and repair)
 (Operational Support Systems (OSS) Functions). 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.1.1

 	
 BellSouth shall provide
 MCI nondiscriminatory access to its OSS and the necessary information
 contained therein in order that MCI can perform the functions of pre-ordering,
 ordering, provisioning, maintenance and repair, and billing. BellSouth shall
 provide nondiscriminatory access to the OSS through manual and/or electronic
 interfaces as described in this Attachment. It is the sole responsibility of
 MCI to obtain the technical capability to access and utilize BellSouth’s OSS
 interfaces. Specifications for MCI’s access and use of BellSouth’s electronic
 interfaces are set forth at BellSouth’s interconnection website and are
 incorporated herein by reference. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.2

 	
 Standards and Guidelines 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.2.1

 	
 For purposes of this
 Agreement, the Change Control Process (CCP) shall mean the collaborative
 forum established by BellSouth to allow BellSouth and the CLEC community to
 discuss, provide input regarding and vote on developments of and
 modifications to the manual and electronic, OSS processes and interfaces.
 Subject to the CCP, BellSouth shall base its development of OSS interfaces on
 applicable industry standards and guidelines. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.2.2

 	
 BellSouth and MCI shall
 comply with the written change management and control procedures agreed to in
 the CCP. Changes to the change management and control procedures proposed by
 either Party, including guidelines for change management and control
 procedures developed by the industry, shall be considered by the CCP. These
 procedures will govern the steps necessary to change, alter or modify the OSS
 Functions or the Application-to-Application interface(s) designed, developed,
 tested, and deployed under this Attachment 6. The provisions of the change
 management and control procedures and processes are essential to this
 Agreement. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.2.2.1

 	
 BellSouth OSS interfaces
 shall provide MCI with the same process and system capabilities for
 residential and business services. BellSouth shall not require MCI to develop
 distinct processes or OSS interfaces by class of service. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.2.3

 	
 MCI agrees to comply with
 the provisions of the Operations Support Systems (OSS) Interconnection Volume
 Guidelines as set forth at BellSouth’s Interconnection Web site, and incorporated
 herein by reference as amended from time to time. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.3

 	
 Customer Information  

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.3.1

 	
 Neither Party will require
 customer confirmation prior to establishing service for the other Party’s
 customers, except in the event that the customer (where permitted by law) has
 a local 

 

CCCS 206 of 501

Attachment 6

Pre-Ordering, Ordering, Provisioning, Maintenance and Repair

Page 5 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 preferred carrier freeze
 on its account. If the customer has a local preferred carrier freeze, the
 Parties will adhere to the procedures prescribed in the FCC’s 47 C.F.R.
 64.1190 freeze. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.3.2

 	
 The Parties agree not to
 view, copy, or otherwise obtain access to the customer service record (“CSR”)
 information of any customer without that customer’s permission. The Parties
 will obtain access to CSR information only in strict compliance with
 applicable laws, rules, or regulations of the state in which the service is
 provided by obtaining documented verbal or written approval (Letter of
 Authorization (LOA)) from the customer to view the CSR. If either Party is
 suspicious of the other Party’s access of CSR information, the suspicious
 Party may request that the other Party provide, within seven (7) calendar
 days, appropriate documentation establishing or evidencing that the accessing
 Party had the customer’s approval to view the CSR (e.g., screenshot, LOA). If
 the suspicious Party does not believe the documentation is adequate, or if
 the accessing Party is unable to provide documentation within seven (7)
 calendar days, the suspicious Party may give the accessing Party written
 notice of an allegation that the accessing Party has accessed the CSR
 information in violation of this Section. If the accessing Party disputes the
 allegation within ten (10) calendar days of receiving such written notice,
 the Parties shall proceed according to the dispute resolution process in the
 General Terms and Conditions. During the pendency of such dispute resolution,
 the Party making the allegation shall not take any action to suspend,
 disconnect, or terminate the accessing Party’s ability to access additional
 CSR information. If the accessing Party does not dispute the allegation
 within ten (10) calendar days of receiving the written notice, the alleging
 Party may discontinue the accessing Party’s access to further CSR
 information, refuse additional applications for service from the accessing
 Party, decline to complete any pending service orders for the accessing
 Party, and/or otherwise deny the accessing Party’s access to the alleging
 Party’s pre-ordering and ordering systems. If however, the accessing Party
 disputes the allegation after such discontinuance, the discontinuance shall
 be removed and further access to CSR information shall be restored pending
 the resolution of the dispute pursuant to the dispute resolution provisions
 of the General Terms and Conditions. All such information obtained through
 the process set forth in this Section shall be deemed Information covered by
 the Proprietary and Confidential Information section in the General Terms and
 Conditions of this Agreement. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.3.3

 	
 If, based on a customer
 complaint, either Party (the Complaining Party) determines that the other
 Party (the Changing Party) has submitted an unauthorized change in local
 service; the Parties will reestablish service for the customer with the
 appropriate local service provider at the expense of the Changing Party. The
 Complaining Party will notify the Changing Party of the customer complaint.
 If the Changing Party is unable to provide proof of authorization, the
 Complaining Party may assess the Changing Party, any applicable unauthorized
 change charge approved by the Commission. No charges will be assessed if the
 Changing Party provides proof that the change was authorized. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.3.3.1

 	
 BellSouth shall not use MCI
 customer records for its own marketing purposes, nor make such records
 available to other CLECs except in compliance with Applicable law. MCI shall
 provide to BST access to customer record information, including circuit
 numbers associated with each telephone number where applicable. MCI shall
 provide such information within four (4) hours after request via electronic
 access where available. If electronic access is not available, MCI shall
 provide to BST paper copies of customer record information, including circuit
 numbers associated with each telephone number where applicable within two (2)
 business days. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.3.3.2

 	
 Each Party shall refer all
 questions regarding the other Party’s services or products directly to the
 other Party at a telephone number specified by the other Party. Each Party
 shall ensure that all their representatives who may receive inquiries,
 relating to the other Party’s services, from the 

 

CCCS 207 of 501

Attachment 6

Pre-Ordering, Ordering, Provisioning, Maintenance and Repair

Page 6 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 other Party’s subscribers,
 or otherwise have opportunity for contact, relating to the other Party’s
 services: (i) provide such numbers, if available to the personnel receiving
 the call, to callers who inquire about the other Party’s services or products;
 (ii) do not in any way disparage or discriminate against the other Party, or
 its products or services; and (iii) do not provide information about their
 products or services during that same inquiry or caller contact, unless that
 information specifically is requested by the caller. Subject to the
 limitations of this Section, both Parties maintain the right to serve
 directly any customer within the service area of the other Party. Both
 Parties may directly market their own telecommunications products and
 services and in doing so may establish independent relationships with
 customers of the other Party. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.3.3.3

 	
 In general, BellSouth will
 not become involved in disputes between MCI and MCI’s customers. If a dispute
 does arise that cannot be settled without the involvement of BellSouth, MCI
 shall contact the designated BellSouth Service Center for assistance in the
 dispute resolution. BellSouth will make commercially reasonable efforts to
 assist MCI to resolve the matter in as timely a manner as possible.
 BellSouth’s involvement will be limited to interfacing with MCI’s employees
 and agents with expressed authority. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.3.3.4

 	
 Where BellSouth provides
 switching pursuant to this Agreement, BellSouth will process calls made to
 its Annoyance Call Center and will advise MCI when it is determined that
 annoyance calls are originated from one (1) of their customer’s locations. It
 is the responsibility of MCI to take the corrective action necessary up to
 and including the disconnection of service to its customers who make annoying
 calls. BellSouth shall provide the same level of Annoyance Call Center
 service to MCI’s customers as BellSouth provides to its own customers. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.4

 	
 Customer Contact. BellSouth shall recognize MCI as the Customer of record for all Services and
Interconnection ordered by MCI, and shall send all notices, invoices, and
information that pertain to these ordered services directly to MCI. MCI will
provide BellSouth with addresses to which BellSouth must send these notices,
invoices, and information.  

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.4.1

 	
 BellSouth will ensure its
 employees are trained on the provisions of this Agreement, Applicable Law,
 and any other matters mutually agreed to by the Parties. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.5

 	
 Account Management. BellSouth will identify to MCI one (1) or more BellSouth representatives that
will serve as MCI’s account management team for purposes of administering
this Agreement and ensuring that BellSouth’s obligations under this Agreement
are carried out efficiently and in coordination with MCI. The account management
team’s primary function is to interact with the various BellSouth operating
groups on MCI’s behalf. The account management team shall be accessible to
MCI personnel to provide timely and decisive responses to MCI’s inquiries,
escalations, and requests.  

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.5.1

 	
 Expedite and Escalation Procedures. BellSouth and MCI shall maintain mutually acceptable escalation
and expedite procedures that may be invoked to facilitate rapid and timely
resolution of issues. These procedures shall include, at a minimum, contact
names and telephone numbers.  

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.5.2

 	
 At MCI’s request,
 BellSouth’s account management personnel shall meet with MCI to discuss ways
 to improve the account management team and its functions. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.5.3

 	
 BellSouth shall make
 available to MCI via an online viewer (via the Internet) any and all non-
 proprietary materials or
 information to which the account management team directs MCI. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.5.4

 	
 Training Support  

 

CCCS 208 of 501

Attachment 6

Pre-Ordering, Ordering, Provisioning, Maintenance and Repair

Page 7 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.5.4.1

 	
 For each OSS system
 training class offered by BellSouth, BellSouth shall make available one (1)
 free seat each year to MCI. Job aids for updates to such OSS training
 information are available to MCI on BellSouth’s web site. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.5.5

 	
 Customer Payment History. BellSouth will participate in NCTDE
 (National Consumer Telecommunications Data Exchange) and commit to providing
 NCTDE with two (2) years of historical information on UCAs for their local
 accounts and also report current UCA information in accordance with NCTDE
 required timelines for the purpose of providing MCI with third party access
 to Customer Payment History. BellSouth will make the following Customer
 payment history information available in accordance with the NCTDE format to
 the extent the same is available for BellSouth’s own use for each Person or
 entity that applies for (i) local service; or (ii) intraLATA toll
 Telecommunications Service(s). As of the effective date of this Agreement,
 BellSouth provides information to NCTDE regarding payment history of
 BellSouth residential customers. During the term of this Agreement, BellSouth
 will continue to provide such information to NCTDE provided that: (1) NCTDE
 continues to accept information from BellSouth through the third party
 administrator BellSouth currently uses in the same format and under the same
 terms and conditions as such information is currently provided; (2) the third
 party administrator that BellSouth currently uses to provide such information
 to NCTDE continues to administer the data transmission function on
 BellSouth’s behalf on the same terms and conditions as exist currently; (3)
 NCTDE does not impose any charges on BellSouth for BellSouth’s provision of
 such information; (4) BellSouth is not required to join NCTDE as a
 participant or recipient of data from NCTDE in order to continue providing
 information as described herein; and (5) there is no change in law or
 enforcement of any existing law that, in BellSouth’s legal judgment, imposes
 an unreasonable risk on BellSouth in connection with its provision of the
 information to NCTDE. The Parties agree that in the event BellSouth ceases
 providing such information to NCTDE, the Parties will work cooperatively to
 develop a mutually acceptable alternative arrangement for BellSouth to
 provide the information to MCI, either directly or through a third party. In
 determining whether such alternative arrangement will be acceptable to either
 Party, the Parties may consider, among other things, cost and administrative
 burden. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.5.6

 	
 BellSouth shall not refuse
 service to MCI for any potential MCI subscriber on the basis of that
 subscriber’s past payment history with BellSouth. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.6

 	
 Provision of Specific
 Services 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.6.1

 	
 Telephone Line Number Calling Cards. When a customer changes local service from BellSouth to MCI,
BellSouth will terminate its existing telephone line number-based calling
cards and remove any BellSouth-assigned Telephone Line Calling Card Number
(including area code) (TLN) from BellSouth’s LIDB within three (3) business
days from completion of the service order. MCI may issue a new telephone
calling card to such customer, utilizing the same TLN, and MCI shall have the
right to enter such TLN in LIDB for calling card validation purposes. TLN for
MCI’s Resale customers can be entered in BellSouth’s LIDB via the service
order process. TLN for all of MCI’s UNE customers can be entered in
BellSouth’s LIDB via other arrangements, i.e. FAX, E-mail, Internet, made
through your BellSouth Account Manager. BellSouth will direct-bill each
customer on the customer’s final bill.  

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.7

 	
 Use of Facilities. When a customer of MCI elects to
 discontinue service and transfer service to another local exchange carrier,
 including BellSouth, BellSouth shall have the right to reuse the facilities
 provided to MCI by BellSouth. In addition, where BellSouth provides local
 switching pursuant to this Agreement, BellSouth may disconnect and reuse
 facilities when the facility is in 

 

CCCS 209 of 501

Attachment 6

Pre-Ordering, Ordering, Provisioning, Maintenance and Repair

Page 8 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 a denied state and
BellSouth has received an order to establish new service or transfer service
from a customer of MCI at the same address served by the denied facility.
BellSouth will notify MCI that such a request has been processed after the
disconnect order has been completed. Such notification will be provided via
MCI’s line loss notification report which can be found on the PMAP website at
http://pmap.bellsouth.com/default.aspx, which is updated on a daily basis
except for Sundays.  

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2

 	
 PRE-ORDER
 REQUIREMENTS 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1

 	
 Provision of Pre-Order OSS
 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1.1

 	
 Subject to Applicable Law,
 either Party shall provide the other Party with access to customer profile
 information and all other pre-order information without requiring the other
 Party to produce a signed or written letter of agency (LOA). Instead, either
 Party shall accept the other Party’s blanket representation that a customer
 has authorized the other Party to obtain this information or data, including
 any Customer Proprietary Network Information (CPNI) contained in the
 information or data. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.2

 	
 Business Requirements for
 Pre-Ordering Functions 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.2.1

 	
 Loop Makeup (LMU)

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.2.1.1

 	
 Description of Service  

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.2.1.1.1

 	
 BellSouth shall make
 available to MCI, Loop Makeup (LMU) information for BellSouth network
 facilities, for telephone numbers, circuit identifications, or service
 addresses specified by MCI, except for facilities designated for use by other
 carriers, so that MCI can make an independent judgment about the availability
 and capability of loop facilities to support MCI provided services. This
 Section addresses LMU as a preordering transaction, distinct from MCI
 ordering any other service(s). Loop Makeup Service Inquiries (LMUSI) for
 preordering loop makeup are likewise unique from other preordering functions
 with associated service inquiries (SI) as described in this Agreement. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.2.1.1.2

 	
 BellSouth will provide MCI
 LMU information consisting of the composition of the loop material
 (copper/fiber); the existence, location and type of equipment on the loop,
 including but not limited to digital loop carrier or other remote
 concentration devices, feeder/distribution interfaces, bridged taps, load
 coils, pair-gain devices; the loop length; the wire gauge and electrical
 parameters. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.2.1.1.3

 	
 BellSouth’s LMU
 information is provided to MCI as it exists either in BellSouth’s databases
 or in its hard copy facility records. BellSouth does not guarantee accuracy
 or reliability of the LMU information provided, but BellSouth shall provide
 the same information to MCI that it provides to itself. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.2.1.1.4

 	
 MCI may choose to use
 equipment that it deems will enable it to provide a certain type and level of
 service over a particular BellSouth loop. The determination shall be made
 solely by MCI and BellSouth shall not be liable in any way for the
 performance of the advanced data services provisioned over said loop. For
 facilities reserved using a LMUSI, when MCI orders a loop, the specific loop
 type (ADSL, HDSL, or otherwise) ordered on the LSR must match the LMU of the
 loop reserved taking into consideration any requisite line conditioning. The
 LMU data is provided for informational purposes only and does not guarantee
 MCI’s ability to provide 

 

CCCS 210 of 501

Attachment 6

Pre-Ordering, Ordering, Provisioning, Maintenance and Repair

Page 9 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 advanced data services
 over the ordered loop type. Further, if MCI orders loops that are not
 intended to support advanced services (such as UVL-SL1, UVL-SL2, or ISDN
 compatible loops) and that are not inventoried as advanced services loops,
 the LMU information for such loops is subject to change at any time due to
 modifications and/or upgrades to BellSouth’s network. MCI is fully
 responsible for any of its service configurations that may differ from
 BellSouth’s technical standard for the loop type ordered. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.2.2

 	
 Submitting Loop Makeup
 Service Inquiries 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.2.2.1

 	
 MCI may obtain LMU
 information by submitting a LMUSI mechanically or manually. Mechanized LMUSIs
 should be submitted through BellSouth’s Operational Support Systems
 interfaces. After obtaining the loop from the mechanized LMUSI process, if
 MCI needs further loop information in order to determine loop service
 capability, MCI may initiate a separate Manual LMUSI for a separate
 nonrecurring charge as set forth in Attachment 1 of this Agreement. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.2.2.2

 	
 Manual LMUSIs shall be
 submitted by electronic-mail to BellSouth’s Complex Resale Support Group
 (CRSG)/Account Team utilizing the Preordering Loop Makeup Service Inquiry
 form. The service interval for the return of a Loop Makeup Manual Service
 Inquiry is three (3) business days. Manual LMUSIs are not subject to expedite
 requests. This service interval is distinct from the interval applied to the
 subsequent service order. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.2.3

 	
 Loop Reservations 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.2.3.1

 	
 MCI may reserve facilities
 for up to four (4) calendar days for each facility requested on a LMUSI from
 the time the LMU information is returned to MCI. During and prior to MCI
 placing an LSR, the reserved facilities are rendered unavailable to other
 customers, including BellSouth. If MCI does not submit an LSR for a UNE
 service on a reserved facility within the four (4) day reservation timeframe,
 the reservation of that spare facility will become invalid and the facility
 will be released. For a Mechanized LMUSI, MCI may reserve up to ten (10) loop
 facilities. For a Manual LMUSI, MCI may reserve up to three (3) loop
 facilities. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.2.3.2

 	
 Charges for preordering
 LMUSI are separate from any charges associated with ordering other services
 from BellSouth. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.2.4

 	
 Ordering of Other UNE
 Services 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.2.4.1

 	
 All LSRs issued for
 reserved facilities shall reference the facility reservation number as
 provided by BellSouth. MCI will not be billed any additional LMU charges for
 the loop ordered on such LSR. If however, MCI does not reserve facilities
 upon an initial LMUSI, MCI’s placement of an order for an advanced data
 service type facility shall be deemed placed for such a facility rate element
 that “includes manual service inquiry and reservation” per Attachment 1 of
 this Agreement. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.2.4.2

 	
 Where MCI has reserved
 multiple loop facilities on a single reservation; MCI may not specify which
 facility shall be provisioned when submitting the LSR. For those occasions,
 BellSouth will assign to MCI, subject to availability, a facility that meets
 the BellSouth technical standards of the BellSouth type loop as ordered by
 MCI. 

 

CCCS 211 of 501

Attachment 6

Pre-Ordering, Ordering, Provisioning, Maintenance and Repair

Page 10 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.3

 	
 Pre-Order Interface
 Performance and Management. BellSouth will provide a Specialized Point of Contact (SPOC) for its
 OSS that will provide the following support to MCI for the various BellSouth
 OSS interfaces, which is BellSouth’s Electronic Commerce (EC) Support Center.
 The EC Support Center will provide technical assistance to MCI dealing with
 all associated production systems, the interface itself, and its operability.
 This center will also provide escalation support twenty-four (24) hours seven
 (7) days a week. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.4

 	
 Database Downloads  

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.4.1

 	
 Product and Service Information Management System (PSIMS). BellSouth shall provide MCI, on a
monthly basis, a flat file extraction of PSIMS, which includes PIC availability
as well as a list of the features and functions available on an end
office-by-end office basis, via CONNECT:Direct Service. There is no charge
for obtaining the PSIMS file in this manner.  

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3

 	
 ORDERING
 AND PROVISIONING REQUIREMENTS 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.1

 	
 Provision of Ordering and
Provisioning OSS. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.1.1

 	
 BellSouth shall provide
 MCI the information and data set forth in this Section as specified by CCP. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.1.2

 	
 BellSouth shall bill MCI
 OSS rates pursuant to the rates, terms and conditions for OSS set forth in
 Exhibit A of Attachment 2 to this Agreement. MCI shall bill BellSouth a
 single manual OSS charge for an LSR associated with the “Port Back” of a
 telephone number to BellSouth as set forth in Exhibit A to Attachment 2 of
 this Agreement until such time as electronic ordering is provided by MCI to
 BellSouth at which time the applicable electronic OSS charge would apply. Any
 other OSS functions provided by MCI to BellSouth will be provided at similar
 rates, terms and conditions as those that apply to BellSouth when it provides
 OSS functions to MCI and negotiated through an amendment to this Agreement by
 the Parties. If the Parties are unable to negotiate an amendment, either
 Party may utilize the dispute resolution provisions of this Agreement. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.1.3

 	
 If either BellSouth’s or
 MCI’s existing electronic ordering and provisioning interfaces are
 unavailable, BellSouth shall employ a facsimile machine to facilitate the
 submission or process of any new or existing service requests. BellSouth
 shall provide access to these facsimile machines for order receipt when
 notified by MCI of any Application-to-Application interface unavailability. No manual OSS charges shall apply to
 Local Service Requests submitted when BellSouth’s existing electronic
 interfaces utilized by MCI are unavailable for reasons other than scheduled
 maintenance. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.2

 	
 General Business
 Requirements and Functions

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.2.1

 	
 Local Carrier Service
 Center (LCSC) 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.2.1.1

 	
 The LCSC will serve as
 MCI’s single point of contact (SPOC) for processing partially mechanized and
 manual LSRs providing order status, delivering authorized customer record
 information and performing billing inquiries and payment arrangements. The
 LCSC shall process all pre-ordering, ordering, and order status functions,
 including but not limited to, answering questions, resolving problems, and
 handling expedites and escalations, for Services requested by MCI that
 require manual intervention. 

 

CCCS 212 of 501

Attachment 6

Pre-Ordering, Ordering, Provisioning, Maintenance and Repair

Page 11

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.2.1.2

 	
 The LCSC toll-free
nationwide telephone number and toll-free fax numbers are provided on
BellSouth’s website at
http://interconnection.bellsouth.com/center/html/lcsc.html. This site also
provides the escalation telephone numbers for each of the LCSC centers. LCSC
hours of availability are provided for each of the centers at the above
website.  

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.2.2

 	
 Regular working
 hours/overtime. For purposes of this Agreement, BellSouth’s regular working
 hours for provisioning are defined as follows: 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.2.2.1

 	
 Monday - Friday - 8:00AM -
 5:00PM location time (excluding holidays) Resale/UNE non- coordinated, coordinated orders and order
 coordinated - Time Specific) 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.2.2.2

 	
 Saturday- 8:00 AM - 5:00
 PM location time (excluding holidays) (Resale/UNE non-coordinated orders) 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.2.2.3

 	
 Times are either Eastern
 or Central time based on the location of the work being performed. All other
 MCI requests for provisioning and installation services are considered
 outside of the normal hours of operation and will be performed subject to the
 application of overtime billing charges. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.2.2.4

 	
 Ordering and provisioning
 measurements will be as outlined in Attachment 9 of this Agreement. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.2.3

 	
 IntraLATA Carrier
 Selection 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.2.3.1

 	
 BellSouth shall provide to
 MCI the capability to order local service, intraLATA, and interLATA services
 by entering MCI Customer’s choice of carrier on a single order. BellSouth
 shall provide MCI with the capability to order separate interLATA and
 intraLATA carriers on a line or trunk basis. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.2.3.2

 	
 In all cases, BellSouth
 will route toll calls to the appropriate carrier as designated by MCI.
 BellSouth shall not be the default toll carrier in any circumstances. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.2.4

 	
 Customer Account Record
Exchange (CARE) Notification to Telecommunications Carrier in Resale
Arrangements  

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.2.4.1

 	
 BellSouth CARE shall
 notify MCI on the Web-based PIC, assessed via Common Access Front End (CAFÉ),
 whenever an MCI Customer who is provided local service through Local Resale
 changes their PIC status. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.2.4.2

 	
 BellSouth shall support
 and implement new Transaction Code Status Indicators (TCSIs) in support of
 Local Resale. BellSouth and MCI will work cooperatively to define CARE
 transactions supporting local resale. In support of resale, BellSouth shall
 pass to MCI all TCSIs implemented between BellSouth and an interexchange
 carrier. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.2.4.3

 	
 MCI may initiate a CARE
 block by submitting an LSR to deny PIC change activity on MCI customers.
 BellSouth will then reject any PIC changes using a code of 3148 for resold
 lines. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.2.4.4

 	
 BellSouth CARE
 transactions supporting the LSR process for resale and account maintenance
 are as follows: 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.2.4.4.1

 	
 40XX = Local Resale
 Subscription Order Install by Switch Provider (SWP) 

 

CCCS 213 of 501

Attachment 6

Pre-Ordering, Ordering, Provisioning, Maintenance and Repair

Page 12 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.2.4.4.2

 	
 42XX = Local Resale
 Subscription Order Disconnected by Switch Provider (SWP) 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.2.4.4.3

 	
 43XX = Local Resale
 Customer Information Changes by BellSouth as Switch Provider (SWP) 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.2.5

 	
 Service Migrations and New
 Subscriber Additions 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.2.5.1

 	
 When local switching is
 provided by BellSouth pursuant to this Agreement, and unless otherwise
 requested by MCI, BellSouth will migrate a customer from BellSouth’s services
 to MCI’s service without loss of feature availability and functionality. To
 the extent the customer’s voice mail service is available for resale to MCI
 pursuant to Attachment 1 of this Agreement and MCI chooses to purchase such
 voice mail service from BellSouth, BellSouth will migrate a customer from
 BellSouth’s services to MCI’s services without loss of voice mail (including
 the current mail box and its characteristics, if requested by MCI) and
 associated ancillary services, including, but not limited to, Directory
 Listings, LIDB, Operator Services, and 911/E911. BellSouth shall not
 intentionally or unnecessarily interrupt feature capability. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.2.5.2

 	
 BellSouth shall recognize
 MCI as an agent for the Customer in coordinating the disconnection of
 services provided by BellSouth. BellSouth will disconnect the
 BellSouth-provided services based on the information MCI places on the LSR.
 In the case of a coordinated conversion, BellSouth will work with MCI to
 coordinate the disconnection and connection of the customer’s service. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.2.5.3

 	
 For coordinated loop
 conversions, BellSouth shall verbally coordinate the disconnect with MCI  and perform switch
 translations so as to limit customer service outage. BellSouth and MCI will
 mutually agree upon a cutover time twenty-four (24) to forty-eight (48) hours
 prior to the actual conversion. MCI may designate the conversion time when
 the conversion involves a loop by requesting “order coordination — time
 specific” conversion at rates set forth in Attachment 2 of this Agreement.
 BellSouth will make every effort to accommodate MCI’s specific conversion
 time request. However, BellSouth reserves the right to negotiate with MC a
 conversion time based on load and appointment control when necessary. MCI may
 specify a time between 9:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. (location time) Monday through
 Friday (excluding holidays). If MCI specifies a time outside this window, or
 selects a time or quantity of Loops that requires BellSouth technicians to
 work outside normal work hours, overtime charges will apply in addition to
 the OC and OC-TS charges. Overtime charges will be applied based on the
 amount of overtime worked and in accordance with the rates established in the
 Access Services Tariff, Section E13.2, for each state. Both parties will use
 best efforts to ensure mutually agreed to conversion times, as identified in
 this paragraph, will commence within thirty (30) minutes of the agreed time.
 For subscriber conversions requiring Coordinated Cut-Over activities, on a per
 order basis, BellSouth and MCI will agree on a scheduled conversion time.
 BellSouth shall notify MCI when conversion is complete. BellSouth shall
 comply with the performance measurements relating to customer service
 interruptions as set forth in Attachment 9. For coordinated conversions of
 other Services, BellSouth and MCI shall work cooperatively to establish
 conversion procedures and rates

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Order

 Coordination
 (OC)

 	
  

 	
 Order

 Coordination –

 Time Specific

 (OC-TS)

 	
  

 	
 Test Points

 	
  

 	
 DLR

 	
  

 	
 Charge for Dispatch

 and Testing if No

 Trouble Found

 
	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 
	
 SL-1

 	
  

 	
 Chargeable

 	
  

 	
 Chargeable

 	
  

 	
 Not
 available

 	
  

 	
 Chargeable Option –

 	
  

 	
 Charged for Dispatch
 inside and outside

 

CCCS 214 of 501

Attachment 6

Pre-Ordering, Ordering, Provisioning, Maintenance and Repair

Page 13

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  (Non- Designed)

 	 	
 Option

 	 	
 Option

 	 	
  

 	 	
 ordered
 as Engineering Information Document

 	 	
 Central Office

 
	
  

 	 	
  

 	 	
  

 	 	
  

 	 	
  

 	 	
  

 
	
 UCL-ND

 

 (Non- Designed)

 	 	
 Chargeable Option

 	 	
 Not Available

 	 	
 Not Available

 	 	
 Chargeable Option – ordered as Engineering Information Document

 	 	
 Charged for Dispatch inside and outside Central Office

 
	
  

 	 	
  

 	 	
  

 	 	
  

 	 	
  

 	 	
  

 
	
 Unbundled Voice

 

 Loops - SL-2 (including 2-
 and 4- wire UVL) (Designed)

 	 	
 Included

 	 	
 Chargeable Option

 	 	
 Included

 	 	
 Included

 	 	
 Charged for Dispatch outside Central
 Office

 
	
  

 	 	
  

 	 	
  

 	 	
  

 	 	
  

 	 	
  

 
	
 Unbundled Digital Loop (Designed)

 	 	
 Included

 	 	
 Chargeable
 Option
 (except on Universal
 Digital Channel)

 	 	
 Included
 (where appropriate)

 	 	
 Included

 	 	
 Charged for Dispatch outside Central
 Office

 
	
  

 	 	
  

 	 	
  

 	 	
  

 	 	
  

 	 	
  

 
	
 Unbundled Copper Loop (Designed)

 	 	
 Chargeable in accordance with Section 2

 	 	
 Not available

 	 	
 Included

 	 	
 Included

 	 	
 Charged for Dispatch outside Central
 Office

 
	
  

 	 	
  

 	 	
  

 	 	
  

 	 	
  

 	 	
  

 
	
 For UVL-SL1 and UCLs, MCI must order and will be
 billed for both OC and OC-TS if requesting OCTS.

 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.2.6

 	
 Intercept
 Treatment and Transfer of Service Announcements. At MCI’s request,
 BellSouth shall provide unbranded or MCI-branded intercept treatment and transfer of
 service announcements to MCI’s Customers. BellSouth shall provide an intercept
 referral message for the same period of time that BellSouth currently provides such a
 message for its own customers.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.2.7

 	
 Desired
 Due Date (DDD). BellSouth shall complete all service request
 activities for related orders on a single, common due date, provided the same
 common date is specified on each LSR for the related orders. This single, common date
 will be reflected on the FOC of each related order.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.2.7.1

 	
 MCI
 will specify on each order the Desired Due Date (DDD). BellSouth shall assign
 a due date which shall be the later of the date for the interval specified in
 Section 8 of the Local Ordering Handbook (LOH), located at http://interconnection.bellsouth.com/guides/html/leo.html,
 or MCI’s

 

CCCS 215 of 501

Attachment 6

Pre-Ordering, Ordering, Provisioning, Maintenance and Repair

Page 14

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 DDD.
 Bellsouth will meet the due date that is on the order and that due date must
 match the interval. BellSouth shall not complete the order prior to the DDD,
 unless authorized by MCI or later than the date on the FOC without providing a jeopardy
 notification.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.2.7.2

 	
 Expedites. Requests for due
 dates that are earlier than the BellSouth offered date will be treated as an expedite request. In order to
 request an expedited due date, MCI shall use the expedite request field on the order. BellSouth shall
 notify MCI of the status of the order and the due date which shall be (1) for
 a non-designed order, (a) the expedite date, (b) the earliest date it can be
 worked after the expedite date or (c) the standard date, or (2) for an UNE
 order, (a) the expedite date or
 (b) the standard date as the DD, with the return of the FOC. BellSouth shall
 bill expedite charges for expedited
 due dates and will advise MCI of any charges at the time the offered date is provided. The rates for expedite charges are set
 forth in Attachment 2 of this Agreement, and no expedite charges shall apply for a request not
 completed prior to the standard date.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.2.8

 	
 Customer
 Premises Inspections and Installations

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.2.8.1

 	
 Where
 access to the Customer’s premises is required, BellSouth shall provide MCI
 with the ability to schedule Customer premises installations in accordance
 with the LOH.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.2.8.2

 	
 BellSouth
 will provide installation of inside wiring, upon MCI’s request, on the rates,
 terms and conditions offered to BellSouth retail customers, as set forth in
 BellSouth’s tariffs.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.2.9

 	
 FOC

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.2.9.1

 	
 BellSouth
 shall provide to MCI a FOC for each MCI LSR via the same interface used to
 submit the LSR.
 BellSouth shall send only one (1) FOC per LSR. The information provided on
 the FOC will be as described in the
 Product Information Packages and BellSouth LOH which can be found at BellSouth’s Internet site: http://interconnection.bellsouth.com/guides/html/leo.html.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.2.9.2

 	
 After
 MCI’s receipt from BellSouth of a valid LSR, MCI will provide BellSouth with
 FOCs for facilities-based migrations in 2 business days in a format in
 accordance with the rules developed by the Ordering and Billing Forum (OBF).
 The FOCs will be provided via the same interface as that through which
 the LSR was placed.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.2.10

 	
 After
 MCI’s receipt of a BellSouth FOC, any change in the Due Date by BellSouth not
 initiated by an LSR will be considered a Jeopardy.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.2.11

 	
 Order
 Rejections

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.2.11.1

 	
 BellSouth
 shall reject and return to MCI any service request that BellSouth can not
 provision due to technical reasons or due to missing, inaccurate or
 illegible information. When an order is rejected, BellSouth shall, in its
 reject notification, specifically describe, using specified error codes, the reasons for
 which the order was rejected. Although BellSouth exercises its best efforts to identify all
 errors before rejecting the LSR to MCI, this is not always possible. The type
 and severity of the error may
 prevent the LSR from being processed further once an error is discovered by BellSouth’s system. BellSouth
 will identify errors in accordance with BellSouth’s LSR error messages documentation, which contains
 all error codes applicable to any LSR and a description of the errors such codes identify. BellSouth will make
 available such documentation on BellSouth’s interconnection web site.
 BellSouth will work cooperatively with MCI as reasonably necessary to assist MCI in identifying and understanding
 LSR errors and associated error
 codes.

 

CCCS 216 of 502

Attachment 6

Pre-Ordering, Ordering, Provisioning, Maintenance and Repair

Page 15

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.2.11.1.1

 	
 After
 BellSouth’s submission of an LSR that is incomplete or incorrectly formatted,
 MCI will provide BellSouth with a Reject Response for facilities-based migrations
 in 2 business days in a format in accordance with the rules developed by OBF.
 The Reject Response will be provided via the same interface as that through which the LSR
 was placed.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.2.12

 	
 Service
 Request Changes (Supplemental Service Requests)

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.2.12.1

 	
 If an
 installation or other MCI-requested work requires a change from the original
 MCI service request in any manner, BellSouth shall notify the appropriate MCI
 ordering center designated in advance
 of performing the installation or other work to obtain authorization.
 BellSouth shall then provide MCI an estimate of additional labor hours or
 materials. After all installation or other work is completed, BellSouth shall
 immediately notify the MCI ordering center of the actual labor hours or materials used.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.2.12.1.1

 	
 If a
 service request can only be partially completed, BellSouth shall notify MCI
 prior to completing the request, and if MCI approval is received, BellSouth
 shall follow the jeopardy procedures in subsection 3.2.13.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.2.12.2

 	
 Where
 BellSouth provides installation and the MCI Customer requests a service
 change at the time of installation, BellSouth shall immediately
 notify MCI at the telephone number on the service order of that request. The BellSouth
 technician should notify MCI in the presence of the MCI Customer so that
 MCI can negotiate authority to install the requested service directly with that Customer and the
 technician and revise appropriate ordering documents as necessary. At no time
 should the BellSouth representative perform any work not ordered by MCI, even
 at the Customers’
 request, without approval from the MCI ordering center.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.2.13

 	
 Jeopardy
 Situations. BellSouth shall provide to MCI notification of any
 known jeopardy situations prior to the Due Date. Such notification shall contain a
 new committed Due Date. If BellSouth is unable to provide a new committed Due
 Date, BellSouth shall provide MCI a supplemental notification containing a
 new committed Due Date, and BellSouth shall provide a new committed Due Date
 on a nondiscriminatory basis. BellSouth shall provide notice of missed appointments and any
 other delay or problem in completing work specified on MCI’s service request as detailed
 on the FOC.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.2.14

 	
 Service
 Suspensions/Restorations. Where BellSouth provides switching and upon
 MCI’s request through a Suspend/Restore order, BellSouth shall suspend or restore
 service. BellSouth will deny or disconnect service to MCI’s customer on behalf of,
 and at the request of, MCI. Upon restoration of the customer’s service, restoral
 charges will apply and will be the responsibility of MCI. All requests for
 denial or disconnection shall be via an LSR.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.2.15

 	
 Loss
 Notifications. BellSouth shall provide to MCI information notifying
 MCI of any services disconnected from MCI. Such notification shall be provided
 electronically on a daily basis, using a process (PMAP website for line loss
 report) currently in place between the Parties, and any changes in the
 process must be mutually agreeable.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.2.16

 	
 SOC
 Notification. Upon completion of a service request submitted
 electronically, BellSouth shall submit to MCI, via the same electronic interface
 used to submit the order, an
 order completion notification that complies with industry standards, as
 modified by the CCP. Completion information for service requests submitted
 both manually and electronically is available via BellSouth’s web-based system known
 as CLEC Service Order Tracking System (CSOTS).

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 CCCS
 217 of 501

 

Attachment 6

Pre-Ordering, Ordering, Provisioning, Maintenance and Repair

Page 16

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.2.17

 	
 BellSouth
 shall provide to MCI information on charges associated with special
 construction.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.2.18

 	
 Blocking
 Services. Upon request from MCI, where BellSouth provides switching on a Resale
 basis,
 BellSouth shall provide blocking of 700, 900 and 976 services, or other
 services of similar type as may now exist or be developed in the future. In addition,
 BellSouth shall provide Billed Number Screening (BNS), including required LIDB
 updates, or equivalent service for blocking completion of bill-to-third-party and collect
 calls, on a line, trunk, or individual service basis.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.3

 	
 Cooperative
 Testing

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.3.1

 	
 The
 Parties shall perform cooperative testing, if requested by MCI, to test
 Services and Elements purchased by MCI where BellSouth performs cooperative
 testing on like services for BellSouth’s retail entity.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.3.2

 	
 BellSouth
 and MCI shall work cooperatively to isolate and clear troubles that cannot be
 isolated to a particular Party’s network.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.4

 	
 Network
 Testing

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.4.1

 	
 BellSouth
 shall perform all pre-service network testing necessary to ensure the
 services ordered meet the specifications outlined in the technical
 reference for the service being ordered. Such tests will include all of the tests that BellSouth
 would perform for the turn-up of its own service. Upon request,
 BellSouth shall provide MCI with the results from all tests when available.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.4.1.1

 	
 BellSouth
 shall perform electronic loop tests at MCI’s request and provide MCI with
 results from electronic loop tests.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 4

 	
 CONNECTIVITY BILLING AND RECORDING

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 4.1

 	
 Connectivity
 Billing and Recording Interface Performance and Management. Consistent with
 Attachment 9 of
 this Agreement, the Parties will comply with the performance measurements and reporting for
 transactions passed over the electronic Connectivity Billing and Recording interface.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5

 	
 CUSTOMER USAGE DATA

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.1

 	
 Provision
 of Customer Usage Data

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.1.1

 	
 BellSouth
 shall provide MCI with billing records in the standard EMI format with all EMI
 standard
 fields.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.1.2

 	
 Data circuits (private
 line or dial-up) may be required between BellSouth and MCI for the purpose of data
 transmission. Where a dedicated line is required, MCI will be responsible for
 ordering
 the circuit and coordinating the installation with BellSouth. MCI will also
 be responsible
 for any charges associated with this line. CSU/DSU equipment required on the BellSouth end to
 attach the line to the mainframe computer and to transmit data will be the responsibility of MCI.
 Where a dial-up facility is required, dial circuits will be installed in the BellSouth data center
 by BellSouth and the associated charges assessed to MCI. Additionally, all message toll charges
 associated with the use of the dial circuit by MCI will be the responsibility
 of MCI.
 Associated equipment on the BellSouth end, including a modem, will be the

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 CCCS 218 of 501

 

Attachment 6

Pre-Ordering, Ordering, Provisioning, Maintenance and Repair

Page 17

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 responsibility
 of BellSouth. All equipment, including modems and software that is required
 on the
 MCI end for the purpose of data transmission will be the responsibility of
 MCI.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.2

 	
 Performance
 Measures. BellSouth shall comply with the usage file performance measures, if
 any, as set
 forth in Attachment 9.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6

 	
 MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.1

 	
 Provision
 of Maintenance and Repair

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.1.1

 	
 BellSouth
 shall provide MCI use of BellSouth’s maintenance and repair OSS Function by
 providing
 MCI the information, data, processes, and functionalities via an Application-to-Application
 interface as set forth in this Attachment. BellSouth shall maintain this
 interface, including,
 but not limited to, the data connections, on a nondiscriminatory basis and
 shall comply with the applicable performance measurements set forth in Attachment
 9.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.1.2

 	
 For
 designed services, the Electronic Communications Trouble Administration
 (ECTA) will allow MCI personnel to perform the following functions for MCI
 Customers: (i) enter trouble reports in the BellSouth maintenance systems for an MCI
 Customer; (ii) retrieve and track current status on all MCI Customer trouble
 reports entered via ECTA; (iii) receive “estimated time to repair” (ETTR)
 on a Real Time basis; (iv) receive immediate notification in the event a
 repair person is unable to be present for, or anticipates missing, a
 scheduled repair appointment; and (v) receive automated notification of
 trouble closure in conformance with the specifications detailed in the
 MCI/BellSouth Joint Implementation Agreement (JIA) document.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.1.3

 	
 For
 non-designed trouble reports processed via TAFI, BellSouth shall provide MCI
 with the capability to open trouble tickets, analyze and sectionalize the
 trouble, determine whether it is necessary to dispatch a service technician
 to the relevant premises, obtain status and receive completion
 information.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.2

 	
 General
 Business Requirements and Functions

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.2.1

 	
 BellSouth
 will make repair service available to MCI personnel twenty-four (24) hours a
 day, seven (7) days a week.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.2.2

 	
 For
 all repair requests, each Party shall prescreen troubles prior to referring
 the trouble to the other Party.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.2.3

 	
 Each
 Party will be the single point of contact for all repair calls on behalf of
 its customers. The Parties agree to provide one (1) another with toll-free
 contact numbers for such purposes.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.2.4

 	
 BellSouth
 shall dispatch maintenance personnel for MCI customers on the same schedule
 that BellSouth provides for its own customers. BellSouth shall dispatch
 BellSouth technicians to MCI-designated premises upon request by MCI.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.2.5

 	
 MCI
 shall handle all interactions with MCI customers including all calls
 regarding service problems, establishing appointments pursuant to this
 Section, and notifying the customer of trouble status and resolution, unless otherwise
 authorized by MCI. BellSouth may contact MCI

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 CCCS
 219 of 501

 

Attachment 6

Pre-Ordering, Ordering, Provisioning, Maintenance and Repair

Page 18

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 customers
 for the express purpose of performing routine maintenance on BellSouth’s
 network (e.g., to notify a customer of tree trimming operations).

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.2.6

 	
 BellSouth
 shall reconfigure (company initiated activity (CIA) or central office
 conversion) the MCI service arrangements of MCI’s customer for Resale
 services, UNEs or Combinations in accordance with the FCC’s rules regarding
 Notice of Network Change, 47 C.F.R. 51.325 et
 seq. as well as the procedures described in the Operational Understanding
 located at http://www.interconnection.bellsouth.com/guides/other_guides/html/gopeu001/index.htm.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.3

 	
 Telephone
 Service Priority. Upon receipt of a request from MCI containing the
 appropriate TSP Authorization Codes assigned by the NSEP-TSP, BellSouth shall identify
 the account with this code. BellSouth will conform to the framework defined
 by the NSEP-TSP for restoration on a priority basis of the individual accounts.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.3.1

 	
 BellSouth
 shall supply MCI with a unique number, which may be the customer’s actual
 number, to identify each MCI initial trouble report opened. For repeat
 trouble reports, if the previous trouble was within a thirty (30) calendar day period,
 the report will be flagged as a repeat report automatically.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.3.2

 	
 MCI
 may open a trouble report at any time for any circuit ID for which BellSouth
 has previously submitted a completion notice for a service request. In
 addition, MCI may open a trouble report where a previous report for the same circuit ID
 has been closed by BellSouth. BellSouth’s escalation practices are provided in Appendix A and the escalation
 contact number list is contained in
 Chapter 4.0 of the Operational Understanding which is provided on the interconnection web site at http://www.interconnection.bellsouth.com/guides/other_guides/html/gopeu001/index.htm

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.3.3

 	
 BellSouth
 shall permit MCI to call BellSouth to verify central office features and
 functions as they relate to an open trouble report. BellSouth agrees to work with
 MCI on the initial trouble report to isolate the cause of the trouble and, where
 possible, resolve the feature/function related trouble at that time.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.3.4

 	
 BellSouth
 shall advise MCI of any known central office, interoffice (such as fiber
 cuts), and repeater failures that are known at the time of trouble report
 issuance. BellSouth shall notify MCI of switch failures pursuant to the Disaster Recovery
 Plan in Attachment 10 of this Agreement.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.3.5

 	
 BellSouth
 agrees to provide an ETTR, an appointment time or commitment time, as
 appropriate, on all trouble reports.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.3.6

 	
 If
 BellSouth misses the “estimated time to restore”; BellSouth shall use its
 best efforts to notify MCI in a timely manner.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.3.7

 	
 Each
 Party may bill the other Party for referring a trouble that requires a
 dispatch outside of the central office and is found not to be in the network of
 the Party to whom the trouble was referred. BellSouth will bill its Loop testing rates found
 in Attachment 2 Exhibit A.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 CCCS
 220 of 501

 

Attachment 6

Pre-Ordering, Ordering, Provisioning, Maintenance and Repair

Page 19

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.3.8

 	
 Maintenance
 charges for premises visits by BellSouth employees or contractors shall be
 billed to MCI and not to the customer.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.3.9

 	
 BellSouth
 employees or contractors shall present the customer with a non-branded
 warranty page that has the order number or trouble ticket number and
 date on it.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.3.10

 	
 If
 additional premises work is required that cannot be performed on that visit,
 BellSouth shall call MCI to schedule another premises visit. Wherever
 possible, BellSouth will schedule appointments while a technician is at the
 premises with the customer on the line so that MCI can schedule a new
 appointment with BellSouth and customer at the same time.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7

 	
 WHITE PAGES LISTINGS

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.1

 	
 Listings.
 MCI shall provide all new, changed and deleted listings on a timely basis and
 BellSouth
 or its agent will include MCI residential and business customer listings in
 the appropriate
 White Pages (residential and business) or alphabetical directories in the
 geographic areas covered by this Interconnection Agreement. Directory
 listings will make no distinction between MCI and BellSouth subscribers.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.2

 	
 Rates.
 So long as MCI provides subscriber listing information (SLI) to BellSouth in
 accordance with Section 7.2 below, BellSouth shall provide to MCI one (1)
 primary White Pages listing per MCI subscriber at no charge. Additional/Miscellaneous
 white pages listings shall be provided as set forth in BellSouth’s General Subscriber
 Services Tariff (GSST).

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.2.1

 	
 Procedures
 for Submitting MCI SLI are found in the BellSouth Business Rules for Local
 Ordering
 located at http//www.interconnection.bellsouth.com.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.2.2

 	
 MCI
 authorizes BellSouth, without a LOA or prior written notice, to release all
 MCI SLI provided to BellSouth by MCI to qualifying third parties via either
 license agreement or BellSouth’s Directory Publishers Database Service
 (DPDS), GSST, Section A38.2, as the same may be amended from time to time. Such MCI SLI
 shall be intermingled with BellSouth’s own customer listings and listings of any other CLEC
 that has authorized a similar release of SLI.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.2.3

 	
 No
 compensation shall be paid to MCI for BellSouth’s receipt of MCI SLI, or for
 the subsequent release to third parties of such SLI. In addition, to
 the extent BellSouth incurs costs to modify its systems to enable the
 release of MCI’s SLI, or costs on an ongoing basis to administer the release of MCI’s SLI, MCI
 shall pay to BellSouth its proportionate share of the reasonable costs associated therewith.
 At any time that costs may be incurred to administer the release of MCI’s SLI, MCI will be
 notified. If MCI does not wish to pay its proportionate share of these reasonable costs, MCI
 may instruct BellSouth that it does not wish to release its SLI to independent
 publishers, and MCI shall amend this Agreement accordingly. MCI will be
 liable for
 all costs incurred and approved by MCI until the effective date of the
 amendment.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.2.4

 	
 Neither
 BellSouth nor any agent shall be liable for the content or accuracy of any
 SLI provided by MCI under this Agreement. BellSouth shall indemnify,
 hold harmless and defend MCI and its agents from and against any damages, losses,
 liabilities, demands, claims, suits, judgments, costs and expenses
 (including but not limited to reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses)
 arising from BellSouth’s tariff obligations or otherwise and resulting from or
 arising out of any third party’s claim of inaccurate MCI listings or use of
 the SLI provided pursuant to this Agreement, to the

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 CCCS
 221 of 501

 

Attachment 6

Pre-Ordering, Ordering, Provisioning, Maintenance and Repair

Page 20

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 extent
 such inaccuracy was proximately caused by BellSouth or BellSouth’s agents,
 employees, or contractors. BellSouth shall forward to MCI any
 complaints received by BellSouth relating to the accuracy or quality
 of MCI listings.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.2.5

 	
 Listings
 and subsequent updates will be released consistent with BellSouth system
 changes and/or update scheduling requirements.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.3

 	
 Unlisted/Non-Published
 Subscribers. MCI will be required to provide to BellSouth the
 names, addresses
 and telephone numbers of all MCI customers who wish to be omitted from directories.
 Unlisted/Non-Published SLI will be subject to the rates as set forth in BellSouth’s GSST.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.4

 	
 Inclusion
 of MCI Customer in Directory Assistance Database. BellSouth will
 include and
 maintain MCI subscriber listings in BellSouth’s Directory Assistance
 databases at no recurring charge and MCI shall provide such Directory Assistance
 listings to BellSouth at no recurring charge.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.5

 	
 Listing
 Information Confidentiality. BellSouth will afford MCI’s directory listing
 information the
 same level of confidentiality that BellSouth affords its own directory listing information.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.6

 	
 Additional
 and Designer Listings. Additional and designer listings will be offered by
 BellSouth at
 tariffed rates as set forth in the GSST.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.7

 	
 Directories. BellSouth or its
 agent shall make available White Pages directories to MCI subscribers at no
 charge or as specified in a separate agreement with BellSouth’s agent.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 CCCS 222 of 501

 

Attachment 7

Billing

ATTACHMENT 7

BILLING

Attachment 7 

Billing 

Page 3

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 TABLE OF CONTENTS

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.

 	
 PAYMENT AND BILLING ARRANGEMENTS

 	
  

 	
 3

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.

 	
 BILLING DISPUTES

 	
  

 	
 13

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 LATE PAYMENT CHARGE REFERENCE MATRIX

 	
  

 	
 EXHIBIT A

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 CREDITWORTHINESS INFORMATION

 	
  

 	
 EXHIBIT B

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 CCCS 224 of 501
 

Attachment 7 

Billing 

Page 3

BILLING

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1

 	
 BILLING AND PAYMENT ARRANGEMENTS

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.1

 	
 The
 terms and conditions set forth in this Attachment shall apply to the billing
 and payment for all services ordered and provisioned pursuant to this
 Agreement unless otherwise set forth herein.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.2

 	
 Billing. The Parties
 acknowledge that they have already developed and deployed an Application-to-Application
 interface (CONNECT:Direct). BellSouth will continue to bill through the
 existing electronic interface, unless such interface is unavailable due to a
 Force Majeure situation, using the Carrier Access Billing System (CABS),
 Integrated Billing System (IBS) and/or Customer Records Information System (CRIS)
 depending on the particular service(s) provided to MCI under this Agreement.
 BellSouth will format all bills in accordance with the specifications already
 in use between the Parties, including but not limited to the CABS Billing Output Specification
 (CBOS) Standard or CLUB/EDI format, depending on the type of service provided. For those
 services where standards have not been developed, BellSouth’s billing format may change in
 accordance with applicable industry standards. Any changes to either Party’s CONNECT:Direct Node ID
 must be sent to the other Party no later than ninety (90) days before the changes take
 effect.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.2.1

 	
 The
 Parties shall provide to each other billing and recording information in a
 non-discriminatory manner and at a minimum, no less favorable in quality
 than that which it provides to itself and other Telecommunication Carriers.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.2.2

 	
 The
 Parties acknowledge that MCI will continue to provide billing and recording
 to BellSouth in paper format until such time that the Parties agree to
 a mutually acceptable electronic format.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.2.3

 	
 Reciprocal
 compensation charges will be identified as local jurisdiction, and not as
 interstate or intrastate, on each bill where jurisdiction is
 identified. Reciprocal compensation charges shall be identified by a
 unique service type. IntraLATA toll charges will be identified as Intrastate/IntraLATA
 or Interstate/IntraLATA. Intercarrier compensation shall be provided as set forth in
 Attachment 3 to this Agreement. These intercarrier compensation carriers
 shall be identified
 by a unique service type. Any switched access charges associated with
 interexchange carrier access to the resold exchange lines will be billed by, and
 due to BellSouth.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.2.4

 	
 BellSouth
 will render bills each month on the established bill days for each of MCI
 accounts via CONNECT:Direct as the primary medium for delivery. Upon request by
 MCI, the Parties may agree to deliver bills via any other media without
 additional cost to the other Party. If for any reason CONNECT:Direct or the other selected
 media becomes unavailable, the Parties will deliver bills to each other by some other
 mutually agreed upon media.. In any case, BellSouth shall deliver billing
 information to a location specified by MCI. If either Party requests billing media or copies of
 bills in addition to those set forth herein, or as provided in the Unbillable
 Revenue
 Section of this Attachment, the billing Party will provide these to the
 billed Party at the billed Party’s expense (as set forth in this Agreement, the billing
 Party’s applicable tariff, etc.). Each Party will retain, at its sole expense,
 copies of all billing information transmitted to the other Party for at
 least ninety (90) days after transmission to the other Party.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.2.5

 	
 BellSouth
 will bill MCI in advance for all services to be provided during the ensuing
 billing period except charges associated with service usage and nonrecurring
 charges, which will be billed in arrears.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.2.6

 	
 The
 Parties shall comply with all applicable industry standards for
 telecommunications billing.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 CCCS 225 of 501
 

Attachment 7 

Billing 

Page 4

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.2.7

 	
 The
 Parties shall issue all bills containing billing data and information in
 accordance with the most current version of CBOS. To provide for any
 development time that might be required CBOS versions that are finalized in July and
 published in August will be implemented between March 1 and May 31.
 CBOS versions that are finalized in December and published in January will be
 implemented between September 1 and November 30.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.2.8

 	
 Both
 Parties will provide a list that identifies any billing record, phrase code
 or element value differences from the CBOS standard (“Differences
 List”).

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.2.9

 	
 BellSouth
 shall provide MCI with records, as available, necessary to bill third parties
 for terminating
 traffic to its customers including but not limited to 110131 Records,
 regardless of the method used to provide service to its customers.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.2.10

 	
 The
 Parties shall bill each other for each Service supplied pursuant to this
 Agreement at the rates forth in this Agreement.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.2.11

 	
 Billing
 Account Number (BAN). 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.2.11.1.

 	
 The
 billed Party shall be assigned a separate and unique BAN in the form agreed
 to by the Parties, and such number shall be provided to the billed Party on each
 bill in which charges for services appear. The data associated with each BAN shall
 enable the billed Party to identify the service as ordered. Each bill shall set forth
 the quantity and description of each such service provided and billed to the other Party,
 including USOC’s and similar information, where applicable. All billed
 charges shall indicate the state from which such charges were incurred, except
 in cross boundary situations mandated by the Commission and identified in the
 appropriate tariff (General Subscriber
 Services Tariff Section A3 or NECA 4) where the serving state will be indicated.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.2.11.2

 	
 The
 Parties shall bill each other monthly for all charges incurred by and credits
 and/or adjustments due to the purchasing Party for those services ordered,
 established, utilized or performed pursuant to this Agreement. BANs shall be
 consolidated by service type according to industry standards and as otherwise
 mutually agreed to by the Parties. Bill formats shall be in compliance with
 industry standards. Adequate documentation shall be sent for any debit/credit
 adjustments.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.2.11.3

 	
 BellSouth
 shall assign specific adjustment or reference numbers provided by MCI to each
 adjustment
 and credit related to billing disputes, and assigned by BellSouth for other
 adjustments related to BellSouth proactive billing reviews or back-billing,
 included on its bills.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.2.11.4

 	
 The
 Bill Date must be present on each bill transmitted by the Parties, and must
 be a valid calendar date. All charges incurred under this Agreement shall be
 considered final two (2) years after such charges were either billed or
 should have been billed.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.2.11.5

 	
 The
 Bill Date will be the same day, month to month, per BAN. Each Party will
 provide the other Party at least thirty (30) days written notice prior
 to changing, deleting or transferring services between BANs. The Parties shall provide one (1)
 billing invoice associated with each BAN. Each invoice must contain an invoice number (which
 will vary from month to month). On each bill associated with a BAN, the appropriate invoice
 number and the charges contained on that invoice must be reflected. Each Party shall deliver
 all bills to the other Party in accordance with the Service Quality
 Measurement (SQM) in Attachment 9 but in no event later than ten (10) days
 after the Bill Date and at least twenty (20) days prior to the payment due
 date (as described in this Attachment),
 whichever is earlier. Any bill received on a Saturday, Sunday or a generally recognized holiday will be deemed received the
 next business day. If either Party fails to receive

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 CCCS 226 of 501
 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Attachment 7

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Billing

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Page 5

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 billing
 data and information within the time period specified above, the payment due
 date will be extended by the number of days receipt has been delayed.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.2.11.6

 	
 Measurement
 of minutes of use will be in actual conversation seconds for those services
 other than resale that are billed based on conversation time. The total
 conversation seconds measured by each billing switch per chargeable rate elements
 will be totaled for the entire monthly bill cycle, and rounded to the nearest whole minute
 for UNEs, or the nearest whole minute for local interconnection usage.
 Local Resale will be billed in the increments in accordance with the
 BellSouth’s underlying retail tariff.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.2.11.7

 	
 Each
 Party shall provide to the other Party a single point of contact (SPOC) for
 handling any questions or problems regarding bills or that may arise during the
 implementation and performance of the obligations under this Attachment. Each SPOC will
 be available via a single telephone and telephone number (not through an
 answering center).

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.2.11.8

 	
 Each
 Party will determine its terminating interconnection minutes of use, and this
 information will be used as the basis for its interconnection bills.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.3

 	
 Unbillable
 Revenue (CMDS/ODUF/EODUF). The term “unbillable” refers to a message or
 service that
 cannot be accurately billed to the correct customer despite all reasonable
 attempts to recover the message data.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.4

 	
 Format
 and Transmission Failures.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.4.1

 	
 BellSouth
 shall format and transmit billing and recording information to MCI as
 provided in this Agreement. In the event that billing information is
 improperly provided to MCI, it shall notify its regular BellSouth collections contact that
 payment will be delayed as a result. The billing information will be
 corrected and resubmitted to MCI in a form that can be processed by MCI. Although the actual Bill Date on the bill would
 not change upon such notification, BellSouth shall waive late payment charges and defer
 normal collections activity for that payment.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.5

 	
 Recording
 Failures

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.5.1

 	
 When
 BellSouth carries or switches calls and loses or fails to make a recording,
 regardless of whether MCI or BellSouth is performing the billing
 function, BellSouth shall notify MCI of the recording failure(s) as soon as practicable.
 BellSouth shall notify MCI of the amount of estimated MCI unbillable revenue as soon as
 practicable. BellSouth shall compensate MCI for this unbillable
 revenue within three (3) bill periods. Such compensation shall be net of
 revenue BellSouth
 demonstrates it would have received for services provided to MCI, if any, but
 for which
 Bell South could not render bills as a result of any recording loss(es).

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.6

 	
 Loss
 of Recorded Usage Data.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.6.1

 	
 In
 the event MCI Recorded Usage Data is determined to have been lost, damaged or
 destroyed as a result of an act, error or omission, including but not limited to
 the acts, errors or omissions of BellSouth employees, agents and suppliers,
 and the failures of BellSouth hardware, software and other BellSouth
 equipment, when BellSouth is performing the billing and/or recording
 function, upon
 MCI’s request, BellSouth shall attempt to recover the Recorded Usage Data,
 and provide multiple billing media or additional copies of the bills at no
 charge to MCI. In the event the data cannot be recovered by BellSouth, BellSouth and
 MCI shall mutually agree upon a credit amount based upon an estimate of the affected messages
 and associated revenue, reduced by a mutually agreed upon estimate of associated Recording
 Service charges, based upon the method described in the Determination of
 Losses Section of this Attachment.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 CCCS 227 of 501

 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Attachment 7

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Billing

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Page 8

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.7

 	
 Lost,
 Damaged or Destroyed Message Data. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.7.1

 	
 When
 MCI message data is lost, damaged or destroyed as a result of a BellSouth
 act, error or omission, including but not limited to the acts,
 errors or omissions of BellSouth employees, agents and suppliers, and the failures of
 BellSouth hardware, software and other BellSouth equipment, when BellSouth is
 performing the billing and/or recording function, and the data cannot be recovered or
 resupplied within two (2) bill periods, BellSouth shall notify MCI of the estimated amount of
 MCI unbillable revenue as soon a practicable. BellSouth shall compensate MCI for this
 unbillable revenue within three (3) bill periods.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.7.2

 	
 When
 MCI message data is lost, damaged or destroyed as a result of a BellSouth
 act, error or omission, including but not limited to, the acts,
 errors or omissions of BellSouth employees, agents and suppliers, and the failures of
 BellSouth hardware, software and other BellSouth equipment, when MCI is
 performing the billing and/or recording function, and the data cannot be recovered or resupplied
 within two (2) bill periods, BellSouth shall notify MCI of the estimated amount of
 MCI unbillable revenue as soon as practicable. BellSouth shall compensate MCI
 for the net loss to MCI within three (3) bill periods. The lost revenue per
 day will be based upon the daily average of revenues for the corresponding days of the
 week (e.g. four (4) Mondays) in the most recent month for which MCI supplied data to
 BellSouth before the day of loss, except:

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.7.2.1

 	
 If
 the loss occurs on a weekday which is a holiday (except Mother’s Day or
 Christmas), BellSouth will use the daily average of revenues from the four
 (4) Sundays of the most recent month for which MCI supplied data to BellSouth before the
 day of loss;

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.7.2.2

 	
 If
 the loss occurs on Mother’s Day or Christmas, BellSouth will use the daily
 average of revenue from that day in the preceding year (if available from
 the data supplied by MCI to BellSouth before the day of loss); and

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.7.2.3

 	
 If
 the loss occurs on a day not a holiday but one (1) or more of the days lost
 is a holiday, BellSouth will use additional corresponding days from
 the next most recent month for which MCI supplied data to BellSouth before the
 day(s) of loss.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.8

 	
 Determination
 of Losses. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.8.1

 	
 BellSouth
 shall review its daily controls to determine how much data has been lost and
 notify MCI in advance of the date of monthly billing statement that shall
 contain such adjustments for the recording failure(s) and/or lost, damaged or
 destroyed message data. BellSouth shall provide sufficient
 information to allow MCI to analyze the data supporting BellSouth’s estimates
 of revenue
 due to MCI.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.9

 	
 Material
 Message Data Loss. BellSouth shall review its daily controls to determine
 if any message
 data has been lost. The message threshold (5000 (this is the number of
 messages on the switch for all carriers including inter and intraLATA as well as
 Local) messages within the missing data period) used by BellSouth to determine if
 there has been a material loss of its own messages will also be used to determine if a
 material loss of MCI’s messages has occurred. A nonmaterial loss will
 not be reported and any unbillable revenues will not be credited to MCI. When it is known or
 suspected that there has been a material loss, actual message and minute
 volumes will be reported to the extent any are available. Where actual data
 is not available, a full day shall be estimated for the recording entity as
 outlined in the Estimated Volumes Section. The loss is then determined by subtracting
 recorded data, if any is available, from the estimated total day’s business.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 CCCS 228 of 501
 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Attachment 7

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Billing

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Page 8

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.10

 	
 Estimated
 Volumes. Where message and minute volumes must be estimated, BellSouth shall
 prepare message
 and minute volume reports for MCI for the eight (8) weeks proceeding the week
 in which the loss occurred.
 BellSouth shall secure message and minute counts for the corresponding day of the week from the eight
 (8) weeks preceding the week in which the loss occurred. BellSouth shall apply the appropriate average revenue per
 message to the estimated message
 volume to arrive at the amount of estimated lost revenue. All such reports
 shall be made available without cost to MCI upon request. All such reports
 shall be considered confidential in accordance with the terms of this
 Agreement and afforded the full protection granted to confidential information in accordance with the terms of this
 Agreement.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.11

 	
 Complete
 Loss. Estimated message and minute volumes for each loss consisting of an
 entire/tape or file lost in transit, lost after receipt, degaussed before
 processing, received blank or unreadable, etc. shall be reported as soon as
 practicable. If applicable, the loss of one (1) or more boxes of operator tickets shall
 also be estimated and reported.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.11.1

 	
 BellSouth
 shall notify MCI in advance of the date of the monthly billing statement that
 shall contain adjustments determined in accordance with this Section of the
 Attachment. BellSouth shall provide sufficient information to allow MCI to
 analyze the data supporting BellSouth’s estimate of revenue due to MCI.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.12

 	
 Neither
 Party will perform billing and collection services for the other as a result
 of the execution of this Agreement.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.13

 	
 In
 the event that this Agreement or an amendment to this Agreement results in a
 rate change to recurring rate elements that are billed in advance,
 the Parties will make an adjustment to such recurring rates billed in advance at the
 previously effective rate. The adjustment shall reflect billing at the new
 rates from the Effective Date of the Agreement or amendment.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.14

 	
 Establishing
 Accounts. After submitting a credit profile and deposit, if required, and after
 receiving
 certification as a local exchange carrier from the appropriate regulatory
 agency, MCI will provide the appropriate BellSouth advisory team/local contract
 manager the necessary documentation to enable BellSouth to establish accounts
 for Local Interconnection, Network Elements and Other Services, Collocation and/or resold services. Such
 documentation shall include the
 Application for Master Account, if applicable, proof of authority to provide
 telecommunications services, the appropriate Operating Company Numbers (OCN)
 for each state as assigned by the
 National Exchange Carriers Association (NECA), Carrier Identification Code (CIC),
 Access Customer Name and Abbreviation (ACNA), Blanket Letter of Authorization
 (LOA), Misdirected Number form, and a tax
 exemption certificate, if applicable. If MCI has provided necessary documentation
 as required in this Section pursuant to a previous interconnection agreement for accounts established pursuant to the
 previous interconnection agreement
 which are now governed by the rates, terms and conditions of this Agreement,
 then the Parties agree that MCI has
 satisfied the requirements of this Section for those accounts. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in
 this Agreement, until such time as BellSouth is able to provide
 services under a new account in a shorter time frame, MCI may not order
 services under a new account established
 in accordance with this Section until thirty (30) days after BellSouth’s receipt of all of the above
 information from MCI.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.14.1

 	
 Intentionally
 omitted.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.14.2

 	
 Except
 as provided herein, BellSouth will not become involved in billing disputes
 that may arise between MCI and an MCI customer.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 CCCS 229 of 501
 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Attachment 7

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Billing

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Page 8

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.15

 	
 Payment
 Due. Payment for services provided is due on or before the payment due
 date. Payment is considered to have been made when received by the billing Party.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.16

 	
 Due
 Dates. The payment due date shall ordinarily be thirty (30) days after the
 Bill Date set forth on the applicable bill. If the payment due date falls on a Sunday or
 on a generally recognized holiday that is observed on a Monday, the payment due
 date shall be the next business day. If the payment due date falls on a Saturday or on a
 holiday which is observed on Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, or Friday,
 the payment due date shall be the last non-holiday day preceding such Saturday or holiday.
 In the event of an emergency, system failure or other such condition which prevents BellSouth
 from transmitting billing information via CONNECT:Direct or the other media selected by the
 Parties, BellSouth shall notify MCI of such difficulties as soon as practicable and will
 deliver the billing information to MCI by another media as agreed to by the Parties. In such
 cases the payment due date will be thirty (30) days after the Bill Date in a
 form that
 can be processed and that otherwise meets the specifications set forth in
 this Attachment. If payment is not received by the payment due date, a late
 payment charge, as set forth in the Late Payment Section below shall apply.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.17

 	
 Late
 Payment. The late payment charge shall be the portion of the payment not
 received by the payment due date multiplied by a late factor and will be applied on a
 per bill basis. The late factor shall be as set forth in the Late Payment Charge
 Reference Matrix attached as Exhibit A to this Attachment 7 and incorporated herein. In
 no event shall such late factors exceed applicable law.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.17.1

 	
 In
 addition to any applicable late payment charges, when a check or draft
 tendered for payment of an account is subsequently returned by the
 institution on which it is written due to failure of the issuing institution
 to honor the check or draft for a good and sufficient reason, a reasonable fee will be charged
 to the paying Party, to reimburse the paid Party for the direct costs it
 incurs because
 of the returned check or draft, up to the maximum amount allowed by law for
 each such returned
 check or draft. The returned check charge also applies to returned Automatic
 Funds Transfer transactions.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.18

 	
 Tax
 Exemption. Upon BellSouth’s receipt of a tax exemption
 certificate, the total amount billed to MCI will not include those taxes or fees
 from which MCI is exempt.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.18.1

 	
 Discontinuing
 Service to MCI. The procedures for discontinuing service to MCI are as
 follows:

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.18.1.1

 	
 In
 order of severity, Suspend/Suspension, Discontinue/Discontinuance and Terminate/Termination
 are defined as follows for the purposes of this Attachment:

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.18.1.2

 	
 Suspend/Suspension
 is the temporary restriction of the billed Party’s access to the ordering
 systems
 and/or access to the billed Party’s ability to initiate PIC-related changes.
 In addition, during Suspension, pending orders may not be completed, and orders for new service or changes
 to existing services may not be accepted.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.18.1.3

 	
 Discontinue/Discontinuance
 is the denial of service by the billing Party to the billed Party that
 will
 result in the disruption and discontinuation of service to the billed Party’s
 customers. Additionally,
 at the time of Discontinuance, BellSouth will remove any Local Service
 Freezes in place
 on the billed Party’s customers.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.18.1.4

 	
 Terminate/Termination
 is the disconnection of service by the billing Party to the billed Party. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 CCCS 230 of 501
 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Attachment 7

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Billing

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Page 9

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.18.2

 	
 BellSouth
 reserves the right to Suspend, Discontinue or Terminate service to MCI to the
 extent necessary to prevent the unlawful use or misuse of BellSouth
 facilities or service or to the extent MCI fails to pay any undisputed amounts due in
 accordance with the terms of this Section.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.18.3

 	
 Suspension. If payment of amounts
 due are not received by the Bill Date in the month after the original Bill Date,
 BellSouth will provide written notice to MCI that additional applications for
 service
 may be refused, that any pending orders for service may not be completed,
 and/or that access to ordering systems may be suspended if payment of such
 amounts, and all other amounts not in dispute that become past due before refusal,
 incompletion or Suspension of service, are not received by the fifteenth (15th) day
 following the date of said notice. For CABS billed UNEs, MCI will receive a PIC
 freeze notice which is the Suspension notice for CABS billed services. This PIC freeze
 notice will be sent the day after the payment due date and is notification
 that CABS billed services will be suspended within seven (7) days if payment
 is not received. For CRIS and IBS billed services, the Suspension notice
 shall provide that all past due charges for CRIS and IBS billed services, and all other
 amounts that become past due for such services, must be paid within thirty (30) days from the
 date of said notice to avoid Discontinuance.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.18.4

 	
 Discontinuance. For CRIS and IBS
 services, the same Suspension notice shall also provide that all past due charges
 for CRIS and IBS billed services, and all other amounts that become past due for such services
 before Discontinuance, must be paid within thirty (30) days from the date of
 the Suspension
 notice to avoid Discontinuance. For CABS billed services. BellSouth will
 provide a Discontinuance
 notice that is separate from the Suspension notice, stating that BellSouth
 may Discontinue
 the provision of existing services to MCI if payment of such amounts, and all
 other amounts
 not in dispute that become past due before Discontinuance of service, are
 not received by the thirtieth (30th) day following the date of the
 Discontinuance notice. In the case of security deposits, if, in the absence of any dispute or
 agreed to extension by the Parties, MCI fails to secure a deposit
 requested pursuant to Section 1.21 of this Attachment by BellSouth within the
 time
 frames provided in that Section, BellSouth may commence to discontinue
 service in accordance
 with this Section.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.18.4.1

 	
 In
 the case of Discontinuance of services, all billed charges, as well as
 applicable disconnect charges, shall become due.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.18.4.2

 	
 Discontinuance
 of service to MCI may affect a discontinuance of service to MCI’s customers.
 BellSouth
 will reestablish service for MCI upon payment of all past due charges and any
 applicable
 connection fee. MCI is solely responsible for notifying any of its customers
 that may be
 affected by the Discontinuance of service by BellSouth. If, within seven (7)
 days after MCI’s services have been Discontinued, MCI pays all past due charges,
 including late payment charges, outstanding security deposit request amounts if
 applicable and any applicable restoral charges, then BellSouth will reestablish service for MCI.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.18.5

 	
 Termination.
 If within seven (7) days after service has been Discontinued and MCI has
 failed to pay all past due charges as described above, BellSouth will Terminate service to MCI.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.19

 	
 If
 the billing Party Suspends, Terminates or Discontinues service to the billed
 Party in error, the billing Party will reestablish service to the billed
 Party immediately and without cost to the billed Party.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.20

 	
 Deposit
 Policy.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.20.1

 	
 General
 Terms. BellSouth reserves the reasonable right to secure the accounts of
 new CLECs (entities
 with no existing relationship with BellSouth for the purchase of wholesale
 services as of the Effective Date) and certain existing CLECs (entities with an
 existing relationship with BellSouth for the purchase of wholesale services as of
 the Effective Date) with which it has a

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 CCCS 231 of 501

 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Attachment 7

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Billing

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Page 10

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 continuous
 relationship of less than one (1) year, or that do not otherwise meet the
 qualifications described in this Section for continuing
 creditworthiness with a suitable form of security pursuant to this Section.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.20.1.1

 	
 With
 the exception of new CLECs with a D&B credit rating equal to 5A1,
 BellSouth may secure the accounts of all new CLECs consistent with the
 terms set forth below. Further, if an existing CLEC has filed for bankruptcy protection within
 twelve (12) months prior to the Effective Date of this Agreement, BellSouth may treat the
 existing CLEC, as a new CLEC for purposes of establishing security on its accounts.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.20.2

 	
 Initial
 Determination of Creditworthiness. Upon request, BellSouth may require MCI to
 complete the
 BellSouth Credit Profile which is located on the BellSouth Interconnection
 Services web
 site at the following internet address -
 http://www.interconnection.bellsouth.com/, in order to determine whether or
 not security should reasonably be required, and in what amount. This form contains information
 requests similar in nature to that in Exhibit B. The Parties have discussed MCI’s
 creditworthiness in accordance with the requirements of this Section and determined
 that no
 additional security of any kind is required upon the execution of this
 Agreement.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.20.3

 	
 Subsequent
 Determination of Creditworthiness. Subject to a standard of commercial reasonableness, if a
 material change in the circumstances of the CLEC so warrants and/or gross monthly billing has
 increased beyond the level most recently used to determine the level of security deposit,
 BellSouth reserves the right to request additional security subject to the
 criteria set
 forth in this Section. BellSouth shall provide MCI fifteen (15) days written
 notice of its intent to review MCI’s credit worthiness. Upon intent to
 review notice, the Parties agree to work together to review MCI’s credit worthiness.
 Upon completion of the credit review and based on BellSouth’s analysis
 of the BellSouth Credit Profile and other relevant information regarding
 MCI’s financial condition, BellSouth reserves the right to require MCI to
 provide BellSouth with a suitable form of security deposit for MCI’s account.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.20.4

 	
 If
 BellSouth requires MCI to provide a security deposit for new Service, MCI
 shall provide such security deposit prior to the inauguration of such new
 Service. If BellSouth requests additional security deposit (or requires a security
 deposit if none was previously requested), MCI shall pay any applicable
 security deposit for existing service within (a) fifteen (15) days of the
 deposit request
 notice if the deposit request amount is less than or equal to $5 million for
 all BellSouth states combined, or (b) thirty (30) days of the deposit request notice
 if the deposit request amount is greater than $5 million for all BellSouth states
 combined. Such notice period will start the first business day after the deposit request
 notice is rendered. If the deposit request amount is greater than $5
 million for all BellSouth states combined, the deposit request notice and a
 written explanation
 of the factors used to determine credit worthiness will be sent by overnight
 mail to MCI.
 If the deposit request amount is less than or equal to $5 million for all
 BellSouth states combined, the deposit request may be rendered by certified mail or
 overnight delivery and a written explanation of the factors used to determine
 credit worthiness will be mailed to MCI only if a written request for said information is
 received from MCI. If, in the absence of any dispute or agreed to extension
 by the Parties, MCI fails to secure the deposit requested pursuant to this Section by BellSouth
 within the time frames provided in this subsection above, BellSouth may commence to
 discontinue service in accordance with Section 1.19 of this Attachment. MCI
 may fulfill
 the security deposit requirement determined in accordance with the terms of
 this Attachment
 by Surety Bond (BellSouth form), Letter of Credit (BellSouth form), cash, or
 any other
 form of security proposed by MCI and acceptable to BellSouth, or any
 combination of the above.
 If the security deposit requirement is in the form of cash, interest shall
 accrue on the Cash Deposit in accordance with BellSouth’s tariff on cash
 deposits, or at twelve percent (12%) per annum, whichever is less. The amount
 of the security deposit determined in accordance with the

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 CCCS 232 of 501

 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Attachment 7

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Billing

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Page 11

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 terms
 of this Attachment shall not exceed two (2) month’s estimated billing for new
 CLECs or two (2) month’s actual billing under this Agreement for existing
 CLECs.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.20.5

 	
 Any
 such security shall in no way release the existing CLEC from its obligation
 to make complete and timely payments of its bills, subject to the bill dispute
 procedures set forth in this Attachment.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.20.6

 	
 BellSouth
 will not require a security deposit from existing CLECs that meet the
 following factors:

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.20.6.1

 	
 The
 CLEC must have a good payment history, based upon the preceding twelve (12)
 month period. A good payment history shall mean that less than ten percent
 (10%) of the non-disputed receivable balance is aged beyond the due date.
 Only good faith disputes submitted to BellSouth pursuant to the
 procedures set forth in the Parties’ interconnection agreement will be
 considered in determining the “non-disputed receivable balance.”

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.20.6.2

 	
 The
 existing CLEC’s liquidity status, based upon a review of Earnings Before
 Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization (EBITDA), is EBITDA
 positive for the prior four (4) quarters of financials (at least one (1) of which must be
 an audited financial report) excluding any nonrecurring charges or special restructuring
 charges.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.20.6.3

 	
 If
 the existing CLEC has a current bond rating, it must have a bond rating of
 BBB or above, or has a current bond rating between CCC and BB and meets
 the following criteria for the last Fiscal Year End and for the prior four (4)
 quarters of reported financials:

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.20.6.3.1

 	
 Free
 cash flow positive;

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.20.6.3.2

 	
 Positive
 tangible net worth;

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.20.6.3.3

 	
 Debt/tangible
 net worth ratio between 0 and 2.5; and

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.20.6.3.4

 	
 Customer
 is compliant with all financial maintenance covenants.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.20.7

 	
 BellSouth
 shall release or return any security, within thirty (30) days of its
 determination that such security is no longer required by the terms of
 this Attachment, or within thirty (30) days of MCI and BellSouth establishing that it
 satisfies the standards set forth in this Attachment or at any such time as the
 provision of service to MCI is terminated pursuant to this Agreement as
 applicable. The amount of the deposit will first be credited against any of
 MCI’s outstanding account(s), and any remaining credit balance will be refunded within
 30 days.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.20.8

 	
 If at
 any time subsequent to the return of a deposit, MCI evinces a poor payment
 history or fails to satisfy the conditions set forth in this deposit
 policy, Bellsouth may require a security deposit.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.20.9

 	
 If
 MCI provides a security deposit or additional security deposit in the form of
 an irrevocable letter of credit as required herein, MCI shall
 maintain the irrevocable letter of credit until it has been determined that
 such security is no longer required by the terms of this Attachment. If MCI is in default of its
 payment obligations under this Attachment and fails to maintain the irrevocable letter of
 credit, BellSouth may draw down the full amount of such letter of credit, within forty-eight
 (48) hours prior to its expiration, if MCI fails to renew the letter of
 credit or fails to provide BellSouth with evidence that MCI has obtained a
 suitable replacement for the letter of credit. If MCI provides a security deposit or
 additional security deposit in the form of a surety bond as required herein and the bonding
 company’s credit rating falls below a rating of B, MCI shall provide
 BellSouth with suitable security deposit to replace the surety bond. If MCI

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 CCCS 233 of 501

 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Attachment 7

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Billing

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Page 12

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 fails
 to provide a suitable replacement for the surety bond within thirty (30) days
 of BellSouth’s written notice to MCI that other security is required,
 BellSouth may take action on such surety bond and apply the proceeds to MCI’s account.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.21

 	
 Notices.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.21.1

 	
 Notwithstanding
 anything to the contrary in this Agreement, all bills and notices regarding
 billing
 matters, including notices relating to security deposits, Suspension,
 Discontinuance, and/or Termination of services for nonpayment, by the billed Party
 shall be forwarded to the individual at the address provided by each Party in
 the establishment of its billing account(s) or such other address as may be
 established from time to time by either Party, or to the individual at the address subsequently
 provided by a Party as the contact for billing information or such other address as may be
 established from time to time by either Party. All monthly bills and notices described in this
 Attachment shall be sent to the same individual(s) and/or address(es) until otherwise notified by
 the other Party. Notices regarding Suspension, Discontinuance or Termination of
 services and/or security deposits also shall be sent via certified mail to
 the individual(s)
 listed in the Notices provision of the General Terms and Conditions Section
 of this Agreement.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.22

 	
 Rates

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.22.1

 	
 If a
 rate is identified as interim by the Commission, then upon adoption of a
 final rate by the Commission, either Party may elect to change the
 interim rate to conform to the final rate upon written notice to the other Party. If either
 Party elects to change an interim rate to conform to a final rate, the final
 rate will be substituted for the interim rate and will remain in effect for
 the remainder of this Agreement unless otherwise changed in accordance with
 the terms of this Agreement. Unless otherwise agreed to by the Parties, the interim
 rate shall be replaced by a final rate retroactive to the effective date of this
 Agreement, the effective date of an amendment requested by a Party based upon a Commission
 order, or the effective date of an amendment requested by a Party based upon a Commission
 order that establishes an effective date for a final rate. In the event the
 effective date for a final rate is established by a Commission order, the
 final rate
 shall be retroactive to that date.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.22.2

 	
 If a
 Party requests a function or service for which no rate has been set forth in
 this Agreement, a Party may request the other Party to provide such
 function or service for which no rate has been set forth in this Agreement pursuant to an
 interim rate to be determined as follows:

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.22.2.1

 	
 In
 the event there is a Commission approved rate for the requested function or
 service in that State, that rate shall be for the specific service
 function or service requested will be as set forth in the applicable
 Commission Order, the providing Party’s applicable tariff or as negotiated by
 the Parties
 in good faith and in compliance with Applicable Law upon request by either
 Party.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.22.2.2

 	
 In
 the event the Parties cannot agree upon a rate for any particular function or
 service, either Party may invoke the dispute resolution provisions of
 this Agreement to establish such a rate. Until a final rate for the function or service
 has been established, a Party shall provide the requested function or
 service, if and when technically feasible, at an interim rate proposed by the
 providing
 Party in accordance with the requirements set forth in the Act. Upon the
 establishment of a final rate, the Parties shall retroactively true up the rate in
 accordance with Section 27 of the General Terms and Conditions.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 CCCS 234 of 501

 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Attachment 7

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Billing

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Page 13

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.22.3

 	
 Rates
 set forth in this Agreement pertaining to Network Elements are for Network
 Elements on an individual, stand-alone basis, and for combinations of Network
 Elements described in this Agreement. If either Party purchases a function or
 service from a tariff, all terms, conditions and rates as set forth in
 such tariff shall apply.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.22.4

 	
 All
 rates set forth in this Agreement for functions or services required to be
 provided by the Act shall comply with the standards set forth by the Act
 and effective orders of the FCC and the Commission. Such rates shall be just,
 reasonable, nondiscriminatory and in accordance with the principles set forth
 in the Act and this Agreement.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2

 	
 BILLING DISPUTES

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1

 	
 For
 purposes of this Section, a billing dispute means a reported dispute of a
 specific amount of money actually billed by either Party. The dispute
 must be clearly explained by the disputing Party and supported by written
 documentation, which clearly shows the basis for disputing charges. Claims by
 the billed Party for damages of any kind will not be considered a billing dispute for purposes of
 this Section. The disputing Party will make full payment of any undisputed
 amounts to the billing Party within thirty (30) days after the Bill Date.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1.1

 	
 Written
 documentation may consist of, but is not limited to, the following
 information where such information is relevant to the dispute and
 available to the disputing Party:

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1.1.1

 	
 The
 nature of the dispute, including the basis for the disputing Party’s belief
 that the bill is incorrect;

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1.1.2

 	
 The
 type of usage;

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1.1.3

 	
 The
 end office where the minutes of use originated or terminated;

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1.1.4

 	
 The
 number of minutes in dispute;

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1.1.5

 	
 The BANs;

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1.1.6

 	
 The
 dollar amount in dispute;

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1.1.7

 	
 The
 date of the bill in question;

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1.1.8

 	
 Line
 number, trunk number and 26 Code (TSC) may also be provided;

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1.1.9

 	
 PON
 and dates involved (due date or as of date) for disputes involving order
 activity and what the disputing Party believes is incorrect and why it
 believes this to be incorrect. For order activity disputes, documentation
 may include traffic reports, billing cycle, and if the service is shared,
 both main and shared service BANs. Line number, trunk number and 26 code as
 well as end office ID may also be provided; or

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1.1.10

 	
 Any
 other information necessary to facilitate dispute resolution. If additional
 information from the disputing Party is necessary to resolve the
 dispute, the other Party may request that the disputing Party provide this information. The
 request for any additional information may affect the dispute date
 established by this Attachment if it delays the dispute resolution process.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.2

 	
 In
 the event of a billing dispute, the Parties shall use best efforts to resolve
 the dispute within sixty (60) days from the notification date.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 CCCS 235 of 501

 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Attachment 7

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Billing

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Page 14

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.2.1

 	
 If
 the dispute is resolved in favor of the billing Party and the disputing Party
 paid the disputed amount on or before the payment due date, no interest
 or charges will apply.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.2.2

 	
 In
 the absence of a separate agreement between the Parties to pay or withhold
 the disputed amount, if the dispute is resolved in favor of the billing Party and
 the disputing Party withheld the disputed amount, any payments withheld pending
 settlement will be subject to interest and a late payment charge unless the
 billing Party failed to provide the billing information required by this
 Section.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.2.3

 	
 If
 the dispute is resolved in favor of the disputing Party and the disputing
 Party paid the disputed amount, the disputing Party shall receive a credit for
 the disputed amount plus interest as set forth herein.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.2.4

 	
 Within
 five (5) business days of the billing Party’s denial, or partial denial, of
 the billing dispute, if the disputing Party is not satisfied with the billing
 Party’s resolution of the billing dispute or if no response to the
 billing dispute has been received by the disputing Party by such sixtieth (60th)
 day, the
 disputing Party must pursue the escalation process as outlined in the Billing
 Dispute Escalation
 Matrix, set forth on BellSouth’s Interconnection Services Web site at http://interconnection.bellsouth.com/guides/html/billing.html, or the billing
 dispute shall be considered denied and closed. If the dispute is not resolved within
 the allotted time frame, the following dispute resolution procedure shall begin:

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.2.4.1

 	
 If
 the dispute is not resolved within sixty (60) days, the dispute shall be
 escalated to the second level of management for resolution.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.2.4.2

 	
 If
 the dispute is not resolved within ninety (90) days, the dispute shall be
 escalated to the third level of management for resolution.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.2.4.3

 	
 If,
 after escalation, the Parties are unable to reach resolution, then the
 aggrieved Party, if the aggrieved Party elects to pursue the dispute, shall
 pursue dispute resolution in accordance with the General Terms and Conditions
 of this Agreement.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.3

 	
 The
 date of resolution will be the date on which the billing Party completes its
 investigation of the dispute, notifies the disputing Party of the
 disposition and, if the billing dispute is resolved in favor of the disputing
 Party, applies the credit for the amount of the dispute resolved in disputing
 the
 Party’s favor to the disputing Party’s bill, including interest on the
 disputed amount as appropriate.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.4

 	
 Each
 Party shall credit the other for incorrect billing charges including without
 limitation: overcharges, services ordered or requested but not delivered,
 interrupted services, services of poor quality, and installation problems if caused by
 the billing Party. Such credits shall be set forth in the appropriate section
 of the bill pursuant to CBOS guidelines.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.5

 	
 The late
 payment charge for both Parties shall be calculated based on the portion of
 the payment not received by the payment due date multiplied by the late
 factor as set forth in Exhibit A.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 CCCS 236 of 501

 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 LATE
 PAYMENT CHARGE REFERENCE MATRIX

 	
 Attachment 7

 Exhibit A

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 State and Reference

 	
  

 	
 Section

 	
  

 	
 Affected Services

 
	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 	
  

 	

 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Alabama

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 General Subscriber Services
 Tariff

 	
  

 	
 A2.4.3 C.

 	
  

 	
 DS0 UNE
 Loops, Resale Voice Services, Resale Data Services (e.g., Synchronet)

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Access Services Tariff

 	
  

 	
 E2.4.1 B.3

 	
  

 	
 Hi-Cap
 Loops, UNE Transport, Interconnection Trunks, Shared/Common Transport, Databases, Operator Services/Directory Assistance,
 Collocation

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Florida

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 General Subscriber Services Tariff

 	
  

 	
 A2.4.3 C

 	
  

 	
 DS0 UNE
 Loops, Resale Voice Services, Resale Data Services (e.g., Synchronet)

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Access Services Tariff

 	
  

 	
 E2.4.1 B.3

 	
  

 	
 Hi-Cap
 Loops, UNE Transport, Interconnection Trunks, Shared/Common Transport, Databases, Operator Services/Directory Assistance,
 Collocation

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Georgia

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 General Subscriber Services
 Tariff

 	
  

 	
 A2.4.3 D

 	
  

 	
 DS0 UNE
 Loops, Resale Voice Services, Resale Data Services (e.g., Synchronet)

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Access Services Tariff

 	
  

 	
 E2.4.1 B.3

 	
  

 	
 Hi-Cap
 Loops, UNE Transport, Interconnection Trunks, Shared/Common Transport, Databases, Operator Services/Directory Assistance,
 Collocation

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Kentucky

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 General Subscriber Services
 Tariff

 	
  

 	
 A2.4.3 H

 	
  

 	
 DS0 UNE
 Loops, Resale Voice Services, Resale Data Services (e.g., Synchronet)

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Access Services Tariff

 	
  

 	
 E2.4.1 B.3

 	
  

 	
 Hi-Cap
 Loops, UNE Transport, Interconnection Trunks, Shared/Common Transport, Databases, Operator Services/Directory Assistance,
 Collocation

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Lousiana

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 General Subscriber Services
 Tariff

 	
  

 	
 A2.4.3 G

 	
  

 	
 DS0 UNE
 Loops, Resale Voice Services, Resale Data Services (e.g., Synchronet)

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Access Services Tariff

 	
  

 	
 E2.4.1 B.3

 	
  

 	
 Hi-Cap
 Loops, UNE Transport, Interconnection Trunks, Shared/Common Transport, Databases, Operator Services/Directory Assistance,
 Collocation

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Mississippi

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 General Subscriber Services
 Tariff

 	
  

 	
 A2.4.3 H

 	
  

 	
 DS0 UNE
 Loops, Resale Voice Services, Resale Data Services (e.g., Synchronet)

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Access Services Tariff

 	
  

 	
 E2.4.1 B.3

 	
  

 	
 Hi-Cap
 Loops, UNE Transport, Interconnection Trunks, Shared/Common Transport, Databases, Operator Services/Directory Assistance,
 Collocation

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 North Carolina

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 General Subscriber Services
 Tariff

 	
  

 	
 A2.4.3 C

 	
  

 	
 DS0 UNE
 Loops, Resale Voice Services, Resale Data Services (e.g., Synchronet)

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Access Services Tariff

 	
  

 	
 E2.4.1 B.3

 	
  

 	
 Hi-Cap
 Loops, UNE Transport, Interconnection Trunks, Shared/Common Transport, Databases, Operator Services/Directory Assistance,
 Collocation

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 South Carolina

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 SC Code of Regulations

 	
  

 	
 Ch. 103-622.2

 	
  

 	
 DS0 UNE
 Loops, Resale Voice Services, Resale Data Services (e.g., Synchronet)

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Access Services Tariff

 	
  

 	
 E2.4.1 B.3

 	
  

 	
 Hi-Cap
 Loops, UNE Transport, Interconnection Trunks, Shared/Common Transport, Databases, Operator Services/Directory Assistance,
 Collocation

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Tennessee

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 General Subscriber Services
 Tariff

 	
  

 	
 A2.4.3 C.1. & 2.

 	
  

 	
 DS0 UNE
 Loops, Resale Voice Services, Resale Data Services (e.g., Synchronet)

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Access Services Tariff

 	
  

 	
 E2.4.1 B.3

 	
  

 	
 Hi-Cap
 Loops, UNE Transport, Interconnection Trunks, Shared/Common Transport, Databases, Operator Services/Directory Assistance,
 Collocation

 

CCCS 237 of 501

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Exhibit B

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 BELLSOUTH

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Interconnection
 Services

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Credit Profile

 	
 Return by Fax to: 404-986-0166

 

	
 Complete, sign
 and fax to: 404-986-0166

 Attention: Business Credit Management

 	
 Estimated
 Monthly billing with BellSouth

 $ _________________________________ 

 
	
 For questions concerning this
 application call 888-634-4114

 	
 New customer 

 Existing customer

 
	
 Please Print And Complete All
 Information.

 	
 Attach Copy of Fiscal Audited
 Statement (if available)

 
	
 Type of Business
 Applying For:

 Local (Resale)               
     Facility Based                    Payphone
 Services Provider (# of lines in the first 6 months) ___ 

   Access                    
           CMRS (Wireless)               Other ___________ 

 
	
 Company Information

 
	
 Business Name (Legal Name)

 	
 Doing Business As (Trade Style)

 
	
 Please Check One:

 Corporation
           
                                    Partnership
                            
                      Sole-Proprietor
                          
              Other

 
	
 Street Address                    
                                     
                       
                      
               City
                                       State
                  
                               Zip

 
	
 Corporate
 Office Location

 	
 (If different from above)

 	
 City

 	
 State
                                   
              Zip

 
	
 (Area Code) Telephone Number

 	
 (Area Code) Fax Number

 	
 E mail address of business

 	
  

 
	
 Are you presently a Bellsouth Customer in another area of
 business?                       
                      
                   
                     
         Yes              
            No

 
	
 Contact name for additional
 information (if needed)

 Contact e mail address:

 
	
 Officer’s Names and e mail address

 
	
 President

 	
 CFO

 	
 CEO

 
	
 Company History

 
	
 Year Business Established

 	
 Principal Business of Firm

 	
 Company Web Site:

 
	
 Business Credit References

 
	
 Company Name

 	
 City

 	
 State

 	
 (Area Code) Telephone Number

 
	
 Account Number

 	
 Contact Name

 
	
 Company Name

 	
 City

 	
 State

 	
 (Area Code) Telephone Number

 
	
 Account Number

 	
 Contact Name

 
	
 Company Name

 	
 City

 	
 State

 	
 (Area Code) Telephone Number

 
	
 Account Number

 	
 Contact Name

 
	
 Bank Reference

 
	
 Bank Name

 	
 City

 	
 State

 	
 Account Number

 
	
 Banking Officer

 	
 (Area Code) Telephone Number

 	
 (Area Code)
 Fax Number

 
	
 I hereby authorize you to release to BellSouth now or in the future any
 and all information, which they may request concerning my account. I understand that such
 information will be held strictly confidential and will remain BellSouth’s property whether or not credit is extended. I understand
 that security may be required by BellSouth to establish service. I certify
 that the above information provided for this credit profile is true and
 correct to the best of my knowledge.

 
	
 Signature
 (Authorized Individual Only)

 	
 Print Name

 	
 Date (MM/DD/YYYY)

 
													

CCCS 238 of 501

Exhibit B

CCCS 239 of 501

Attachment 8

Rights of Way

ATTACHMENT 8

RIGHTS-OF-WAY,
CONDUITS AND POLE ATTACHMENTS

CCCS 240 of 501

Attachment 8

Rights of Way

Rights-of-Way, Conduits and Pole
Attachments

	
  

 
	
 BellSouth
 will provide nondiscriminatory access to any pole, duct, conduit, or
 right-of-way owned or controlled by BellSouth pursuant to 47 U.S.C. § 224,
 as amended by the Act, pursuant to terms and conditions of a license
 agreement subsequently negotiated with BellSouth’s Competitive Structure Provisioning Center.

 

CCCS 241 of 501

Attachment 8

Rights of Way

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 SECTION

 	
 PAGE

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 1
 Definitions

 	
   4

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 2 Scope
 of Agreement

 	
   6

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 3 Requirements and Specifications

 	
   9

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 4
 Additional Legal Requirements

 	
 14

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 5 Facilities and Licenses

 	
 14

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 6
 Make-Ready Work

 	
 16

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 7
 Application Forms and Fees

 	
 16

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 8
 Processing of Applications

 	
 19

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 9
 Issuance of Licenses

 	
 19

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 10 Construction of Licensee’s
 Facilities

 	
 20

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 11 Use
 and Routine Maintenance of Licensee’s Facilities

 	
 22

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 12
 Modification and Replacement of Licensee’s Facilities

 	
 22

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 13
 Rearrangement of Facilities at Request of Another

 	
 23

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 14 Emergency
 Repairs and Pole Replacements

 	
 24

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 15
 Inspection by BellSouth of Licensee’s Facilities

 	
 24

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 16 Notice
 of Noncompliance

 	
 24

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 17 Unauthorized Occupancy or Utilization of BellSouth’s
 Facilities

 	
 25

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 18 Removal of Licensee’s Facilities

 	
 26

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 19 Fees,
 Charges, and Billing

 	
 26

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 EXHIBITS

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Exhibit 1 BellSouth Records Maintenance Centers

 	
 27

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Exhibit 2 BellSouth Administrative Forms and Notices

 	
 28

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Exhibit 3 2004 FCC Formula Supported Fees

 	
 29

 

CCCS 242 of 501

Attachment 8

Rights of Way

ATTACHMENT 8

RIGHTS OF WAY (ROW), CONDUITS, POLE
ATTACHMENTS

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 This
 Attachment 8, together with the terms and conditions contained in General
 Terms and Conditions, and Attachment 4, sets forth the terms and conditions
 under which BellSouth shall afford to MCI access to BellSouth’s poles, ducts, conduits and
 rights-of-way pursuant to the Act and FCC rules and regulations.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.

 	
 DEFINITIONS

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Definitions
 in General. Except as the context otherwise requires, the terms
 defined in this Attachment
 shall, as used in this Attachment, have the meanings set forth in Sections
 1.1 through 1.27, below.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.1

 	
 Anchor. The term “anchor”
 refers to a device, structure, or assembly, which stabilizes a pole and
 holds it in
 place. An anchor assembly may consist of a rod and fixed object or plate,
 typically embedded
 in the ground, which is attached to a guy strand or guy wire, which, in turn,
 is attached to the pole. The term “anchor” includes only those anchors which are
 owned by BellSouth, as distinguished from anchors which are owned and
 controlled by other persons or entities, and does not include the guy
 strand, which connects the anchor to the pole.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.2

 	
 Anchor/guy
 strand. The term “anchor/guy strand” refers to supporting wires, typically
 stranded together,
 or other devices attached to a pole and connecting that pole to an anchor or
 to another pole for the purpose of increasing pole stability. The term
 “anchor/guy strand” includes, but is not limited to, strands sometimes
 referred to as “anchor strands,” “down guys,” “guy strands,” and
 “pole-to-pole guys.”

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.3

 	
 Application. The process of
 requesting information related to records, pole and/or conduit availability, or
 make-ready requirements for BellSouth owned or controlled facilities. Each application is limited in size to a request
 for a maximum of (1) 100 consecutive poles or (2) 10 consecutive manhole sections or 5000 feet, whichever is greater. The
 application includes (but not limited
 to) request for records, records investigation and/or field investigation,
 and make-ready work.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.4

 	
 Assigned. The term “assigned”, when used with
 respect to conduit or duct space or pole attachment space, refers to any
 space in such conduit or duct or on such pole that is occupied by a telecommunications service provider or a
 municipal or other governmental authority, or is assigned pursuant to Section 5.6 herein. To ensure the
 judicious use of poles and conduits, space “assigned” to a telecommunications service provider must be
 physically occupied by the service provider, be it BellSouth or a new
 entrant, within twelve (12) months of the space being “assigned”.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.5

 	
 Available. The term
 “available”, when used with respect to conduit or duct space or pole
 attachment space,
 refers to any usable space in such conduit or duct or on such pole not
 assigned to a specific provider at the applicable time.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.6

 	
 Conduit occupancy. The terms “conduit occupancy” and
 “occupancy” refer to the presence of wire, cable, optical conductors, or other facilities
 within any portion of BellSouth’s conduit system.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.7

 	
 Conduit
 system. The term “conduit system” refers to any combination of ducts,
 conduits, manholes, and
 handholes, and other rights-of-way joined to form an integrated whole. In
 this Attachment, the term refers to conduit systems owned or controlled by
 BellSouth.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.8

 	
 Cost. The term “cost” as used herein refers to
 charges made by BellSouth to MCI for specific work performed, and shall
 be (a) the actual charges made by subcontractors to BellSouth for work
 and/or, (b)
 if the work was performed by BellSouth employees, time and material charges
 shall apply for such work, or
 (c) if the work is done by approved contractors hired by MCI, the actual
 charges made by

 

CCCS 243 of 501

Attachment 8

Rights of Way

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 such
 contractors to MCI.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.9

 	
 Duct. The term “duct”
 refers to a single enclosed tube, pipe, or channel for enclosing and carrying
 cables, wires,
 and other facilities. As used in this Attachment, the term “duct” includes
 “inner-ducts” created by subdividing a duct into smaller channels.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.10

 	
 Facilities. The terms “facility”
 and “facilities” refer to any property or equipment utilized in the provision of
 telecommunication services.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.11

 	
 Inner-Duct. The term “inner-duct”
 refers to a pathway created by subdividing a duct into smaller channels.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.12

 	
 Joint
 User. The term “joint user” refers to a utility which has entered into an
 agreement with BellSouth providing reciprocal rights of attachment of facilities
 owned by each party to the poles, ducts, conduits and rights-of-way owned by the
 other party.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.13

 	
 Lashing. The term “lashing”
 refers to the attachment of a licensee’s sheath or inner-duct to a supporting strand.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.14

 	
 License. The term “license” refers to any license
 issued pursuant to this Agreement and may, if the context requires,
 refer to conduit occupancy or pole attachment licenses issued by BellSouth
 prior to the
 date of this Agreement.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.15

 	
 Licensee. The term “licensee”
 refers to MCI, where MCI has entered into an agreement or arrangement with
 BellSouth permitting MCI to place its facilities in BellSouth’s conduit
 system or attach
 its facilities to BellSouth’s poles or anchors. Licensee and MCI may be used
 interchangeably throughout this Attachment.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.16

 	
 Make-Ready
 Work. The term “make-ready work” refers to all work performed or to be
 performed to prepare BellSouth’s conduit systems, poles or anchors and related
 facilities for the requested occupancy or attachment of MCI’s facilities.
 “Make-Ready work” includes, but is not limited to, clearing obstructions
 (e.g., by “rodding” ducts to ensure clear passage), the rearrangement,
 transfer, replacement, and
 removal of existing facilities on a pole or in a conduit system where such
 work is required solely to accommodate
 MCI’s facilities and not to meet BellSouth’s business needs or convenience. “Make-Ready work” may require
 “dig-ups” of existing facilities and may include the repair, enlargement or
 modification of BellSouth’s facilities (including, but not limited to,
 conduits, ducts, handholes and manholes) or the performance of other
 work required to make a pole, anchor, conduit or duct usable for the initial
 placement of MCI’s facilities.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.17

 	
 Manhole/Handhole. The term “manhole”
 refers to an enclosure, usually below ground level and entered through a hole
 on the surface covered with a cast iron or concrete manhole cover, which personnel may enter and use for the purpose
 of installing, operating, and maintaining facilities in a conduit. The term “handhole” refers to a similar
 enclosure which is too small for personnel to enter.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.18

 	
 Occupancy. The term “occupancy”
 shall refer to the physical presence of telecommunication facilities in a duct, on a pole,
 or within a right-of-way.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.19

 	
 Person acting on MCI’s
 behalf. The terms
 “person acting on MCI’s behalf,” “personnel performing work on MCI’s behalf,” and similar terms
 include both natural persons and firms and ventures of every type, including, but not limited to,
 corporations, partnerships, limited liability companies, sole proprietorships, and joint ventures. The terms
 “person acting on MCI’s behalf,” “personnel performing work on MCI’s
 behalf,” and similar terms specifically include, but are not limited to, MCI,
 its officers, directors, employees, agents, representatives, attorneys,
 contractors, subcontractors, and other persons or entities performing
 services at the request of or as directed by MCI and their respective officers, directors, employees,
 agents, and representatives.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.20

 	
 Person
 acting on BellSouth’s behalf. The terms “person acting on BellSouth’s behalf,”
 “personnel performing
 work on BellSouth’s behalf,” and similar terms include both natural persons
 and firms and ventures of every type, including, but not limited to,
 corporations, partnerships, limited liability

 

CCCS 244 of 501

Attachment 8

Rights of Way

Page 6

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 companies,
 sole proprietorships, and joint ventures. The terms “person acting on
 BellSouth’s behalf,” “personnel performing work on BellSouth’s behalf,” and
 similar terms specifically include, but are not limited to,
 BellSouth, its officers, directors, employees, agents, representatives,
 attorneys, contractors, subcontractors, and other persons or entities
 performing services at the request or on behalf of BellSouth and their
 respective officers, directors, employees, agents, and representatives.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.21

 	
 Pole. The term “pole” refers to both utility
 poles and anchors but only to those utility poles and anchors owned or
 controlled by BellSouth, and does not include utility poles or anchors with
 respect to which BellSouth has no legal authority to permit attachments by
 other persons or entities.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.22

 	
 Prelicense
 survey. The term “prelicense survey” refers to all work and activities
 performed or to be performed to determine whether there is adequate capacity on a pole or
 in a conduit or conduit system (including
 manholes and handholes) to accommodate MCI’s facilities and to determine what
 make-ready work, if any, is required to
 prepare the pole, conduit or conduit system to accommodate MCI’s facilities.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.23

 	
 Right-of-Way
 (ROW). The term “right-of-way” refers to the right to use the land or other
 property of BellSouth to place poles, conduits, cables, other structures and
 equipment, or to provide passage to access such structures and equipment. A
 Right-of-Way may run under, on, above, across, along or through public or
 private property or enter multi-unit buildings (including air space above
 public or private
 property) and may include the right to use BellSouth-owned or controlled
 building entrance facilities, building entrance links, equipment rooms, telephone
 closets, and/or building risers.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.24

 	
 Sheath. The term “sheath”
 refers to a single outer covering containing communications wires, fibers,
 or other
 communications media.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.25

 	
 Spare Capacity. The term “spare capacity” refers to any
 pole attachment space, conduit, duct or inner-duct not currently assigned or subject to
 a pending application for attachment/occupancy. Spare capacity does
 not include an inner-duct (not to exceed one (1) inner-duct per party)
 reserved by BellSouth, MCI, or a third party for maintenance, repair, or emergency
 restoration.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.26

 	
 State. When capitalized, the
 term “State” (as used in terms such as “this State”) refers to the State,
 for which this
 Agreement applies.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.27

 	
 Third Party. The terms “third party” and “third
 parties” refer to persons and entities other than MCI and BellSouth. Use of
 the term “third party” does not signify that any such person or entity is a
 party to
 this Agreement or has any contractual rights hereunder.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.

 	
 REQUIREMENTS / SCOPE OF AGREEMENT

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1

 	
 Scope
 of Attachment. BellSouth shall provide MCI with equal and
 nondiscriminatory access to pole space,
 conduits, ducts, and rights-of-way on terms and conditions equal to those
 provided by BellSouth to itself or to any
 other telecommunications service provider. Further, BellSouth shall not withhold or delay assignment of such facilities
 to MCI because of the potential or forecasted needs of itself, its Affiliates or other parties.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.2

 	
 Attachments
 and Occupancies Authorized by this Attachment. BellSouth shall issue
 one (1) or more licenses to MCI authorizing MCI to attach facilities to BellSouth’s
 owned or controlled poles and to place facilities within BellSouth’s owned or controlled
 conduits, ducts or rights-of-way under the terms and conditions set forth in this
 Attachment, the Act and FCC rules and regulations.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.2.1

 	
 Unless
 otherwise provided herein, authority to attach facilities to BellSouth’s
 owned or controlled poles or to place facilities within BellSouth’s owned
 or controlled conduits, ducts or rights-of-way shall be granted only in individual licenses
 granted under this Attachment and the placement or use of such facilities
 shall be determined in accordance with such licenses and procedures
 established in this Attachment.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.2.2

 	
 MCI
 agrees that its attachment of facilities to BellSouth’s owned or controlled
 poles or occupancy of

 

CCCS 245 of 501

Attachment 8

Rights of Way

Page 7

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 BellSouth’s
 owned or controlled conduits, ducts or rights-of-way shall take place
 pursuant to the licensing procedures set forth herein, and BellSouth
 agrees that it shall not unreasonably withhold or delay issuance of such
 licenses.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.2.3

 	
 MCI
 may not sublease or otherwise authorize any Third Party to use any part of
 the BellSouth Facilities licensed to MCI under this Attachment,
 except that MCI may lease its own Facilities to Third Parties, or
 allow affiliates to overlash cables to MCI cables. Notwithstanding the above,
 upon notice
 to BellSouth, MCI may permit Third Parties who have an agreement with BellSouth
 to overlash
 to existing MCI attachments in accordance with the terms and conditions of
 such Third Party’s agreement with BellSouth, and MCI may lease dark fiber to
 a Third Party

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.3

 	
 Licenses. Subject to the terms
 and conditions set forth in this Attachment, BellSouth shall issue to MCI one (1) or more
 licenses authorizing MCI to place or attach facilities in or to specified
 poles, conduits,
 ducts or rights-of-way owned or controlled by BellSouth located within this
 State on a first come, first served basis. BellSouth may deny a license application if
 BellSouth determines that the pole, conduit or duct space specifically requested by
 MCI is necessary to meet BellSouth’s present needs, or is licensed by BellSouth to another
 licensee, or is otherwise unavailable based on engineering concerns. BellSouth shall provide
 written notice to MCI within a reasonable time, not to exceed forty-five
 (45) calendar days, specifying in detail the reasons for denying MCI’s
 request. BellSouth
 shall have the right to designate the particular duct(s) to be occupied, the
 location and manner in which MCI’s facilities will enter and exit BellSouth’s
 conduit system and the specific location and manner of installation for any associated
 equipment which is permitted by BellSouth to occupy the conduit system. Assignment of space
 on poles, in conduits or ducts and within rights-of-way will be granted by
 BellSouth on an equal basis to BellSouth, MCI and other telecommunication
 service providers

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.4

 	
 Access
 and Use of Rights-of-Way. BellSouth acknowledges that it is required by
 the Act and FCC rules and
 regulations to afford MCI access to and use of all associated rights-of-way
 to any sites where BellSouth’s owned or
 controlled poles, manholes, conduits, ducts or other parts of BellSouth’s owned or controlled conduit systems are located
 and any other BellSouth owned or controlled rights-of-way.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.4.1

 	
 BellSouth
 shall provide MCI with access to and use of such rights-of-way to the same
 extent and for the same purposes that BellSouth may access or use such
 rights-of-way, including, but not limited to, access for ingress, egress or other access and
 to construct, utilize, maintain, modify, and remove facilities for which
 pole attachment, conduit occupancy, or right-of-way use licenses have been
 issued, provided
 that any agreement with a third party under which BellSouth holds such rights
 expressly or impliedly grants BellSouth the right to provide such rights to others.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.4.2

 	
 Where BellSouth notifies
 MCI that a BellSouth agreement with a third party does not expressly or
 impliedly grant BellSouth the
 ability to provide such access and use rights to others, then, upon MCI’s request, BellSouth will use its best
 efforts to obtain the owner’s consent and to otherwise secure such rights for MCI. MCI agrees to
 reimburse BellSouth for the reasonable and demonstrable costs incurred by BellSouth in obtaining such
 rights for MCI.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.4.3

 	
 In cases where a third
 party agreement does not grant BellSouth the right to provide access and use
 rights to
 others as contemplated in this Section 2 and BellSouth, despite its best
 efforts, is unable to secure such access and use rights for MCI in accordance
 with Section 2.4.2 herein, or, in the case where MCI elects not to invoke its rights under
 Sections 2.4.1 or 2.4.2 herein, MCI shall be responsible for obtaining such permission to
 access and use such rights-of-way. BellSouth shall cooperate with MCI in
 obtaining such permission and shall not prevent or delay any third party assignment of
 rights-of-way to MCI.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.4.4

 	
 Where BellSouth has any
 ownership or rights-of-way to buildings or building complexes or within
 buildings
 or building complexes, BellSouth shall offer to MCI through a license or
 other agreement:

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.4.4.1

 	
 The
 right to use any available space owned or controlled by BellSouth in the
 building or building 

 

CCCS 246 of 501

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 complex
 to install MCI equipment and facilities; and 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.4.4.2

 	
 Ingress
 and egress to such space. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Except
 to the extent required to meet the requirements of the Act and FCC rules and
 regulations, neither this Attachment nor any license granted hereunder shall
 constitute a conveyance or assignment of any of either Party’s rights to use any
 public or private rights-of-way, and nothing contained in this Attachment or in any license
 granted hereunder shall be construed as conferring on one (1) Party any
 right to interfere with the other Party’s access to any such public or
 private rights-of-way.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.5

 	
 No
 Effect on BellSouth’s Right to Convey Property. Nothing contained in
 this Attachment or in any license issued hereunder shall in any way affect the
 right of BellSouth to convey to any other person or entity any interest
 in real or personal property, including any poles, conduit or ducts to or in
 which MCI
 has attached or placed facilities pursuant to licenses issued under this
 Section provided however that BellSouth shall give MCI reasonable advance
 written notice of such intent to convey.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.6

 	
 No
 Effect on BellSouth’s Rights to Manage its Own Facilities. This Attachment shall
 not be construed
 as limiting or interfering with BellSouth’s rights set forth below, except to
 the extent expressly
 provided by the provisions of this Attachment or licenses issued hereunder or
 under the Act or other applicable laws, rules or regulations:

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.6.1

 	
 To locate, relocate, move,
 replace, modify, maintain, and operate BellSouth’s own facilities within
 BellSouth’s
 conduits, ducts or rights-of way or any of BellSouth’s facilities attached to
 BellSouth’s poles at any time and in any reasonable manner which BellSouth
 deems appropriate to serve its customers, avail itself of new business opportunities,
 or otherwise meet its business needs; or

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.6.2

 	
 To
 enter into new agreements or arrangements with other persons or entities
 permitting them to attach or place their facilities to or in BellSouth’s
 poles, conduits or ducts; provided, however, that such relocations,
 moves, replacements, modifications, maintenance and operations or new
 agreements or
 arrangements shall not substantially interfere with MCI’s pole attachment,
 conduit occupancy or right-of-way use or rights provided by licenses issued
 pursuant to this Attachment.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.7

 	
 No
 Effect on MCI’s Rights to Manage its Own Facilities. This Attachment shall
 not be construed as limiting or interfering with MCI’s rights set forth below, except to
 the extent expressly provided by the provisions of this Attachment or licenses issued
 hereunder or under the Act or other applicable laws, rules or regulations:

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.7.1

 	
 To
 locate, relocate, move, replace, modify, maintain, and operate its own
 facilities within BellSouth’s conduits, ducts or rights-of-way or its
 facilities attached to BellSouth’s poles at any time and in any reasonable manner
 which MCI deems appropriate to serve its customers, avail itself of new business
 opportunities,
 or otherwise meet its business needs; or

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.7.2

 	
 To enter into new
 agreements or arrangements with other persons or entities permitting MCI to
 attach
 or place its facilities to or in such other persons’ or entities’ poles,
 conduits or ducts, or rights-of-way; provided, however, that such relocations,
 moves, replacements, modifications, maintenance and operations or new
 agreements or arrangements shall not conflict with MCI’s obligations under this Attachment.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.8

 	
 No
 Right to Interfere with Facilities of Others. The provisions of
 this Attachment or any license issued hereunder shall not be construed as authorizing
 either Party to this Attachment to rearrange or interfere in any way
 with any of the other Party’s facilities, with the facilities of other
 persons or entities,
 or with the use of or access to such facilities by such other Party or such
 other persons or entities, except to the extent expressly provided by the provisions of
 this Attachment or any license issued hereunder or under the Act or other
 applicable laws, rules or regulations.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.8.1

 	
 MCI
 acknowledges that the facilities of persons or entities other than BellSouth
 and MCI may be attached to or
 occupy BellSouth’s poles, conduits, ducts and rights-of-way.

 

CCCS 247 of 501

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Attachment 8

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Rights of Way

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Page 9

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.8.2

 	
 BellSouth shall not
 attach, or give permission to any third parties to attach facilities to,
 existing MCI facilities without MCI’s prior written consent. If BellSouth
 becomes aware of any such unauthorized attachment to MCI facilities,
 BellSouth shall use its best efforts to rectify the situation immediately.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.8.3

 	
 With respect to facilities
 occupied by MCI or the subject of an application for attachment by MCI,
 BellSouth will give to MCI at least sixty (60) calendar days’ written notice
 for conduit extensions or reinforcements, at least sixty (60) calendar days’
 written notice for pole line extensions, at least sixty (60) calendar days’
 written notice for pole replacements, and at least sixty (60) calendar days’
 written notice of BellSouth’s intention to construct, reconstruct, expand or
 place such facilities or of BellSouth’s intention not to maintain or use any
 existing facility. Where BellSouth elects to abandon or remove BellSouth
 facilities, the facilities will be offered to existing occupants on a
 first-in, first-right to maintain basis. The party first electing to exercise
 this option will be required to execute the appropriate agreement with
 BellSouth to transfer (purchase agreement) ownership from BellSouth to new
 party, subject to then-existing licenses pertaining to such facilities. If no
 party elects to maintain such facilities, all parties will be required to
 move their existing facilities within ninety (90) calendar days. If an
 emergency or provision of an applicable joint use agreement requires
 BellSouth to construct, reconstruct, expand or replace poles, conduits or
 ducts occupied by MCI or the subject of an application for attachment by MCI,
 BellSouth will notify MCI as soon as reasonably practicable of such proposed
 construction, reconstruction, expansion or replacement to enable MCI, if it
 so desires, to request that a pole, conduit or duct of greater height or
 capacity be utilized to accommodate an anticipated facility need of MCI.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.8.3.1

 	
 Whenever BellSouth intends
 to modify or alter any poles, ducts, conduits or rights-of-way which contain
 MCI’s facilities, BellSouth shall provide at least sixty (60) calendar days’
 advance written notification to MCI of such action so that MCI may have a
 reasonable opportunity to add to or modify MCI’s facilities. If MCI adds to
 or modifies MCI’s facilities according to this Section, MCI shall bear a
 proportionate share of the costs incurred by BellSouth in making such
 facilities accessible.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.8.4

 	
 Retired Cable. At MCI’s expense, BellSouth shall remove
 any retired cable from conduit systems or pole systems to allow for the
 efficient use of conduit space or pole space within a reasonable period of
 time. BellSouth retains salvage rights on any cable removed. In order to
 safeguard its structures and facilities, BellSouth reserves the right to
 remove retired cables and is under no obligation to allow MCI the right to
 remove such cables. Based on sound engineering judgment, there may be
 situations where it would neither be feasible nor practical to remove retired
 cables.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.

 	
 REQUIREMENTS
 AND SPECIFICATIONS

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.1

 	
 Published Standards
 Incorporated in this Attachment by Reference. MCI agrees that its facilities shall be
 placed, constructed, maintained, repaired, and removed in accordance with
 current (as of the date when such work is performed) editions of the
 following publications, each of
 which is incorporated by reference as part of this Attachment:

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.1.1

 	
 The Blue Book Manual of
 Construction Procedures, Special Report SR-TAP-001421, published by Bell
 Communications Research, Inc. (“Bellcore”), and sometimes referred to as the
 “Blue Book”;

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.1.2

 	
 The National Electrical
 Code (“NEC”); and

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.1.3

 	
 The National Electrical
 Safety Code (“NESC”).

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.2

 	
 Changes in Published
 Standards. MCI
 agrees to rearrange its facilities in accordance with changes in the
 standards published in the publications specified in Section 3 of this
 Attachment if required by law to do so or upon the mutual agreement of the
 Parties.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.3

 	
 Additional Electrical
 Design Specifications.
 MCI agrees that, in addition to specifications and requirements referred to
 in Section 3.1 above, MCI’s facilities placed in BellSouth’s conduit system
 shall meet all of the following electrical design specifications:

 

CCCS 248 of 501

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Attachment 8

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Rights of Way

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Page 10

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.3.1

 	
 No facility shall be
 placed in BellSouth’s conduit system in violation of FCC rules and
 regulations.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.3.2

 	
 MCI’s facilities placed in
 BellSouth’s conduit system shall not be designed to use the earth as the sole
 conductor for any part of MCI’s circuits.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.3.3

 	
 MCI’s facilities carrying
 more than fifty (50) volts AC (rms) to ground or 135 volts DC to ground shall
 be enclosed in an effectively grounded sheath or shield.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.3.4

 	
 No coaxial cable of MCI
 shall occupy a conduit system containing BellSouth’s cable unless such cable
 of MCI meets the voltage limitations of Article 820 of the National
 Electrical Code.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.3.5

 	
 MCI’s coaxial cable may
 carry continuous DC voltages up to 1800 volts to ground where the conductor
 current will not exceed one-half amperes and where such cable has two (2)
 separate grounded metal sheaths or shields and a suitable insulating jacket
 over the outer sheath or shield. The power supply shall be so designed and
 maintained that the total current carried over the outer sheath shall not
 exceed 200 micro amperes under normal conditions. Conditions which would
 increase the current over this level shall be cleared promptly.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.3.6

 	
 Neither Party shall
 circumvent the other Party’s corrosion mitigation measures. Each Party’s new
 facilities shall be compatible with the other Party’s facilities so as not to
 damage any facilities of the other Party by corrosion or other chemical
 reaction.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.4

 	
 Additional Physical Design
 Specifications.
 MCI’s facilities placed in BellSouth’s conduit system must meet all of the
 following physical design specifications:

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.4.1

 	
 Cables bound or wrapped
 with cloth or having any kind of fibrous coverings or impregnated with an
 adhesive material shall not be placed in BellSouth’s conduit or ducts.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.4.2

 	
 The integrity of
 BellSouth’s conduit system and overall safety of BellSouth’s personnel and
 other personnel working in BellSouth’s conduit system requires that
 “dielectric cable” be required when MCI’s cable facility utilizes an
 alternative duct or route that is shared in the same trench by any current
 carrying facility of a power utility.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.4.3

 	
 New construction splices
 in MCI’s fiber optic and twisted pair cables shall be located in manholes,
 pull boxes or handholes.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.5

 	
 Additional Specifications
 Applicable to Connections. The following specifications apply to connections of MCI’s conduit
 to BellSouth’s conduit system:

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.5.1

 	
 MCI will be permitted to
 connect its conduit or duct only at the point of a BellSouth manhole. No
 attachment will be made by entering or breaking into conduit between
 manholes. All necessary work to install MCI facilities will be performed by
 MCI or its contractor at MCI’s expense. In no event shall MCI or its
 contractor “core bore” or make any other modification to BellSouth manhole(s)
 without the prior written approval of BellSouth, which approval will not be
 unreasonably delayed or withheld.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.5.2

 	
 BellSouth may monitor, at
 MCI’s expense, the entrance and exit of MCI’s facilities into BellSouth’s
 manholes and the placement of MCI’s facilities in BellSouth’s manholes.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.5.3

 	
 If MCI constructs or
 utilizes a duct connected to BellSouth’s manhole, the duct and all connections
 between that duct and BellSouth’s manhole shall be sealed, to the extent
 practicable, to prevent the entry of gases or liquids into BellSouth’s
 conduit system. If MCI’s duct enters a building, it shall also be sealed
 where it enters the building and at all other locations necessary to prevent
 the entry of gases and liquids from the building into BellSouth’s conduit
 system.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.6

 	
 Requirements Relating to
 Personnel, Equipment, Material, and Construction Procedures Generally. Duct clearing, rodding or modifications
 required to grant MCI access to BellSouth’s conduit systems may be performed
 by BellSouth at MCI’s expense at charges which represent BellSouth’s actual
 costs. Alternatively, at MCI’s option, such work may be performed by MCI or a
 contractor provided that the entity performing the work demonstrates
 compliance with BellSouth certification requirements,

 

CCCS 249 of 501

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Attachment 8

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Rights of Way

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Page 11

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 which certification
 requirements shall be consistent with FCC rules and regulations. The Parties
 acknowledge that MCI, its contractors, and other persons acting on MCI’s
 behalf will perform work for MCI (e.g., splicing MCI’s facilities) within
 BellSouth’s conduit system. MCI represents and warrants that neither MCI nor
 any person acting on MCI’s behalf shall permit any person to climb or work on
 or in any of BellSouth’s poles or to enter BellSouth’s manholes or work
 within BellSouth’s conduit system unless such person has the training, skill,
 and experience required to recognize potentially dangerous conditions
 relating to pole or the conduit systems and to perform the work safely.

 
	
  

 
	
 3.6.1

 	
 MCI’s facilities within
 BellSouth’s conduit system shall be constructed, placed, rearranged,
 modified, and removed upon receipt of a license specified in Section 5
 herein. However, no such license will be required for the inspection,
 maintenance, repair or non-physical modifications of MCI’s facilities.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.6.2

 	
 “Rodding” or clearing of
 ducts in BellSouth’s conduit system shall be done only when specific
 authorization for such work has been obtained in advance from BellSouth,
 which authorization shall not be unreasonably delayed or withheld. The
 Parties agree that such rodding or clearing shall be performed according to
 existing industry standards and practices. MCI may perform such work itself
 or may contract with BellSouth for performance of such work or, at MCI’s
 option, with a contractor provided that the entity performing the work
 demonstrates compliance with BellSouth certification requirements which
 certification requirements shall be consistent with FCC rules and
 regulations.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.6.3

 	
 Personnel performing work
 on BellSouth’s or MCI’s behalf in BellSouth’s conduit system shall not climb
 on, step on, or otherwise disturb the other Party’s or any third party’s
 cables, air pipes, equipment, or other facilities located in any manhole or
 other part of BellSouth’s conduit system.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.6.4

 	
 Personnel performing work
 on BellSouth’s or MCI’s behalf within BellSouth’s conduit system, including
 any manhole, shall, upon completing their work, make reasonable efforts to
 remove all tools, unused materials, wire clippings, cable sheathing and other
 materials brought by them to the work site.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.6.5

 	
 All of MCI’s facilities
 shall be firmly secured and supported in accordance with Bellcore and
 industry standards.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.6.6

 	
 Identification of
 Facilities in Conduit/Manholes. MCI’s facilities shall be plainly identified with MCI’s name in each
 manhole with a firmly affixed permanent tag that meets standards set by BellSouth
 for its own facilities.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.6.6.1

 	
 Identification of Pole
 Attachments. MCI’s
 facilities attached to BellSouth poles shall be plainly identified with MCI’s
 name firmly affixed at each pole by a permanent tag that meets industry
 standards.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.6.7

 	
 Manhole pumping and
 purging required in order to allow MCI’s work operations to proceed shall be
 performed by MCI or its contractor in compliance with the requirements of
 Exhibit A to Attachment 4, and with all regulations and standards established
 by the United States Environmental Protection Agency and by any applicable
 state or local environmental regulators. Exhibit A of Attachment 4 will be
 changed as required by changes in Applicable Law, or by mutual agreement of
 the Parties. Either Party desiring to make other changes to Exhibit A of
 Attachment 4 may invoke the dispute resolution procedures of the General
 Terms and Conditions of this Agreement if the Parties are not able to agree
 on such changes. BellSouth may not use its own practices as a method of
 applying rules to MCI which are more onerous than those which it applies to
 itself. BellSouth remains bound by its obligations as an incumbent LEC under
 applicable federal and State law.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.6.8

 	
 Planks or other types of
 platforms shall not be installed using cables, pipes or other equipment as a
 means of support. Platforms shall be supported only by cable racks.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.6.9

 	
 Any leak detection liquid
 or device used by MCI or personnel performing work on MCI’s facilities within
 BellSouth’s conduit system shall be of a type approved by BellSouth or
 Bellcore.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.6.10

 	
 When MCI or personnel
 performing work on MCI’s behalf are working within or in the vicinity of any
 part of BellSouth’s poles or conduit system which is located within, under,
 over, or adjacent to

 

CCCS 250 of 501

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Attachment 8

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Rights of Way

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Page 12

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 streets, highways, alleys
 or other traveled rights-of-way, MCI and all personnel performing work on
 MCI’s behalf shall follow procedures which MCI deems appropriate for the
 protection of persons and property. MCI shall be responsible, at all times,
 for determining and implementing the specific steps required to protect
 persons and property at the site. MCI will provide all traffic control and
 warning devices required to protect pedestrian and vehicular traffic, workers
 and property from danger. MCI has sole responsibility for the safety of all
 personnel performing work on MCI’s behalf, for the safety of bystanders, and
 for insuring that all operations conform to current OSHA regulations and all
 other governmental rules, ordinances or statutes. BellSouth reserves the
 right to suspend MCI’s activities on, in or in the immediate vicinity of
 BellSouth’s poles or conduit system if, in BellSouth’s reasonable judgment,
 any hazardous condition arises due to the activity (including both acts and
 omissions) of MCI or any personnel performing work on MCI’s behalf, which
 suspension shall cease when the condition has been rectified.

 
	
  

 
	
 3.6.11

 	
 Except for protective
 screens, no temporary cover shall be placed by MCI or personnel performing
 work on MCI’s behalf over an open manhole unless it is at least four feet
 (4’) above the surface level of the manhole opening.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.6.12

 	
 Smoking or the use of any
 open flame is prohibited in BellSouth’s manholes, in any other portion of
 BellSouth’s conduit system, or within ten feet (10’) of any open manhole
 entrance; provided that this provision will not prohibit the use of spark
 producing tools such as electric drills, fusion splicers, etc.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.6.13

 	
 Artificial lighting, when
 required, will be provided by MCI. Only explosion-proof lighting fixtures
 shall be used.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.6.14

 	
 Neither MCI nor personnel
 performing work on MCI’s behalf shall allow any combustible gas, vapor,
 liquid, or material to accumulate in BellSouth’s conduit system, including
 any manhole, during work operations performed within or in the vicinity of
 BellSouth’s conduit system.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.6.15

 	
 MCI will abide by any
 laws, regulations or ordinances regarding the use of spark producing tools,
 equipment or devices in BellSouth’s manholes, in any other portions of
 BellSouth’s conduit system, or within ten feet (10’) of any open manhole
 opening. This includes, but is not limited to, such tools as electric drills
 and hammers, meggers, breakdown sets, and induction sets.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.7

 	
 Opening of Manholes. The following requirements apply to the
 opening of BellSouth’s manholes and the authority of BellSouth personnel
 present when work on MCI’s behalf is being performed within or in the
 vicinity of BellSouth’s conduit system.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.7.1

 	
 BellSouth’s manholes shall
 be opened only as permitted by BellSouth’s authorized employees or agents,
 which permission shall not be unreasonably denied or delayed.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.7.2

 	
 MCI shall notify BellSouth
 forty-eight (48) hours in advance of any routine work operation requiring
 entry into any of BellSouth’s manholes.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.7.3

 	
 MCI shall be responsible
 for obtaining any necessary authorization from appropriate authorities to
 open manholes for conduit work operations therein.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.7.4

 	
 BellSouth’s authorized
 employee or agent shall not direct or control the conduct of MCI’s work at
 the work site. The presence of BellSouth’s authorized employee or agent at
 the work site shall not relieve MCI or personnel performing work on MCI’s
 behalf of their responsibility to conduct all work operations within
 BellSouth’s conduit system in a safe and workmanlike manner.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.7.5

 	
 Although BellSouth’s
 authorized employee or agent shall not direct or control the conduct of MCI’s
 work at the work site, BellSouth’s employee or agent shall have the authority
 to suspend MCI’s work operations within BellSouth’s conduit system if, in the
 reasonable discretion of such BellSouth employee or agent, it appears that
 any hazardous conditions arise or any unsafe practices are being followed by
 MCI or personnel performing work on MCI’s behalf.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.8

 	
 OSHA Compliance: Notice to
 BellSouth of Unsafe Conditions. MCI agrees that:

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.8.1

 	
 Its facilities shall be
 constructed, placed, maintained, repaired, and removed in accordance with the

 

CCCS 251 of 501

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Attachment 8

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Rights of Way

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Page 13

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Occupational Safety and
 Health Act (“OSHA”) and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder;

 
	
  

 
	
 3.8.2

 	
 All persons acting on
 MCI’s behalf, including, but not limited to, MCI’s employees, agents,
 contractors, and subcontractors shall, when working on or within BellSouth’s
 poles or conduit system, comply with OSHA and all rules and regulations
 thereunder;

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.8.3

 	
 MCI shall establish
 appropriate procedures and controls to assure compliance with all
 requirements of this Attachment; and

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.8.4

 	
 MCI, and any person acting
 on MCI’s behalf, may report unsafe conditions on, in or in the vicinity of
 BellSouth’s poles or conduit system to BellSouth.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.9

 	
 Compliance with
 Environmental Laws and Regulations. MCI acknowledges that, from time to time, environmental contaminants
 may enter BellSouth’s conduit system and accumulate in manholes or other
 conduit facilities and that certain conduits (Transite) are constructed with
 asbestos-containing materials. If BellSouth has knowledge of the presence of
 such contaminants in a conduit for which MCI has applied for or holds a
 license, BellSouth will promptly notify MCI of such fact. In addition, upon
 request by MCI, BellSouth shall provide MCI with information pertaining to
 any environmental inspections it has performed on rights-of-way, conduits,
 and pole attachments for which MCI has applied for or holds a license.
 Notwithstanding any of BellSouth’s notification requirements in this
 Attachment, MCI acknowledges that some of BellSouth’s conduit may be
 fabricated from asbestos-containing materials. Such conduit is generally
 marked with a designation of “C Fiber Cement Conduit,” “Transite,” or
 “Johns-Manville.” Unless sampling or manufacturer’s certification proves
 otherwise, MCI will presume that all conduit not fabricated of plastic, tile,
 or wood is asbestos-containing and will handle it pursuant to all applicable
 regulations relating to worker safety and protection of the environment.
 BellSouth makes no representations to MCI or personnel performing work on
 MCI’s behalf that BellSouth’s conduit system or any specific portions thereof
 will be free from environmental contaminants at any particular time. The
 acknowledgments and representations set forth in the two (2) preceding
 sentences are not intended to relieve BellSouth of any liability which it
 would otherwise have under applicable law for the presence of environmental
 contaminants in its conduit facilities. MCI agrees to comply with the
 following provisions relating to compliance with environmental laws and
 regulations:

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.9.1

 	
 MCI’s facilities shall be
 constructed, placed, maintained, repaired, and removed in accordance with all
 applicable federal, State, and local environmental statutes, ordinances, rules,
 regulations, and other laws, including, but not limited to, the Resource
 Conservation and Recovery Act (42 U.S.C. §§9601 et seq.), the Toxic Substance
 Control Act (15 U.S.C. §§2601-2629), the Clean Water Act (33 U.S.C. §§1251 et
 seq.), and the Safe Drinking Water Act (42 U.S.C. §§300f-300j).

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.9.2

 	
 All persons acting on
 MCI’s behalf, including, but not limited to, MCI’s employees, agents,
 contractors, and subcontractors, shall, when working on, within or in the
 vicinity of BellSouth’s poles or conduit system, comply with all applicable
 federal, State, and local environmental laws, including, but not limited to,
 all environmental statutes, ordinances, rules, and regulations.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.9.3

 	
 MCI shall establish
 appropriate procedures and controls to assure compliance with all
 requirements of this Section 3.9.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.9.4

 	
 MCI and all personnel
 performing work on MCI’s behalf shall comply with such standards and
 practices as BellSouth and MCI may from time to time mutually agree to adopt
 to comply with environmental laws and regulations. Pursuant to Exhibit A of
 Attachment 4, neither MCI nor BellSouth nor personnel performing work on
 either Party’s behalf shall discharge water or any other substance from any
 BellSouth manhole or other conduit facility onto public or private property,
 including any storm water drainage system, without first testing such water
 or substance for contaminants in accordance with mutually agreed standards
 and practices and determining that such discharge would not violate any
 environmental law, create any environmental risk or hazard, or damage the
 property of any person. Proper handling and disposal of any waste material
 from a BellSouth manhole by MCI or its contractor shall be the responsibility
 of MCI. No such waste

 

CCCS 252 of 501

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Attachment 8

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Rights of Way

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Page 14

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 material shall be
 deposited on BellSouth premises for storage or disposal. BellSouth may not
 use its practices as a method of applying rules to MCI which are more onerous
 than those which it applies to itself. BellSouth remains bound by its
 obligations as an incumbent LEC under applicable federal and state law.

 
	
  

 
	
 3.10

 	
 Compliance with Other
 Governmental Requirements. MCI agrees that its facilities attached to BellSouth’s facilities
 shall be constructed, placed, maintained, and removed in accordance with the
 ordinances, rules, and regulations of any governing body having jurisdiction
 over the subject matter. MCI shall comply with all applicable statutes,
 ordinances, rules, regulations and other laws requiring the marking and
 lighting of aerial wires, cables and other structures to ensure that such
 wires, cables and structures are not a hazard to aeronautical navigation. MCI
 shall establish appropriate procedures and controls to assure such
 compliance.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.11

 	
 Differences in Standards
 or Specifications.
 To the extent that there may be differences in any applicable standards or
 specifications referred to in this Section 3, the most stringent standard or
 specification shall apply.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.12

 	
 MCI Solely Responsible for
 the Condition of Its Facilities. MCI shall be responsible at all times for the condition of its
 facilities and its compliance with the requirements, specifications, rules,
 regulations, ordinances, and laws specified in this Section 3. In this
 regard, BellSouth shall have no duty to MCI to inspect or monitor the
 condition of MCI’s facilities (including, but not limited to, splices and
 other facilities connections) located within BellSouth’s conduit and ducts or
 any attachment of MCI’s facilities to BellSouth’s poles, anchors, anchor/guy
 strands or other pole facilities. BellSouth may, however, conduct such
 inspections and audits of its poles and conduit system as BellSouth
 determines reasonable or necessary. Such inspection and audits shall be
 conducted at BellSouth’s expense with the exception of (a) follow-up
 inspection to confirm remedial action after an observed MCI violation of the
 requirements of this Attachment; and (b) inspection of MCI facilities in
 compliance with a specific mandate of appropriate governmental authority for
 which inspections the cost shall be borne by MCI. Either Party may audit the
 other Party’s compliance with the terms of this Section 3.12. Observed safety
 hazards or imminent facility failure conditions of any party shall be reported
 to the affected party where such party can be readily identified.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.13

 	
 Efficient Use of Conduit. BellSouth shall install inner-ducts to
 increase duct space in existing conduit as facilities permit. The full
 complement of inner-ducts shall be installed that can be accommodated under
 sound engineering principles. The number of inner-ducts that can reasonably
 be installed will be determined by BellSouth, pursuant to sound engineering
 principles. At MCI’s request, BellSouth shall allow MCI to install the
 inner-duct.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.14

 	
 Each Party shall exercise
 precaution to avoid damaging the facilities of the other Party and of others
 attached to Pole(s), Anchor(s), or occupying a Conduit System and shall make
 an immediate report to the Owner of the occurrence of any such damage caused
 by the Party’s employees, agents or contractors.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 4.

 	
 ADDITIONAL
 LEGAL REQUIREMENTS

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 4.1

 	
 Licenses granted under
 this Attachment authorize MCI to place facilities in, or attach facilities
 to, poles, conduits and ducts owned or controlled by BellSouth but do not
 affect the rights of landowners to control terms and conditions of access to
 their property.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 4.1.1

 	
 MCI agrees that neither
 MCI nor any persons acting on MCI’s behalf, including, but not limited to,
 MCI’s employees, agents, contractors, and subcontractors, shall engage in any
 conduct which damages public or private property in the vicinity of
 BellSouth’s poles or conduit system, interferes in any way with the use or
 enjoyment of public or private property except as expressly permitted by the
 owner of such property, or creates a hazard or nuisance on such property,
 including, but not limited to, a hazard or nuisance resulting from any
 abandonment or failure to remove MCI’s facilities or any

 

CCCS 253 of 501

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Attachment 8

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Rights of Way

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Page 15

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 construction debris from
 the property, failure to erect warning signs or barricades as may be
 necessary to give notice to others of unsafe conditions on the premises while
 work performed on MCI’s behalf is in progress, or failure to restore the
 property to a safe condition after such work has been completed.

 
	
  

 
	
 4.2

 	
 Required Permits,
 Certificates and Licenses. MCI shall be responsible for obtaining any additional building
 permits or certificates from governmental authorities necessary to construct,
 operate, maintain and remove its facilities on public or private property.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 4.2.1

 	
 MCI shall not attach or
 place its facilities to or in BellSouth’s poles, conduit or duct located on
 any property for which it or BellSouth has not first obtained all required
 authorizations.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 4.2.2

 	
 BellSouth shall have the
 right to request evidence that all appropriate authorizations have been
 obtained; provided, however, that such request shall not delay BellSouth’s
 prelicense survey work.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 4.3

 	
 Lawful Purposes. All facilities placed by MCI in
 BellSouth’s conduit and ducts or on BellSouth’s poles, anchors or anchor/guy
 strands must serve a lawful purpose and the uses made of MCI’s facilities
 must comply with all applicable federal, State, and local laws and with all
 federal, State, and local regulatory rules, regulations, and requirements.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.

 	
 FACILITIES
 AND LICENSES

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.1

 	
 Licenses Required. Before placing any facilities in
 BellSouth’s conduits or ducts or attaching any facilities to BellSouth’s
 poles, anchors or anchor/guy strands, MCI must first apply for and receive a
 written license from BellSouth. BellSouth shall not unreasonably deny or
 delay issuance of any license and, in any event, BellSouth shall issue such
 license within twenty (20) business days (a) after the determination has been
 made that make-ready work is not required, but no later than forty-five (45)
 calendar days after BellSouth receives the application, which period shall
 exclude any time BellSouth is awaiting a response from MCI or (b) completion
 of make-ready work, if make-ready work is needed.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.2

 	
 Provision of Records and
 Information to MCI.
 In order to obtain information regarding facilities, MCI shall make a written
 request to BellSouth, identifying with reasonable specificity the geographic
 area for which facilities are required, the types and quantities of the
 required facilities and the required in-service date. In response to such
 request, BellSouth shall provide MCI with information regarding the types, quantity
 and location (which may be provided by provision of route maps) and
 availability of BellSouth poles, conduit and right-of-way located within the
 geographic area specified by MCI. Provision of information under the terms of
 this Section 5.2 shall include the right of MCI employees or agents to obtain
 copies, engineering records or drawings which pertain to those facilities
 within the geographic area identified in MCI’s request. The costs of
 producing and mailing copies of records, which are to be paid by MCI, are on
 an individual case basis. The components which make up the total costs are
 actual:

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 1)

 	
 Vendor costs based on the
 time spent researching reviewing and copying records.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 2)

 	
 BellSouth employee costs
 based on the time spent reviewing vendor provided records.

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 3)

 	
 Copying costs

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 4)

 	
 Shipping costs.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.3

 	
 MCI acknowledges that
 records and information provided by BellSouth pursuant to this Section may
 not reflect field conditions and that physical inspection is necessary to
 verify presence and condition of outside plant facilities and right of way.
 In providing such records and information, BellSouth will not be liable to
 MCI or any third party for errors/omissions contained therein, unless such
 errors/omissions are caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of
 BellSouth or its agents or employees.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.4

 	
 For any information that
 is readily available, BellSouth shall use its best efforts to produce said
 information within five (5) business days -for requests to be viewed or
 picked up at record maintenance centers or twenty (20) business days (if
 mailed) of the written requests. MCI may elect

 

CCCS 254 of 501

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Attachment 8

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Rights of Way

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Page 16

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 to be present at any field
 based survey of facilities identified pursuant to this paragraph and
 BellSouth shall provide MCI at least forty-eight (48) hours’ notice prior to
 initiating such field survey. MCI employees or agents shall be permitted to
 enter BellSouth manholes and inspect such structures to confirm usability
 and/or evaluate condition of the structure(s) with at least forty-eight (48)
 hours’ notice to BellSouth, with a BellSouth representative present and at
 MCI’s expense.

 
	
  

 
	
 5.5

 	
 Issuance of Licenses When
 No Make-Ready Work is Required. If BellSouth determines that no make-ready work is required,
 BellSouth shall approve applications for pole attachment and conduit
 occupancy licenses and issue such licenses within twenty (20) business days
 after the determination has been made that no make-ready work is required but
 in no event later than forty-five (45) calendar days after BellSouth receives
 the application, which period shall exclude any time BellSouth is awaiting a
 response from MCI.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.6

 	
 Assignment of Conduit,
 Duct and Pole Space.
 Within twenty (20) business days after (a) the determination that make-ready
 work is not required but no later than forty-five (45) calendar days after
 BellSouth receives the application, which period shall exclude any time
 BellSouth is awaiting a response from MCI or (b) after completion of
 make-ready work, if Make-Ready work is needed, BellSouth shall approve the
 assignment of space for pole attachment and conduit occupancy. If no
 make-ready work is required, such assignment shall include a granting of the
 license. If make-ready work is to be performed by BellSouth, such assignment
 shall remain in effect until make-ready costs are presented to MCI and
 approval by MCI pursuant to the time frames herein stated.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.6.1

 	
 If MCI approves
 BellSouth’s make ready costs, MCI shall have twelve (12) months from the date
 of assignment or sixty (60) calendar days after completion of make-ready work
 by BellSouth, whichever time is later, to install its facilities. If MCI
 rejects BellSouth’s costs for make-ready work, but then elects to perform the
 make-ready work itself or through a contractor or if MCI elects from the time
 of application to perform the make-ready work itself or through a contractor,
 MCI shall install its facilities within twelve (12) months from the date of
 assignment. In the event MCI does not install its facilities within the time
 frames set out in this Section 5.6.1, the assignment shall be void and such
 space shall become available.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.

 	
 MAKE-READY
 WORK

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.1

 	
 If performed by BellSouth,
 make-ready work to accommodate MCI’s facilities shall be included in the
 normal work load schedule of BellSouth with construction responsibilities in
 the geographic areas where the relevant poles or conduit systems are located
 and shall not be entitled to priority, advancement, or preference over other
 work to be performed by BellSouth in the ordinary course of BellSouth’s
 business.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.1.1

 	
 If MCI desires make-ready
 work to be performed on an expedited basis and BellSouth agrees to perform
 the work on such a basis, BellSouth shall recalculate the estimated
 make-ready charges.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.2

 	
 All charges for make-ready
 work performed by BellSouth are payable in advance, with the amount of any
 such advance payment to be due within sixty (60) calendar days after receipt
 of an invoice from BellSouth. BellSouth shall send all invoices to MCI via
 U.S. mail at MCI’s expense. BellSouth will schedule make-ready work for
 completion in a nondiscriminatory manner on a first-come first-served basis
 at parity with BellSouth. BellSouth will begin the process of scheduling
 make-ready work within twenty (20) business days of receipt of payment from
 MCI.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.3

 	
 Work Performed by
 Certified Contractor.
 In lieu of obtaining performance of make-ready work by BellSouth, MCI at its
 option may perform the make-ready work itself or arrange for the performance
 of such work by a contractor. The party performing the work must be certified
 by BellSouth to work on or in its facilities. Certification shall be granted
 based upon reasonable and customary criteria employed by BellSouth in the
 selection of its own contract labor in accordance with FCC rules and
 regulations. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Attachment, MCI may
 not employ a contractor to accomplish make-ready work if BellSouth is
 likewise precluded from contractor

 

CCCS 255 of 501

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Attachment 8

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Rights of Way

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Page 19

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 selection under the terms
 of an applicable joint use agreement or collective bargaining agreement.

 
	
  

 
	
 6.4

 	
 Completion of make-ready
 work. BellSouth
 will issue a license to MCI at the time all make-ready work necessary to
 MCI’s attachment or occupancy has been completed.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.

 	
 APPLICATION
 FORM AND FEES

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.1

 	
 Application Form and Fees. To apply for a license under this
 Attachment, MCI shall submit the appropriate BellSouth administrative
 form(s), per Exhibit 2, (two (2) sets of each and either a route map
 specifically indicating MCI desired route or engineered drawings are to be
 included). MCI has the option of requesting copies of BellSouth records only,
 requesting a records and/or field survey to determine availability, or
 requesting a make-ready estimate. Before the Application and Conduit
 Occupancy License or Application and Pole Attachment License form is approved
 for the attachment, make ready work must be complete or a records or field
 survey has determined that make ready work is not required. MCI shall submit
 with MCI’s license application a proposed or estimated construction schedule
 as set forth below in Section 7.1.2. BellSouth will process license
 applications in the order in which they are received; provided, however, that
 when MCI has multiple applications on file with BellSouth, MCI may designate
 its desired priority of completion of prelicense surveys and make-ready work
 with respect to all such applications.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.1.1

 	
 Each application for a
 license under this Attachment shall specify the proposed route of MCI’s
 facilities and identify the conduits and ducts or poles and pole facilities
 along the proposed route in which MCI desires to place or attach its facilities,
 and describe the physical size, weight and jacket material of the cable which
 MCI desires to place in each conduit or duct or the number and type of
 cables, apparatus enclosures and other facilities which MCI desires to attach
 to each pole.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.1.2

 	
 Each application for a
 license under this Attachment shall be accompanied by a proposed (or
 estimated) construction schedule containing the information specified below
 in Section 10 herein, and an indication of whether MCI will, at it’s option,
 perform it’s own make-ready work.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.2

 	
 Multiple Cables, Multiple
 Services, Lashing or Placing Additional Cables, and Replacement of
 Facilities. MCI may include multiple cables in a single license application
 and multiple services (e.g., CATV and non-CATV services) may be provided by
 MCI in the same cable sheath. MCI’s lashing additional cable to existing
 facilities of MCI and placing additional cables in conduits or ducts already
 occupied by MCI’s facilities shall be permitted, and no additional fees will
 be applied unless otherwise specifically allowed by law; provided, however,
 that if MCI desires to lash additional cable to existing facilities or place
 additional cables in conduits or ducts which are already occupied, or to
 replace existing facilities with new facilities substantially different from
 those described in licenses in effect, MCI must apply for and acquire a new
 license specifically describing the physical size, weight and jacket material
 of the cable to be placed in BellSouth’s conduits and ducts or the physical
 size, weight, and jacket type of cables and the size and weight of apparatus
 enclosures and other facilities to be attached to BellSouth’s poles.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.3

 	
 Single Point of Contact.
 Each Party hereby designates the employees named below as its single point of
 contact for any and all purposes of this Attachment, including, but not
 limited to, processing licenses and applications and providing records and
 information. Each Party may at any time designate a new point of contact by
 giving written notice of such change.

 

CCCS 256 of 501

 Attachment 8

Rights of Way

Page 19

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Notices

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 Billing Address

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 
	
 To Licensee as follows:

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 
	
 Contact

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
          

 
	
 Title

 	
  

 	
 Associate Counsel

 	
  

 	
 Contracts Administration

 
	
 Company

 	
  

 	
 MCI

 	
  

 	
 MCI

 
	
 Address

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Address

 	
  

 	
 2400 North Glenville Drive

 	
  

 	
 2270 Lakeside Blvd.

 
	
 City, State, and Zip Code

 	
  

 	
 Richardson Texas 75082

 	
  

 	
 Richardson, Texas 75082

 
	
 Telephone

 	
  

 	
 972-729-6751

 	
  

 	
 972-729-7855

 
	
 Facsimile

 	
  

 	
 972-729-6927

 ATTN: LPP Network & Facilities

 	
  

 	
 972-729-6482

 
	
  

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 
	
 with a copy to:

 	
  

 	
 Senior Manager Route Contracts Management (Fax No. 972-729-6482)

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 2270 Lakeside Blvd., Richardson, Texas 75082

 
	
  

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 
	
 and to Licensor as follows:

 
	
  

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 	
 

 
	
 Contact

 	
  

 	
 Arthur B. Williams

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Title

 	
  

 	
 Manager

 
	
 Company

 	
  

 	
 BellSouth Telecommunications, Inc.

 
	
 Address

 	
  

 	
 North W3D2

 
	
 Address

 	
  

 	
 3535 Colonnade Parkway

 
	
 City, State, and Zip Code

 	
  

 	
 Birmingham, AL 35243

 
	
 Telephone

 	
  

 	
 (205) 977-5068

 
	
 Facsimile

 	
  

 	
 (205) 977-7997

 

CCCS 257 of 501

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Attachment 8 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Rights of Way 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Page 19 

 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 8.

 	
 PROCESSING
 OF APPLICATIONS (INCLUDING PRELICENSE SURVEYS AND FIELD INSPECTIONS) 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 8.1

 	
 MCI’s Priorities. When MCI has multiple applications on file
 with BellSouth, MCI shall designate its desired priority of completion of
 prelicense surveys and make-ready work with respect to all such applications.
 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 8.2

 	
 Pre-license Survey. After MCI has submitted its written
 application for a license, a pre-license survey (including a field
 inspection) will be performed by either Party, in the company of a
 representative of the other Party, as mutually agreed, to determine whether
 BellSouth’s poles, anchors and anchor/guy strands, or conduit system, in
 their present condition, can accommodate MCI’s facilities, without
 substantially interfering with the ability of BellSouth or any other
 authorized person or entity to use or access the pole, anchor or anchor/guy
 strand or any portion of BellSouth’s conduit system or facilities attached to
 BellSouth’s pole or placed within or connected to BellSouth’s conduit system.
 If MCI gives its prior written consent in writing, the determination of duct
 availability may include the “rodding” of ducts at MCI’s expense. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 If pre-license survey is to
 be conducted by BellSouth, BellSouth will provide MCI with a cost, based on
 its review of MCI’s application request, to perform the pre-license survey. All charges for pre-license work
 performed by BellSouth are payable in advance, with the amount of any such
 advance payment to be due within sixty (60) calendar days after receipt of an
 invoice from BellSouth. Upon receipt of Licensee’s payment of pre-license
 survey costs, BellSouth will schedule the survey for completion in a
 nondiscriminatory manner on a first-come first-served basis at parity with
 BellSouth. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 8.2.1

 	
 The purpose of the
 prelicense survey is to determine whether space is available for MCI’s
 proposed attachments or whether MCI’s proposed attachments to BellSouth’s
 poles or occupancy of BellSouth’s conduit and ducts will substantially
 interfere with use of BellSouth’s facilities by BellSouth and others with
 facilities occupying, connected or attached to BellSouth’s pole or conduit
 system, and to provide information to MCI for its determination of whether
 the pole, anchor, anchor/guy strand, conduit, duct, or right-of-way is
 suitable for its use. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 8.2.2

 	
 Based on information
 provided by BellSouth, MCI shall determine whether BellSouth’s pole, anchor,
 anchor/guy strand, conduit and duct facilities are suitable to meet MCI’s
 needs. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 8.2.3

 	
 BellSouth may not
 unreasonably refuse to continue to process an application based on
 BellSouth’s determination that MCI’s proposed use of BellSouth’s facilities
 will not be in compliance with applicable requirements, specifications,
 rules, regulations, ordinances, and laws. MCI shall be responsible for making
 its own, independent determination that its use of such facilities will be in
 compliance with such requirements, specifications, rules, regulations,
 ordinances and laws. MCI acknowledges that BellSouth is not explicitly or
 implicitly warranting to MCI that MCI’s proposed use of BellSouth’s
 facilities will be in compliance with applicable requirements,
 specifications, rules, regulations, ordinances, and laws. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 8.3

 	
 Administrative Processing. The administrative processing portion of
 the prelicense survey (which includes, without limitation, processing the
 application, preparing make-ready work orders, notifying joint users and
 other persons and entities of work requirements and schedules, coordinating
 the relocation/rearrangement of BellSouth and/or other licensed facilities)
 will be performed by BellSouth at MCI’s expense. Anything to the contrary
 herein notwithstanding, BellSouth shall bear no responsibility for the
 relocation, rearrangement or removal of facilities used for the transmission
 or distribution of electric power. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 9.

 	
 ISSUANCE OF LICENSES 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 9.1

 	
 Obligation to Issue
 Licenses. BellSouth
 shall issue a license to MCI pursuant to this Section 9. BellSouth and MCI
 acknowledge that each application for a license shall be evaluated on an 

 

CCCS 258 of 501

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Attachment 8 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Rights of Way 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Page 20 

 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 individual basis. Nothing
 contained in this Attachment shall be construed as abridging any independent
 pole attachment rights or conduit or duct access rights which MCI may have
 under the provisions of any applicable federal or State laws or regulations
 governing access to BellSouth’s poles, conduits and ducts. Each license
 issued hereunder shall be for an indefinite term, subject to MCI’s compliance
 with the provisions applicable to such license and further subject to MCI’s
 right to terminate such license at any time for any reason upon at least
 thirty (30) calendar days’ prior written notice. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 9.1.1

 	
 Issuance of Licenses When
 No Make-Ready Work is Required. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 9.2

 	
 Multiple Applications. MCI acknowledges that multiple parties,
 including BellSouth, may seek to place their facilities in BellSouth’s
 conduit and ducts at or about the same time, that the make-ready work
 required to prepare BellSouth’s facilities to accommodate multiple applicants
 may differ from the make-ready work required to accommodate a single
 applicant, that issues relating to the proper apportionment of costs arise in
 multi-applicant situations that do not arise in single-applicant situations,
 and that cooperation and negotiations between all applicants and BellSouth
 may be necessary to resolve disputes involving multiple applications for
 permission to place facilities in/on the same pole, conduit, duct, or
 right-of-way. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 9.2.1

 	
 All applications will be
 processed on a first-come, first served basis. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 9.3

 	
 Agreement to Pay for All
 Make-Ready Work Completed. MCI’s submission of written authorization for make-ready work shall
 also constitute MCI’ s agreement to pay additional cost-based charges, if
 any, for completed make-ready work. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 9.4

 	
 Payments to Others for
 Expenses Incurred in Transferring or Arranging Their Facilities. MCI shall make arrangements with the owners
 of other facilities located in or connected to BellSouth’s conduit system or
 attached to BellSouth’s poles, anchors or anchor/guy strands regarding
 reimbursement for any expenses incurred by them in transferring or
 rearranging their facilities to accommodate the placement or attachment of
 MCI’s facilities in or to BellSouth’s structures. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 9.5

 	
 All charges for make-ready
 work performed by BellSouth are payable in advance, with the amount of any
 such advance payment to be due within sixty (60) calendar days after receipt
 of an invoice from BellSouth. BellSouth shall send all invoices to MCI via
 overnight courier. BellSouth will schedule make-ready work for completion in
 a nondiscriminatory manner on a first come first served basis at parity with
 BellSouth. BellSouth will begin the process of scheduling make-ready work
 within twenty (20) business days of receipt of payment from MCI. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 9.6

 	
 License. When MCI’s application for a pole
 attachment or conduit occupancy license is approved, and all required
 make-ready work completed, BellSouth will execute and return a signed
 authorization to MCI, as appropriate, authorizing MCI to attach or place the
 specified facilities on BellSouth’s poles or in BellSouth’s conduit or ducts.
 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 9.6.1

 	
 Each license issued under
 this Attachment shall authorize MCI to attach to BellSouth’s poles or place
 or maintain in BellSouth’s conduit or ducts only those facilities
 specifically described in the license, and no others. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 9.6.2

 	
 Except as expressly stated
 to the contrary in individual licenses issued hereunder, each license issued
 pursuant to this Attachment shall incorporate all terms and conditions of
 this Attachment whether or not such terms or conditions are expressly
 incorporated by reference on the face of the license itself. In the event of
 a conflict between the provisions of such license and this Attachment, the
 provisions of this Attachment shall control. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 10.

 	
 CONSTRUCTION
 OF MCI’s FACILITIES 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 10.1

 	
 Construction Schedule. MCI shall submit with MCI’s license application
 a proposed or estimated construction schedule. Promptly after the issuance of
 a license permitting MCI to attach facilities to BellSouth’s poles or place
 facilities in BellSouth’s conduit or ducts, MCI shall provide BellSouth with 

 

CCCS 259 of 501

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Attachment 8 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Rights of Way 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Page 21

 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 an updated construction
 schedule and shall thereafter keep BellSouth informed of significant
 anticipated changes in the construction schedule. Construction schedules
 required by this Attachment shall include, at a minimum, the following
 information: 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 10.1.1

 	
 The name, title, business
 address, and business telephone number of the manager responsible for
 construction of the facilities; 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 10.1.2

 	
 The names of each
 contractor and subcontractor which will be involved in the construction
 activities; 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 10.1.3

 	
 The estimated dates when
 construction will begin and end; and 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 10.1.4

 	
 The approximate dates when
 MCI or persons acting on MCI’s behalf will be performing construction work in
 connection with the placement of MCI’s facilities in BellSouth’s conduit or
 ducts. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 10.2

 	
 Additional Pre-construction
 Procedures for Facilities Placed in Conduit System. The following procedures shall apply before
 MCI places facilities in BellSouth’s conduit system: 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 10.2.1

 	
 MCI shall give written
 notice of the type of facilities which are to be placed; and; 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 10.2.2

 	
 BellSouth shall designate
 the particular duct or ducts or inner ducts (if available) to be occupied by
 MCI’s facilities, the location and the manner in which MCI’s facilities will
 enter and exit BellSouth’s conduit system, and the specific location and
 manner of installation of any associated equipment which is permitted by
 BellSouth to occupy the conduit system. MCI may not occupy a duct other than
 the specified duct without the express written consent of BellSouth.
 BellSouth shall provide to MCI space in manholes for racking and storage of
 up to fifty (50) feet of cable, provided space is available. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 10.3

 	
 BellSouth Not Responsible
 for Constructing or Placing Facilities. BellSouth shall have no obligation under
 this Attachment to construct any facilities for MCI or to attach MCI’s
 facilities to, or place MCI’s facilities in, BellSouth’s poles or conduit
 system, except as may be necessary to facilitate the interconnection of
 unbundled network elements or except to the extent expressly provided under
 this Attachment, any license issued hereunder, or by the Telecommunications
 Act of 1996 or any applicable law. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 10.4

 	
 MCI Responsible for
 Constructing, Attaching and Placing Facilities. Except where otherwise mutually agreed by
 MCI and BellSouth, MCI shall be responsible for constructing its own
 facilities and attaching those facilities to, or placing them in BellSouth’s
 poles, conduit or ducts, at MCI’s sole cost and expense. MCI shall be solely
 responsible for paying all persons and entities who provide materials, labor,
 access to real or personal property, or other goods or services in connection
 with the construction and placement of MCI’s facilities and for directing the
 activities of all persons acting on MCI’s behalf while they are physically
 present on BellSouth’s pole, in any part of BellSouth’s conduit system or in
 the vicinity of BellSouth’s poles or conduit system. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 10.5

 	
 Compliance with Applicable
 Standards, Health and Safety Requirements, and Other Legal Requirements. MCI shall construct its facilities in
 accordance with the provisions of this Attachment and all licenses issued
 hereunder. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 10.5.1

 	
 MCI shall not permit any
 person acting on MCI’s behalf to perform any work on BellSouth’s poles or
 within BellSouth’s conduit system without first verifying, to the extent
 practicable, on each date when such work is to be performed, that the
 condition of the pole or conduit system is suitable for the work to be
 performed. If MCI or any person working on MCI’s behalf determines that the
 condition of the pole or conduit system is not suitable for the work to be
 performed, MCI shall notify BellSouth of the condition of the pole or conduit
 system in question and shall not proceed with construction activities until
 MCI is satisfied that the work can be safely performed. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 10.6

 	
 Construction Notices. If requested to do so, MCI shall provide
 BellSouth with information to reasonably assure BellSouth that construction
 has been performed in accordance with all applicable standards and
 requirements. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 10.7

 	
 Manhole and Conduit
 Break-Outs. MCI
 shall be permitted to add conduit ports to BellSouth manholes when existing
 conduits do not provide the pathway connectivity needed by MCI, provided 

 

CCCS 260 of 501

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Attachment 8 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Rights of Way 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Page 22

 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 the structural integrity of
 the manhole is maintained, and sound engineering judgment is employed. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 10.8

 	
 Completion of Licensee
 Construction. For
 each Licensee Attachment to or occupancy within BellSouth facilities,
 Licensee will provide to BellSouth’s single-point of contact within sixty
 (60) calendar days of Licensee construction-complete date) a complete set of
 actual placement drawings for posting to BellSouth records. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 11.

 	
 USE AND
 ROUTINE MAINTENANCE OF MCI’s FACILITIES 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 11.1

 	
 Use of MCI’s Facilities. Each license granted under this Attachment
 authorizes MCI to have access to MCI’s facilities on or in BellSouth’s poles,
 conduits and ducts as needed for the purpose of serving MCI’s customers,
 including, but not limited to, powering electronics, monitoring facilities,
 or transporting signaling. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 11.2

 	
 Routine Maintenance of
 MCI’s Facilities.
 Each license granted under this Attachment authorizes MCI to engage in
 routine maintenance of MCI’s facilities located on or in BellSouth’s poles,
 conduits, ducts and rights-of-way pursuant to such license. MCI shall give
 reasonable notice to the affected public authority or private landowner, as
 appropriate, before commencing the construction or installation of its
 attachments or making any material alterations thereto. MCI shall give
 reasonable notice to BellSouth before performing any work, whether or not of
 a routine nature, in BellSouth’s conduit system. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 11.3

 	
 MCI Responsible for
 Maintenance of MCI’s Facilities. MCI shall maintain its facilities in accordance with the provisions
 of this Attachment, including, but not limited to, all requirements set forth
 above in this agreement herein, and all licenses issued hereunder. MCI shall
 be solely responsible for paying all persons and entities who provide
 materials, labor, access to real or personal property, or other goods or
 services in connection with the maintenance of MCI’s facilities and for
 directing the activities of all persons acting on MCI’s behalf while they are
 physically present on BellSouth’s poles, within BellSouth’s conduit system or
 in the immediate vicinity of such poles or conduit system. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 11.4

 	
 BellSouth Not Responsible
 for Maintaining MCI’s Facilities. BellSouth shall have no obligation to maintain any facilities which
 MCI has attached or connected to, or placed in, BellSouth’s poles, conduits,
 ducts or any portion of BellSouth’s conduit system, except to the extent
 expressly provided by the provisions of this Attachment or any license issued
 hereunder, or by the Act or other applicable federal, State, or local laws,
 rules or regulations. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 11.5

 	
 Information Concerning the
 Maintenance of MCI’s Facilities. Promptly after the issuance of a license permitting MCI to attach
 facilities to, or place facilities in BellSouth’s poles, conduits or ducts,
 MCI shall provide BellSouth with the name, title, business address, and
 business telephone number of the manager responsible for routine maintenance
 of MCI’s facilities, and shall thereafter notify BellSouth of changes to such
 information. The manager responsible for routine maintenance of MCI’s
 facilities shall, on BellSouth’s request, identify any contractor,
 subcontractor, or other person performing maintenance activities on MCI’s
 behalf at a specified site and shall, on BellSouth’s request, provide such
 additional documentation relating to the maintenance of MCI’s facilities as
 reasonably necessary to demonstrate that MCI and all persons acting on MCI’s
 behalf are complying with the requirements of this Attachment and licenses
 issued hereunder. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 11.6

 	
 Identification of Personnel
 Authorized to Have Access to MCI’s Facilities. All personnel authorized to have access to
 MCI’s facilities shall, while working on BellSouth’s poles, in its conduit
 system or ducts or in the vicinity of such poles, ducts or conduit systems,
 carry with them suitable identification and shall, upon the request of any
 BellSouth employee, produce such identification. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 12.

 	
 MODIFICATION
 AND REPLACEMENT OF MCI’s FACILITIES 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 12.1

 	
 Notification of Planned
 Modification or Replacement of Facilities. MCI shall, when practicable, notify
 BellSouth in writing at least sixty (60) calendar days before adding to, relocating,
 replacing or 

 

CCCS 261 of 501

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Attachment 8 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Rights of Way 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Page 23

 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 otherwise modifying its
 facilities attached to a BellSouth pole, anchor or anchor/guy strand or
 located in any BellSouth conduit or duct. The notice shall contain sufficient
 information to enable BellSouth to determine whether the proposed addition,
 relocation, replacement, or modification is permitted under MCI’s present
 license or requires a new or amended license. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 12.2

 	
 New or Amended License
 Required. A new or
 amended license will be required if the proposed addition, relocation,
 replacement, or modification: 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 12.2.1

 	
 Requires that MCI use
 additional space on BellSouth’s poles or in its conduits or ducts, including,
 but not limited to, any additional ducts, inner-ducts, or substantial space
 in any handhole or manhole, on either a temporary or permanent basis; or 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 12.2.2

 	
 Results in the size or
 location of MCI’s facilities on BellSouth’s poles or in its conduit or ducts
 being appreciably different from those described and authorized in MCI’s then
 existing license (e.g., different duct or size increase causing a need to
 re-calculate storm loadings, guying, or pole class). 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 13.

 	
 REARRANGEMENT
 OF FACILITIES AT THE REQUEST OF ANOTHER 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 13.1

 	
 Make-Ready Work at the
 Request of MCI. If,
 prior to the issuance of a license, MCI determines that any pole, anchor,
 anchor/guy strand, conduit or duct is inadequate to accommodate MCI’s
 proposed pole attachment or conduit occupancy or that it will be necessary or
 desirable for BellSouth or any other person or entity to rearrange existing
 facilities or structures to accommodate MCI, MCI shall promptly advise
 BellSouth of the make-ready work it believes necessary to enable the
 accommodation of MCI’s facilities. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 13.1.1

 	
 BellSouth shall determine,
 in the exercise of sound engineering judgment, whether or not such make-ready
 work is necessary or possible. In determining whether make-ready work is
 necessary, BellSouth shall endeavor to minimize its costs. If it is determined
 that such make-ready work is required, within twenty (20) business days of
 such determination, BellSouth shall provide MCI with the estimated costs for
 make-ready work and a make-ready due date. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 13.1.2

 	
 MCI shall be solely
 responsible for negotiating with persons or entities other than BellSouth for
 the rearrangement of such persons’ or entities’ facilities or structures and,
 except where such rearrangement is for the benefit of BellSouth and/or other
 licensees as well as MCI, shall be solely responsible for paying all charges
 attributable to the rearrangement of such facilities; provided, however, that
 if facilities rearrangements require new licenses from BellSouth, BellSouth
 shall issue such licenses in conjunction with the issuance of the applied-for
 license to MCI. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 13.2

 	
 Rearrangement of MCI’s
 Facilities at BellSouth’s or Another Entity’s Request. MCI acknowledges that, from time to time,
 it may be necessary or desirable for BellSouth to change out poles, relocate,
 reconstruct, or modify portions of its conduit system or rearrange facilities
 contained therein or connected thereto and that such changes may be
 necessitated by BellSouth’s business needs or by an authorized application or
 license of another entity seeking access to BellSouth’s poles, conduit
 systems, ducts and/or rights-of-way. MCI agrees that MCI will, upon
 BellSouth’s request, and at BellSouth’s expense, but at no cost to MCI,
 participate with BellSouth and other licensees in the relocation,
 reconstruction, or modification of BellSouth’s conduit system or facilities
 rearrangement. MCI acknowledges that, from time to time, it may be necessary
 or desirable for BellSouth to change out poles, relocate, reconstruct, or
 modify portions of its conduit system or rearrange facilities contained
 therein or connected thereto as a result of an order by a municipality or
 other governmental authority. MCI shall, upon BellSouth’s request,
 participate with BellSouth and other licensees in the relocation,
 reconstruction, or modification of BellSouth’s conduit system or facilities
 rearrangement and pay its proportionate share of any costs of such
 relocation, reconstruction, or modification that are not reimbursed by such
 municipality or governmental authority. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 13.2.1

 	
 MCI shall make all rearrangements
 of its facilities within such period of time as is jointly deemed reasonable
 by the Parties based on the amount of rearrangements necessary and a desire
 to minimize 

 

CCCS 262 of 501

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Attachment 8 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Rights of Way 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Page 25

 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 chances for service
 interruption or facility-based service denial to an MCI customer. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 13.2.2

 	
 If MCI fails to make the
 required rearrangements within the time prescribed or within such extended
 periods of time as may be granted by BellSouth in writing, BellSouth may
 perform such rearrangements with written notice to MCI, and MCI shall
 reimburse BellSouth for actual costs and expenses incurred by BellSouth in
 connection with the rearrangement of MCI’s facilities; provided, however,
 that nothing contained in this Attachment or any license issued hereunder
 shall be construed as requiring MCI to bear any expenses which, under the Act
 or other applicable federal or State laws, rules or regulations, are to be
 allocated to persons or entities other than MCI; and provided further,
 however, that MCI shall have no responsibility for rearrangement costs and
 expenses relating to rearrangements performed for the purpose of meeting
 BellSouth’s business needs or the business needs of any other licensee/joint
 user. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 13.2.3

 	
 MCI will not be required to
 bear any of the costs of rearranging or replacing its facilities, if such
 rearrangement or replacement is required as a result of an additional
 attachment or the modification of an existing attachment sought by any entity
 other than MCI, including BellSouth. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 14.

 	
 EMERGENCY
 REPAIRS AND POLE REPLACEMENTS 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 14.1

 	
 MCI Responsible for
 Emergency Repairs to its Own Facilities. In general, MCI shall be responsible for
 making emergency repairs to its own facilities and for formulating
 appropriate plans and practices which will enable it to make such emergency
 repairs. BellSouth shall be under no obligation to perform any repair or
 service restoration work of any kind with respect to MCI’s facilities. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 14.2

 	
 In the event of an emergency,
 restoration procedures may be affected by the presence of MCI facilities in
 or on BellSouth structures. While BellSouth maintains no responsibility for
 the repair of damaged MCI facilities, it must nonetheless control access to
 structures if restoration of affected facilities is to be achieved in an
 orderly fashion. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 14. 3

 	
 When an emergency situation
 arises which necessitates Carrier access to a manhole, MCI should call
 BellSouth’s Access Customer Advocate Center (ACAC) or the Unbundled Network
 Element (UNE) Center. BellSouth will then arrange for access with on-call
 maintenance field personnel during the emergency situation. (A list of
 contact telephone numbers is available to MCI for this purpose; MCI can
 obtain this information from MCI’s account manager). 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 14.4

 	
 If only MCI owned
 facilities are affected, BellSouth shall use best efforts to respond within
 four (4) hours of MCI’s call requesting BellSouth personnel to be present at
 site of emergency. MCI will perform emergency repair under the direction of
 BellSouth employee(s) or representative available, at MCI ‘s sole cost and
 expense. Should BellSouth not respond in agreed upon time frame, MCI will
 have the right to proceed with the emergency repair without BellSouth
 employee(s) present. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 15.

 	
 INSPECTION BY BELLSOUTH OF MCI’s FACILITIES

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 15.1

 	
 BellSouth’s Right to Make
 Periodic or Spot Inspections. BellSouth shall have the right to make periodic or spot inspections
 at any time of any part of MCI’s facilities attached to BellSouth’s poles,
 anchors or anchor/guy strands or occupying any BellSouth conduit or duct for
 the limited purpose of determining whether MCI’s facilities are in compliance
 with the terms of this Attachment and licenses granted hereunder; provided
 that such inspections must be non-invasive (e.g., no splice cases may be
 opened). 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 15.1.1

 	
 BellSouth will give MCI
 advance written notice of such inspections, and MCI shall have the right to
 have a representative attend such inspections, except in those instances
 where safety considerations justify the need for such inspection without the
 delay of waiting until written notice has been forwarded to MCI. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 15.1.2

 	
 Such inspections shall be
 conducted at BellSouth’s expense; provided, however, that MCI shall bear 

 

CCCS 263 of 501

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Attachment 8 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Rights of Way 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Page 25

 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 the cost of inspections as
 delineated in Section 3.12. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 15.2

 	
 No Duty to MCI. Neither the act of inspection by BellSouth
 of MCI’s facilities nor any failure to inspect such facilities shall operate
 to impose on BellSouth any liability of any kind whatsoever or to relieve MCI
 of any responsibility, obligations or liability under this Attachment or
 otherwise existing. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 16.

 	
 NOTICE OF NONCOMPLIANCE

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 16.1

 	
 Notice of Noncompliance. If, at any time, BellSouth determines that
 MCI’s facilities or any part thereof have not been placed or maintained or
 are not being used in accordance with the requirements of this Attachment,
 BellSouth may send written notice to MCI specifying the alleged
 noncompliance. MCI agrees to acknowledge receipt of the notice as soon as
 practicable. If MCI does not dispute BellSouth’s assertion that such
 facilities are not in compliance, MCI agrees to provide BellSouth with a
 schedule for bringing such facilities into compliance, to bring the
 facilities into compliance within a reasonable time, and to notify BellSouth
 in writing when the facilities have been brought into compliance. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 16.2

 	
 Disputes over Alleged
 Noncompliance. If
 MCI disputes BellSouth’s assertion that MCI’s facilities are not in
 compliance, MCI shall notify BellSouth in writing of the basis for MCI’s
 assertion that its facilities are in compliance. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 16.3

 	
 Failure to Bring Facilities
 into Compliance. If
 MCI has not brought the facilities into compliance within a reasonable time
 or provided BellSouth with proof sufficient to persuade BellSouth that
 BellSouth erred in asserting that the facilities were not in compliance, and
 if BellSouth determines in good faith that the alleged noncompliance causes
 or is likely to cause material damage to BellSouth’s facilities or those of
 others users, BellSouth may, at its option and MCI’s expense, take such
 non-service affecting steps as may be required to bring MCI’s facilities into
 compliance, including but not limited to correcting any conditions which do
 not meet the specifications of this Attachment. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 16.4

 	
 Correction of Conditions by
 BellSouth. If
 BellSouth elects to bring MCI’s facilities into compliance, the provisions of
 this Attachment shall apply. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 16.4.1

 	
 BellSouth will, whenever
 practicable, notify MCI in writing before performing such work. The written
 notice shall describe the nature of the work to be performed and BellSouth’s
 schedule for performing the work. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 16.4.2

 	
 If MCI’s facilities have
 become detached or partially detached from supporting racks or wall supports
 located within a BellSouth manhole, BellSouth may, at MCI’s expense, reattach
 them but shall not be obligated to do so. If BellSouth does not reattach
 MCI’s facilities, BellSouth shall endeavor to arrange with MCI for the
 reattachment of any facilities affected. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 16.4.3

 	
 BellSouth shall, as soon as
 practicable after performing the work, advise MCI in writing of the work
 performed or action taken. Upon receiving such notice, MCI shall inspect the
 facilities and take such steps as MCI may deem necessary to insure that the
 facilities meet MCI’s performance requirements. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 16.5

 	
 MCI to Bear Expenses. MCI shall bear all expenses arising out of
 or in connection with any work performed to bring MCI’s facilities into
 compliance with the requirements of this Attachment; provided, however that
 nothing contained in this Attachment or any license issued hereunder shall be
 construed as requiring MCI to bear any expenses which, under applicable
 federal or State laws, rules or regulations, must be borne by persons or
 entities other than MCI. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 17.

 	
 UNAUTHORIZED
 OCCUPANCY OR UTILIZATION OF BELLSOUTH’S FACILITIES

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 17.1

 	
 Licensing or Removal of
 Unauthorized Attachments. If any of MCI’s facilities shall be found attached to pole(s) or
 occupying conduit systems for which no license is outstanding, BellSouth,
 without prejudice to its other rights or remedies under this Agreement,
 including termination of licenses, may impose a charge and require MCI to
 submit in writing, within thirty (30) calendar days 

 

CCCS 264 of 501

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Attachment 8 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Rights of Way 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Page 26

 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 after receipt of written
 notification from BellSouth of the unauthorized attachment or conduit occupancy,
 a pole attachment or conduit occupancy license application. If such
 application is not received by BellSouth within the specified time period,
 MCI may be required at BellSouth’s option to remove its unauthorized
 attachment or occupancy within sixty (60) calendar days of the final date for
 submitting the required application, or BellSouth may at the end of such
 sixty (60) calendar day period, at BellSouth’s option remove MCI’s facilities
 without liability, and the expense of such removal shall be borne by MCI.
 Charges for any such unauthorized occupancy shall be equal to the applicable
 license fees and charges which would have been payable from and after the
 date such facilities were first placed on BellSouth’s poles or in BellSouth’s
 conduit system, if MCI provides reasonable documentation of such placement.
 If MCI is unable to provide such reasonable documentation the matter may be
 submitted to the Dispute Resolution Procedures set forth in the General Terms
 and Conditions of this Agreement.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 17.1.1

 	
 Nothing contained in the
 Agreement or any license issued hereunder shall be construed as requiring MCI
 to bear any expenses which, under applicable federal or State laws or
 regulations, must be borne by persons or entities other than MCI. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 17.2

 	
 Prompt Payment of
 Applicable Fees and Charges. Fees and charges for unauthorized pole attachments and conduit system
 occupancies, as specified in this Agreement, shall be due and payable within
 thirty (30) calendar days of receipt by MCI of an itemized invoice therefor. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 17.3

 	
 No Implied Waiver or
 Ratification of Unauthorized Use. No act or failure to act by BellSouth with regard to said unlicensed
 use shall be deemed as a ratification of the unlicensed use; and if any
 license should be subsequently issued, said license shall not operate
 retroactively or constitute a waiver by BellSouth of any of its rights or
 privileges under this Attachment or otherwise; provided, however, that MCI
 shall be subject to all liabilities, obligations and responsibilities of this
 Attachment with respect to such unauthorized use from its inception. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 18.

 	
 REMOVAL OF MCI’s FACILITIES

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 18.1

 	
 Pole Attachments. MCI, at its expense, will remove its
 attachments from any of BellSouth’s poles within thirty (30) calendar days
 after termination of the license covering such attachments. If MCI fails to
 remove its attachments within such thirty (30) calendar day period, BellSouth
 shall have the right to remove such attachments at MCI’s expense and without
 any liability on the part of BellSouth for damage or injury to MCI’s
 attachments unless caused by the negligence or intentional misconduct of
 BellSouth. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 18.2

 	
 Conduit Occupancy. MCI, at its expense, will remove its
 communications facilities from any BellSouth conduit system within sixty (60)
 calendar days after: 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 18.2.1

 	
 Termination of the license
 covering such conduit occupancy; or

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 18.2.2

 	
 The date MCI replaces its
 existing facilities in one (1) duct with substitute facilities in another
 duct. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 18.2.3

 	
 If MCI fails to remove its
 facilities within the specified period, BellSouth shall have the right to
 remove such facilities at MCI’s expense and without any liability on the part
 of BellSouth for damage or injury to such facilities unless caused by the negligence
 or intentional misconduct of BellSouth. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 18.3

 	
 Continuing Responsibility
 for Fees and Charges.
 MCI shall remain liable for and pay to BellSouth all applicable fees and
 charges, if any, pursuant to provisions of this Agreement until all of MCI’s
 facilities are physically removed from BellSouth’s poles or conduit system. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 19.

 	
 FEES, CHARGES, AND BILLING

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 19.1

 	
 License Charges. MCI agrees to pay charges in Attachment 8,
 Exhibit 3. These rates will be recalculated during the term of this Agreement
 in accordance with the Telecommunications Act of 

 

CCCS 265 of 501

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Attachment 8 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Rights of Way 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Page 27

 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 1996 and applicable FCC or
 State Commission rules and regulations. License charges commence on the first
 day of the calendar month following the date a license is issued. Such
 charges cease as of the final day of the calendar month preceding the month
 in which the attachment or occupancy is physically removed or the utilization
 is discontinued. A one (1) month minimum charge is applicable to all licenses. Such current-year charges
 are normally billed on or near July 1 of each year; annual billing is for the
 period January 1 through December 31 (six (6) months in arrears and six (6)
 months in advance) and to include true-up for actual billing for previous
 year’s advance billing for period July 1 through December 31. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 19.2

 	
 Computation of Charges. Attachment and occupancy rates shall be
 applied to the number of pole(s) and duct feet of conduit for which licenses
 have been issued before December 1 of each calendar year. Charges for
 attachment(s) and occupancy which commenced during the preceding twelve (12)
 month period will be prorated accordingly. 

 

CCCS 266 of 501

Attachment 8 

Rights of Way 

Exhibit 1 

Page 28 

EXHIBIT 1

BellSouth Records Maintenance Centers

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Plant Records 

 	
Right of Way Records 

 	
  

 
	

 

 	

 

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Records Maintenance Center

 	
 Regional Landbase Admin.
 Center

 	
  

 
	
 5228 Central Avenue

 	
 Attn.: Right of Way
 Records

 	
  

 
	
 Charlotte, NC 28212

 	
 16 GG 1 BST

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 301 W. Bay Street

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Jacksonville, FL 32201

 	
  

 

CCCS 267 of 501

Attachment 8 

Rights of Way 

Exhibit 2 

Page 29 

EXHIBIT 2

BELLSOUTH ADMINISTRATIVE FORMS AND NOTICES

This Exhibit 2 lists the types of administrative forms to be utilized
in connection with this Agreement.

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Type

 	
             
      Form
 Description

 	
  

 	
 Form

 Number

 
	
 General

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Inquiry Request

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 GN-1

 
	
  

 	
 Records Review Request

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 GN-2

 
	
  

 	
 Pre-License Survey Request

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 GN-3

 
	
  

 	
 Make-Ready Estimate
 Request

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 GN-4

 
	
  

 	
 Building Space License
 Agreement for Shared Owner-Provided Access

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 GN-5

 
	
  

 	
 CLEC Request to Complete
 Investigation of Facilities

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 GN-6

 
	
 Poles

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Application and Pole
 Attachment License

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 PL-1

 
	
  

 	
 Pole Survey Form

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 PL-2

 
	
  

 	
 Itemized Estimate

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 PL-3

 
	
  

 	
 Notification of Surrender
 or Modification of Pole Attachment License

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 PL-4

 
	
 Conduit

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Application and Conduit
 Occupancy License

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CN-1

 
	
  

 	
 Conduit System Diagram

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CN-2

 
	
  

 	
 Conduit System - Manhole
 Detail

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CN-3

 
	
  

 	
 Cable to Occupy Conduit

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CN-4

 
	
  

 	
 Equipment Housings to be
 Placed in Manholes

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CN-5

 
	
  

 	
 Conduit Make-Ready Work
 & Charges

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CN-6

 
	
  

 	
 Notification of Surrender
 or Modification of Conduit Occupancy License

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CN-7

 
	
  

 	
 Request for Entry into
 Manhole(s) and/or Vaults

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CN-8

 
	
  

 	
 Request to “Rod” and/or
 Clearing of Ducts

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CN-9

 
	
  

 	
 Request to Core Bore
 and/or Modify Manhole(s)

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CN-10

 
	
  

 	
 Spare and/or Emergency
 Reservation

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 CN-11

 
	
 Right of
 Way

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Application and Right of
 Way Occupancy License

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 RW-1

 
	
 Notification

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Construction Performed
 and/or Completed

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 NT-1

 
	
  

 	
 Lashing to Third Party
 Facilities

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 NT-2

 
	
  

 	
 Dispute of Make-Ready
 Charges

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 NT-3

 
	
  

 	
 Change in Priority for
 Processing Applications

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 NT-4

 
	
  

 	
 Change of SPOC

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 NT-5

 
	
  

 	
 Maintenance Manager

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 NT-6

 
	
  

 	
 Inspection and Compliance

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 NT-7

 
	
  

 	
 Unsafe Conditions

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 NT-8

 
	
  

 	
 Dispute of Compliance

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 NT-9

 
	
  

 	
 Facilities Brought into
 Compliance

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 NT-10

 
	
  

 	
 BellSouth Notifications

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 NT-11

 
	
  

 	
 Licensee Notifications

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 NT-12

 
	
  

 	
 Consent of Licensor

 	
  

 	
  

 	
 NT-13

 

CCCS 268 of 501

Attachment 8 

Rights of Way 

Exhibit 3 

Page 30 

Exhibit 3

2004 FCC Formula Supported Fees

for attachments and/or occupancy effective 1/1/2004

 (Re-calculated annually)

Licensee shall pay to Licensor the following fees: 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Poles

 (ea.
 / yr.)

 	
  

 	
 Anchors

 (ea.
 / yr.)

 	
  

 	
 Conduit

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	

 

 
	
 State

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  ($/ ft. / yr.) 

 
	

 

 	
 

 	

 

 	

 

 	
 

 	

 

 	
 

 	

 

 	
 

 	

 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
 Non-Urban

 	
 Urban

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	

 

 	
 

 	

 

 	

 

 	
 

 	

 

 	
 

 	

 

 	
 

 	

 

 
	
  

 
	

 

 	
 

 	

 

 	

 

 	
 

 	

 

 	
 

 	

 

 	
 

 	

 

 
	
  

 
	

 

 	
 

 	

 

 	

 

 	
 

 	

 

 	
 

 	

 

 	
 

 	

 

 

Urban and non-urban are defined by the Bureau of
Census as follows: Urban is a city plus the closely-settled urban fringe that
together have a minimum population of 50,000. Non-urban is less than 50,000. 
    
                Conduit rates will apply to each passageway
(innerduct).

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 i)

 	
 For the purpose of
 determining the Duct feet chargeable, the Duct considered occupied shall be
 measured from the center to center of adjacent Manhole(s), or from the center
 of a Manhole to the end of a Duct not terminated in a Manhole. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 ii)

 	
 The above rates are not
 applicable for crossings of any navigable waterway. Rates for navigable
 waterway crossings will be calculated on an individual case basis. 

 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 Pole
 Attachment Transfer Rate

 	
  

 
	
 Per Pole (throughout
 BellSouth region)

 	
 $41.00

 

CCCS 269 of 501

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Attachment
10  

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Disaster
Recovery  

 

Attachment 10

BellSouth Disaster Recovery Plan

CCCS 271 of 501

Attachment 10 

Disaster Recovery Plan 

Page 2 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1

 	
 DEFINITIONS

 	
 3

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2

 	
 PURPOSE

 	
 3

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3

 	
 SINGLE
 POINT OF CONTACT

 	
 3

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 4

 	
 IDENTIFYING
 THE PROBLEM

 	
 4

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5

 	
 SITE
 CONTROL

 	
 4

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6

 	
 ENVIRONMENT
 CONCERNS

 	
 5

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7

 	
 THE
 EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER (ECC)

 	
 5

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 8

 	
 RECOVERY
 PROCEDURES

 	
 6

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 9

 	
 CLEC
 OUTAGE

 	
 6

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 10

 	
 BELLSOUTH
 OUTAGE

 	
 6

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 11

 	
 COMBINED
 OUTAGE (CLEC AND BELLSOUTH EQUIPMENT)

 	
 8

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 12

 	
 IDENTIFICATION
 PROCEDURES

 	
 8

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 13

 	
 ACRONYMS

 	
 8

 

CCCS 272 of 501

Attachment 10 

Disaster Recovery Plan 

Page 3 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1

 	
 DEFINITIONS
 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.1

 	
 Aid is defined as the
 capability to furnish assistance, help, support, and relief as defined and
 dictated by the situation. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.2

 	
 Disaster is any natural
 disaster or incident, which has the potential to or actually causes damage to
 CLEC Network assets (e.g. tornado, hurricane, major fire); any condition of
 major proportion caused by hardware and/or software failures or damage,
 procedural error, or other major system-affecting conditions (e.g. software
 problems or errors, equipment failures which threaten critical CLEC SERVICE
 CENTER functions) or any Network condition which has the potential to or does
 affect a large geographic, or major metropolitan area (e.g. local exchange
 carrier failure cellular carrier failure major CLEC Work Center failure). A
 more complete listing of examples is found in Appendix C to the Operational
 Understanding found on BellSouth’s website at http://www.interconnection.bellsouth.com/guides/other_guides/html/gopeu001/index.htm
 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.3

 	
 Extended period of time is
 defined as a service restoration interval exceeding five (5) to seven (7)
 calendar days. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.4

 	
 Long-term is defined the
 same as an extended period of time. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.5

 	
 Telecommunications Service
 Priority (TSP) Program created by the FCC establishes the provisioning and
 restoration priority for telecommunications services that are vital to
 coordinating and responding to crisis. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2

 	
 PURPOSE 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1

 	
 In the unlikely event of a
 disaster occurring that affects BellSouth’s long-term ability to deliver
 traffic to a Competitive Local Exchange Carrier (CLEC), general procedures
 have been developed by BellSouth to hasten the recovery process in accordance
 with the Telecommunications Service Priority (TSP) Program established by the
 Federal Communications Commission to identify and prioritize
 telecommunication services that support national security or emergency
 preparedness (NS/EP) missions. Since each location is different and could be
 affected by an assortment of potential problems, a detailed recovery plan is
 impractical. However, in the process of reviewing recovery activities for
 specific locations, some basic procedures emerge that appear to be common in
 most cases. These general procedures should apply to any disaster that
 affects the delivery of traffic for an extended time period. Each CLEC will
 be given the same consideration during an outage, and service will be
 restored as quickly as possible. This document will cover the basic recovery
 procedures that would apply to every CLEC and can also be found as Appendix C
 to the Operational Understanding. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 http://www.interconnection.bellsouth.com/guides/other
 guides/html/gopeu001/index.htm

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3

 	
 SINGLE
 POINT OF CONTACT 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 31

 	
 When a problem is
 experienced, regardless of the severity, the BellSouth Network Management
 Center (NMC) will observe traffic anomalies and begin monitoring the
 situation. Controls will be appropriately applied to insure the sanity of
 BellSouth’s network; and, in the event that a switch or facility node is
 lost, the NMC will attempt to circumvent the failure using available
 reroutes. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.2

 	
 BellSouth’s NMC will
 remain in control of the restoration efforts until the problem has been
 identified as being a long-term outage. At that time, the NMC will contact
 BellSouth’s Emergency Control Center (ECC) and relinquish control of the
 recovery 

 

CCCS 273 of 501

Attachment 10 

Disaster Recovery Plan 

Page 4 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 efforts. Even though the
 ECC may take charge of the situation, the NMC will continue to monitor the
 circumstances and restore traffic as soon as damaged network elements are
 revitalized. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.3

 	
 The telephone number for
 the BellSouth Network Management Center in Atlanta, as published in
 Telcordia’s National Network Management Directory, is 404-321-2516. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 4

 	
 IDENTIFYING
 THE PROBLEM

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 4.1

 	
 During the early stages of
 problem detection, the NMC will be able to tell which CLECs are affected by
 the catastrophe. Further analysis and/or first hand observation will determine
 if the disaster has affected CLEC equipment only, BellSouth equipment only or
 a combination. The initial restoration activity will be largely determined by
 the equipment that is affected. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 4.2

 	
 Once the nature of the
 disaster is determined and after verifying the cause of the problem, the NMC
 will initiate reroutes and/or transfers that are jointly agreed upon by the
 affected CLECs’ Network Management Center and the BellSouth NMC. The type and
 percentage of controls used will depend upon available network capacity.
 Controls necessary to stabilize the situation will be invoked and the NMC
 will attempt to re-establish as much traffic as possible. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 4.3

 	
 For long-term outages,
 recovery efforts will be coordinated by the Emergency Control Center (ECC).
 Traffic controls will continue to be applied by the NMC until facilities are
 re-established. As equipment is made available for service, the ECC will
 instruct the NMC to begin removing the controls and allow traffic to resume. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5

 	
 SITE
 CONTROL 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.1

 	
 In the total loss of
 building use scenario, what likely exists will be a smoking pile of rubble.
 This rubble will contain many components that could be dangerous. It could
 also contain any personnel on the premises at the time of the disaster. For
 these reasons, the local fire marshal with the assistance of the police will
 control the site until the building is no longer a threat to surrounding
 properties and the companies have secured the site from the general public. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.2

 	
 During this time, the
 majority owner of the building should be arranging for a demolition
 contractor to mobilize to the site with the primary objective of reaching the
 cable entrance facility for a damage assessment. The results of this
 assessment would then dictate immediate plans for restoration, both short
 term and permanent. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.3

 	
 In a less catastrophic
 event, i.e., the building is still standing and the cable entrance facility
 is usable, the situation is more complex. The site will initially be
 controlled by local authorities until the threat to adjacent property has
 diminished. Once the site is returned to the control of the companies, the
 following events should occur. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.4

 	
 An initial assessment of
 the main building infrastructure systems (mechanical, electrical, fire and
 life safety, elevators, and others) will establish building needs. Once these
 needs are determined, the majority owner should lead the building restoration
 efforts. There may be situations where the site will not be totally restored
 within the confines of the building. The companies must individually
 determine their needs and jointly assess the cost of permanent restoration to
 determine the overall plan of action. 

 

CCCS 274 of 501

Attachment 10 

Disaster Recovery Plan 

Page 5 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.5

 	
 Multiple restoration
 trailers from each company will result in the need for designated space and
 installation order. This layout and control is required to maximize the
 amount of restoration equipment that can be placed at the site, and the
 priority of placements. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.6

 	
 Care must be taken in this
 planning to ensure other restoration efforts have logistical access to the
 building. Major components of telephone and building equipment will need to
 be removed and replaced. A priority for this equipment must also be jointly established
 to facilitate overall site restoration. (Example: If the AC switchgear has
 sustained damage, this would be of the highest priority in order to regain
 power, lighting, and HVAC throughout the building.)

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 5.7

 	
 If the site will not
 accommodate the required restoration equipment, the companies would then need
 to quickly arrange with local authorities for street closures, rights of way
 or other possible options available. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6

 	
 ENVIRONMENTAL
 CONCERNS 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.1

 	
 In the worse case
 scenario, many environmental concerns must be addressed. Along with the
 police and fire marshal, the state environmental protection department will
 be on site to monitor the situation. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.2

 	
 Items to be concerned with
 in a large central office building could include: 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 1. Emergency engine fuel
 supply. Damage to the standby equipment and the fuel handling equipment could
 have created “spill” conditions that have to be handled within state and
 federal regulations. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 2. Asbestos-containing
 materials that may be spread throughout the wreckage. Asbestos could be in
 many components of building, electrical, mechanical, outside plant
 distribution, and telephone systems. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 3. Lead and acid. These
 materials could be present in potentially large quantities depending upon the
 extent of damage to the power room. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 4. Mercury and other
 regulated compounds resident in telephone equipment. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 5. Other compounds
 produced by the fire or heat. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.3

 	
 Once a total loss event
 occurs at a large site, local authorities will control immediate clean up
 (water placed on the wreckage by the fire department) and site access. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.4

 	
 At some point, the
 companies will become involved with local authorities in the overall planning
 associated with site clean up and restoration. Depending on the clean up
 approach taken, delays in the restoration of several hours to several days
 may occur. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.5

 	
 In a less severe disaster,
 items listed above are more defined and can be addressed individually
 depending on the damage. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 6.6

 	
 In each case, the majority
 owner should coordinate building and environmental restoration as well as
 maintain proper planning and site control. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7

 	
 THE
 EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER (ECC) 

 

CCCS 275 of 501

Attachment 10 

Disaster Recovery Plan 

Page 6 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.1

 	
 The ECC is located in the
 Midtown 1 Building in Atlanta, Georgia. During an emergency, the ECC staff
 will convene a group of pre-selected experts to inventory the damage and
 initiate corrective actions. These experts have regional access to
 BellSouth’s personnel and equipment and will assume control of the
 restoration activity anywhere in the nine-state area. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.2

 	
 In the past, the ECC has
 been involved with restoration activities resulting from hurricanes, ice
 storms and floods. They have demonstrated their capabilities during these
 calamities as well as during outages caused by human error or equipment
 failures. This group has an excellent record of restoring service as quickly
 as possible. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.3

 	
 During a major disaster,
 the ECC may move emergency equipment to the affected location, direct
 recovery efforts of local personnel and coordinate service restoration
 activities with the CLECs. The ECC will attempt to restore service as quickly
 as possible using whatever means is available, leaving permanent solutions, such
 as the replacement of damaged buildings or equipment, for local personnel to
 administer. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 7.4

 	
 Part of the ECC’s
 responsibility, after temporary equipment is in place, is to support the NMC
 efforts to return service to the CLECs. Once service has been restored, the
 ECC will return control of the network to normal operational organizations.
 Any long-term changes required after service is restored will be made in an
 orderly fashion and will be conducted as normal activity. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 8

 	
 RECOVERY
 PROCEDURES

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 8.1

 	
 The nature and severity of
 any disaster will influence the recovery procedures. One crucial factor in
 determining how BellSouth will proceed with restoration is whether or not
 BellSouth’s equipment is incapacitated. Regardless of whose equipment is out
 of service, BellSouth will move as quickly as possible to aid with service
 recovery; however, the approach that will be taken may differ depending upon
 the location of the problem. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 9

 	
 CLEC
 OUTAGE 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 9.1

 	
 For a problem limited to
 one CLEC (or a building with multiple CLECs), BellSouth has several options
 available for restoring service quickly. For those CLECs that have agreements
 with other CLECs, BellSouth can immediately start directing traffic to a
 provisional CLEC for completion. This alternative is dependent upon BellSouth
 having concurrence from the affected CLECs. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 9.2

 	
 Whether or not the
 affected CLECs have requested a traffic transfer to another CLEC will not
 impact BellSouth’s resolve to re-establish traffic to the original
 destination as quickly as possible. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 10

 	
 BELLSOUTH
 OUTAGE 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 10.1

 	
 Because BellSouth’s
 equipment has varying degrees of impact on the service provided to the CLECs,
 restoring service from damaged BellSouth equipment is different. The outage
 will probably impact a number of Carriers simultaneously. However, the ECC
 will be able to initiate immediate actions to correct the problem. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 10.2

 	
 A disaster involving any
 of BellSouth’s equipment locations could impact the CLECs, some more than
 others. A disaster at a Central Office (CO) would only impact the delivery of
 traffic to and from that one location, but the incident could affect many
 Carriers. If the Central Office is a Serving Wire Center (SWC), then traffic
 from the 

 

CCCS 276 of 501

Attachment 10 

Disaster Recovery Plan 

Page 7 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 entire area to those
 Carriers served from that switch would also be impacted. If the switch
 functions as an Access Tandem, or there is a tandem in the building, traffic
 from every CO to every CLEC could be interrupted. A disaster that destroys a
 facility hub could disrupt various traffic flows, even though the switching
 equipment may be unaffected. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 10.3

 	
 The NMC would be the first
 group to observe a problem involving BellSouth’s equipment. Shortly after a
 disaster, the NMC will begin applying controls and finding reroutes for the
 completion of as much traffic as possible. These reroutes may involve
 delivering traffic to alternate Carriers upon receiving approval from the
 CLECs involved. In some cases, changes in translations will be required. If
 the outage is caused by the destruction of equipment, then the ECC will
 assume control of the restoration. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 10.4

 	
 Loss of a
 Central Office

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 10.4.1

 	
 When BellSouth loses a
 Central Office, the ECC will 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 a) Place specialists and emergency
 equipment on notice; 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 b) Inventory the damage to
 determine what equipment and/or functions are lost; 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 c) Move containerized
 emergency equipment and facility equipment to the stricken area, if
 necessary; 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 d) Begin reconnecting
 service on a parity basis for Hospitals, Police and other emergency agencies
 or customers served by BellSouth or CLEC in accordance with the TSP priority
 restoration coding scheme entered in the BellSouth Maintenance database
 immediately prior to the emergency. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 10.5

 	
 Loss of a
 Central Office with Serving Wire Center Functions

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 10.5.1

 	
 The loss of a Central
 Office that also serves as a Serving Wire Center (SWC) will be restored as
 described in Section 10.4. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 10.6

 	
 Loss of a
 Central Office with Tandem Functions

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 10.6.1

 	
 When BellSouth loses a
 Central Office building that serves as an Access Tandem and as a SWC, the ECC
 will 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 a) Place specialists and
 emergency equipment on notice; 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 b) Inventory the damage to
 determine what equipment and/or functions are lost; 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 c) Move containerized
 emergency equipment and facility equipment to the stricken area, if
 necessary; 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 d) Begin reconnecting
 service on a parity basis for Hospitals, Police and other emergency agencies
 or customers served by BellSouth or CLEC in accordance with the TSP priority
 restoration coding scheme entered in the BellSouth Maintenance database
 immediately prior to the emergency; 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 e) Re-direct as much
 traffic as possible to the alternate access tandem (if available) for delivery
 to those CLECs utilizing a different location as a SWC; 

 

CCCS 277 of 501

Attachment 10 

Disaster Recovery Plan 

Page 8 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 f) Begin aggregating
 traffic to a location near the damaged building. From this location, begin
 re-establishing trunk groups to the CLECs for the delivery of traffic
 normally found on the direct trunk groups. (This aggregation point may be the
 alternate access tandem location or another CO on a primary facility route.) 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 10.7

 	
 Loss of a
 Facility Hub 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 10.7.1

 	
 In the event that
 BellSouth loses a facility hub, the recovery process is much the same as
 above. Once the NMC has observed the problem and administered the appropriate
 controls, the ECC will assume authority for the repairs. The recovery effort
 will include 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 a) Placing specialists and
 emergency equipment on notice; 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 b) Inventorying the damage
 to determine what equipment and/or functions are lost; 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 c) Moving containerized
 emergency equipment to the stricken area, if necessary; 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 d) Reconnecting service on
 a parity basis for Hospitals, Police and other emergency agencies or
 customers served by BellSouth or CLEC in accordance with the TSP priority
 restoration coding scheme entered in the BellSouth Maintenance database
 immediately prior to the emergency; and 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 e) If necessary, BellSouth
 will aggregate the traffic at another location and build temporary
 facilities. This alternative would be viable for a location that is destroyed
 and building repairs are required. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 11

 	
 COMBINED
 OUTAGE (CLEC AND BELLSOUTH EQUIPMENT) 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 11.1

 	
 In some instances, a
 disaster may impact BellSouth’s equipment as well as the CLECs’. This
 situation will be handled in much the same way as described in Section 10.6.
 Since BellSouth and the CLECs will be utilizing temporary equipment, close
 coordination will be required. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 12

 	
 T1
 IDENTIFICATION PROCEDURES

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 12.1

 	
 During the restoration of
 service after a disaster, BellSouth may be forced to aggregate traffic for
 delivery to a CLEC. During this process, T1 traffic may be consolidated onto
 DS3s and may become unidentifiable to the Carrier. Because resources will be
 limited, BellSouth may be forced to “package” this traffic entirely
 differently than normally received by the CLECs. Therefore, a method for
 identifying the T1 traffic on the DS3s and providing the information to the
 Carriers is required. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 13

 	
 ACRONYMS

 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 CLEC

 	
 -

 	
 Competitive Local Exchange
 Carrier 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 CO

 	
 -

 	
 Central Office (BellSouth)
 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 DS3

 	
 -

 	
 Facility that carries 28
 T1s (672 circuits) 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 ECC

 	
 -

 	
 Emergency Control Center
 (BellSouth) 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 NMC

 	
 -

 	
 Network Management Center 

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 SWC

 	
 -

 	
 Serving Wire Center
 (BellSouth switch) 

 

CCCS 278 of 501

Attachment 10 

Disaster Recovery Plan 

Page 9 

	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 T1

 	
 -

 	
 Facility that carries 24
 circuits

 
	
  

 	
  

 	
  

 
	
 TSP

 	
 -

 	
 Telecommunications Service
 Priority

 

Hurricane Information

During a hurricane,
BellSouth will make every effort to keep CLECs updated on the status of our
network. Information centers will be set up throughout BellSouth
Telecommunications. These centers are not intended to be used for escalations,
but rather to keep the CLEC informed of network related issues, area damages
and dispatch conditions, etc. 

Hurricane-related
information can also be found on line at http://www.interconnection.bellsouth.com/network/disaster/dis
resp.htm. Information concerning Mechanized Disaster Reports can also be
found at this website by clicking on CURRENT MDR REPORTS or by going directly
to http://www.interconnection.bellsouth.com/network/disaster/mdrs.htm. 

BST Disaster Management Plan

BellSouth maintenance
centers have geographical and redundant communication capabilities. In the
event of a disaster removing any maintenance center from service another
geographical center would assume maintenance responsibilities. The contact
numbers will not change and the transfer will be transparent to the CLEC. 

CCCS 279 of 501

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Attachment 11 

 
	
  

 
	
  

 	
 BFR & NBR
 Process

 

Attachment 11

Bona Fide Request & New Business
Request Process

CCCS 280 of 501

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Attachment 11 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 BFR & NBR
 Process 

 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1

 	
 BONA FIDE
 REQUEST AND NEW BUSINESS REQUEST PROCESS 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 1.1

 	
 The Parties agree that MCI
 is entitled to order any Unbundled Network Element, Interconnection option,
 service option or Resale Service required to be made available by FCC or
 Commission requirements pursuant to the Communications Act of 1934, as
 modified by the Telecommunications Act of 1996 (the “Act”). MCI also shall be
 permitted to request the development of new or revised facilities or service
 options which are not required by the Act. Procedures applicable to
 requesting the addition of such facilities or service options are specified
 in this Attachment 11.

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2

 	
 BONA FIDE
 REQUEST 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.1

 	
 A Bona Fide Request (BFR)
 is to be used when MCI makes a request of BellSouth to provide a new or
 modified Unbundled Network Element, Interconnection option, or other service
 option (Requested Services) pursuant to the Act that was not previously
 included in this Agreement. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.2

 	
 A BFR shall be submitted
 in writing by MCI and shall specifically identify the requested service date,
 technical requirements, space requirements and/or such other specifications
 that clearly define the request such that BellSouth has sufficient
 information to analyze and prepare a response. Such a request shall also
 include MCI’s designation of the request as being pursuant to the
 Telecommunications Act of 1996 (i.e. a BFR). The request shall be sent to
 MCI’s designated BellSouth Sales contact. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.3

 	
 If BellSouth determines
 that the preliminary analysis of the requested BFR is of such complexity that
 it will cause BellSouth to expend inordinate resources to evaluate the BFR,
 BellSouth shall notify MCI within ten (10) business days of BellSouth’s
 receipt of BFR that a fee will be required prior to the evaluation of the
 BFR. MCI shall submit such fee within thirty (30) business days of
 BellSouth’s notice that a fee is required. Within thirty (30) business days
 of BellSouth’s receipt of the fee, BellSouth shall respond to MCI by
 providing a preliminary analysis of such Requested Services that are the
 subject of the BFR. The preliminary analysis shall either confirm that
 BellSouth will offer access to the Requested Services or confirm that
 BellSouth will not offer the Requested Services. If the preliminary analysis
 states that BellSouth will not offer the Requested Services, BellSouth will
 provide an explanation of why the request is not technically feasible, does
 not qualify as a BFR for the Requested Services or is otherwise not required
 to be provided under the Act. If preliminary analysis of the requested BFR is
 not of such complexity that it will cause BellSouth to expend inordinate
 resources to evaluate the BFR, within thirty (30) business days of its
 receipt of the BFR, BellSouth shall respond to MCI by providing a preliminary
 analysis of such Requested Services that are the subject of the BFR. The
 preliminary analysis shall either confirm that BellSouth will offer access to
 the Requested Services or confirm that BellSouth will not offer the Requested
 Services. If the preliminary analysis states that BellSouth will not offer
 the Requested Services, BellSouth will provide an explanation of why the
 request is not technically feasible, does not qualify as a BFR for the
 Requested Services or is otherwise not required to be provided under the Act.
 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.4

 	
 MCI may cancel a BFR at
 any time. If MCI cancels the request more than ten (10) business days after
 submitting the BFR request, MCI shall pay BellSouth’s reasonable and
 demonstrable costs of processing and/or implementing the BFR up to the date
 of cancellation in addition to any fee submitted in accordance with Section
 2.3 above. 

 

CCCS 281 of 501

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Attachment 11 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 BFR & NBR
 Process 

 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.5

 	
 MCI will have thirty (30)
 business days from receipt of preliminary analysis to accept the preliminary
 analysis or cancel the BFR as set forth in Section 2.4. Acceptance of the
 preliminary analysis must be in writing and accompanied by all nonrecurring
 charges quoted in the preliminary analysis. The nonrecurring charges as
 stated in the preliminary analysis cover the initial work required to develop
 the project plan, create the design parameters, and establish all activities
 and resources required to complete the BFR (Development Costs). Development
 costs are non-refundable. If MCI fails to respond within this 30-day period,
 the BFR will be deemed cancelled. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.5.1

 	
 BellSouth shall propose a
 firm price quote and a detailed implementation plan within thirty (30)
 business days of receipt of MCI’s acceptance of the preliminary analysis. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.5.2

 	
 MCI shall have thirty (30)
 business days from receipt of firm price quote to accept or deny the firm
 price quote and submit any additional nonrecurring, non-refundable fees
 quoted in the firm price quote. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.6

 	
 Unless MCI agrees
 otherwise, all prices shall be consistent with the pricing principles of the
 Act, FCC and/or the Commission. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.7

 	
 If MCI believes that
 BellSouth’s firm price quote is not consistent with the requirements of the
 Act, or if either Party believes that the other is not acting in good faith
 in requesting, negotiating or processing the BFR, either Party may seek FCC
 or Commission arbitration, as appropriate, to resolve the dispute. Any such
 arbitration applicable to Unbundled Network Elements and/or Interconnection
 shall be conducted in accordance with standards prescribed in Section 252 of
 the Act. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 2.8

 	
 Upon agreement to the
 rates, terms and conditions of a BFR, an amendment to this Agreement may be
 required. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3

 	
 NEW
 BUSINESS REQUEST 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.1

 	
 A New Business Request
 (NBR) is to be used by MCI to make a request of BellSouth for a new or
 modified feature or capability of an existing product or service, a new
 product or service that is not deployed within the BellSouth network or
 operations and business support systems, or a new or modified service option
 that was not previously included in this Agreement (Requested Enhanced
 Services). 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.2

 	
 An NBR shall be submitted
 in writing by MCI and shall specifically identify the requested service date,
 technical requirements, space requirements and/or such specifications that
 clearly define the request such that BellSouth has sufficient information to
 analyze and prepare a response. The request shall be sent to MCI’s designated
 BellSouth Sales contact. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.3

 	
 If BellSouth determines
 that the preliminary analysis of the requested NBR is of such complexity that
 it will cause BellSouth to expend inordinate resources to evaluate the NBR,
 BellSouth shall notify MCI that a fee will be required prior to the
 evaluation of the NBR. MCI shall submit such fee within ten (10) business
 days of BellSouth’s notice that a fee is required. BellSouth shall use
 reasonable efforts to respond to the NBR within (30) business days following
 BellSouth’s receipt of the fee by providing a preliminary analysis of such Requested
 Enhanced Services that are the subject of the NBR. The 

 

CCCS 282 of 501

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 Attachment 11 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 BFR & NBR
 Process 

 

	
  

 	
  

 
	
  

 	
 preliminary analysis shall
 either confirm that BellSouth will offer access to the Requested Enhanced
 Services or confirm that BellSouth will not offer the Requested Enhanced
 Services. If the preliminary analysis states that BellSouth will not offer
 the Requested Services, BellSouth will provide an explanation of why the
 request is not technically feasible, does not qualify as an NBR for the
 Requested Services or is otherwise not required to be provided under the Act.
 If preliminary analysis of the requested NBR is not of such complexity that
 it will cause BellSouth to expend inordinate resources to evaluate the NBR,
 BellSouth will use reasonable efforts to respond to MCI within thirty (30)
 business days of its receipt of an NBR by providing a preliminary analysis of
 such Requested Services that are the subject of the NBR. The preliminary
 analysis shall either confirm that BellSouth will offer access to the
 Requested Enhanced Services or confirm that BellSouth will not offer the
 Requested Enhanced Services. If the preliminary analysis states that
 BellSouth will not offer the Requested Services, BellSouth will provide an
 explanation of why the request is not technically feasible, does not qualify
 as an NBR for the Requested Services or is otherwise not required to be
 provided under the Act. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.4

 	
 MCI may cancel an NBR at
 any time. If MCI cancels the request more than ten (10) business days after
 submitting it, MCI shall pay BellSouth’s reasonable and demonstrable costs of
 processing and/or implementing the NBR up to the date of cancellation in
 addition to any fee submitted in accordance with Section 3.3 above. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.5

 	
 MCI will have thirty (30)
 business days from receipt of preliminary analysis to accept the preliminary
 analysis or cancel the NBR as set forth in Section 3.4. Acceptance of the
 preliminary analysis must be in writing and accompanied by all nonrecurring
 charges quoted in the preliminary analysis. The nonrecurring charges as
 stated in the preliminary analysis cover the initial work required to develop
 the project plan, create the design parameters, and establish all activities
 and resources required to complete the NBR. If MCI fails to respond within
 this 30-day period, the NBR will be deemed cancelled. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.6

 	
 If MCI accepts the
 preliminary analysis, BellSouth shall propose a firm price quote and a
 detailed implementation plan within sixty (60) business days of receipt of
 MCI’s acceptance of the preliminary analysis and nonrecurring fees quoted in
 the preliminary analysis. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.7

 	
 MCI shall have thirty (30)
 business days from receipt of the firm price quote to accept or deny the firm
 price quote and submit any additional nonrecurring, non-refundable fees
 quoted in the firm price quote. 

 
	
  

 	
  

 
	
 3.8

 	
 Upon agreement to the
 terms of a NBR, an amendment to this Agreement, or a separate agreement, may
 be required. 

 

CCCS 283 of 501

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00172-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00172-of-00352.parquet"}]]